4
li
5 Jul
isSIpWI
■H
i^bHi
aar'i
iJtfl'
S^M^rnrC^'^'JM-
The original of tliis book is in
tine Cornell University Library.
There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.
http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924074483664
CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
3 1924 074 483 664
'' MftHJ-C MIjj A OQ
GAIUS JULIUS CAESAR
From a bust in the British Museum
CAESAR'S Gallic War
WITH INTRODUCTION, NOTES, VOCABULARY
AND GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX
BY
ARTHUR TAPPAN WALKER, Ph.D.
PROFESSOR Off LATIN IN THE TTNIVEBBITT Off KANSAS
A REVISION OF THE EDITION BY
C. M. LOWE, Ph.D., AND J. T. EWING, MJ
CHICAGO— NEW YORK
SCOTT, FORESMAN AND COMPANY
COPYRIGHT, 1907
BY
SCOTT. FORESMAN AND COMPANY
P. K, Pettibone & Co.
Frlntens and Bloders
Chicago
PREFACE
In its general plan the present edition of Caesar is based on that
of Lowe and Ewing, first published in 1891. It retains the features
which gave distinction to that book, the most important of which
are thus described in its preface:
" The vocabularies, notes, illustrations, and explanatory matter have
been placed on the same page with the text, thus saving the student's
time, which is uselessly spent in turning leaves and searching for expla-
nations which are here placed immediately before him. At the same
time, self-reliance is secured by the use of a separate text in the class
room, without either notes or vocabulary. The special vocabularies
have been arranged so that the first four books and the rest of the anno-
tated text may be read consecutively, or the war with Ariovistus (Bk.
I, chaps. 30-54) may be omitted and the valuable and less familiar,
matter substituted from the annotated chapters of Bks. V-VII. An
opportunity for sight reading is afforded in the unannotated parts of
these latter books.''
While the general plan of the earlier edition has been followed,
in aU details the book has been rewritten from beginning to end.
In its preparation three definite purposes have been kept steadily
in mind:
1. To help the pupil to follow the narrative understandingly.
2. To give the pupil, especially at the beginning of his reading,
a systematic drill on all the common syntactical principles.
3. To exclude all bits of antiquarian and grammatical lore
which, however valuable in themselves, have no direct bearing on
an appreciation of Caesar's language or. story.
The Study of Caesar's Naerative. It is surely a pedagogical
mistake to let a pupil carry away from the study of Caesar nothing
but a memory of ablatives absolute and indirect discourse. These
things he must learn as a preparation for further reading, it is true,
and the language must be his chief study; but there is danger that
'5 PREFACE
a year of grammar only will not tempt him to the further reading
for which he has been preparing. Caesar tells an interesting story
and tells it well. The universal testimony of the ages to the greatness
of his writing is not founded on a imiversal love for grammar. The
interest in finding out what Caesar did should serve as an incentive
to solve his sentences. Moreover, a neglect of Caesar's thought is
wrong on principle. The habit of careful attention to the subject-
matter is the one thing best worth cultivating, whether one reads
English or a foreign language; and this should not be forgotten in
teaching Caesar.
Therefore as much as possible has been done in the notes and
maps to assist in an understanding of the narrative, without intro-
ducing any discussion of disputed points. Every effort has been
made to adopt the most reasonable theory for each campaign,
and to make every note, plan, and map consistent with that
theory.
The pupil's progress through the story must be slow, and, how-
ever well he understands each move in Caesar!s game, he will have
difficulty in grasping the whole. It is hoped that the campaign
maps may lessen this difficulty by putting before the eyes the total
results of the campaigns. In each map the route is laid out on a
map of all Gaul, because only in this way can the relation of any
one campaign to the whole of Caesar's task be kept constantly be-
fore the mind. The system of coloring shows the condition of Gaul
at the end of each campaign, — how much had been reduced by
fighting, how much had yielded without fighting, and how much
was yet untouched. A comparison of any two maps will show the
results of the intervening operations.
System in Grammar References. An attempt has been made
to facilitate and even insure, early in the study of Caesar, a syste-
matic drill on the more important case and mode constructions. In
the notes on Book I, 1-29, it is believed that references are given
for all the most common constructions. In general, the cases are
emphasized during the earlier chapters, and the modes during the
later. To each construction reference is made three times, two
PREFACE 3
sets of references being given close together, that they may re-
enforce each other, and the third after a few chapters, that the point
may be cUnched by review. And these references are made not
only to the grammatical Appendix given in this book, but also to
five leading grammars.
In Book II the same references are given, as nearly as possible
in the same order; but the references for each chapter are grouped
together after the notes of that chapter. In this way opportunities
for the same grammatical drill are afforded, whether the class be-
gins with Book I or Book II; but, if the class begins with Book I,
these references in Book II may be omitted as unnecessary.
With such a system it is natural and right to postpone to later
chapters or books the consideration of certain constructions.
Thus, conditions and the details of indirect discourse are post-
poned to Book I, 30-54, tenses to Book III. If the teacher does
not like the order of presentation he can easily supply needed refer-
ences; but if he will insist on the study of the references as they
come in the notes, it is believed that he will find the necessary
ground covered thoroughly and systematically.
Exclusion of Non-essentials. Many things are known or are
guessed about ancient military science which in no way help the
pupil to understand Caesar. Many facts and theories of grammar
are suggested by Caesar's language which the pupil might find use-
ful at some later day, but which help him neither in translating
Caesar nor in writing the Latin composition which should accom-
pany the reading. An honest attempt has been made to give what
is helpful and to exclude the useless lumber, though it is not hoped,
much less expected, that all teachers would draw the line where
the editor has drawn it.
Beginning with Book II. The most dreaded portions of Caesar
are his indirect discourse, and unfortunately the majority of the
speeches are found in ttie first book. Though the fear of indirect
discourse is largely traditional, and though the construction is not
really diflScult for one who is properly grounded in the essentials
of Latin, yet it is clearly a misfortune that the pupil should en-
4 PREFACE
counter its full difficulties at a time when the ordinary narrative
gives him trouble enough. Moreover, it is questionable whether
it is worth while to drill the pupil on all details of the construction,
since he will see very little indirect discourse elsewhere in his pre-
paratory course. For these reasons many teachers seek to make
the pupil's path easier by reading the second book before the first,
or by omitting chapters 30-54 of the first book, in which chapters
the construction chiefly abounds.. In preparing this edition every-
thing possible has been done to make feasible either of these plans,
without throwing any obstacles in the way of a consecutive reading
from the first. But the editor feels strongly that Book I, 1-29
should be read first. The latter part of the book may well be
omitted entirely, and one or more of the very 'interesting annotated
portions of the last three books may be substituted for it.
No editor of Caesar can escape a debt of gratitude to Mr.
T. Rice Holmes for having discussed with such impartiality and
thoroughness the geographical and military questions of the Gallic
War. Caesar's Conquest of Gaul, by Mr. Holmes, should be in the
hands of every teacher of Caesar. Though the present editor has
found it impossible to agree with all its conclusions, the book is
so fair in its discussions that he is under equal obligations whether
he agrees or disagrees with the author.
The text of the Lowe and Ewing edition was Kraner's. In the
present edition Meusel's readings have been substituted for the
most part, but not completely. The quantities are marked in ac-
cordance with the revised edition of Lane's Grammar. A few
doubtful words were submitted to the decision of Professor Hanns
Oertel, of Yale University, who prepared the chapter on Sound in
that Grammar. For his ready assistance, thanks are due.
It would be impossible to mention by name all who have assisted
the editor by suggestion and in various ways. The labor of prepar-
ing the Vocabulary was largely performed by Mr. Earl W. Murray,
a former graduate student, now Assistant Professor in the Univer-
sity of Kansas. Mr. Murray also prepared the first draft of the
systematized references for Book I, 1-29, and Book II. For the
PREFACE 5
preparation of the Index the editor is indebted to Miss Martha
Whitney. Professor Charles Knapp, of Columbia University, gave
the early part of the book the benefit of a most searching and
helpful criticism. From beginning to end the editor has been under
deep obligations to the editors-in-chief of the series.
AkTHUR TaPPAN WAtKEH,
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pt.3B
Preface 1
List of Maps and Illustrations 8
Introduction 9
I. The Importance of the Gallic Campaigns 9
II. Life of Caesar . 11
III. Chronological Table " . . 17
IV. Caesar as General 18
V. Caesar as Author 19
VI. The Gauls . , 20
VII. Caesar's Army 23
A Brief Bibliography 38
List of Abbreviations 40
Book I, 1-29 41
Book I, 30-54 115
Book II 160
Book III 215
Book IV 252
BookV o 292
Book VI 329
Book VII 356
The Direct Form of the Indirect Discourse in Books I and II . . .412
Grammatical Appendix . 423
Vocabulary
Index
MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS
FAGS
General Map of Gaul Front Cover
Caesar (Bust in British Museum) Frontispiece
Pila 24
Gladius and Vagina 24
Roman Soldiers Facing 27
Plan of a Roman Camp 29
Camp on the Axona 29
Vallum and Fossa 30
Roman Officers and Gauls Facing 31
Gallic Wall 33
Storming a City Facing 34
Agger 34
Plutei 34
Musculi\s 34
Vinea 35
Catapulta 35
Prow of Galley 36
Campaign Map for Book I, 1-29 Facing 42
Fortifications on the Rhone 70
Battle with the Helvetii, first stage 104
Battle with the Helvetii, second stage 108
Campaign Map for Book I, 30-54 Facing 117
Battle with Ariovistus 153
Campaign Map for Book II Facing 162
Battle on the Axona . . ". 177
Battle on the Sabis 191
The Town of the Atuatuci 207
Campaign Map for Book III Facing 217
Galba's Camp 219
Operations against the Veneti 232
Campaign Map for Book IV Facing 254
Caesar's Bridge 272
Pile-driver 273
Second Invasion of Britain 294
Caesar's Geography . . 305
Caesar's Lines around .^lesia 392
Details of Fortifications around Alesia 396
Stimulus 398
8
INTRODUCTION
I. The Impoetance of the Gallic Campaigns
The Commentaries on the Gallic War are Caesar's own story i
of how he conquered the peoples Hying in what is now France
and some of the lands bordering on France. He has told his
story simply and directly. It was his genius that made the
conquest possible, and the story could not be true without
making this evident ; but he has spoken of himself as if the
writer and the general were difEerent men, and there is no
boasting. He has not explained to us the great importance of
the war to the Roman state; there is no suggestion of its
importance to his personal career; much less has he hinted at
his own importance in the history of Rome and the world.
These things must to learned from a study of history, not from
Caesar's story.
Effect on Borne. Rome was the goYerning nation of ancient 2
times. In Caesar's time she had conquered the other nations
which touched the Mediterranean, and was goTcrning most of
them as provinces ; that is, she sent Roman governors to them
and collected taxes from them. In this way she governed a
comparatively narrow strip of land in southern Gaul; and
as this was the particular province which Caesar was sent
to govern, he calls it simply "the Province," Frovincia (see
map). This province was only partially protected by mountains
and rivers from the semicivilized and warlike Gauls on the
north ; and for this reason it could never be sure of peace and
safety until the rest of Gaul was conquered. Moreover, the
land on the north was productive and weU worth having.
iO CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR
Therefore Caesar's conquest of Gaul was justified, from a Roman
point of view, both by the value of the land and by the neces-
sity of protecting the Province.
i Effect on OauL But there was a better reason for that con-
quest. Though the Gauls were brave they were no match
for the less civilized Germans, who lived across the Rhine.
Just at the time when Caesar took command of his province
the Germans had begun crossing the Rhine in great numbers
and were driving the Gauls out of their homes. If this move-
ment had not been checked, the homeless Gauls would have
teen driven to attack Roman territory; and if the Gauls had
been exterminated between the Germans and the Romans, then
the Romans would have found the Germans still more
dangerous neighbors than the Gauls. For the Gauls them-
selves, too, it was far better to be conquered by the civilized
Romans than by the uncivilized Germans. The one means of
safety for both Gauls and Romans was that the Romans should
govern all the country west of the Rhine and should hold the
Germans at bay on the other side of that great river. This
was the result of Caesar's conquest of Ganl ; and this result is
the great justification of his bloody warfare there.
Effect on Caesar. In their effect on Caesar's own career the
Gallic campaigns were all-important, and his career changed the
course of history. In Gaul he gained military experience and
tiie devotion of his army. By the aid of that army he over-
threw a constitution under which the Roman state was
going to ruin, and laid the foundations of an empire which
lived for centuries. No doubt he did this from selfish and
^TTihitj nna mnhive a; but his ambition was so great that it
could never have been satisfied until he had brought the empire
he ruled to the highest possible degree of excellence, and his
genius was so great that he saw the needful measures and the
means to carry them out. The daggers of his assassins gave
him too short a time to complete his work; but he did enough
to prove himself the greatest man in Roman history.
LIFE OF CAESAR 11
II. Life of Caesar
Early Years, and Choice of Party. Gaius Julius Caesar was 5
born iu the year'- 102, B.C., on the 12th day of the month
which was then called Quintilis, taut which we now, in his honor,
call July. Tradition traced the descent of the Julian family
back beyond the foundation of Eome, and even to the
goddess Venus as its remote ancestor. Caesar, therefore,
belonged to the Eoman nobility, and in the continuous strife
between the Senatorial, or Aristocratie, and the Democratic
■parties, might have been expected to side with the aristocrats.
But none of his own family had been very conspicuous in the
state, and his aunt had married Marius, the greatest leader of
the Democratic party, the great general who had saved Kome
by his victories over the Cimbri and Teutoni. It was natural
that his ambition should be fired by his uncle's career, and
that his sympathies should incline toward the Democratic party.
When he was only fifteen Marius made him priest of Jupiter,
an ofece of some honor and few duties; and in 83, after the
death of Marius, he deliberately identified himself with the
Democratic party by marrying Cornelia , the daughter of the
new leader of that party, Cinha.
Overthrow of Caesar's Party. But the power of the Demo- 6
cratic party was almost at an end. In 83 Sulla, the leader of
the Aristocratic party, returned to Italy with his victorious
army, after fighting for several years against Mithradates, in
the East. A bloody contest drove the Democrats from power;
and in 82 the victor, determined to make a revival of that party
impossible, slaughtered its eminent men and so changed the
constitution of the state that the Senate was in full con-
trol. The young Caesar, as nephew of Marius and son-in-
law of Cinna, was too conspicuous to be overlooked. Sulla
ordered him to divorce Cornelia. Caesar refused, and had to
flee for his life until influential friends persuaded Snlla to
» Or perhaps In the year 100 B.C.
12 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR
pardon him. Sulla's grudging consent is said to have been
coupled with the warning that Caesar would prove as dangerous
as many Mariuses.
7 Weakness of Opposite Party. But the form of government
set up by Sulla did not stand long, and the years which fol-
lowed his death made more and more clear the need of some
strong man who should give order and stability to the state.
During those same years Caesar was testing and developing
the powers which were to make him the man to do this work.
8 Eevival of Caesar's Party. When Sulla died, in 78, the Sen-
ate was in complete control: the Democratic party had neither
a leader nor any chance to use its strength. Gradually the
Senate lost this control, until, in 70, under the consuls Pom-
pey and Crassus, the changes made by Sulla were completely
done away with and the Democratic party again had an oppor-
tunity, if it could but find a leader. For a time Pompey
seemed likely to be this leader. In 66 the people, contrary
to the wishes of the Senatorial party, elected him general to
serve against Mithradates. This gave him supreme control in
Asia Minor, but kept him out of Rome for the next four years.
9 Development of Caesar's Powers. During all this time Caesar
was developing his powers of leadership. He got a taste of
military service in Asia Minor, and at twenty-two he won the
civic cro(vn of oak leaves for saving the life of a fellow citizen
in battle; but as yet he seems to have had no thought of gain-
ing distinction as general. A born politician , he loved the game
of politics for its own sake as well as for its rewards. An
excellent orat or, both by nature and by training, he used his
oratorical powers in furthering the plans of his party. He
made friends easily, and his influence over them was strong.
Therefore, before he was old enough to take office he was a
great favorite with the people and a much sought for ally in
political scheming; and at the earliest age permitted bylaw
he was elected without difficulty to the offices of Quaestor (for
68), Aedile (for 65), and Praetor (for 62). The greatest test
LIFE OF CAKSAK 13
of his popularity came in 63, when the oflBce of Pontifex
Maximus fell vacant and Caesar was elected to this most
honorable position over the strongest candidate the Senatorial
party could put forward.
Caesar's First Military Command. But in spite of his ability lo
and popularity, in the year 63 Caesar was thought of as only
a shrewd politician. Eome looked upon Pompey as her greatest
man, because he was her greatest general; and Caesar knew
that if he should come into conflict with Pompey his shrewd-
ness could never prove a match for Pompey's army and gen-
eralship. Caesar felt that he too must be a general, but he did
not know whether he could be ; for he had never had an oppor-
tunity to try his powers. The opportunity offered itself in
61, when he was sent to govern a part of Spain. There he
fought with great success against some of the native tribes.
His victories were not very important in themselves, and they
attracted no great attention in Home; but they showed Caesar
what he could do and made him anxious for a larger field of
operations.
Caesar's Consulship. Caesar now wanted the consulship, the U
highest office in the state: if he got it he intended to carry
through some measures which would be opposed by the Sena-
torial party. He therefore needed strong friends. Pompey
bad returned in triumph from the war with Mithradates, but
the Senate had refused to grant some reasonable requests which
he had made of it. Crassus too had a grievance against the
Senate. With these two men Caesar made a secret agreement
that each should further the interests of the others ; and thus
Caesar, Pompey, and Crassus formed what is known in history
as the First Triumvirate, a mere person al _agreement, with no
publicsanction. The influence of Pompey and Crassus helped
m securing Caesar's election to the consulship for the year 59,
and also assisted him, when consul, in passing measures which
were for the advantage of each of the three allies. For him-
self Caesar took a five-year term of office as governor of Cisal-
14 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR
pine Gaul (the northern part of Italy), Illyricum (north and
east of the Adriatic Sea), and Transalpine Gaul (then including
only the southern part of France). To protect these provinces
he was given an army of four legions.
12 Caesar's Command in Gaul. In 58, therefore, Caesar entered
upon his command. Partly because it was best for the prov-
ince and the state (cf. 2 and 3), and partly because he nee ded
the training and the reputation of a general (cf. 10), he deter-
mined to" conquer all the rest of Gaul. How he did this he
tells us himself in the Commentaries; and a brief summary pre-
fixed to each book in this edition makes it unnecessary to tell
the story here. Since he found the five years originally given
him too short for the full accomplishment of his purpose, he
secured an additional five years. By the year 50 the last trace
of resistance to Roman authority had been crushed, and Caesar's
great task was completed. Moreover, he now had a perfectly
disciplined, veteran army, enthusiastically devoted to its leader.
13 Outbreak of Civil War. It was high time that Caesar should
have his hands free, for a greater task lay before him. For
several years Pompey and Crassus had looked out for his inter-
ests in Rome. But in 53 Crassus was killed in battle; and at
about the same time Pompey began to feel jealous of Caesar's
success and fearful of his power. He gradually tuvnad away
from Caesar and attached himself to the Senatorial party, which
had always hated Caesar. On the first day of the year 49 the
Senate voted that Caesar should lay down his command and
return to Rome as a private citizen, though the time for which
the command had been given him had not yet expired. Caesar
was then in Cisalpine Gaul, and his reply was an immediate
march toward Rome.
14 Weakness of the Constitutional Government. But during
Caesar's absence from Rome the complete failure of the consti-
tutional form of government had shown that the so-called
republic could not exist much longer. Trials and election s
were decided by bribery ^id-bloodshe d^. The governing party
LIFE OF CAESAR 15
had been so weak that for one entire year a succession of riots
had prevented the holding of elections. Now when it was
attacked by Caesar it again showed its weakness. Although it
had taken steps which were sure to bring on civil war it had
done nothing to prepare for that war, except to appoint Pom-
pey its commander-in-chief. In about two months from the tiine
when Caesar marched into northern Italy, Pompey set sail ^om
southern Italy with his army and most of the Senate ^saving
Rome and Italy in Caesar's hands.
Civil War Makes Caesar Master of Eome. But the hardest 15
fighting of his life lay before Caesar. Pompey had crossed the
Adriatic only to gain time for preparation. Besides, while Pom-
pey's strong army lay on the east of Italy, there was another
large army of Caesar's enemies in Spain, on the west. But
Caesar's magnificent army and wonderful generalship carried
him through all diflBculties. In 49 he marched to Spain and
defeated his enemies there. In 48 he followed Pompey across:
the Adriatic and utterly routed his army in the great battl©
of Pharsalus. Pompey himself fled to Egypt and was assas-
sinated by order of the counselors of the Egyptian king. Caesar
followed him to Egypt with an insufiBcient force and was
blockaded for several months in the city of Alexandria by the
Egyptian army. Meanwhile the remnants of Pompey's army
made their way to the northern coast of Africa, and a new army
was there organized to oppose Caesar. In 46 Caesar defeated
this army too, at Thapsus, so decisively that he is said to have
lost but fifty men while fifty thousand of the enemy fell. Then
the sons of Pompey rallied the last opponents of Caesar, in Spain,
for a final struggle, and Caesar's victory at Munda in 45 made
him- the undisputed master of the Eoman world.
Caesar as Statesman. Caesar was no mere soldier, ^nd it was 16
from no choice of his own that he spent all these years in
fighting. He became a general because that was the only way to
achieve his purpose of becoming sole ruler of Rome. But
that purpose was not prompted wholly by personal ambition.
16 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR
He had begun as a politician and had matured into a great
statesman. There had been many abuses in the state, and
the civil war had brought in confusion as well. With
characteristic energy and clear-sightedness he set himself to
bring order out of chaos, to organize the whole empire, and
to improve its details. To carry out this work he needed the
best ir. signiferi
0. aquilifer
Roman Soldiers
7. tubicen
S. bucinator
CAESAR'S ARMY 27
man of conspicuous strength and bravery, the aquilifer (Plate
1,6).
Signum. Each cohort had its own standard (sigaum), 44
carried by a signifer (Plate I, 5). These standards were of
various forms — an open hand, the figure of an animal, etc. On
the staff, below the figure, were fastened the decorations of
honor which had been bestowed on the cohort — disks, half
moons, wreaths, and tassels. The diversity of form was
necessary in order that each soldier might recognize easily the
standard of his own cohort. In hasty preparation for battle
each man found his place by looking for his standard ; and all
through the battle he regulated his movements by those of his
standard. For this reason the technical terms for such
maneuvers as advancing and retreating are signa inferre, signa
referre, etc.
Musical Instruments. There were no bands, and the only 45
use made of musical instruments was in the giving of signals.
The only instrument mentioned by Caesar in the Gallic War
is the tuba, a straight brazen trumpet, blown by a tubioen,
but others were probably used as well (Plate I, 7, 8).
BAGGAGE OF THE LEGION
The heavy baggage (impedimenta) consisted of tents, pro- 46
visions, hand-mills for grinding grain, engines of war, etc. , and
was carried on pack horses or mules (iumenta). These were
driven or led by the drivers (muliones) and camp servants
(caloaes), who were probably slaves.
AUXILIARY INFANTRY AND CAVALRY
Infantry. The light armed infantry (Plate I, 1 and 2), 47
which Caesar usually calls auxilia, contained no Eoman
citizens. Caesar had slingers (funflitores) from the Balearic
Islands, and archers (sagittarii) from Crete and Numidia ; but
most of his light armed infantry was drawn from friendly
Gallic tribes and was armed in the native fashion. He put
little reliance on them for serious fighting, but made them
28 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR
useful in various ways : as skirmishers, to delay the enemy's
attack; as raiders; in making fortifications at a critical time;
for mere show, to impress the enemy with his numbers; and
in pursuit of a routed enemy. Their_Ji i gher officers— ware
prefects (prapfpffti). T heir standard wa s a,banJier. (yexillujn,
Plate I, 4) attached to a horizontal cross-piece at the end of a
staff.
48 Cavalry. Caesar had no __EatRa.P-J2ay-aky. During his first
Bix years in Gaul he had none but Gallic cavalry, but in the
seventh year he secured some Germans and found them much
more effective. They were useless against a line of infantry,
but met the enemy's cavalry. Caesar employed them especially
as scouts and raiders, or in pursuit of a routed enemy. Their
higher officers were praefecti, and their standards were vexilla
(cf. 47).
THE CAMP
49 A Roman army never halted even for one night without
fortifying its camp (eastra) with a wall and trench. This must
have cost two or three hours of hard work; but it made the
army safe from attack, and so allowed the general to choose
his ovm time and place for battle; and in case of defeat the
camp was a place of refuge.
50 Location and Form of Camp. Whenever it was possible the
camp was built on a hill sloping gently toward the enemy, so
that the Eoman army could form its line of battle in front of
the camp and make the enemy charge up hill. The normal shape
of the camp was a square or oblong, but it had to be accom-
modated to the shape of the hill. Fig. 3 shows the normal
shape, while Fig. 4 shows the actual shape of one of Caesar's
camps. Within the camp,' streets were laid out in accordance
with a fixed plan, and every legion, every cohort, every maniple
had always the same location. Fig. 3 shows the normal
arrangement for a camp which would accommodate five
legions.
CAESAR'S ARMY
29
Fortifications of Camp (Fig. 5). The size of the trench 51
(fossa) varied, but was usually about nine feet wide and seven
Porta principalis
sinistra
r
2\
^7
h
^.
^^
'lO
^9
3«
the plutei.
low and the ground ahont it level, no causeway was huilt, and
the tower was pushed over the ground to the wall. Then a
battering-ram might be hung in the lowest story, and the
drawbridge was let down from one of the upper stories. Plate
III illustrates this method of using the tower, as well as several
other devices ; but the city is not a Gallic town.
62 Means of Protecting the Besiegers. In building the agger
and carrying on the other^. operations of a siege the assailants
had to approach within easy range of missiles from the wall:
hence they made use of several
forms of protection.
a. The pluteua (Fig. 8) was a
heavy shield, several feet high,
mounted on wheels. A line of
these, parallel to the wall, gave
F'Q- 8 protection to men working imme-
diately behind it; and it could be
moved forward at pleasure.
b. The masculuB (Fig. 9) was a hut
with one end open and the other
end partially closed. Its roof was
strong enough to withstand the Fio. 9
CAESAR'S ARMY
35
FiQ. 10
shock of great stones which might be dropped upon it from
the wall. It could be pushed up to the wall, and under its
shelter men could dig out
the foundation of the wall.
c. The testudo arietaria
(Plate III, 2) was a similar
hut in which hung a batter-
ing-ram (aries), a heavy tim-
ber capped with iron, in-
tended to be swung against
the wall.
d. The vinea (Fig. 10) was
a lighter hut, open at both
ends. A number of these placed end to end made a safe cov-
ered gallery extending from a point out of range up to the
luusculi, testndines, or plutei.
All these huts were pushed forward on rollers.
The Artillery. — Caesar had with him engines of war, the 63
purpose of which corresponded to that of modern artillery.
They were too heavy
and clumsy to be of
much service in bat-
tle: hence their chief
use was in siege op-
erations. The gen-
eral name t^^^a, is
derived from torqueo,
to twist, and was ap-
plied to them because
the propelling force
was obtained by twist-
ing a stick between
two tightly stretched
horse-hair ropes.
FiQ. 11. catapulta *• The ballista
36
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR
(Plate III, 5) threw heavy stones at a considerable angle from
the horizontal.
b. The catapult (catapnlta) threw great arrows nearly hori-
zontally. Fig. 11 makes most of its mechanism clear without
explanation, (a) is an arrangement for raising or lowering
the rear of the nearly horizontal track, thus regulating the
range. The track is grooved to hold a long sliding carriage, on
the rear portion of which is the trigger (b). The operation of
firing was as follows: The carriage was pushed forward till the
claws of the. jbrigger were over the bowstring; a block (o) was
shoved under the heavy rear end of the trigger, and the claws
were thus held down on the string; the carriage was drawn
back by means of the windlass, and held in place by the hook
(d) ; the arrow was laid on the grooved upper surface of the
carriage, with its end resting on the string between the claws
of the trigger; the block (c) was withdrawn and the rear end
of the trigger fell by its own
weight, thus releasing the
string.
c. The 8Corpio was a small
catapult.
d. The onager (Plate III,
4) thrsw stones, like the
ballista, jut was of different
construction.
THE FLEET
The fleet is to be consid-
ered as belonging to the
army, rather than as a sep-
arate organization ; for when
Caesar had need of it he
manned it with his legiona-
ries, put tribunes and centu-
rions in command of indi-
Y!EXi:>^
Fio. 12
CAESAR'S ARMY 37
vidual ships, and made one of his legates its admiral. The
ships of war were about eight times as long as they were broad,
and were therefore called naves longae, in distinction from the
transports (naves oneiariae), which were shorter and wider.
They had a mast and single sail, but in battle depended
on oars for their propulsion. Their prows (Fig. 12) were
armed with metal beaks (rostra), with which to ram the ships
of the enemy. If the Romans failed in this they sought to
make the battle as much as possible like a battle on land,
their special object being to grapple one of the enemy's ships
and board it.
A BRIEF BIBLIOGRAPHY
The following list of books will suggest those which are most
helpful to pupils and teachers who read only English. Those
who wish to make a more detailed study of special points will
find that Holmes gives references to almost everything of
importance in the enormous literature of Caesar, except on the
linguistic side.
Editions
A. Holder. (Freiburg and Tubingen, 1882.) This may be
useful for its (inaccurate) iudex of words, which is intended to
be complete.
H. Meusel. (Berlin, 1894.) The critical edition is the best
text edition of the Gallic War. No explanatory notes.
H. Eheinhard. (Stuttgart, 1896.) Useful for its illustra-
tions.
Of the following English editions the first two are useful :
C. E. Moberly. (The Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1878.)
A. G. Peskett. (Cambridge, 1878-1882.)
St. George Stock. (The Clarendon Pr ss, Oxford, 1898.)
Usually good when it follows good authorities.
Caesar's Life and Campaigns
Col. T. A. Dodge. Caesar. (Houghton, Mifflin & Co., 1894.)
Useful if Napoleon can not be obtained, but without much inde-
pendent value.
W. Warde Fowler. Julius Caesar. (G. P. Putnam's Sons,
1892.) The best life of Caesar.
J. A. Froude. Caesar: a Sketch. Interesting, but grossly
partisan and inaccurate.
T. Rice Holmes. Caesar''s Conquest of Oaul. (Macmillan
38
BIBLIOGRAPHY 39
& Co., London, 1899.) The best discussion, in any language,
of the military and geographical problems.
Napoleon III. History of Julius Caesar. (Out of print, but
can be obtained at second hand. If possible get the Atlas with
the two volumes. The French edition is more easily obtained.)
Volume II gives a more complete narrative and explanation of
Caesar's campaigns in Gaul than can be found elsewhere, but
without much discussion of disputed points.
0. W. C. Oman. Seven Roman Statesmen. (Edward Arnold,
London, 1903.) The characterization of Caesar is too violent
a reaction against the views of Mommsen and Froude.
Plutarch's Lives. Every pupil should read tlie life of Caesar.
Anthony Trollope. The Commentaries of Caesar. (In the
series. Ancient Classics for English Eeaders.)
Much that is valuable will be found in the following histories:
Duruy. History of Rome.
Long. Tlie Decline of the Roman Republic. This is espe-
cially good in its treatment of Caesar's campaigns.
Merivale. History of the Romans under the Empire.
Mommsen. History of Rome. The chief defect of this
extraordinary work is its too great partiality for Caesar.
Miscellaneous
H. P. Judson. Caesar's Army. (Ginn & Co., 1888.) This
gives much fuller information about the organization and tactics
of the Eoman army than can be given in the introduction of an
edition. It should be at hand for reference.
E. Oehler. Bilderatlas zu Cdsars de Bella Gallico. (Leipzig,
1890.)
W. Eiistow. Atlas zu Casars Gallischem Krieg. (Stuttgart.)
A. Van Kampen. Quindecim ad Caesaris de Bello Gallico
Commentarios Tabulae. (Gotha.)
REFERENCES AND ABBREVIATIONS
In tbe grammatical references, App. = Appendix (following Book VII) ; G.-Li. =
GlldersleeTe-Lodge; A. = Allen and Greenough; B. = Bennett; H.-B. = Hale and
Buck ; H. = Harkness. In each case the latest revision lias been followed.
References are made to books of the text In Roman characters, to chapters in
bold-faced Arabic numerals, to lines In plain-faced Arabic numerals. Thus, III, 2,
11 = Book m, chapter 2, line 11.
In the page Tocabularies, the figures 1, 3, 3, and 4, following definitions. Indicate
the number of times the word is used In Books I-IV. * indicates that the word
is used 5 or more times in those books.
For the explanation of some other details, see p. 2 of the general vocabulary at
the end of the book.
abbr.= abbreviation.
abl.= ablative.
acc.= accusative.
act. = active.
adj. = adjective.
adv. = adverb, adverbial.
card. = cardinal.
cf . = confer, compare.
chap. = chapter.
comp.= comparative.
conj. = conjunction.
dat.= dative.
def.= defective.
dem. = demonstrative.
dim.= diminutive.
distr. = distributive.
e.g.= exempli gratis, for example.
end. = enclitic.
etc.= et cetera, and so forth.
f.=: feminine.
fig. ^ figure, figuratively.
freq. = frequentative.
fut.= future.
gen. = genitive.
i.e.= idest, that is.
imp = imperative.
impers. = impersonal.
impf . = Imperfect.
incept = inceptive.
lnd.= Indicative.
indecl. = Indeclinable.
Indef . = indefinite.
inf. — infinitive,
int. = introduction .
Interrog = interrogative.
Intr. — intransitive.
irr.=.irregular.
1., lL=llne, lines.
11 1.= literally,
m. = masculine,
neg. = negative,
-n., neut.= neuter.
n. (in grammatical references) = note,
nom. = nominative,
num. = mmieral.
ord.= ordinal,
p., pp. = page, pages.
part.= participle,
pass. = passive.
pers.= personaL
pf . = perfect,
pi. = plural,
plupf. = pluperfect,
poss. = possessive,
prep. = preposition.
pres.= present.
pron.= pronoun,
reflex. = reflexive,
rel. = relative.
RC— scilicet, supply,
sing. = singular.
subj.= subjunctive,
sup. = superlative.
tr.= transitive.
40
BOOK I, CHAPTERS 1 TO 29. WAR WITH THE
HELVETII
The Helvetii were a Gallic people living in northern Switzerland.
Hemmed in by the mountains, they had retained without loss their
strength and independence. During the invasion of Gaul by the Cimbri
a part of the Helvetii had left their country independently and defeated
a Roman army in 107 B.C. Many of the Helvetii had joined the Cimbri
and Teutoni in their attempted invasion of Italy in 102 and 101 B.C.
After the disastrous result of these attempts the Helvetii had remained
comparatively quiet for a long time; but now, dissatisfied with the nar-
row limits of their country, they determined to seek wider fields.
The originator of this plan was Orgetorix, their most powerful noble-
man. But the Helvetii soon learned that he was trying to further
ambitious plans of his own and to use them as tools; that he intended
to make himself their king, and then to unite with two neighboring
states in the subjugation of all Gaul. The penalty for the crime of
aiming at royal power was death, but Orgetorix anticipated the punish-
ment by committing suicide. Yet the Helvetii persisted in the plans
which they had adopted at his suggestion. They made all preparations,
then burned their homes and gathered near the western end of Lake
Geneva, ready to set out.
But Rome had been watching their preparations in some alarm. If
the Helvetii marched through the province, they could not fail to give
trouble to the Romans. And what was a more serious matter, if the
Helvetii left their country vacant it would be occupied by the Germans;
and the Germans were dangerous neighbors. Caesar's term of office as
governor of Gaul began in the year of their departure. Learning that
the Helvetii intended to set out sooner than he had expected, he hur-
ried to Geneva, so that when they gathered he was there to meet
them. He destroyed the bridge across the Rhone, which they had failed
to secure, and with his one legion hastily made and manned a line of
defenses on the south bank of the river. He then forbade their crossing,
^nd easily checked their attempts to disobey his orders.
The baffled Helvetii now obtained permission of the Sequani to pass
to the west through their territory. The great host, with its women and
children and thousands of wagons, marched edowly through this to the
Saone, and its van crossed the river and began plundering the land of
41
42 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR
the Haedui. Meanwhile Caesar had hastened back to northern Italy
and returned with five legions. The Haedui, who had been nominal
allies of the Romans for many years, now appealed to Caesar. He was
not sorry to appear as the champion of Gallic freedom, for he thus
gained a footing in Gaul. Finding that one of the four divisions of the
Helvetii had not yet crossed the Saone, he fell upon it and cut it to
pieces. Immediately he crossed the river in pursuit of the main body.
For fifteen days he followed it, but on account of the nature of the
country he was imable to head off the slowly moving maas. Finally
the lack of provisions compelled him to turn aside to Bibractc.
Believing that this action was due to cowardice, the Helvetii in turn
became the pursuers, thus allowing Caesar to meet them on ground of
his own choosing. In a hard fought battle he defeated them with
immense loss; and the remnant of the once proud and mighty people
sadly returned to its mountain home.
EXPLANATION OF CAMPAIGN MAP
Brown indicates the part of Transalpine Gaul which belonged to
Rome when Caesar entered upon his command.
Red indicates the states whose submission Caesar secured by conquer-
ing them in battle. The Boii are shown in the homes given them after
their defeat. The Latobrigi and the Tulingi lived across the.Rhine and
are not shown on this map. The Ceutrones, the Graioceli, and the
Caturiges were forced to permit the passage of the army, but were
probably not reduced to submission, and are therefore left xmcolored.
Blue indicates the states which submitted without fighting. In chap.
30 we are told that envoys from "nearly all Gaul" came to Caesar as a
result of his victory over the Helvetii. It is certain that Celtic Gaul is
meant; therefore Aquitania and Belgium are left uncolored. In chap.
31 we are told that Ariovistus held a part of the territory of the
Sequani; this is left uncolored. In 11, 34 we are given a list of states
which did not submit till 57; these also are left uncolored. All the rest
of Celtic Gaul may be supposed to have submitted at the close of the
war with the Helvetii; it is therefore colored blue.
The line of march shows Caesar's route in crossing the Alps the
second time, with the five legions. It also shows the route of the
Helvetii after they left their territory. After crossing the Arar
Caesar's route coincides with that of the Helvetii.
Crossed sabers indicate battlefields. Colonel Stoffel's identification
of the main battlefield (Histoire de Jules Cfear: Guerre Civile, ii,
439-453) is almost certainly right and is indicated on this map.
Campaign Map for Book 1, 1-29
C. lULl CAESAKIS
BELLI GALLIOI
LIBEE PRIMUS
1. Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quaram unam
1. Gallia, -ae, /., GalUa (gSll-a),
better, Gaul, ineluding either (1) Belgium,
Celtica, and AguitatUa, or (8) only Celtica.
See map. *
sum, esse, ftti (App 66), intr., tie,
exist, liTe; stay, remain; serve for;
v>ith gen. in predicate, be the mark or
sign of; belong to; be the duty of; toith
dat. ofpottestor, have. *
omnlB, -e, ad}., all, every, all the,
«very kind of; the whole, as a whole;
■m. pi. as nown, all, every one; all the
rest; n. pl^as noun, all possessions or
goods. :|c
diyldo, divldere, divisi, divisum,
tr. divide, separate; divlsus, pf. part,
at adk, divided. *
In, prep. vMh ace. and abl. With ace.
<1) of motion, from one place into or
toward! another place, into, to; in,
among; towards, for, against; at; up-
on: (2) of time, till, into; for; on, at:
(3) other uses. In, in respect to, for, un-
der, over, on ; In dies, from day to day ;
in fugam conicere, put to flight; In
Caesarem Incldere, meet with Caesar ;
Bummum In cruclatum venire, be
severely punished. With abl. (1) of rest
or motion within u place, in among,
over, within, throughout; on, upon:
(2) of time, in, during, in the course of;
on: (3) other uses, in, in the case of; in
consequence of, in view of; on, upon;
in Arari, over the Arar; in e5, in his
case; In ancorls, at anchor; in opere
esse, be engaged in the work. :):
pars, partis, /., part, portion;
party, faction; direction, side, place;
district. 4i
tree, tiia, gen. trium dU), card,
num. adj. , three. :(:
qui, quae, quod, rel. pron. (and see
quis), who, which, what; often imply-
ing an antecedent, he who, those who;
ujith force of dem., this, that; quam Ob
rem, wherefore; quern ad modum, in
what manner, how, as; quo, uiith com-
paratives, the; quo . . . eo, the . . . the. H:
unus, una, unum, gen. unius (App.
32), card. num. adj., one, the same
one; single, alone; the sole, the only;
the sole or only one. *
Chap. 1. A brief description of
the great divisions of Gaul, and of
their inhabitants.
1. Oallia: in translating, proper
names should always be pronounced like
English words. The pronunciation is
always indicated in the vocabulary.
The values of the vowel markings are
shown in the table on p. 2 of the vocab-
ulary at the end of the book.
omnis, "as a whole," shows that Oal-
lia here has meaning (1) of the vocab-
ulary.
divIsa: the adjective.
partes trgs: on the divisions of Qaul,
see Int. 28.
quarum unam, "one of which,
(parts)." unam: case? App. 124: G.-L.
330: A. 387: B. 172: H.-B. 390: H. 404.
The grammar references should al-
:|e The asterisk, in the vocabulary, shows that the word occurs live or more times
In Books I-IV. A figure, 1, 2, 3, or 4, similarly placed, is used when the word occurs
less than five times.
43
44
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 1
incolunt Belgae, aliam Aqaitani, tertiam qui ipsorum lingua
Celtae, nostra Galli appellantur. HI omnes lingua, Insfcitutis,
legibus inter se differunt. Gallos ab Aquitanis Garumiia
2. incolo, -colere, -colui, — , tr.
and intr. [col6, cultivate], Inhabit, dwell
In; live. if.
Belgae, -arum, m. (ABdefg), the
Belgae (bei'je), or Belgians. *
alius, -a, -ud, gen. alius (App. 3a),
another, other; alius , . . alius, one
. . . another; in pi., some . . . oth-
ers. *
Aquitanus, -a, -um, 'a4j., of Aqai-
tania, Aquitanian; pi. as noun, the
Aquitani (S.k"wl-ta'ni), possibly Aqui-
tanians, inhabiting southwestern Gaul. ;t:
tertiUB, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. [ter,
thrice], third, ie
Ipse, ipsa, Ipsum, gen. Ipslus (App.
S9), intensive pron., self (as opposed to
some one else; not to be confused with the
reflexive se, self. App. 163); himself,
herself. Itself, themselves; he, she, it,
they; as adj., very; in gen., his, her, its,
pr their own. *
lingua, -ae, /., tongue, language. 3.
3. Celtae, -arum, m., the Celtae
(sSrte), better, the Celts. 1.
noster, -tra, -trum, pass. adj. [nos,
we], our, ours, our own; in pi. as noun,
our men, our troops. 4c
Gallus, -a, -um, adj., of Gaul, Gallic;
pi. as noun, the Gauls, inhabiting Cen-
tral Oaul, Northern Italy, etc. *
append, 1, tr., accost, address, call by
name, name, call. :):
bic, haec, boo, dem. pron. (App. 54),
used for what is near in space, time, or
thought, with more emphasis than is;
this, this man, woman, or thing; be,
she, it; abl. sing, hoc, on this account;
in this respect; Xiie [.with comparatives);
hie . . . ille, the latter . . . the former.
See App. 170, a. *
instltutum, -I, n. [InsUtuo, set
up, establish], a fixed course or prin-
ciple ; habit, institution, custom. 3.
4. lex, leglB, /., law, statute, enact-
ment. 4.
Inter, prep, with ace. (sottetimes fol-
lowing its noun), (1) of place, among,
between: (2) 9/ttm«, during, within, for:
(3) in other retentions, among, between,
in; in among or between; to; over;
along with: (4) with reflex, pron., of re-
ciprocal action (App. 16B), with, to, or
from each other or one another, as.
Inter se differunt, differ from one an-
other ; each other, one another, as, co-
ways be looked up and studied. In
the notes on I, 1-29, for each of the
most common principles of syntax
grammar references are given three
times. In order that it may be studied
and twice reviewed.
2. Belgae: it is impossible to under-
stand and appreciate Caesar's story
unless one follows It on the map. The
letters in parentheses which follow geo-
graphical names, in the vocabulary,
correspond to the letters on the mar-
gins of the map in the front of the book,
By their aid places can easily be found.
aliam, tertiam: sc. partem incolunt.
qui = ii qui! a nominative pronoun
antecedent is often omitted.
ipsorum lingua, "in their own lan-
guage." lingua: case? App. 143: G.-L.
401: A. 409: B. 218: H.-B. 423: H. 476.
3. Celtae, Galli: case? App. 95, a:
G.-L. 205; 206: A. 283; 284: B. 167; 168,
2, 6: H.-B. 316; 317, 3: H. 393, 8.
lingua, instltiitiB, legibus, "in
language, institutions, and laws." No-
tice the absence of a conjunction. Latin
usually says either "a, b, c," or "a and
b and c, " while English usually says "a,
b, and c." For case see App. 149: G.-L.
397: A. 418: B. 226: H.-B. 441: H. 480.
4. Garumna flilmen: sc. dividit.
fliimen: case? App. OS,i: G.-L. 320; 321:
A. 281; 282: B. 169, 1, 2: H.-B. 316; 317, 8,
a: H. 893.
GEOGRAPHY OF GAUL
45
flumeUj a Belgis Matrona et Sequana dividit. Horum omnium i
fortissimi sunt Belgae, propterea quod a cultu atque humani-
tate provinciae longissime absunt, minimeque ad eos merca-
liort3,tI Inter ae, encouraging one
another. ^
sui, Bibi, se, or sese, rejiex. pron. of
8d person (App. 163, 164, 106), himself,
herself, itself, themselves ; he, she, they,
etc. ; inter se, see inter and App.
166. «
dlffero, dlfferre, distull, dilatum,
tr, ami intr. [fero, carry. App. 81],
scatter, spread; put off, defer; be dif-
ferent, differ. 1.
a (before consonants), ab (before vow-
els and some consonants), abs ipefore
te,anclinsomecompounds),prep.withabl.,
originally denoting separation; (1) of place,
persons, time, etc., from, away from,
from the vicinity of: (2) denoting posi-
tion, in some phrases, at, in, on, on the
side of; a, ^JJSR, in the rear: (3) with
expressions of measure, away, off; ab
miilbus passuum duobus, two miles
away: (4) with the pass, voice often de-
noting the agent, as the person from
whom the action comes, by: (6) variously
translated in other relations, from, by.
In respect to, after. *
Garumna, -ae, m. (DEcd), the Ga-
rumna (ga-rflm'na), or Garonne, a river
forming the boundary between Aguitania
and Celtic Gaul. 3.
6. flumen, -inis, n. [fluo, flow], river,
stream. *
Uatrona, -ae, m. (Bef), the river
Matrona (mSt'ro-na), now the Harne. 1.
et, conj., and; also, too, even; et . . .
et, both . . . and. 4:
Sequana, -ae, m. (BCdef), the river
Sequana (sek'wa-na), better, Seine. 1.
6. fortla, -e, adj., strong, valiant,
brave. *
propterea, adv. [propter, because of],
on this account; propterea quod,
because. *
quod, conj. [adv. ace. of the neuter of
qui, who, which], as to which, in that,
that ; as to the fact that, insomuch as ;
because; quod Bl, but if; propterea
quod, because. 4:
cultUB, -Ob, m. [colo, cultivate], cul-
tivation; civilization; mode of life;
dress. 3.
atque, ac (ac only before consonants,
atque before vowels and consonants),
conj., usually adds something especially
important, while et usually associates
objects of equal importance; and also, and
even, and; after words denoting a com-
parison or difference, than, as, from. *
bumanltaB, -tatla,/. [humanus, hu-
man] , humanity, refinement, culture. 3.
7. pr5ylncla, -ae, /., office of gov-
ernor of a province; province, a territory
subject to Rome and governed by a Soman
governor; especially the Province, th*
southern part of France. Hs
longe, adv. [longua, long], far, far
away, distant ; longe lateque, far and
wide. *
abaum, abease, afui, intr. [aum, be.
App. 78], be away from, be absent or
distant, be wanting or free from. *
mlnlme, adv. [minimus, least], least.
6. Uatrona . . . divldlt: the two riv-
ers formed one boundary, and the verb is
therefore singular: App. 180, b: G.-L.
385,2: A. 317, 6: B. 2fj5, 3: H.-B. 331, 3:
H. 392, 4.
borum: case? App. 101: G.-L. 367;
372: A. 346, a, 2: B. 201, 1: H.-B. 346: H.
440, 5; 442.
7. provinciae: see int. 2, 26.
quod absunt: mode? App. 244: S.-L.
540: A.S40:B.286,1:H.-B.5W;555:H.588,L
mlnlme aaepe, "very seldom."
46
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 1
t5res saepe commeant atque ea quae ad effieminandos animos
pertinent important, proximiqne sunt Gfermanis, qui trane
10 Ehenum incolunt, quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt.
very little; by no means, not at
all. 4.
-que, eonj. (always affixed to t?ie word
or some part of tke expression it connects),
and; que . . . que, or que . . . et,
botb . . , and. ^
ad, prep, with ace., originally denoting
motion toward; (1) denoting motion, to,
toward, against, to the Tlclnity of: (3)
denoting position, at, by, near: (3) denot'
ing purpose, with gerund and genrndi/oe,
to, for: (4)m. 335:
A. 425: B. 181: H.-B. 387, 1: H. 417.
54
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 3
constituerunt ea quae ad proficiscendum pertinerent comparare,
iumenlorum et carrorum quam maximum numerum coemere,
sementes quam maximas facere, ut in itinere copia frumenti
6 suppeteret, cum proximis civitatibus pacem et amicitiam con-
firmare. Ad eas res cSnficiendas bienninm sibi satis esse duxe-
2. cSnstituo, -Btltuere, -Btitui,
-Btitutum, tr. [Btatuo, set up], set up,
erect, construct; appoint, decide, de-
cree, determine, establish, set, settle; [of
troope) draw up, station; (of ahipt) an-
chor, station; raise (a legion), if
proficlscor, proficisci, profectuB
sum, intr. lef. proflclo, advance], set
out, start, depart; set out tor, start
lor; go, proceed. <:
C0mpar5, 1, tr. (paro, prepare], pre-
pare, get ready; acquire, gain, secure;
prepare for. if
3. iumentum, -i, n. [lungo, join,
yoke], yoke or draft animal, beast of
burden. 2.
carruB, -i, m., cart. :|c
quam, (1) adv., (o) interrog., how? (6)
rel., as; with rup. and with or without
posse, as . . . as possible, very; quam
diti, as long as; (3) eonj. with comp.,
than; prius . . . quam, before; post
. . . quam, postea . . . quam,
after. ^
maximus, -a, -urn, adj. [sup. o/mag-
nuE, great. App. 42], greatest, largest, if
numerus, -i, m., number, quantity,
amount; account; In numero, with
gen., among, as. if:
coemo, -emere, -emi, -emptum, tr.
[emo, buy], buy, buy up. 1.
4. sementlB, -is, /. [semen, seed],
sowing. 1.
Iter, Itlnerls, ». [eo, go], route, road;
journey, march; passage; facere Iter,
march, travel; magnis Itlnerlbus, by
forced marches. *
ftamentum, -i, »., grain; pi.,
crops, if
B. 8uppet5, -petere, -petivi, -peti-
tum, inir. [BUb-|-pet5, seek, obtain], be
near or at hand ; be in store, be supplied,
hold out. 2.
pax, pads,/., peace; favor. 2.
amicltia, -ae, /. [amicus, friend],
friendship. :|:
cdnfirmS, 1, tr. [llrmd, strengthen],
establish, strengthen, encourage, con-
sole; declare, assert, if
6. cdnficl6,-ficere,-fecl, -fectum,., fire. 4.
cremo, l, tr., bum. 2.
dies, -ei, m. and /., day; time; in
dies, from day to day; diem ez die,
day after day. *
fidence; faithfulness, loyalty, trustwor-
thiness; allegiance, protection, de-
pendence; pledge, assurance; fidem
facere, convince, give a pledge; fidem
■equi, surrender. 4:
lus lurandum, iuris inrandl, ».
[iuB, rlght+luTO, swear], an oath. 4:
21. per, prep, with aee., through,
throughout; by means of, through the
agency of, on account of, through the
efforts or Influence of; per 86, of their
own accord, on their own responsibility ;
sometimes with intensive force, in Itself,
themselres; in composition, through,
very, thoroughly, completely. *
potens, -entlB, adj. [pres. part, of
possum, be able], powerful, influ-
ential. 4.
flrmus, -a, -um, adj., strong, stable,
-rigorous, flrm. 3.
22. Bpero, 1, tr. [apes, hope], hope,
hope for, anticipate. 2.
1. lndlclum,-cl,». [lndico,dlsclose],
disclosure. Information; per Indicium,
through Informers. 1.
enantiS, 1, tr. [niintlS, announce],
report, declare, disclose. 4:
21. TegnS occupato potiri posse
sperant, "they hoped that after they
had seized the royal power [each in his
own land] they could get control of."
regno occupato: case? App. ISO: O.-L.
409; 410: A. 419: B. 227, 2, a: H.-B. 421,3:
H. 489, 1. Latin Is very fond of the abla-
tive absolute: English very seldom uses
its corresponding idiom, the nomina-
tive absolute. Never translate an ab-
lative absolute literally. "The royal
power having been seized" is wretched
English.
per tres populSs: i.e. the Helvetli,
the Sequanl, and the Haedul.
22. Galllae: case? App. Ill: G.-L.
407, n. 2, d: A. 410, a: B. 212, 2: H.-B. 333;
H. 477, 1, 3.
Chap. 4. Orgetorix is tried for con-
spiracy, but esc£Cpes. His sudden
death.
1. ea rSB, "this conspiracy."
Helvetiis: case? App. 114, c: G.-L. 345:
A. 362; 365: B. 187, 1: H.-B. 365: H. 424;
425,1.
moribus: case? App. 142, a: G.-L. 399,
n. 1: A. 418, a: B. 220, 3: H.-B. 414, a: H.
475, 3.
2. ez Tinculls, "in chains." Cf.
note on 1, 13.
3. damnatum . . . crem&retur, lit.
"it was necessary for the punishment to
AMBITION OF ORGETORIX, B.C. 61
59
cOristituta causae dictionis Orgetorix ad iudlcium omnem
suam familiam, ad hominum milia decern, undique coegit, at s
omnes clientes obaeratosque snos, quorum magnum numerum
habebat, eodem conduxit; per eos, ne causam differet, se
eripuit. Cum eivitas ob earn rem mcitata armis ius suum
^secfui conaretur, multitudinemque hominum ex agris
4. dictio, -onls, /. [dico, say] , speak-
ing, pleading. 1.
iudlcium, -ci, n. [ludez, judge], ju-
dicial proceedings, trial ; opinion, judg-
ment; Iudlcium facere, express an
opinion; ludlclo, by design, pur-
posely. 4.
6. famllla, -ae,/., household {includ-
ing slaves) ; retinue (including all depend-
ents); family. 8.
decern (X), indecl. card, num., ten. *
6. cliens, -entis.m.,/. [clueo, hear,
obey], client, vassal, dependent, re-
tainer. 3.
obaeratus, -a, -um, adj. [aee,
money], in debt; as noun, debtor. 1.
7. eodem, adv. [old dative of idem],
to the same place, to the same point (re-
sult, end, etc.). 4:
conduce, -ducere, -duzl, -ductum,
tr. [duco, lead], lead or bring together,
assemble; conduct: hire. 4.
ne (App. 188, 6), (1) conj. with aubj..
that . . . not, so that . . . not. In order
that . . . not, lest; after verbs of fear-
ing, that, lest: (3) adv., not; ne . . .
quidem {enclosing the emphatic word)^
not even. *
8. erlpio, -Tipeie, -ripui, -reptum,
tr. [rapio, seize], "wrest or take away,
extort, deprive: rescue, relieve, save. He
Ob, prep, with ace, on account of, for;
in compounds, opposed to, to, toward,
against; quam ob rem, wherefore,
why. *
incito, 1, tr. [cito, put In motion], set
In motion ; Incite, arouse, urge on, stim-
ulate; exasperate; cursH incitato, at
full speed. *
arma, -orum, n,. pi., arms; equip-
ment; 6y me(o»jTOy, battle, war. *
iiis, lurlB, »., right, justice, law;
rights ; power, authority. 4:
9. exsequor, -sequi, -secutus sum,
tr. [sequor, follow], follow out, en-
force. 1.
follow (him) condemned that he should
be burned with flre" = "if condemned It
was necessary that the punishment of
being burned be Inflicted upon him."
danmatum: use of participle? App.
283: G.-L. 667: A. 496: B.337, 2, 6: H.-B.
604, 3: H. 638, 8. ut cremaTetui is a
substantive clause in apposition with
poenam; it is perhaps best taken as a
substantive clause of result.
die: gender? App. 30, a: G.-L. 61:
A. 97, a: B. 53: H.-B. 101: H. 135: case?
App. 153: G.-L. 393: A. 423: B. 230, 1:
H.-B. 439: H. 486.
die . . . dlctlSnlB, "on the day set
for the pleading of the case." causae:
case? App. 98: G.-L. 363, 3: A. 347; 348,
note: B. 200: H.-B. 354: H. 440, 2. dic-
tlonls: possessive genitive, limiting
die.
6. ad, "about."
6. obaeratds: those who had become
slav^ on account of debt.
7. per eos, "by their help."
ne . . . diceret, "to avoid pleading his
ease": mode? App. 325, 6: G.-L. 545, 3:
A. 531, 1: B. 282, 1: H.-B. 503, 3: H.
568.
8. cum conaretur . . . -que magis-
tratus cdgerent, "when the state was
attempting . . and the magistrates
were collecting": mode? App. 240; 242,
a: G.-L. 685: A. 546, notes 1, 2, 3: B. 288,
6: H.-B. 524: H. 600, II, 1.
60
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 5
10 magistratus cog'er^nt, Orgetqrix mortuus est; neque
suspicio, ut Helvetii arbitrahtur, quin ipse sibi mortem
consciverit.
5. Post eius mortem nihilo minus Helvsiil id quod con-
stituerant facere conantur, ut e finibus suis exeant. Ubi iam
se ad earn rem pffl-atos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida sua omnia,
numero ad duodecim, vices ad quadringentos, reliqua privata
5 aedificia incendunt ; friimentumomne, praeterquamquodsecum
10. inagiBtratuB,-&B,>n. [maglster,
master], public office, magistracy; pub-
lic officer, magistrate. ^
morior, mori, mortuus sum, intr.
[mors, death], die. 2.
neque (nee) (App. 188, a), ertaturl erant, comburunt, ut, domum reditionis spe snblata,
paratiores ad omnia perlcula snbeunda esaent; trium mensium
molita cibaria sibi quemque domo efferre iubent-'fTPersuadent
llauracis et Tulingis et LatobriglSy fmitimis, uti eodem usi
sum, tr. [cf, candeo, shine] , set fire to,
fire, burn ; Inflame, excite. 4:
praeterquam, adv., besides, except. 1.
6. ports, 1, tr., carry, transport,
bring, take. 3.
comburd, -urere, -ussi, -ustum, tr.
[com(b)+urd, burn], burn up. 1.
domus, -us (App. 29, d), /., house;
home; native country. *
redltio, -onls, /. [redeo, return],
return. 1.
spes, -el, /., hope, anticipation, ex-
pectation. Hi
toUd, tollere, sustuli, sublatum,
tr., lift, elevate; take on board; take
away, remove; do away with, destroy;
cancel; sublatus, pf. part, as adj.,
elated. 4:
7. perlculum, -I, n., trial, test, at-
tempt; risk, danger, peril. *
subeo, -Ire, -ii, -Itum, tr. [e5, go.
App. 84] , come or go under, come up to,
come up; undergo, endure. 4.
mensls, -Is, m., month. 8.
8. mol6,-ere,-ui,-ltum,ie diem
quintum, Kalendas Apriles = die quinto
ante Kalendas Apriles. The former phrase
is idiomatic but can not be parsed. In
all such reckonings the Romans count-
ed both ends, while we count but one.
The date here meant is the twenty-
eighth of March, which we should
consider the fourth day before the
WAR WITH THE HELVETII, B.C. 58 65
7. Caesari cum id nfentiatum esset, eos per provinciam
nostram iter facere donari, maturat ab urbe proficisci, et qnam
maximis potest itineribus in (xalliam ulteriorem contendit et
ad Genavam pervenit. Provinciae toti quam maximum potest
turn, tr. andintr. [veniS, come], oometo-
getlier, assemble; convene, meet; come
to, arrive; be agreed upon; imper-
son/il, be convenient, suitable, neces-
sary. sK
CLUintus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj.
[quinque, Ave], flftb. 3.
Kal., atibr.for Ealendae, -arum, /.,
the Calends, the first day of the Soman
month. 1.
April., ahlr. for Aprills, -e, adj., of
April, April. 2.
L., abbr. for Lucius, Lucius (lii'-
shyus), M Soman praenomen. *
PIb5, -onlB, m., Lucius Calpurnins
Piso (lu'shyiis kSl-per'nl-fls pi's5),
Caesar^s father - in - law, consul 58
B.C. 2.
A.„abbr. for Aulua (aw'lils), a Soman
praenomen. 1.
16 . Gabinlus,-ni,m., Aulus Gabinlus
(aw'lfis ga-bin'i-iis), consul with iMciua
Ptso, 58 B.O. 1.
1. Caesar, -aris, m.. Gains Julius
Caesar (ga'yus ju'li-ils se'zar), con-
queror of Gaul and author of the Com.-
mentaries. :f:
ntintio, 1, tr. [nantlus, messenger],
announce, send news, report, make
known; order, direct. *
2. matiiro, l, tr. and intr. [matarus,
ripe], ripen; quicken, accelerate; make
baste, basten. i.
urbs, urbls, /., city; especially, tbe
city. Some. 2.
3. ulterior, -lus, adj., comp. [ultra,
beyond. App. 43] , farther, more remote,
ulterior. *
4. pervenlo, -venire, -veni, -ven-
tum, intr. Lvenlo , come], come tbrougb ;
come to, arrive at, reach; of property,
tall, revert. :(:
first of April, instead of the fifth.
L. FIsoue . . . consullbus: cf. note
on 2, 2.
Third References :
Aj>position
Purpose clauses
Chap. 7. Caesar hastens to G-aul
and delays the Helvetii by a pretext.
1, Caesari: he had been consul in
the year 59, and at the end of his year of
office he had immediately become pro-
consul of Gaul. See Int. 11, 12. He was
at this time near Rome, preparing to
leave tor bis province. The news merely
hastened his movements.
cum nuntlatum esset: mode? App.
240; 242, o: G.-L. 685: A. 646, notes 1,8,3:
B. 288, B: H.-B. !J24: H. 600, II, 1.
id, "this fact," is explained by its ap-
posltive, the clause, eos . . . con^^, "that
they were planning, etc." eos: case?
App. 123: G.-L. 203, E. 1; 343, 2: A.397,«:
B. 184: H.-B.398: H.415. oonari: construc-
tion? App. 266: G.-L. 650: A. 580: B. 314,
1: H.-B. 589; 591: H. 642.
2. ab urbe, "from [near] the city,"
Instead of ex urbe, because one who held
a military command could not legally
be in the city.
quam maximis potest itineribus,
lit. "by (as great) day's journeys as the
greatest he can" = "by as long day's
journeys as possible." quam maximis
itineribus would have meant the same
thing. These two idioms are very com-
mon in Caesar. We learn from Plu-
tarch that Caesar traveled about ninety
mllesaday. itineribus: case? App.l4S:
G.-L. 399: A. 412: B. 880, 1: H.-B. 446, 2:
H. 473, 3.
■ 3. MlteTioiem = transalpinam, "be-
yond the Alps" from Rome.
4. ad Genavam: use of preposition?
App. 131, a: G.-L. 337, R. 4: A. 428, o: B.
182, 3: H.-B. 453, 1: H. 418, 4.
provinciae Imperat, "he levied upon
the province. "
66
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 7
5 militum nnmerum imperat (erat omnino in Gallia ulteriore
legio una), pontem qui erat ad Genavam iubet rescindl. Ubi
de eius adventu Helvetii certiores f acti sunt, legates ad eum
mittunt, nobilissimos c ijitatis, cuius legationis Nammeius et
Verucloetius principem locum obtinebant, qui dicCTent sibi
10 esse in animo sine iillo maleficio ifer per provinciam facere,
propterea quod aliud iter haberent nullum; rogare ut eius
6. miles, -itls, m., soldier, private
soldier; intantry (opposed to equltes);
milites imperare, levy soldiers up-
on, iff
Impero, l, tr. and irUr. [In+par6, pro-
cure], demand from, enjoin or levy up-
on ; command, order, instruct, rule. *
6. legiS, -onlB, /. (lego, cboose], a
legion. ^ '
rescindd, -sclndere, -EcidI, -scls-
Bum, tr. [re-+8Cindo, cleave], cut
away or down, break down, destroy, i.
7. adventus, -us, m. [venlo, come],
coming, arrival, approach. #
certus, -a, -um, adj. [for cretuB, pf.
part, o/oemo], decided; certain, sure,
fixed; certiorem facere, to inform
(occ. and inf.); order Cut or ne and
mbj.) ; certloT fieri, be Informed. *
legatus, -i, m. [lego, delegate], one
with delegated powers; ambassador, en-
voy, legate; lieutenant, legatus. 4:
8. mltto, mittere, mlsi, missuiu.
tr., send, send oft, dismiss, let go, dis-
patch; hurl, discharge. :|c
Nammeius, -i, »»., Nammelus (na-me'-
ytis). 1.
9. Verucloetius, -ti,m., Verucloetius
(v6r"ii-kle'shyus), an Helvetian envoy,
sent to Caesar. 1.
princepB, -Ipls, adj. [primus, flrst+
capio, take], taking the first place; chief,
most prominent, first; as noun, chief
or principal person, leader, chief. 4:
10. sine, prep, with abl., without. *
aUuB, -a, -um, gen., iilliuB (App. 32),
adj., a single, any; as novn, any one,
anybody. *
maleficium, -cl, n. [malum, evil-f-
facio, do], evil doing, mischief, harm,
injury. 4.
11. iiulIus,-a,-um,g'«n.,iiulliUB,a<^'.
[ne-+aUus, any], not any, no; as noun,
no one, none; non n&llus, some; as
noun, some, some persons. *
Togo, 1, tr., ask; request, ask for. :):
6. militum: case? App. 101: G.-L.
388: A. 346, a, 1: B. 201, 1: H.-B. 346: H.
440,5; 441.
In Gallia: case? App. 151: G.-L. 385:
A. 426, 3: B. 228: H.-B. 433: H. 483.
6. legio: this was the tenth, after-
wards Caesar's favorite legion. On the
organization of a legion see Int. 33.
7. certidreB fact! sunt, lit. "were
made more certain"= "were informed."
certiorea: case? App. 156; 167: G.-L.
211: A. 283; 284; 286: B. 233, 1, 2; 234:
H.-B. 317, S; 320, III: H. 394.
S. nSblUsBimSs: used asanoun.
9. qui dicerent, "who were to say"
="to say": a relative clause of purpose.
sibi esse in animS, "that they had in
mind" or "intended." sibi: case? App.
117: G.-L. 349: A. 873: B. 190: H.-B. 374:
H. 430.
11. quod baberent is a subordinate
clause in indirect discourse. Cf. S, 17.
rogare (sc. ae), "that they asked."
The speakers said to Caesar rogamus,
"we ask."
ut sibi Uceat, "that it be permitted
them" or "that they be allowed." For
mode see App. 228, a: G.-L. 546, 1 : A. 563:
B. 295, 1: H.-B. 530, 2: H. 563, 1; 565.
eius: l.e. Caesar's.
WAR WITH THE HELVETII, B.C. 58
67
voluntate id sibi facere liceat.'j«Oaesar, quod memoriaienebat
L. Cassium consulem occisum exercitumque eius ab Hfelvetiis
pulsum et sub iugum B^sum, concedendum non putabat;
neque homines inimico animo, data fafcultate per provinciam is
12. voluntas, -tatls,/. [void, wish] ,
wish, will, desire, inclination; goodwill,
lavorj consent, approval. *
licet, llcere, licuit and licltum est,
intr., impera., it is lawful, one lias per-
mission, it is permitted, one may, one is
allowed; licet mlhl, I may; petere ut
llceat, to ask permission, sj:
memoTla, -ae,/. [memor, mindful],
the faculty of memory; recollection,
memory, remembrance; tradition; me-
moria tenere, remember; patrumme-
mcrla, in the time of our fathers, h:
teneo, tenere, tenui, tentum, tr.,
hold, keep, occupy, possess, hold posses-
sion of; hold in, restrain, bind; se
tenere, remain; memorla tenere, re-
member. :):
13. Gasslus, -si, m., Lucius Cassius
liOnginus (lu'shyils kash'yds 15n-gi'-
nus), consul 107 'B.C., slain in battle by the
Tigurini. 3.
eccldo, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, tr.
[ob-hcaedo, cut, slay], cut down, kill,
slay. *
14. pello, pellere, pepull, pulsum.
tr., beat, defeat, rout; drive out, ex-
pel. ^
sub, prep, with ace. ami abl. (1) With
ace, (a,),uiith verba of motion, under, be-
neath; up to: (b) o/^ime, just at, about,
toward. (2) With abl., (a) of position,
under, beneath; toward, near to; at the
foot or base of : (b) of time, during, with-
in: in compounds, sub or subs, under;
up, away; from beneath; secretly; in
succession; slightly. *
iugum, -1, n. [iungo, join], yoke;
ridge, crest. ^
concede, -cedeie, -cessi, -cessum,
tr. and intr. [cedo, go], go away, depart,
withdraw; grant, yield; allow, per-
mit. :|c
puto, 1, tr., think,'consider, believe. :(:
16. inlmicuB,-a,-um,a<{;. [in— {-ami-
cus, friendly], unfriendly, hostile; aa
noun, an enemy {personal), rival, to be
distinguished from bostls, a public.ene-
my. 3.
facultas, -tatls, /. [old adj., facul
^facilis, easy], power; opportunity,
chance; resources, supply. *
12. voluntate is an ablative of ac-
cordance.
tenebat: mode? App 344: G.-L. 540:
A. 540: B.286, 1: H.-B.554; 555: H.588,I.
13. occisum, pulsum, mlssum are
perfect passive infinitives in indirect
discourse, and depend on memoria tene-
bat, which is equivalent to a verb of
knowing. The perfect infinitive repre-
sents the action as past at the time of
tenebat; "that Lucius Cassius had been
slain," etc.
ab Helvetlls: case? App. 137: G.-L.
401: A. 405: B. 216: H.-B. 406, 1: H. 468.
14. BUb iugum, "under the yoke."
This "yoke" was made of three spears,
two planted in the ground and the third
fastened across them at a suitable
height. Under this .the soldiers of the
captured army were compelled to pass,
in token of submission and degradation.
concedendum {esae), "that permis-
sion ought to be granted."
16. bomines temperatiiros (eaae),
"that men would refrain. " The future
infinitive shows that a future indicative
was used in the direct form. Caesar
thought non temperabunt, "they will not
refrain. "
animo: case? App. 141: G.-L. 400: A.
415: B. 234, 1: H.-B. 443: H. 473, 2.
data facultate may be translated by
a conditional clause; "if an opportunity
should be given."
68
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR I, 7
V
itineris faciendi, temperatures ab iniuria et maleficio existi-
mabat. Tamen, ut ^atinm intercedere p^et, dum milites
imperaverat coa^nirent, legat
quos
stm
legatis respondit diem se ad
deliberandum sw&pturum; si quid vellent, ad Id. April.
so reverterentur.
IS. tempero, l, intr., restrain or con-
trol one's self, refrain ; temperatuB, pf-
part, as aiy., temperate, mild. a.
Inlurla, -ae, /. [In-Hus, right],
wrong, Injustice; outrage, Injury, harm,
Tlolence. :{:
17. tamen, adv. (opposed to some ex-
pressed or' implied. concession)^ yet, never-
theless, notwithstanding, still, however;
at least. 4:
spatium, -tl, n., space, distance, ex-
tent, length of space; period or length of
lime, hence time, opirortunity. ^
Intercedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum,
intr. [cedo, go], go or come between, lie
between, intervene, be between; pass. 4.
dum, conj., while, as long as; till,
until. 4c
18. respondeoi-spondere, -spondl,
-gponsum, tr. and intr. [spondeo,
promise], reply, answer. :ic
19. dellbero, 1, tr. [libra, balance],
weigh well; consider, deliberate. 2.
sum5, Biimere, sumpsl, Bamptum,
tr. [sub-l-emo, take], takeaway, take;
assume; witABUppUcium, inflict; loith
labor, spend. :):
ai, conj., if, if perchance; to see
whether or if; whether; quod Bi, but if,
now if. 4c
qulB, qxild, 'and qui, quae, quod
(App. 61 and 62), ^1) interrog. pron., who?
which? what? quam ob rem, why?
quern ad modum, how? (2) indef.pron.,
especially after Bi, nlal, ne, num, any
one, anything, any; somebody, some-
thing, some, if
TOlo, Telle, TOlui, (App. 82), tr.
and imr., wish, be willing, want, desire;
prefer, choose; intend; mean; quid Blbi
yellet, what did he intend or mean? ^c
idiiB, -uum, f.,pl., the Ides: the 15th of
March, May, July and October, and the
13th of other months. 1.
20. reverts, -vertere, -vertl, -ver-
Bum, intr., used alm.ost exclusively in the
perfect tenses, and reverter, -vertl,
-verBUB Bum, intr., used in the tenses
16. itlnerlB.faclendl: construction?
App. 288; 291: G.-L. 427; 428: A. 603; 504:
B. 339, 1: H.-B. 612,1; 613: H. 623; 626.
17. dum militeB convenlrent, "un-
til the soldiers should arrive."
18. diem, "time."
Be siimptlirum, ' 'that he should take. "
ad deliberandum: construction?
App. 287; 293: G.-L. 426; 432, H.: A. 602;
506: B. 338, 3 : H.-B. 611 ; 612,ni : H. 624 ; 628.
19. Si quid vellent, "if they wanted
anything." Why yuW/ App. 174 : G.-L.
315: A. 310, a: B. 91, 5: H.-B. 276, 1:
H. 188.
ao. reverterentur, "they should
come again. " This is a, principal clause
in indirect discourse, but the sub-
junctive is used instead of the Infinitive
because an Imperative was used in the
direct form. Caesar said si quid vultis,
revertimini, "If you want anything, come
again." The third (cf. 2, 5 and 3, 17)
important fact about indirect discourse
is that all Imperatives of the direct form
become subjunctives in the Indirect
form: App. 267: G.-L. 652: A. 588: B. 316:
H.-B. 534, 2; 538: H. 642.
Third Eeperences :-
Predicate nouns and adjectives
Agreement of adjectives
Partitive genitive
Subject of injinitive
Substantive volitive (or purpose) clause
Causal clauses with quod, etc.
Injinitive in indirect discourse
Gerund
Gerundive
WAR WITH THE HELVETII, B.C. 58
69
8, Interea ea legione quam secum , habebat militibusque
qai ex provincia convenerant, a lacu Lemanno, qui in flumen
Rhodanum influit, ad montem. luram, qui fines Sequanornm
ab Helvetiis dividit, milia passuum xix murum in altitudinem
pedum sedecim fossamque perdiicit. Eo opere perfects praesidia b
disponit, castella communit, quo facilius, si se invito transire
formed on the present stem [re-+verto,
turn], turn back, come back, return. :|c
1. interea, adv., in the meantime,
meanwhile. 4.
3. Influo, -fluere, -fluzl, , intr.
[flu5, flow], flow into, empty Into. *
4. undeviginti (.XlX.),card.num.adj;
indecl, [unus, one+de, from+viglnti,
twenty], nineteen. 2.
muTUS, -i, m.. a wall. :<:
altltudo, -inls,/. [altuB, high, deep],
height; depth; thickness (of tim-
ber), ij!
6. pes, pedis, m., the foot; a, toot,
ll.es inches in length; pedibUB, on toot;
pedem referre, z«treat. n:
BeAecimiXVl), oord. tmm. adj., indecl.,
sixteen. 2,
fOBBa, -ae,/. [pf. part. fern, o/fodio,
dig], trench, ditch. ^
perduco, -ducere, -duzl, -ductum.
tr. [duco, lead] , lead through or along,
conduct, bring over, bring; construct,
extend; influence, win. over; draw out,
prolong. 4.
opus, operls, n., work, labor; mili-
tary work or works, tortifications, de-
fenses; a work of engineering or archi-
tecture; natiira et opere, by nature and
art; opera, crafts. h<
praeBidlum, -dl, n. [praeaideo,
guard], guard, garrison; safeguard, pro-
tection; fortification, stronghold ; help,
aid; safety, if:
6. dispono, -ponere, -posui, -posi-
turn, tr. [p5iio, place], place apart or
about; distribute, arrange, station. 2,
castellum, -I, n. [caBtrum, tort],
fortress, redoubt, :je
communio, 4, tr. [munlo, fortify],
fortify strongly. Intrench. 1.
quo, conj. [abl, case form of qui, who.
Chap. 8. Caesar prevents the Hel-
Tetii from crossing the Rhone.
1. legidnemUitibUBque:case? App.
143: G.-L. 401, R. 1: A. 409: B. 218, 10:
H.B. 423, a: H. 476.
2. a lacu ... ad montem: see map,
p. 70.
4. milia: case? App. 130: G.-L. 335:
A. 425: B. 181: H.-B. 387: H. 417.
milia passuum XIZ = about 17V4
English miles. This is the distance
from the lake to Pas de l':^cluse, fol-
lowing the windings of the river. Cae-
sar's plain statement is that he con-
structed a wall and a trench nineteen
miles In length. Napoleon III believed
that the banks of the river were so
steep for most of the distance that no
artlfloial fortiflcations were needed, and
the map on p. 70 shows the only places
where he believed that Caesar con-
structed the wall and trench— a total of
about three miles. Napoleon's view is
generally accepted, but there are good
grounds for doubting its correctaess.
In altitudinem pedum sedecim, lit.
"of sixteen feet into height" = "sixteen
feet high." pedum: App. 100: G.-L,.
363, 2: A. 345, b: B. 203, 2: H.-B. 355:
H. 440, 3. The "section of Caesar's wall,"
set into the map, p. 70, makes clear the
method of constructing this wall. The
top of the bank was cut down so as to
make a steep front sixteen feet high:
this was the nmrtis. The earth which
was dug out was simply thrown down
the hill. A line of palisades was set on
top, to serve as a breastwork for the
Eoman soldiers.
6. disp5nit, "stationed at several
points." Caesar had too few men to
man the entire line. He therefore sta-
70
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 8
conarentur, prohibere posset. Ubi ea dies quam constituerat
cum legatis f enit et legatl ad eum reverterunt, negat se more
et exemplo populi Komani posse iter uUi per provinciam dare ;
10 et, si vim facere conentur, pmhibiturum ostendit. Hel7etii
which], In order that, so that, that. :|c
invltus, -a, -um, adj., against one's
wish or win, unwilling, reluctant; se
Invito, against his will. «
8. venio, venire, venI,ventuiii,Mr.,
come, arrive, go, advance; In spem
venire, have hopes; pass, often imper.,
as ventum est, they came. It came,
etc. if!
negS, 1, tr. and intr., say no, refuse,
say . . not. 1.
9, ezemplum, -I, n., example, prece-
dent. 2.
10. ostendo, -tendere, -tendl,-ten-
tum, tr. [obs+tendo, stretch}, stretch
before; present, show, bring into view,
reveal; tell, declare; point out, men-
tion. :|c
tloned detachments (praesidia) in cas-
tella, at suitable points, and of course
had pickets all along the Une. At an
alarm the nearest detachments were to
run to the threatened point.
G.-L. 408: A. «9, a; 480, 1: B. 827, 1,
a, o; H.-B. 481, 1: H. 489, 1.
8. negat se posse, "be said that lie
could not."
more et ezemplo: case? App. I42,a:
Caesar's Fohtifications on the Rhone
QUO faoiliua posset: when is quo used
In purpose clauses? App. 825, o, 2: G.-ti.
645,2: A.531,2,a: B.282,a: H.-B.B02, 2,6;
H. 568, 7.
Si cSnarentur, "if they should try."
S8 Invltd: construction? App. 150:
G.-L. 399, n. 1: A. 418, a: B. 220, 3: H.-B.
414, a: H. 476, 3.
10. si . . . cSnentur, "it they should
try to use force."
problbltarum (sc. ae . . . esse), "that
he would stop them."
X
WAR WITH THE HELVETII, B.C. 58
71
ea spe, deiecti, navibns iunctis ratibusque compluribus factis,
alii vadls Khodani, qua minima altitudo fluminis erat, non
numquam interdiu, saepius noctu si perrumpere possent conati,
operis miliiitione et militum concursu et telis repulsi hoc
cffsatii destiterunt. 15
9. Eelinquebatur una per Sequanos via, qua Sequanis
11. delcl5, -icere.-ieci, -lectum, tr.
[lacio, throw. App. 7], hurl or cast
down; dislodge; kill; foil, disap-
point. *
Davis, -is,/., ship, boat; navis lon-
ga, galley, ship of war; navlB one-
raila, transport. :{;
lungo, iungere, llknzi, liinctum, tr.,
join or unite together, attach, con-
nect. 4.
ratls, -is, /., raft. 2.
complures, -a, adj. [piaa, more],
several, many; a great many. :{:
12. paivua.-a.-um.ad;;., llttle.small,
insignificant; comp., minor, minus,
lesser, smaller; shorter; minus, as
noun, less; sup., minimus, -a, -um,
least, very small. *
13. numquam, adv. [ne-+um(2'!). [improTlBUB.un-
toreseen], unexpectedly, without warn-
ing. 1.
adorior, -oriri, -ortuB sum, tr.
[orlor, arise], rise against, assail, at-
tack. 4:
13. feTo,feTTe, tull, latum (Xpp. 81) ,
tr. atid intr.; tr., bear, carry, bring; en-
dure, suOer, support, withstand; re-
ceive; tell, report; give, render (aid);
offer, propose (<«rm«); gravlter ormo-
ICBte ferre, be annoyed or angry at;
paaa. {sometimes) rush: intr. almost =
verb to he. *
14. iuagnopere,a<2». [magnus, great
-fopuB, work], with great labor; espe-
cially, greatly, exceedingly, earnestly. *
trlbuo, trlbuere, trlbui, tributum,
tr. [tribuB, a trlhe or division], di-
vide, distribute; attribute, assign, al-
lot, ascribe; grant, do for the sake of,
render. 2.
15. de8piclo,-BplceTe,-spezi,-Bpec-
tum, tr. [specio, look], look down; look
down upon, scorn, despise. H.
maior, maiUB, aclj. [comp. of mag-
nus, great], greater (m degree, size, time,
etc.); older, elder; as noun, malores
natQ, elders, old men; maioies, an-
cestors. ^
16. disco, diacere, dldicl, ,tr.and
intr., learn, he taught. 1.
dolUB, -i, m., craft, ^trick, treach-
ery. 2.
insldlae, -arum, /. pi. [sedeo, sit], a
sitting or lying in wait ; ambush, am-
buscade; treachery; artifice, crafty
device. *
17. nitor, niti, nixuB sum, i7itr.,Test
or rely upon ; exert one's self, strive, en-
deavor. 1.
quare, adv. [qui, which+reB, thing],
(1) interrog., why? wherefore? (2) ret.,
wherefore; on this accovmt, there-
fore. *
commltto,-mitteTe,-miBi,-mlssum,
tr. [mltto, send], join, splice; commit
(a crime), do; allow, permit; entrust;
proelium committere, join or begin
battle, it:
consisto, -slBtere, -stiti, , intr.
[BlBto, stand], take a stand or position,
keep one's position, $tand, form (of
soldiers); stop, halt, remain, stay; (of
ships) ride at anchor; consist in, depend
or rest on. *
350, e: B. 206, 2: H.-B. 350: H. 454, 1.
12. quod adortus esBet, "as to the
fact that he had attacked."
14. ne suae magnopere virtuti
tilbueret, lit., "he should not greatly
ascribe to his own prowess"="he should
not overrate his own prowess." For
mode cf. reminisceretur, 1. 10.
16. ipBds, se: I.e. the Helvetll.
16. ut contenderent: aresultclause.
magls quam, "rather than."
dolo: case? App. 143, a: G.-L. 401, n.
6: A. 481: B. 218, 3: H.-B. 438, 1: H. 476, 3.
17. The meaning of the last sentence
is, "Do not let the spot on which we
stand become famous as the scene of
your bloody defeat."
c5nBtitlBBent stands for a perfect in-
WAR WITH THE HELVETII, B.C. 58
83
ex calamitate populi Komani et internecione exercitus nomen
caperet aut memoriam proderet. ..,
14. His Caesar ita respondit: Eo sibi minus dubitationis
dari, quod eas res quas legati Helvetii commemorassent
memoria teneret, atque eogravius ferre quo minus merits
populi Romani a,ccidiss,^nt5rqui sT^alicuius iniuriae sibi conscius
fuisset, non f uisse diflScile cavere ; sed eo deceptum, quod 5
18. Internecio, -onla, /. [neco, de-
stroy], eztermlnatloQ, annihilation,
utter destruction. 2.
nomen, -Inls, />., name, title; reputah
tlon, prestige; nomine with gen., in
the name of, as; sud ndmiue, on his or
thetr own account, personally. :|;
19. prodo, -dexe, -dldi, -ditum, cr.
[do, give], give forth, reveal ; betray, give
up; transmit, hand down; memoria
proditum, told in tradition, handed
down. 2.
1. dubitatio, -onls, /. [dublts,
doubt], doubt, uncertainty; hesita-
tion. 1.
2. commemoio, 1, tr- [memorS, call
to mind], remind one of; state, men-
tion. *
8. graylter, adv. [gravis, "heavy],
heavily, with great weight, with force;
severely, seriously; graviter ferre, take
to heart, be annoyed or vexed (at); gra-
▼Iter premere, press hard. 4:
merltum, -i, n. [mereor, deservel,
desert, merit, service; favor, kindness,
benefit. 2.
4. accid5, -cldere, -cldi, — , intr.
[ad-l-cado, fall], fall to or upon; befall,
happen, fall to the lot of, occur; ac-
cldlt, it happens. :|c
allquis, -auid, and allaul, -qua,
-quod, indtf. pron. [quia, who. App.
62, a], some one, something; anyone,
anything, any. *
cSnsclus, -a, -um, 01(7. [acifi, know],
conscious; aware. 1.
B. caveo, cavere, cavl, cautum,
intr., be cautious, be on one's guard ; ob-
sldibus cavere, exchange hostages as
security. 1.
declpiS, -cipere, -cepl, -ceptum, tr.
[caplo, take], entrap; deceive. 1.
dicatlve: "where they had taken their
stand" for "where we have taken our
stand."
Third Befebeitcb:
Substantive clause of result or fact
Chap. 14. Caesar proposes terms,
which the Helvetii refuse.
1. his: l.e. the envoys.
eo is an ablative of cause, explained
by the causal clause quod . . . teneret.
minus dubitationis, "less hesita-
tion.'" dubitationis: partitive geni-
tive.
2. eaa res: l.e. the defeat of Casslus.
8. eo . . . quo: case? App. 148, a:
a-Li.403: A. «4, a: B. 223: H.-B. 424: H.
479; 1.
merlto: case? Apt). 143, a: G.-Li. 399,
n. 1: A. 418, a: B. 230, 3: H.-B. 414, a: H.
475, 3.
4. qui si, "now if they." Caesar
uses the singular In referring to the col-
lective noun populus, but English pre-
fers the plural.
inlilrlae, "of wrong doing": case?
App. 106,a: G.-L.374: A.349,a: B. 204,1:
H.-B. 354, footnote 1: H. 451, n. 2.
albi, Ut. conscious "to themselves,"
should not be expressed in translating.
6. non fuisse difficile, "it would not
have been difficult."
eo, is an ablative of cause, explained
by the clause quod . . . putaret.
deceptum: sc. populum Somanum . . .
84
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 14
y
neque commissum a se intellegeret quare tim^^et, neque sine
causa timendum putaret. Quod s^eteris contumeliagjobliTisci
vellet, num etiam recentium iniumrum, quod eo invito iter
per provinciam per vim temptassent, quod Haeduos, quod
10 Ambarros, quod Allobroges vexa^nt, memoriam deponere
posse? Quod(sua victoria^tam insolenter gloriarentur, qubdque
tarn diu se impune initirias intulisse admirarentur, eodem
6. timeo, -ere, -ui, , tr. and intr. ,
fear, be afraid of, dread; with dat., be
anxious about, be anxloiis for, dread;
nibll tlmere, have no tear. :j:
7. contumelia, -ae, /■, aOront, in-
dignity, insult; injury, violence. 3.
obllviscor, obllvisci, oblltus sum,
iTitr. [obllvlo, forgetfulness], forget. 1.
8. num, interrog. particle implying the
expectation of a negative reply. 1.
recens, -entis, ac0-, recent, late;
fresh, new, vigorous. 3.
9. tempto, 1, tr., make an attempt
upon, try to gain possession of, attack ;
try, test; try to win over. 4.
10. veio, 1, tr. lintenaive of vehS,
carry], carry or drag hither and thither;
harass, plunder, waste, overrun. 3.
dep5n5, -ponere, -posul, -positum,
tr. [pdn5, place], lay down or aside, put
away, give up; place, station, deposit. 3.
11. Tictdria, -ae, /. [victor, victor],
victory. *
tam, adv., so, so very. *
m8olenteT,ad«>.[insolens,unwonted],
unusually; arrogantly, insolently. 1.
elorlor, 1, intr. [gloria, glory], glory,
glory in, boast of . 1.
12. dlu, adv., for a long time, long;
quam dlii, as long as; comp., dlutius,
longer, too long, any longer; eup., dlii-
tlasime , for the longest time. 4:
impune, adv. [In— l-poena, punish-
ment}, without punishment. 1.
admirer, l, tr. [miror, wonder at],
wonder at, be surprised at, admire. 1.
6. commissum (sc. guiequam . . .
etsi), "that anything had been done."
a, Be, "by them"; l.e. the Roman
people.
(luare tlmeret, "because of which
they should be afraid." For mode see
App. 230, : G.-L. 631, 2: H.-B. 513, 2.
7. timendum, lit. "that It must be
Ieared"="that they need fear": con-
struction? App. 285, II, o: G.-L. 251, 1:
A. 194, 6: B. 337, 7, 6, 1: H.-B. 600, 3; 168:
H. 237.
quod si, "but if."
contumeliae: case? App. 107: O.-L.
376: A. 350, 6: B. 206, 2: H.-B. 380: H.
454, 1.
8. vellet: the subject is still populus
Bomamus.
num posse, "they could not, could
they,"or simply "could they." This is
a principal verb, but not In a declarative
sentence. For mode see App. 268, II:
G.-Li. 6.51, K. 1: A. 586: B. 315, 2: H.-B.
.591, a: H. 642, 2.
InlHrlarum depends on memoriam:
App. 98; G.-L. 363, 2: A. 348: B. 200: H.-B.
354: H. 440, 2.
quod, "the fact that." These are sub-
stantive quod clauses. In apposition
with iniuriar-um. In direct discourse
such clauses employ the indicative : App.
248: G.-L. 524; 525, 1: A. 572: B. 299, 1, a:
H.-B.552, 1:H. 588, II, 3.
ed=populo BomSno.
11. quod , . . admirarentur are sub-
stantive quod clauses, subjects of per-
tinSre.
victoria: i.e. the defeat of Cassius.
For case see App. 138: G.-L. 408: A. 404:
B. 219: H.-B. 444: H. 475.
12. se intulisse, "that they [the
Helvetil] had Inflicted."
eSdem pertinere, "tended to the same
result. "
WAR WITH THE HELVETII, B.C. 58 85,
pertinere. Consuesse enim deqs immortales, quo gravius
homines ex commtitatione rerum dole^nt, quoB pro scelere
eorum ulcisci velint, his secundiores infcerduin res et diuturni- is
orem impunitatem- concedere. Cum ea ita sint, tamen, si
obsides ab iis sibi dentur, uti ea quae poUiceantur facturoa
intellegat, et si Haedms de iniuriis quas ipsis sociisque eorum
intulerint, item si Allobrogibus satisfaciant, sese cum iis pacem
esse f acturnm. ftrDivica respondit : Ita Helvetios a maioribns 20
suis institutos esse uti obsides accipere, non dare, consuerint;
13. consuesco, -suescere, -suevl,
-suetuin, intr. [suescS, become used],
become accustomed ; pf. (App. 193, 1, a),
be accustomed, be wont; consuetus,
pf. part, as adj., accustomed, usual,
wonted. H:
enlm, conj., in tact, really; for; sed
enlm, but In fact, however. ^
14. coinniat3,tld, -5nlB, /■ [com-
mut5, change], a changing, change. 2.
doled, 3, intr., feel pain, be distressed
or annoyed, grieve. 2.
Bcelus, -erls, n., crime, wickedness. 1.
16. secundus, -a, -um, adj. [seauor,
follow], following, next, second ; favor-
able, successful, prosperous; secundo
flumine, down the river. *
interdum, adv. [dum, while], m the
meantime; at times, sometimes. 2.
dlutuinus, -a, -um, adj. [diu, long],
long. 1.
16. ImpfinltaB, -tatis, /. lln-+
poena, punishment], impunity, freedom
from punishment. 1.
17. polllceOT, 2, tr. and intr. [pr6+
Uceor, bid, otter], hold forth, offer,
promise, pledge. *
19. satisfacio, -facere, -feci, -fac-
tum, intr. Csatis.enough+faclo, make],
make or do enough tor; give satisfac-
tion, satisfy; make amends, apologize,
ask pardon. 2.
21. Inatituo, -Btltuere, -BtituI,
-BtitQtum, tr. andintr. [Btatuo, setup],
13. c6nsueBBe=co»ss«.
quo: tor use see 8, 6.
14. doleant: so far the subjunctive
tenses have all been Imperfects and plu-
perfects, because the indirect discourse
depends on the past verb respondit.
But it is quite common for the writer of
indirect discourse to use the tenses that
were used in the direct form Instead of
following the rule of sequence of tenses.
Thus presents and perfects are used to
the end of the chapter. This usage,
called repraesentatio, is due to the same
desire tor vividness which leads to the
use of the historical present for a past
tense. It Is usually better to translate
as it the regular past tenses were used,
just as it is better to translate the his-
torical present indicative by a past.
IB. secundioreB res, "a considerable
degree of prosperity"; diuturnidrem,
"quite long." The comparative may
often be rendered by such words as
"too," "rather," "quite," all of which
imply comparison with some unex-
pressed standard.
16. concedere depends on consuesse.
cum slut, by itself, might be either
causal or adversative. Notice that the
tamen which follows shows which it is:
App. 239: G.-Li. 9S7: A. 549: B. 309, 3:
H.-B. 526: H. 598.
17. abiis: case? App. 137: G.-L.^Ol:
A. 405: B. 216: M.-B. 406, 1: H. 468.
facttiroB: so. se . . . esse.
IS. Bl HaeduiB: sc. satisfaciant.
IPBiB: i.e. theHaedui.
19, sese: i.e. Caesar.
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 15
eius re! populnm Bdmanum esse testem. Hoc responso dato
discessit.
15. Postero die castra ex eo loco movent. Idem facit
Caesar eqiiitatumque omnem ad numerum quattuor milium,
quem ex omni provincia et^aeduis atque eorum sociis coactum
habebat, praemittit qui videant quas iu partes hostes iter
5 faciant.i^^ai cupidius novissimum agmea insecati alieno loco
set up or put In order, draw up; train,
educate; procure, prepare; build, con-
struct; begin, determine, decide upon,
adopt; Instltatus, pf. part, as adj.,
usual, customary; finished, in addition
to dejlnitiona above. 4:
acclpio, -clpere, -cepi, -ceptum, tr.
[a4+caplo, take], take or receive to
one's self, accept; experience, suffer;
learn, hear, take. :|c
22. testis, -is, m. and/., witness. 3.
reBponBum, -i, ». Lrespondeo, an-
swer], reply, answer. 2.
23. diBcedo, -cedere, -ceasi, -ces-
sum, intr. [ced5, go], go away, depart,
retire; leave (papecially with ab or
ex). *
1. poBteruB,-a,-um,ac;;.[post,after],
after, foUowlng, next; in m. pi. aa noun,
posterity; sup., postremus or postu-
mus, last. 4:
moves, movere, mSvi, motum, tr.,
set in motion, move; affect, influence;
with caatra, move camp from one place
to another, or break camp. :|c
2. eciultatua, -as, m. [equltS, ride;
equus, horse], cavalry, horsemen. Hf
4. praemitto,-initteTe,-iiiIsi,-iuia-
sum, tr. [mltto, send], send before or
in advance. :|c
5. cupide, adv. [cupldua, desirous],
desirously, eagerly. S.
agmeu, -inls, n. [ago, move], a mov-
ing body; a marching column; army; In
agmlne, on the march; pTlmum ag-
men, the van; noylBslmum or ex-
tremum agmen, the rear. :ic
iusequor, -sequl, -sec&tua sum, tr.
and intr. [aequor, follow], follow up or
after, follow close upon, pursue. *
allenus, -a, -um, adj. [alius, other],
of or belonging to another, another's;
strange, alien, unfamiliar; unfavorable;
foreign to the purpose; aes alle-
num, debt; allenlsaimi, entire str'an-
gers. 4.
Thihd References :
Objective genitive
Ablative of agent
Ablative of cause
Ablative of degree of difference
Adversative cum clause
Chap. IS. The Helvetii march on,
followed by Caesar, His cavalry are
defeated.
1. caatra movent, "march on." The
map facing p. i2 shows the route fol-
lowed by the Helvetii. They could not
march due west toward the Santones be-
cause the country is too mountainous.
They therefore marched north, then
northwest. Intending to reach the Liger
(Loire) and march down its valley.
2. equitatum: see'Int. 18.
3. quem coactum habebat, "which
he had collected,'* alinost=Q'u«m coege-
rat! App. S86, b: G.-L. 238: A. 497, A: B.
337, 6: H.-B. 605, 8, o: H. 640, 2.
4. qui videant: a purpose clause.
qui is plural, agreeing with the collec-
tive noun equitatum.
quaa . , . faclant, "in what direction
the enemy were marching." faclant:
mode? App. 262: G.-Li. 467: A. 573; 574:
B. 300, 1, o: H.-B. 534, 2, III; 537, 6: H.
649, II.
6. cupldlua: cf. note on 14, 15.
loco: case? App. 151, 6: G.-L. 385, u. 1:
A. 429, 1: B. 228, 1, »: H.-B. 436: H. 485, 2.
WAR WITH THE HELVETII, B.C. 58
87
cum equitatu Helvetiorum proelium committunt ; et pauci de
nostria cadunt. Quo proelio sublati HelvetiS, quod qumgentis
equitibus tantam multitudinem equitum propulerant, audacius
subsistere non numquam et novissimo agmine proelio nostros
lacessere coeperunt. Caesar suos a proelio continebat ac satis lo
habebat in praesentia hostem rapinis, pabulationibus, popu-
lationibusque prohibere. Ita dies circiter quindecim iter
fecerunt^ uti inter novissimum hostium agmen et nostrum
6. paucI, -ae, -a, atlj. {used rarely in
sing,), few; as noun, few persona or
things, sic
7. cado, cadere, cecldi, casum,
Mr., fall; fall In battle, be slain, die. 3.
(luingenti, -ae, -a (D), card. num.
acy. [qulnque, flve+oentum, liundrea],
five hundred. 3.
8. eques, -Itis, m. [equus, borse], a
horseman, a rider; pi., cavalry. Then
(as originally serving on horseback), a
knight (one of the moneyed class at
Some, next in rank to the senate). Also,
a knight (o/ Gaul, of a corresponding
class). :ts
tantus, -a, -um, ad(/. [of. tarn, so], so
much, so great, so powerful, such;
quants . . , tanto, with comparatives,
see quants. 4=
propello, -pellere, -puli, -pulsum,
tr. [pello, drive], drive forward, put to
flight, rout; dislodge, drive back. 2.
audacter, adv. [audaz, bold], boldly,
fearlessly, daringly. Comp., audacius ;
sup., audaclsslme. *
9. subsists, -slstere, -stiti, — ,
intr. [slats, stand], halt, make a stand;
be strong enough, hold out. 1.
10. laoessS, -ere, -ItI, -itum, tr.,
arouse, harass, provoke. Irritate, at-
tack. S|C
coepi, coeplsse (App. 86 and a),
tr., began, commenced, undertook;
coeptUB, pf. part., begun, com-
menced. 4:
11. praesentia, -ae, /. [praesens;
praesum, be present], presence; the
present moment; In praesentia, for
the present; then. 1.
raplna, -ae, /. [raplo, seize], plun-
der; pi., plundering. 1.
pabuIatlS, -Snls, /. [pabulor, for-
age], getting fodder, foraging. 1.
populatiS, -onls, /. [populor, rav-
age], ravaging, pillaging. 1.
12. circiter, adv. [circus, circle],
about, near, if:
quindecim (XV), card. num. adj., in-
decl. [quinque, five-Hdecem, ten], fif-
teen. 4:
6. pauci de nostria, "a few of our
men." The rest fled at the Instigation
of their commander, the treacherous
Dumnorlx.asCaesar afterwards learned.
9. novissimS . . . lacessere, "to
challenge our men to battle with their
rearguard. " Both agmine and proeliS
are ablatives of means.
10. satis babebat . . . prohibSre,
"considered It suflclent ... to keep."
Caesar had never before commanded so
large an army or met so strong an
enemy. His army was outniunbered by
an enemy whom the Romans had long
dreaded. Defeat meant the total de-
struction of his army. Nothing was
lost by postponing the battle. There-
fore he wisely decided to wait until
he could choose his own time and
place.
12. ita uti, "In sucha way that," in-
troduces a result clause.
88
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 16
prlmum non amplius quinis aut senis milibus passuum
IS inTOresBet. ^ j,
1 6. Interim cotidie Caesar Haedu^s frumentum quod essent
publics poUiciti fla^itSre. Nam propter frigora, quod Gallia
sub septentrionibus, ut ante dictum est, posita est, nSn modo
frumenta in agrls matura non erant, sed ne pabuli qnidem satis
14. amplUB, -a, -um, at^. , of large ex-
tent, spacious, large; Illustrious, splen-
did, noble; generous, magnlflcent; am-
plius, comp. as noun, more, a greater
number, a greater distance. 4c
»tr.
[Bto, stand], stand upon or near, be at
hand, press on; threaten. 4.
10. metier, metlrl, menaus sum, tr.,
deal or measure out, distribute. 2.
conTOCO, 1, tr. [toc5, call], call to-
gether, summon, assemble. 4.
12. LlscuB, -I, m., Liiscus (lis''kds), a
chief magistrate of the Haedui. 4.
BummUB, -a, -um, aiij. [sup. of supe-
pack animals. The cattle of the Hel-
vetii had swept the country clean.
5. frumento ilti: case? App. 146:
G.L.407: A. 410: B. 218,1: H.-B. 429: H.
477.
flQmine: case? App. 144: G.-L. 389:
A. 429, a: B. 218, 9: H.-B. 426, a: H. 476.
6. navibus, "in ships," is an ablative
of means.
Iter averterant: see map facing p.
42.
8. diem: accusative of duration of
• time.
diicere, "put him oft," Is an historical
Inflnitive.
conferri, comportari, adesse (sc.
frvmientum.) are the objects of -the his-
torical inflnitive dicere.
9. ubl Intellexit: mode? App. 237:
G.-Ii. 561: A. 543; B. 287, 1: H.-B. 554; 557:
H. 602.
se diatius dtici, "that he was being
put off too long. "
QUO die, "on which." Ct. 6, 1.
10. firumentum metiri oporteret.
lit. "for him to measure out grain was
right"="he had to distribute grain."
Thibwasdone twlceamonth. oporte-
ret: subordinate clause in indirect dis-
course. Its subject Is frSmentma
TMtirl.
convocatis prlndpibus, "summon-
ing," etc. Kemember that the ablative
absolute must not be translated liter-
ally.
12. Divlciacd et Llscd: in apposi-
tion with principUms.
summo . . . praeerat, "held the bigb-
est office."
auem vergobretum: for the two ob-
jects see App. 126: G.-L. 340; A. 393:
B. 177, 1: H.-B. 392, a: H. 410, 1.
90
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 17
Tergobretum appellant Haedui, qn! creatur annuus et vit? «
necisque in suos habet potestatem, graviter eOs acciisat, quoti,
15 cum neque emi neque ex agris sum! posset, tarn necessario
tempore, tarn propinquis hofitibus, ab lis non sdSleTetur;
praesertim' cum magna ez parte eorum precibns e^uctus
bellum rasceperit, multo etiam gravius quod sit ftestitutus
queritur.
1 7. Turn demum Liscus oratione Caesaris adductus quod
niB, high. App. 44], highest, very high;
the highest part of, the top of; pre-
eminent, greatest, chief, supreme;
all. :ic
praesum, -ease, -ful, intr. [gum, be.
App. 77], be before or over, be In com-
mand of, rule orer, be at the head of;
praesens, pret, part, at adj. , present. In
person; for the present. Hf
13. yergobretus, -i, m., vergobret
Cver'go-brfit), tfie title of the cMef magiS'
trate of the Haedui. I .
creo, 1, tr., create; elect, choose, ap-
point. 1.
annuus, -a, -nm, actj. [annus, year],
yeaifly. 1.
vita, -ae,/. [«/. vit6, live], life; man-
ner of living, living. 4.
14. nex, necls, /., violent death,
death, execution. 1.
potestas, -tatls, /. [potens, power-
Inl], ability, power, authority ; control,
sway, rule; chance, opportunity, possl
biUty; potestatem facere, grant per-
mission, give a chance. 4:
accuso, 1, tr. [ad+causa, cause, case]
iriTtg a case or charge against; blame,
censure, accuse. 2.
15. em5, emere, emi, emptum, tr.,
take; buy, purchase, a.
16. proplnauus,-a,-um,ac^'.[prope,
near], near, neighboring, close at hand;
pi. as noun, relatives. 4:
subleTO, 1, tr. [levo, lift], Uf t from be-
neath, lift or raise up, support; assist,
aid ; lighten, lessen. 3.
IT. praesertlm, adv., particularly,
especially. 4:
piez, precis,/, (fn sing, only in dat.,
ace, and abl.) [precoT, pray], prayer, en-
treaty; Imprecation. 2.
18. destltuo, -stituere, -stitui,
-stltatum, tr. [statuo, set up], set or
place aside, forsake, desert. 1.
19. aueror, aueri, questus sum, tr.
and intr., complain, bewail, lament. :(:
1. tum, adv., then, at this or that
time; then, secondly; then, also; cum. . .
tum, both . . . and, not only . . . but
also. 4c
demum, adv., at length, at last,
finally. 3.
14. In Buos, "over his lellow-clti
zens."
auod nSn sublevetur, "because [as
he said] he was not aided. " This is an-
other case of Implied indirect discourse:
cf- 1. 1, and see App. 244: G.-L. B41:
A. 540, 2: B. 286, t: H.-B. 535, 2, a: H.
649,1.
16. posset: ac. frwnentum.
16. tempore may be either ablative
absolute or ablative of time; bOStibUB
Is an ablative absolute.
17. With praesertim, cum Is almost
always causal,
magna ex parte, "In great part."
IS. quod Bltdestitutus: cf. 1. 14.
Third Befbbences:
Ablative of t/ie way {route)
Ablative with utor, etc.
Chap. 17. liiscus tells ^Lqs seditiosaatque hnproba oratione multi-
tudinem deterrere ne f rumentum cokf erant quod deheant : 5
Praestare, si iam principatum Galliae obtinere non pofesint,
Gallorum quam Komanorum imperia perferre ; neque dubitare
quin, si Helvetic^ superaVerint Eomani, una cum reliqua
Gallia Haeauis libertatem sint etepturi. Ab isdem nostra
2. antea, adv. [ante, tetore+ea,
this], lormerly, before, previously, once;
always with a verb. 2.
taceo, 2, tr. ana intr., be silent; keep
silent, pass over in silence; tacituB,
pf. part, as adj., silent. 3.
propouo, -ponere, -posui.-positum,
tr. [pond, place], place or put forward,
present, offer; relate, tell of, explain;
propose, purpose; expose. *
3. valeo, 3, intr., be strong or vigor-
ous, tiave VFeigM, Influence, or strength ;
plurlmum valere, be very powerful. *
privatim, adv. [privatus, private],
privately, individually, as private cit-
izens. 1.
4. seditlosus, -a, -um, adj. [sedltio,
sedition], seditious, mutinous. 1.
ImprobUB, -B„-\aa.,adJ. [in— f-probus,
good], unprincipled. 1.
6. deterred, Z, tr. [terreo, fright-
en], frighten away or off, hinder, deter,
prevent. 3.
7. perferS, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, tr.
[fero, bear], bear or carry through, con-
vey, deliver; announce, report; submit
to, endure, suffer. :|c
dubito, 1, intr. tdublus, doubtful], bo
uncertain, doubt; hesitate, delay. 4:
8. supero, 1, tr. and intr. [super,
over], go over; overmatch, be superior
to, surpass, conquer, master, overcome,
prevail; be left over, remain; vita Bu-
perare, survive. *
9. llbertas, -tatiB, /. [liber, free],
freedom, liberty, independence. *
2 . The direct form of the Indirect dis-
course in this and thQ following chap-
ters will be found after Book VII.
3. valeat: for tense see note on 14,
14.
quam maglatratuB: the ablative
without quam might have been used in-
stead of this nominative: App. 139, a:
G.-L. 296, B. 1: A. 406; 407; B. 217, 1, 3:
H.-B. 416: H. 471, 1.
4. improba, "reckless."
5. deterrere ue conferant, "were
preventing . . . from bringing."
6. praestare . . . sint erepturl,
"(saying) that it was better," etc. This
Is the Indirect form of the malcontents'
seditiosa orStio. The subject of praestare
is perferre.
Bl (sc. HaeduT) lam obtinere non pos-
sint, "it they could no longer hold."
The Haedui claimed the leadership,
among the Gallic stat«s. See Int. 29.
7. neque (so. si) dubitare, "nor did.
they doubt"; l.e. they said "we do not
doubt. '
8. quin Haeduia sint ereptari, "that.
they would wrest from the Haedut"
Haeduis: dative with the eomponud.
verb of separation: App. 116, I: G.-L.
345, R. 1: A. 381: B. 188, 2, d: H.-B. 371 1
H. 429, 2. Bint ereptuTi: form? App.
75: G.-L. 129: A. 194, a: B.115: H.-B.162L
H. 236. Mode? App. 239, d: G.-L. 555, 3t
A.558,o: B. 298: H.-B. 521,3,6: H. 595,1.
Bupeiaverlnt, "should conquer," Is el
perfect subjunctive, for a future perfect
indicative in the direct form.
iina: the adverb.
92
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 18
■10 consilia quaeque in castris gerantur liostibus enuntiari. Hos a
«g* coercerl non posse; quin etiam, quod necessario rem
doacfcus Caesari enuntiarit, intellegere sese quanto' i^ cum
pflftculo fecerit, et ob earn causam quam did potuerit t^reuisse.
18. Caesar hac oratione Lisci Dumnorigem, Diviciaci
fratrem, designari seiitiebat; sed, quod pliiribuS praesentibus
eas res iactari nalebat, celeriter -concilinm dimittit, Liscum
retinet. Quaerit ex solo ea quae in conventu dixerat. Dicit
5 ITherina atque audacius. Eadem secreto ab aliis quaerit ;
reperit esse vera: Ipsum esse Dumnorigem, summa audacia,
11. coerceo, 2, tr. [arced, shut
np], shut up completely, restrain,
check. 1.
neceaaarlo, adv. [abl. o/neceBBarius,
necessary], necessarily, of necessity, un-
avoidably. :ic
12. 4uaiitu8,-a,-um, a
magna apud plebem propter liberalitatem gratia, cupidum
ra:um novarum.^sjComplures annos portoria reliquaque omnia
Haeduorum vectigalia parvo pretio Tedempta habere, propterea
quod illo licmte contra liceri audeat nemo. His rebus et suam lo
frem familiaren^ auxisse et facultates ad largiendum magnas,
comparasse ; magnum numerum equitatus suo siimptii semper
alere e t circum se habere; neque solum domi, sed etiam apud
cure; find; find out, discover, ascertain
devise. ^
verus, -a, -um, acij., true; n. as noun
tbe truth; vex! simllls, likely, proba
We. 4.
audacla, -ae,/. [audaz, Irald], bold
ness, daring, courage; presumption,
effrontery. 1.
7. llt^eralltas, -tatls,/. [liber, free],
freedom in giving, etc.; generosity. Z.
8. portarium, -ri, »., toll, tariff on
imports or exports. 2.
9. vectigal, -alls, n. [vectigalls,
tributary], tax, tribute; pJ., revenues. 2.
pretluiu, -tl, n., price. 2.
redlmo, -Imere, -emi, -emptum, tr.
[red-+emo, buy], buy back; buy up,
purchase. 3.
10. llceor, 2, intr., bid (at an auc-
tion). 2.
contra, adv. andprep. with ace.: (1) as
adv., against Mm or them; on the other
hand ; contra atque, contrary to what ;
(2) as prep., against, contrary to; op-
posite, facing. 4:
audeo, audere, ausus Bum(App. 74),
intr., dare, risk, venture. ^
nemo, ace. nemlnem, m. andf. [ne-+
homo, man], no man, no one, nobody. 4:
11. famillarls, -e, adj. [famllia,
hcjusehold], personal, private; as noun,
intimate friend; res famillarls, per-
sonal property, estate. 4.
auged, augere, auxl, auctum, tr..
Increase, augment, enhance, add to. 3.
larglor, 4, tr. [largus, large], give
largely or freely; bribe. 1.
12. sumptUB, -as, m. [sums, spend],
expense. 1.
semper, adv., always, ever, con-
tinually. 3.
13. al5, alere.alul, altum, tr., nour-
ish, feed, support; promote, foster, en-
courage. 4.
the Indirect discourse which follows.
Ipsum esse Dumnorigem, "that
Dumnorix was the very man" or "that
It was. In fact, Dumnorlx." By putting
together what Is said of Orgetorix in 4,
5, 6, and the following description of
Dumnorlx we are able to appreciate the
extraordinary power of some of the
Gallic nobles.
Bumma audacla, "(a man) of the ut-
most recklessness." For case seeApp.
141: G.-Ii. 400: A. 415: B. 224: H.-B. 443:
H. 473, 2.
8. rerum: case? App. 106, a: G.-L.
374: A. 349, o: B. 204,1: H.-B. 354: H. 450.
portoria . . . redempta habere: in-
stead of collecting the duties and taxes
by its own agents, the state farmed
them; l.e. it sold at auction the privi-
lege of collecting them. The successful
bidder collected all he could, paid to the
state the amount of his bid, and pocketed
the difference.
9. parvo pretio: thus defrauding
the state. For case see App. 147: G.-L.
404: A. 416: B. 225: H.-B. 427, 1: H. 478.
redempta habere: differs how from
redemisse? App. 286, ft: G.-L. 238: A.
497, 6: B. 337, 6: H.-B. 605, 5, a: H. 640, 2.
10. llldlicente, "when he bid,"
12. comparasse: form? App. 72:
G.-L. 131, 1: A. 181, a: B. 116, 1: H.-B.
163,1: H. 838.
13. domI: case? App. 151, a: G.-L.
411, R. 2: A. 427, 3: B. 232, 2: H.-B. 449, a:
H. 484, 2.
94
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 18
finitimas civitates(iargiter_posse,j^atque huius potenjbiae causa
15 matrem in Biturigibus homini illic nobilissimo ac potenfcissimo
coUocasse, ipsum ex Helvetiis uxorem habere, sororem ex matre
et propinquas suas nuptum in alias Civitates coUocasse. Favere
et cupere Helvetus propter earn affinitatem, odisse etiam suo
nomine Gaesarem et Edmanos, quod eorum adventu potentia
20 eins deminuta et Diviciacus frater in antiquum locum gratiae
atque honoris sit rest itutua .^Si quid accidat Eomanis, sum-
mam in spem per Helyetios regni obtinendi venire; imperio
populi Eomani non modo de regno, sed etiam de ea quam
habeat gratia desperare. ^ Eeperiebat etiam in quaerendo
14. larglter, adv. [laieus, large],
largely, freely, muoli; larglter posse,
to have great influence. 1.
potentia, -ae, /. [potens, powerful],
power, authority, Influence. 2.
16. mater, -tria,/., mother; matres
familiae, matrons. 3.
BitUTlges, -um, m. (Cde), the Blturl-
ges (blfu-rl'iez). 1.
illic, adv. [ille, that], in that place,
there. 1.
16. colloco, 1, tr. [con+locd, place],
place, set, station; arrange; nuptum
collocare, to give in marriage. ;):
uxor, -oris,/., wife. 3.
Boror, -oris, /., sister. 2.
17. nub5, n&bere, nupai, nuptum,
intr., veil one's self /or the marriagecere-
many, marry. 1.
faveo, favere, f&vi, fautum, intr.,
favor. 1.
18. cupio, cupere, cupivl, cupltum.
tr. and intr., long or be eager for, desire;
wish well to, favor. *
af^nitas, -tatis, /., alliance by mar-
riage, relationship. 2.
odi, odisse (App. 86), tr., pf. TvUh
meaning ofpres., hate, detest. 2.
20. demlnuo, -minuere, -minui,
-minutum, tr. [minu5, lessen], lessen,
diminish, impair. 1.
antlquus, -a, -\tm, adj. [ante, be-
fore], former, old, ancient. 2.
31. bonds, -oris, m. , honor, regard,
glory, distinction; honorable position,
office. 3.
restltuo, -stltuere, -stitui, -stltii-
tum, ir. [re-+statu6, set up], set up
again, rebuild, renew, restore. 4.
24. despero, ), intr. [spero, hope],
despair, be hopeless, lack confidence;
desperatus, as part., from transitive
meaning, despaired of; as adj., desper-
ate. :(:
14. causa: see vocabulary.
16. coUocasse: sc. nUptum.
Ipsum: Le. Dumuorlx. His wife was
the daughter of Orgetorix: cf. 3, 15.
sorSrem ez matre, "sister on his
mother's side" ; I.e. his half-sister.
17. nuptum: construction? App.395:
G.-L,. 435: A. 509: B. 340, 1, ft: H.-B. 618:
H. 632; 63.S, 1.
In civitates: the accusative Implies
"sent them into and caused them to be
married there."
18. Helvetiis: indirect object with
verbs meaning to favor.
19. nomine: ablative of cause.
20. demlniita: sc. sit.
21. si quid: why quidf App. 174:
G.-L. 315: A. 310, o: B. 91, 5: H.-B. 276, 1 :
H. 186.
summamin spem venire, "he enter-
tained the highest hopes."
22. Imperlo, "under the sover-
eignty": case? App. 142, 6: G.-L. 399:
B. 221: H.-B. 422, I: H. 474, 1.
WAR WITH^raE HELVETII, B.C. 58
95
Caesar, quod proelium equestre adversum paucis ante diebus ab
esset factum, initium fugae factum a Dumnorige atque eius
equitibus (nam equitafcoj quem auxulo Caesari Haedui
miserant Dumnorix praeerat) ; eorum fuga reliquum esse
equitatum perterritum.
19. Quibus rebus cpgnitis, cum ad has suspiciones
certissimae res acoederent, quod per ^ines Sequanorum
Helvetios traduxisset, quod obsides inter eoh dandos curasset,
quod ea omnia non modo iniussu sifo et civitatis, sed etiam
inscientibus ipsis fecisset, qnod a magistratu Haeduorums
26. equester.-triB.-tre, adj. [eaues,
horseman], ot or belonging to a horse-
man, equestrian, of cavalry, cavalry. ^:
adversuB, -a, -um, adj. [pf. part, of
adverts, turn to], turned to or against;
opposite, fronting; adverse, unfavor-
able; unsuccessful; adverso flumlne,
up the river; In adversum 6s, full in
the face, if
29. perterreo, 3, ir. [terred, fright-
en], frighten thoroughly, terrify
greatly. :(:
1. cognosco, -noscere, -novl, -nl-
tum, tr. [C0-|-(g)ii6BC6, learn], learn,
ascertain; study, investigate; pf., I
have learned, I know (App. 193, 1, a). *
2. acced5,-cedere,-cesBi, -cessum,
tntr. [ad+cedd,go], approach, drawnear
to, arrive at, come to; be added; ac-
cedebat, it was added, if
4. Inluasfi, abl. o/lniussus, -iia, m.
[lubeo, order], without command or
order. 1.
6. Insciens,-entls,a47. [In— t-sclens,
knowing], not knowing, unaware, ig-
norant. 1.
2S. quod . . . esset factum, "as to
the fact that an unsuccessful cavalry
engagement had been fought,"eto.="as
to the . . . engagement which," etc. See
15, 6-7.
paucis ante dlebUB, lit. "before by a
few days"="a few days before." diebus
is an ablative of degree of difference,
with the adverb ante.
27. auxllio Caesari, "as an aid to
Caesar." For the two datives see App.
119: G.-L. 356, 3: A. 388, 1: B. 191, 2, 6:
H.-B. 360, *: H. 433, 2.
Third RErEBENCEs:
Contracted verb forms
Descriptive ablative
Chap. 19. Caesar consults Divicia-
cus about the punishment of his
brother.
1. cum certissimae res accede-
rent, "since the most clearly proven
facts were added." These facts are
stated in the following quod clauses,
which are in apposition with res. For
tense see App. 202; 203: G.-L. 509; 510;
511: A. 482, 1, 2; 483: B. 266, B; 367: H.-B.
476: H. 198; 543.
2. quod traduxisset: kind of clause?
App. 248: G.-L. 524; 585, 1: A.572: B.299,
l,o: H.-B. 552, 1: H. 588, II, 3. Mode?
App. 274: G.-L. 663: A. 593: B. 324,2:
H.-B. 539: H. 652.
3. quod . . . curasset, lit. "that he
had taken care of hostages to be given
between them"="that he had caused
hostages to be exchanged." eos=J?«2-
vetios et Sequanos.
dandos: construction? App. 285, II, b:
G.-L. 430: A. 500, 4: B. 337,7, 4, 2: H.-B.
605, 2; 612, III: H. 622.
4. BU6=Co««an's.
5. IpsIs: i.e. Caesar and the Haedui.
96 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 19
accusaretur, satis esse wiusae arbitrabatur quare in eumyaut
ipse animadTOTteret ant civitatem animadvertere iuberet. ^\Elis
omnibus rebus unum repugnabat, quod Diviciaci fratris
summum in populum Eomanum studium, summam in se
10 voluntatem, egregiam fidem, iiistitiam, temperantiam cogno-
Terat; nam ne eins supplicio Diviciaci animum ofEenderet
verebatur.^taque priusquam quicquam conaretur, Diviciacum
ad se vocari iubet et, cotidianis interpretibus remotis, per C.
Valerium Troncillum, principem Galliae provinciae, familiarem
15 suum, cui summam omnium rerum fidem habebat, cum eo
7. anlmadTerto, -vertere, -verti,
-versum, Ir. and intr. [animus, inmd+
ad+verto, turn], turn tbemind to; no-
tice; animadvertere in, punish. :|c
8. repugno, 1, intr. [reH-pugno,
flghtj, light back; resist, oppose. 2.
9. studium, -di, ii,. [studeo, be zeal-
ous], zeal, eagemess,enthusiasm, desire ;
good will, devotion; pursuit, occupa-
tion. 4:
10. egregius, -a, -um, at&°. [e+grez,
herd], out of the coTnmonh&rd; excellent,
superior, eminent, remarkable. 3.
iuBtitia, -ae, /. Liustus, just], jus-
tice, fair dealing, uprightness. 2.
temperantia, -ae, /. [tempero, con-
trol one's self], prudence, self-control. 1.
11. supplicium, -ci,». [sub-Hpllco,
bend], a bending over to receive punie/i^
ment; punishment, death. 4.
offendo, -fendere, -fendl, -fensum.
tr. [ob+fendo, strike], strilre against,
hurt, harm; animum offendere, hurt
the feelings, offend. 1.
12. vereor, vereri.veritus sum, tr.,
revere; fear, dread, be afraid of. *
priusquam or prius . . . »., Marcus Licinius
Crassus (mar'kiis li-sln'l-us krfts'-
iis), triumvir with Caesar and Pom-
pey. 2.
3. In circuitu, "in going around
[behind] it."
qui cognSscerent mlslt, "he sent
(men) to learn."
4. facllem esse : sc. ascensvm.
de tertla vigilia: see on 12, 7.
5. legatum pro praetore, "lieuten-
ant with the powers of a general" ; i.e.
he was temporarily given special inde-
pendent powers. Labienus was Caesar's
most eompetentand most trusted officer.
cum lis ducibus, "with those] men
as guides."
7. quid . . . sit, lit., "what is of his
plan"="what his plan was"; namely,
that Labienus should take a position on
the top of the mountain, in the rear of
the enemy, and that he and Caesar
should attack them at the same moment.
consili is a possessive genitive, used
predicatively.
de quarta TlgUia: the fourth watch
would begin at three A. M. when the
nights were twelve hours long. As this
was June, the nights were shorter, and
the fourth watch began about two.
9. P. Cdnsldlus . . . fuerat: Caesar
states these facts about Considius to ex-
cuse his own ready acceptance of the
latter's statements, as told in the next
chapter.
rei mllltaris, "in military matters":
case? App. lOe, a: G.-L. 374: A. 349, a: B.
204, 1: H.-B. 354, footnote:- H. 451, 1.
10. Bullae: cf. int. 6.
11. In M. Crassi, "in (that) of Marcus
WAR WITH THE HELVETII, B.C. 58
101
„^ 22. Prima luce, cuhl, summus mons a Labieno teneretur,
i^se ab hostiuui ca'sVris non longius mille et quingentis passil;|iis
abesset, neque, ut postea ex captivis comperit, aii,t ipsius
adventus aut Labieni cogpitus esset, Considius equo admisso
ad eum accurrit, dicit montem quem a Labieno occupari 5
voluerit ab hostibus i^eri; id se a Gallicis armis atquef
insignibus co^ovisse. Caesar suas copias in proximum collem
subducit, aciem Instruit. Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum a'
1. lux, laclB, /., Ught, daylight;
prima luce, at daybreak. 3.
3. captiTUB, -i, m. [capio, take],
captive, prisoner. 4.
comperlo, -perire, -peri, -pertum,
tr. [pailo, procure], find out with cer-
tainty, discover, ascertain. *
4. eauua, -i, m., horse. 4:
admittd, -mittere, -misi, -mlsBum,
tr. [mitts, send], admit; commit; in-
cur; let go; give reins to (ahorse). 3.
6. accurro, -ourrere, -curri or
-cucurri, -cursum, inW. [ad+ourro,
run], run or hasten to. 2.
6. Gallicus, -a, -urn, ac^. [Gallia,
Gaul], pertaining to Gaul or the Qauls,
Gallic. 4:
7. coUis, -Is, m., hill. H:
8. Eubdiico, -ducere, -duzl, -duc-
tum, tr. Iduco, lead], draw or lead up ;
lead 07- draw off, withdraw; tcitA naves,
haul up, beach. 3.
acles, -el (old gen., acle), /., sharp
point or edge of a weapon; sharp or
keen sight, glance; a line (as forming an
edge), battle line; prima, the van;
media, the center; uovissima, the
rear. :}:
Instruo, -struere, -striixl, -struc-
tum, tr. [struo, build], build upon,
build, construct; form, draw up in battle
array; equip, furnish. *
praeclplS, -dpere, -cepl, -ceptum,
tr. [capio, take] , take or obtain before-
hand, anticipate; instruct, bid, or-
der. 1.
Crassus." In such cases the word for
"that" is never expressed in Latin.
THIRD RErEBENCE;
Oer^itive with adjectives
Chap. 22. Caesar's plan is frus-
trated by a mistake of Considius.
1. summus mons, "the top of the
mountain. " For the adjective in agree-
ment, where we should expect a noun
followed by a genitive, see App. 160:
G.-L. 291, B. 2: A. 293: B. 241, 1: H.-B.
244: H. 497, 4.
2. ipse: i.e. Caesar.
passibus: case? App. 139: G.-L. 398:
A. 406: B. 217, 1: H.-B. 416: H. 471.
3. Ut, "as."
4. Labieni, "that of Labienus." See
on 21, 11.
cognltus esset: the force of cum still
continues.
equo admlBEo, "at full gallop."
7. insignibUE: the decorations on
their helmets, shields, etc. See Plate
II, 5-8.
8. aciem Instruit : Caesar concluded
from the report of Considius that Labi-
enus had been defeated, and expected
that the victors would immediately at-
tack him.
ut . . . praeceptum, lit. "as It had
been directed to him"="as he had been
directed." Intransitive verbs can not be
used in the passive except imperson-
ally. English idiom generally requires
the personal construction in transla-
tion, el: case? App. 116, e: G.-L. 217:
A. 365: B. 187, U, 6: H.-B. 364, 2: H. 426, 3.
102 CAESAE'S GALLIC WAR, I, 23
Caesare ne proelinm coinmitteret, nisi ipsiiis copiae propi
10 hostium castra visae essent, ut uudique uno tempore in hostes
impetvis fieret, monte occupato nostros exspectabat proelioque
abstinebat. vMulto denique die per exploratores Caesar cognovit
et montem a suisteneri et Helvetios castra movisse et Con-
sidiiim Aimore perterritumJ quod non Tidisset pro viso sim
15 reniintiavisse. 'Eo die, quo consuerat intervallo, hostes sequitur
et milia passuum tria ab eorum castris castra ponit, V^"^^^
; 23. Postridie eius diei, quod omnino biduum supererat
cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret, et quod a Brbracte,
9. nisi, eonj. [ne-+si. If]. If not, ex-
cept, unless. H:
prope, adv. and prep. v)Uh ace. (1) As
prep., near, close to. (2) As adv., almost,
nearly; recently. sH
11. impetus, -us, m., attack, onset,
charge; lmpetuosity,force, vehemence, if
12. abstlueS, -tlnere, -tlnui, -ten-
tum, vniT. [teueo, hold], keep aloof
from, refrain ; spare. 1.
denique, adv., and then, thereupon,
finally, at last; at least. 3.
14. timoT, -oris, m. [timed, fear],
fear, alarm, dread. :jc
16. InteTTallum, -i,n. [vallus, pal'
isade], the space between two palisades;
interval (o/ space or time); distance. *
1. voBtilAie, adv. Lposterus, toUow-
Ing+dles, day], on the day following,
the next day; postridie eius dlel, on
the next or following day. *
biduum, -i, n. [bis, twlce+dies, day],
space or period of two days, two days. 2.
supersum, -esse, -ful, intr. [sum, be.
App. 77], be over or above; be left, re-
main, survive. *
2. Bibracte, -ia,». (Cef), Bibracte (bi-
brSk'te), the chief town of the Haedui, 2.
9. n€ commltteret: a substantive
volitlve (or purpose) clause, subject of
erat praeceptvm.
nisi visae essent: mode? App. 273:
G.-L. 662; 663, 2, *: A. 593, 1 : B. 383: H.-B.
536, a: H. 649, 1. The pluperfect stands
for an original future perfect.
i.'DBiaa=CaesaTls.
10. utfleret: a purpose clause.
11. proello: ablative of separation.
12. multo die, "late in the day."
14. timore peTterrltum, "panic-
stricken." This was probably due in
part to the exaggerated notion of Gallic
prowess that prevailed in the Bomau
army.
quod . . . lenantiavisse, "had re-
ported to him what he had not seen as if
seen." vIsO is a participle used as a
noun.
15. quo . . . intervallo=eo interval-
lo quo segui consverat. For case see App.
142, 6: G.-L. 399: A. 412: B. 221: H.-B.
422, 1: H. 473, 3. According to IB, 14, the
distance was five or six miles.
Third Refebencb :
Ablative of comparison
Chap. 23-29. Caesar defeats the
Helvetii in a great battle and forces
the BurviTors to return home.
Chap. 23. Caesar marches toward
Bibracte to secure grain, and is fol-
lowed by the Helvetii.
2. cum . . . oporteret, "(before the
time) when he would have to distribute
grain to the army. " See on 1 6 , 1 0. The
peculiar eum clause Is best explained by
H.-B. 509.
Bibracte : now Mont Beuvray , twelve
miles west of Autun.
WAR WITH THE HELVETII, B.C. 58
103
oppido Haeduorum longe maximo et copiosissimo, non amplius
milibus passuum xviii aberat, rei frumentariae prospiciMidum
existimavit ; itaque iter ab Helvetiis avertit ac Bibracte ire 5
contendit. Ea res per f ugitivos L. Aemill, decurionis equitum
Crallorum, hostibus nuntiainr. Helvetii, sen quod timore
perterrit5s Romanos disoedere a se existimarent, eo^magis)
quod pridie superioribus locis occupatis proelium non com-
misissent, sive eo, quod re frumentaria intercludi posse con- i»
fiderent, commutato consilio atque itinere converso nostros a
novissimo agmine insequi ac lacessere coeperunt.
3. cQpiosus, -a, -um, adj. [copla,
plenty], well supplied, wealthy. 1.
4. duodeviBintl (XVIID.co''* "Mm.
aclj. [duo, two+de, from+viglnti,
twenty], eighteen. 4.
prospiclo, -splcere, -spexl, -spec-
tum, intr. [speclo, look], look forward;
look to beforehand, see to, provide for,
take care. 1.
6. fugltiTua, -a, -um, aOj. [fugi5,
flee], fleeing; as noun, runaway slave. 1.
AemlUuB, -II, m., Aemillus (e-mil'I-
tls). 1.
decuTio, -Snls, m. [decern, ten], de-
curlon, a cavalry officer in charge of a de-
curia, a squad of ten. 1.
*
9. prldle, adv. [dies, day], ou the
day before. 3.
10. InterclQdo, -cludeie, -citlsi,
-cluaum, tr. [claudo, shut], shut or
cut of[, separate, hinder; wit/i itinera,
block. 9|:
confldS, -fldere, -fisus sum, intr.
[fido, trust. App. 74], trust completely,
rely on, feel confident, hope; confiBUS,
pf. part, with present meaning, relying
on. *
11. commato, 1, tr. [mQto, change],
change or alter completely, change, ex-
change. 2.
converto, -vertere, -vertl, -ver-
sum, tr. and intr. [verto, turn], tuiu
4. milibus: ablative of comparison,
rel . . . prosplciendum, "that he
must look but for supplies. " Evidently
his vigorous talk to Dumnorix and the
rest of the chiefs, two days before, had
as yet produced no results, prospici-
eudum: construction? App. 385, II, a:
G.-L. 251, 1 : A. 194, 6 : B. 337, 7, », 1 : H.-B.
600, 3; 162: H. 837.
5. ItaoLue . . . contendit: he was
south and a little east of Bibracte. The
plan on p. 104 shows that the Helvetii
were marching northwest, and that the
more northerly route taken by Caesar
was almost parallel, for some distance,
with the route of the Helvetii. This ex-
plains the fact that the Helvetii were
able to overtake Caesar's army.
Bibracte: case? App. 131: G-.-L. 337:
A. 427, 2: B. 182, 1, a: H.-B. 450: H. 418.
8. existimarent, commlsissent,
conflderent: mode? App. 244; 273: G.-L.
662; 663,2,6:A.592,3; B. 286, 1; 323: H.-B.
535,2,0: H. 588, II; 649,1.
e5 magls quod, "all the more be-
cause." eo is an ablative of cause.
9. duod . . . commlBissent: the Hel-
vetii did not understand the reason for
the failure of Caesar and Labienus to
attack them on the previous day.
10. sive eo, "or for this reason."
Inteicliidl posse, "that (the Romans)
could be cut off"; i.e. by being pre-
vented from reaching Bibracte.
11. commutato consilio: If the Hel-
vetii had held to their plan of march,
they might have foiled Caesar. Theli
safety lay in avoiding battle, which they
could doaslongas they were in advance
of him, on account of the rugged nature
104
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 24
24. Postqnam id animadvertit, copias suas Caesar m
proximum collem snbdiixit equitatumque qui susmieret hostium
completely, turn or wheel around ; turn,
change ; Blgna conTerteie.f ace about. *
1. postquam, covo. [post, afterwards
-fixuam, than], after, as soon as. 4.
2. auBtineo, 2, tr. cmd intr. [su(b)B+
teneo, hold], bold up from below; hold
Bomau Miles
Battle with the Helvetii. First stage, Chap. 24-26, 10.
a, Camp of the Romans on the night before the battle.
b, Camp of the Helvetii on the night before the battle.
c. Wagons of the Helvetii during the battle (24, 9).
d, Rom/in fortification (24, 8).
e. The Helvetii.
f. The Romans.
of the country. Their fatal mistake
lay in thinking that they were strong
enough to throw away this advantage.
a noylBBime agmine, "on the rear."
See on 1, 15.
Thibd References:
Accusative of place to which
Implied indirect discourse
passive periphrastic conjugation
Chap. 24. Caesar prepares for bat-
tle ana the Helvetii advance.
1. animadvertlt: mode and tense?
App. 237:" 6.-L. 561 : A. 543 : B. 887, 1 : H.-B.
554; 557: H. 602.
2. qui . . . Bustlneret: i.e. to check
the skirmishers of the enemy and give
Caesar time to form his lines. The cav-
alry was not expected to meet the main
attack.
WAR WITH THE HELVETII, B.C. 68
105
impetum misit. Ipse interim in colle medio triplicem aciem
instruxit legionum quattuor veteranarum ; in summo iugo
duas legiones quae in Gallia citeriore proxime conscripserat et 5
omnia auxilia coUocari, ac totum montem hominibus cbmpreri,
et interea sarcinas in iinum locum conferri, et eum ab iis qui
in superiore acie constiterant muniri iussit. Helvetia cum
omnibus suis carris secijti impedimenta in unum locum
contulerunt; ipsi confertissima acie, reiecto nostro equitatu, 10
phalange facta sub primam nostraji aciem successerunt.
up, sustain; hold back, check, restrain;
hold out against, withstand, endure,
bear; holdout. H:
3. medius,-a,-uia,a'.,aid,
assist, help. 3.
1. Inopia, -ae, /. [Inops, needy],
need, want, poverty, lack; want of pro-
visions, hunger. *
a. dedltio, -onlB, /. [dedo, surren-
der], capitulation. 4:
3. piolcio, -Icere, -leci, -iectum,
tr. [laclo, throw. App. 7], throw forward
or away; throw, cast; reject, give up;
Be proicere, cast one's self; jump. 4.
suppliciter, adv. [supplez, suppli-
ant], as suppliants, humbly. 1.
B. pareo, 2, intr. [cf. pario, bring
14. partem: accusative of duration
of time.
die quarto: by the Soman method of
reckoning, the day of the battle counted
as the first day. We should say "in
three days."
16. cum: causal.
17. ne iuvarent, "(ordering them)
not to assist." The subjunctive stands
for an imi)erative of the direct discourse,
though it may also be called a substan-
tive volitive clause: App. 267: G.-L. 652:
A. 588: B. 316: H.-B. 534, 2; 538: H.
642.
18. iuvissent stands for a future
perfect indicative in the direct form.
si . . . babiturum: i.e. he should
treat them as enemies.
19. quo Helvetl5s: sc. haberet.
Third Refebekce:
Commands inindirect discourse
Chap. 27. Surrender of the Hel-
vetii. Six thousand escape.
2. qui cum, "when they."
4. essent: implied indirect discourse.
Caesar said guo nunc estis, "where you
[the Helvetii as a whole, not the envoys]
now are."
6. iussisset: supply Caesar as the
subject.
postquam pervenit: modeand tense?
112
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 2a
Caesar pervenit, obsides, arma, servos qui ad eos perfuglssfent
poposcit . Dum ea conqulrqlatur ef conferuntur, nocte inter-
missa, circiter hominum milia vi eius pagi qui Verbigenus
appellatur, sive timore perterriti ne armis traditis supplicio
10 afficerentur, siye spe salutis inducti, quod in tanta multitudine
dediticiorum suam fugani aut occultari aut omnino ignorari
posge existimarent, prima noote e castris Helvetiorum egressi
ad Rhenum finesque Germanorum contenderunt.
28. Quod ubi Caesar resciit, quorum per fines ierant, his
forth] , appear ; obey, yield to, be subject
to. 1.
6. servus, -i, m., slave, servant. 1.
perfugio, -fugeie, -fugi, -fugltum,
intr. [fuglo, flee], flee for refuge, take
refuge; desert. 1.
7. posco, poscere, poposci, — , tr. ,
ask, demand, request, require. 3.
conquiro, -auIrere,-A«n
in danger). ^
11. dedltlcluB, -a, -um, adj. [dedo,
surrender], surrendered; as noun, one
surrendered, prisoner, subject. 4.
occulto, 1, tr. [occultus, secret], hide,
keep secret, conceal. 1.
IgnorS, 1, tr. [IgnaruB, not knowing],
not know, be ignorant of; fail to ob-
serve, overlook. 1.
12. egredloT,-gredi, -greesus sum,
intr. [gradlor, step], step or go out,
come forth, depart; march out, make a
sortie; land (from a ship), disem-
bark. 4:
1. resclBco, -BclBcere, -sclvi, -sci-
tum, tr. [re— f BCisco, inquire], find out,
learn. X.
App. 237: G.-L. 661: A. 543: B. 287,1:
H.-B. 654; 557: H. 602.
6. BervoB: fugitive slaves from the
Boman army. See 23, 6.
perfaglBBent: Implied Indirect dis-
course. Caesar said qui ad vos perfuge-
runt, "who have fled to you."
7. dum ea conqulruntur, "while
these were being sought out." For
mode and tense, see App. 234, a: G.-Li.
670: A. 556: B. 293,1: H.-B. S71 : H. 533, 4.
eK~obsides, arma, servos.
9. timore ne Buppllclo afficeren-
tur, "by the fear that they would be
punished"; lit. "be treated with pun-
ishment." For the meaning of ne,
see App. 228, 6: G.-L. 550, 1, 2: A.
564: B. 296, 2: H.-B. 502, 4: H. 567, 1.
perterriti agrees with milia, but is
masculine because the idea of men is
prominent.
12. prima: for translation, see App.
160: G.-L. 291, B. 2: A. 293: B. 241,1: H.-B.
244: H. 497, 4.
Third References:
Adjectives with partitive meaning
Clauses introduced by postquam, etc.
Chap. 28. The six thousand are re-
taken and put to death. The others
are sent back to their homes.
1. TBi);
senez, senis, adj., old; as noun, old
man. 1.
b*oges" ; for the Allobroges were a part
of the province.
Boios is the object of coUocBrent. It is
put iirst for the sake of the emphatic
contrast with BelvetiSs, Tulingos, Lata-
brigos, in 1. 5.
Haeduis: indirect object of concessit.
14. egresla virtiite, "(men) of very
great courage" : a descriptive ablative.
ut coUocarent is the object of con-
cessit. The Boil had had no fixed home,
as Is shown by 5, 11,12. The map facing
p. 42 shows where they were settled by
the Haedul. The Haedui wished to
strengthen their frontier against inva-
sions by neighboring states, just as
Borne wished the Helvetli to guard her
frontier against the Germans.
15. quibus, quos: the antecedent is
BoiSs.
16. parem . . . atque ipsI erant,
Ut. "equal ... as they themselves were
(in)"="the same ... as they themselves
enjoyed."
Third Rbpebence:
The locative
Chap. 29. Enumeration of the Hel-
vetli and their allies.
1. tabulae, "lists," written on wax
tablets. The tablets iTsed by the Romans
were like folding slates, but made en-
tirely of wood, with the inner surfaces
thinly coated with wax. They wrote on
this wax with a pointed stylus.
Utterls Graecis: Gallic words were
written in Greek characters, the Gauls
having no alphabet of their own. The
Greek alphabet was known to the Gauls
through their intercourse with the
Greek colony, Massllla, and was used by
the Druid priests.
2. quibus in tabulls, "in which."
3. ratio, "an account."
qui ezlsset: indirect question.
4. qui possent: mode? App. 230:
G.-L. 631, 2: A. 535: B. 283, 1: H.-B. 521, 1:
H. 569.
puerl, senes, mulleresque are sub-
jects of exissent, to be supplied from ex-
isset. Note that this use of -que is an
exception to the statement of the note
on 1, 3.
WAR WITH THE HELVETII, B.C. 58
115
mulieresque. Summa erat capitum Helvetiorum milium 5
ccLXiii, Tulingorum milium xxxvi, Latobrigorum xiv,
Rauracorum xxiii, Boiorum xxxii; ex his, qui arma ferre
poasent, ad milia nonaginta duo. Summa omnium fuerunt ad
milia ccclxviii. Eorum qui domum redierunt censu habito,
ut Caesar imperaverat, repertus est numervis milium o et x. i"
6. muller, -erlB,/., woman; wife. *
summa, -ae, /. [summus, Ugbest],
the main thing or point, sum total, ag-
gregate, the whole; general manage-
ment, control, direction; summa Im-
peri, the chief command. 4:
caput, capitis, »., the bead (of men
and animals) ; person. Individual; mouth
of a river); capitis poena, capital
punishment, if.
6. quattuordecim (XIV), card. num.
ffl(y.,j»d«cZ., fourteen. 2.
8. nonaginta, card. num. adj., indecl.,
ninety. 1.
9. redeo, -ire, -ii, -itum, intr. [red-
-foo, go. App. 84], go or turn back, re-
turn; come; fall to, descend; be re-
ferred. *
census, -lis, m., enumeration. 1.
6. summa . . . CCLXIII, Ut. "the
total was [l.e. consisted] of 863,000 of
heads of the HelTetll"="the total was
263,000 Helvetll, etc."
6. CCLXIII = ducentorum aexSgintS
trium.
XXXVI =triginta Bex.
7. Ti7i'ni=i>igintl trium.
XXXII = triginta duorum.
qui possent: cf. 1. 4. SM-p^ly fuerunt;
"there were . . . who could, etc."
8. ad, "about," Is an adverb in both
Instances.
fuerunt agrees In number with the
predicate noun milia.
9, (iC0Zi'X.yill=trecenta»exaginiaoct5.
BOOK I, CHAPTERS 30 TO 54.
ARIOVISTUS
WAR WITH
The complete success of Caesar's campaign against the Helvetii at
once established his prestige in Gaul. Representatives from most of the
states came to beg his aid against their common enemy, Ariovistus, a
German king who had established himself in Gaul. It was still early
in July, and there was time for another campaign that summer. Caesar
willingly accepted the task, for if ever he was to become master of Gaul
he must first put out of his way this rival conqueror; and in any case
it was most important that the Germans should be kept to the east of
the Rhine. Yet the Germans were no mean antagonists, and Caesar
was ready to make some concessions rather than fight them. He first
proposed to Ariovistus that they settle their differences in friendly
conference, but he met a haughty refusal. Determined to bring the
king to terms before he should be joined by other German tribes,
Caesar marched against him with all speed.
116 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 30
During a few days' halt at Vesontio the soldiers heard such fearful
tales of the Germans that they were on the point of mutiny. By a
masterly speech Caesar quieted their fears and aroused their enthusiasm
to the highest pitch; and at once he led them on toward the enemy.
Never again during the Gallic campaigns did his soldiers give him
trouble.
Impressed by Caesar's activity, Ariovistus in his turn now proposed
a conference; but when they met he replied boastfully to Caesar's
demands, and the interview was broken off by an attack of the Ger-
man guard. Caesar refused to meet Ariovistus a second time, but
sent two representatives in his place. These Ariovistus threw into
chains. The negotiations were thus finally broken off.
At once Ariovistus marched past Caesar's camp, keeping up on the
slopes of a mountain where he was safe from attack, and boldly
established his camp in such a way as to command the road by which
Caesar ha,d come, and by which his provisions were to follow. Caesar
immediately offered battle, but the Germans were not ready to fight.
Five days later Caesar marched back past the German camp and
fortified and garrisoned a small camp to protect the way for his
provisions. The Germans were unsuccessful in an assault on this small
camp.
At last Caesar determined to force a battle, and he marched straight
at the German camp. As this was not fortified, Ariovistus was obliged
to lead out his army and draw it up against the Romans. Caesar in
person led his right wing, which was successful; his left, on the con-
trary, was beaten back. The reserves, hurrying to this spot, decided
the contest. The Germans broke and fled to the river 111, a branch of
the Rhine, so closely pursued that only a few, including, however, the
king, escaped to the other bank.
In the two campaigns of this one year important results were
achieved. The Rhine for the first time became the frontier of the
Roman possessions; the tide of barbarian invasion was rolled back for
five hundred years; the destiny of Gaul as a future dependency of Rome
was fixed; and the Roman's traditional fear of the Gauls and the
Germans was dispelled.
4 Weat 2 Longitude from 2 Grceuwicb 4 Knet B
Campaign Map for Book 1/30^64
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58
117
EXPLANATION" OF CAMPAIGN MAP
Brown indicates Roman possessions when Caesar entered Gaul. Red
indicates states which Caesar conquered. Blue indicates the states
which submitted without fighting. Compare all these with the map
facing page 42.
Crossed sabers indicate the battlefield. Colonel Stoffel's identifica-
tion of it (Guerre de C^sar et d'Arioviste) is very probable, and is
indicated on this map .
30. Bello Helvetiorum confectS totius fere Galliae legati,
principes civitatum, ad Caesarem gratulatum convenerunt:
Intellcgere sese, tametsi pro veteribug/ Helvetiorum iniuriis
populi Romani ab his poenas bello repetisset, tamen earn rem
2. sratiilor, 1, intr. [gratus,
ing], express joy, congratulate, tbank. 1.
3. tametsi, oonj. [tamen, however
+etsl, even 11], althougli, though, not-
withstanding. 1.
4. repetS, -petere, -petivi, -peti-
tmn, tr.iie- +pet6, seek], seek or ask
again, demand back ; wUA poenas, exact,
inflict. 2.
Chap. 30-36. At the request of the
G-allic states Caesar ■warns Ariovistus
to cease enorf^iohing on G-allio terri-
tory, but he receives a defiant reply.
Chap. 30. Deputations from the
Gallic states congratulate Caesar and
ask permission to hold a council.
1. tStiusfere Galliae: Gallia Celti-
ca is meant. The blue color on the map
facing p. 43 shows the part of Gaul from
which ouToys may have come; but prob-
ably not all the states so colored were
represented at this time.
2. gratulatum: construction? App.
295: G.-L. 435: A. 509: B. 340, 1, 6: H.-B.
618: H. 632; 633, I.
3. Since there is a large amount of
Indirect discourse in 30-54, it is neces-
sary to make a more detailed study of
the construction than has been called for
by the notes on 1-29. It is assumed
that the following points are clearly un-
derstood by the student: the accusative
and infinitive in principal declarative
clauses; the subjunctive in principal
imperative clauses; the subjunctive In
subordinate clauses. The direct form
of all long passages of indirect discourse
is given after Book VII.
sese: the envoys said " we." The re-
fiexive pronoun mi or the corresponding
possessive suus is regularly used in indi-
rect discourse wherever a pronoun of
the first person is changed to one of the
third. In this use the reflexive Is often
called the indirect reflexive, in contrast
with the direct reflexive, which refers to
the subject of the clause in which it
stands. App. 165: G.-L. 520; 531: A. 300,
2: B. 344, 1, II: H.-B. 262, 2: H. 504.
Helvetiorum . . . Romani, "the
wrongs Inflicted by the Hel vetii ui)on the
Roman people," refers to the defeat of
Cassius, 12,13. Since the phrase implies
" the Hel vetii wronged the Boman peo-
ple," Belv'etiomm is a subjective geni-
tive, populi Bornani an objective geni-
tive: App. 98: G.-L.. 363, 1, 2: A. 348, n.:
B. 199: 200: H.-B. 344: 354: H. 440. 1.8.
118
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 30
5 non minus ex usu Galliae quam popull Eomani accidisse,
propterea quod eo consilio florentissimis rebus domos suas
Helvetil rellquissent, uti toti Galliae bellum inferrent impe-
rioque potirentur locumque domicilio ex magna copia deli-
gerent, quem ex omni Gallia opporfcunissimum ac fructuosis-
w simum iiidicassent, reliquasque civitates stipendiarias haberent.
Petierunt uti sibi concilium totius Galliae in diem certam
indicere idque Caesaris vol'untate facere liceret: Sese habere
quasdam res quas ex commiini consensii ab eo petere vellent.
Ea re permissa diem concilio constituerunt et iure iiirando
6. UBUS, -ns.m. [utor, use], use, ex-
perience, practice, skill ; service, advan-
tage; need, necessity; uBus est, there is
need ; uBUi esse or ez usu esse, be of ad-
vantage or service ; iiBfi venire, come by
necessity; bappen. 4:
6. fldrens, -entis, a<^. [floreS,
flower], flourlsbing, prosperous, Influen-
Ual. 2.
8. domiciliuin, -li, n. [domus,
house], residence, dwelling, home,
domicile. 3.
9. oppoTtunus, -a, -urn, adj., fit,
opportune, lucky, suitable; favorable,
advantageous. 4:
fr&ctuoBus, -a, -um, adj. [fructus,
fruit], fruitful, productive. 1.
10. stipendlarlus, -a, -um, adj.
[stipendlum, tribute], paying tribute,
tributary; pi. as noun,- tributaries. 2.
12. Indies, -dicere, -dixi, -dictum,
tr. [dico, say], say publicly, proclaim,
appoint, call. 1.
13. auldam, quaedam, auiddam
and quldam, Quaedam, quoddam;
indef. pron. (App. 62 and ft), a certain
one, someone; a certain, some, a; a kind
of. :|c
communis, -e, adj., common, general ;
les communis, the common inter-
est. 4c
consenBUS,-us, m. [c5nsentl5, agree],
united opinion, agreement, consent;
coalition. 3.
14. peTmltto,-mittere,-misI,-mi8-
sum, tr. [mltto, send], give up or over,
surrender; entrust, commit; permit, al-
low. *
6. florentissimis rebus, " although
they were in a very prosperous condi-
tion." The ablative absolute is here
equivalent to an adversative clause.
suas : this is a direct reflexive, since it
refers to Belvetii, the subject of the
clause in which it stands: App. 164:
G.-L. 309, 1 : A. 30O, 1: B. 244, 1, I: H.-B.
262, 1: H. 504.
7. Uti inferrent, potirentur, deli-
gerent, baberent: substantive volitive
(or purpose) clauses, in apposition with
eo consilio.
8. domicilio : dative of puri>ose.
10, iiidicassent, "they should de-
cide," lit. " they should have decid-
ed."
11. petleruntuti sibi liceret, "they
requested permission."
concilium: The envoys mentioned in
1.1 did not constitute this council. They
issued a call for representatives from
each state. The blue color on the map
facing p. 117 indicates the part of Gaul
from which envoys probably came to
the council.
12. Caesaris voluntate : " with Cae-
sar's consent." They did not wish Cae-
sar to suspect that the council was for
the purpose of making war on him. The
request shows that they were impressed
by Caesar's power, and may fairly be
regarded as the flrst step in their sub-
mission to him.
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58/
119
ne quis enuntiaret, nisi quibus communi consilio mandatum is
esset, inter se sanxerunt.
31. Eo concilio dimisso Idem principes civitatum qui
ante fuerant ad Caesarem reverterunt petieruntque uti sibi
secreto de sua omniumque salute cum eo agerg Meret. Ea re
impetrata sese omnes flentes Caesari ad pedes proiMerunt:
Non minus se id contendere et laborare, ne ea quae d&issent 5
emintiarentur, quam uti ea quae fellent impetrarent, propterea
quod, si enuntiatum &et, summum in cruciatum se ventiiros
viderent. Locutus est pro his Diviciacus Haeduus: Galliae
totius factiones esse duas: harum alterius principatum tenere
Haeduos, alterius Arvernos. Hi cum tantopere de potentatu n
16. sancld, sanclre, sanzi, sanc-
tum, tr. [cf . sacer, sacred], make sacred,
sanction; bind;sanctuB, pf.part, as adj.,
sacred. Inviolable ; established. 2.
5. labdro, l,intr. [labor, toll], toil,
work hard; be anxious, troubled, or per-
plexed ; labor, suffer, be hard pressed. 3.
7. cruclatus, -ub, m. [ciuclo, tor-
ture; crux, cross], torture, torment. :|c
9. factlo, -onis, /. [faclo, make],
party, faction. 1.
10. ArvernuB, -I, m. (CDe), an Ar-
15. ne eniXntlaret Is the object of
eanxefunt.
niBl (lis) quibus mandatum esset,
*' except to those to whom they should
be directed" (to disclose it), man-
datum esset is Impersonal. The plu-
perfect subjunctive stands for a future
perfect indicative by implied indirect
discourse, for the agreement was in effect
" we will tell no one except those whom
we shall have agreed upon."
Chap. 31. They implore him to aid
them against the German king Ario-
Tistus.
1. e5 conciliS dimlsB5: Caesar
leaves it to be inferred from the fact
that his permission was given (30, 14)
that the council was held.
Idem principes: when they had come
to Caesar before (30, 2) they had had no
authority to act for their states. Now
the council had authorized them to ask
for Caesar's help.
3. de . . . saltXte, "for their own
safety and (that) of all."
agere, " to confer."
4. Caesari ad pedes, "at Caesar's
feet." But Caesari does not depend on
pedes, nor is It a dative of possessor:
App. ISO: G.-L. 350, 1 : A. 377 : B. 188, 1, u. :
H.-B. 368: H. 425, 4, n.
6. non minus, etc., "(saying) that
they were no 1 ss urgent and anxious
that . . . should not be reported, than
that, etc."
se: cf. note on sese, 30, 3.
quae dixlssent, " which they should
say."
7. si eniXntlatum esset, "if reports
should get out. " The verb Is used
impersonally. All the conditional clauses
in this chapter employed the indicative
in the direct form, enuntiatum esset
stands for a future perfect and is a vivid
future condition: App. 256: G.-L. 595: A.
516, u,c:B, 302, 1 : H.-B. 579, a: H. 574, 1.
8. Galllae: Gallia Celtica is meant.
9. factiones: see Int. 29.
10. cum contenderent, " when they
had fought." We might expect the plu-
perfect, but the imperfect is used on the
principle laid down for the imi)erf ect In-
dicative In App. 191, B: G.-Ii. 234: A. 471,
b: B. 260, 4: H.-B. 485: H. 535, 1.
120
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 31
inter se multos annos contenderent, factum esse uti ab Arvernis
Sequanisque Germani mercede arcesserentur. Horum primo
circiter milia xv Ehenum translsse; posteaqnam agros et
cultum et copias Gallorum homines feri ao barbari adamassent,
15 traductos plures ; nunc esse in Gallia ad centum et viginti
milium numerum. Cum bis Haeduos eorumque clientes semel
atque iterum armis contendisse ; magnam calamitatem pulsos
accepisse, omnem nobilitatem, omnem senatum, omnem
equitatum amisisse.^Quibus proeliis calamitatibusque fractos,
20 qui efc sua virtute et populi Eomani hospitio atque amicitia
plurimuni ante in Gallia potuiaae nt, coactos esse Sequanis
obsides dare, nobilissimos civitatis, et iure iurando civitatem
obstringere sese neque obsides repelituros neque auxilium a
vemlan; pi., the Arvernl (ar-ver'ni),
possibly the Arvernians. 3.
tantopere, adv. [tantus, so great +
opus, work], so greatly, so earnestly. 1.
potentatus, -as, m. [potens, power-
ful] , chief power, supreiaacy . 1.
12. merces, -edla,/., pay, hire. 1.
arcesBd, -ere, -ivi, -itum, tr., sum-
mon, send for, invite. ^
prImo, adv. [primus, first], at first, in
the first place. ^
13. posteaauam, adv. [postea, af ter-
wards + quam, than], after, i.
14. ferus, -a, -xim.,adj., wild, savage,
fierce. :|c
barbarus, -a, -um, ad}., foreign (to
Greeks and Romans), uncivilized, bar-
barous; pi. as noun, savages, barba-
rians. :|c
adamo, 1, tr. [amo, love], love
strongly, covet. 1.
15. nunc, adv., now, at present, at
this time. 3.
16. semel, adv., once, a single time;
ut semel, as soon as. %
17. Iterum, adv., again, a second
time; semel atque iterum, again and
again. :);
19. frang5, frangere, fregi, tike-
turn, tr., break, wreck; crush, discour-
age, i.
20. bospitlum, -t!, ». Lhospes, host
or guest] , the relation of host and guest ;
friendship, hospitality. 2.
11, factum esse utI, "it had come
to pass that." The perfect infinitive,
factum esse, stands tor factum est of the
direct form, as contendere (1. 5) stands
for a present indicative, and as venturos
(1. 7) stands for a future Indicative. For
the uses of the infinitive tenses in In-
direct discourse, see App. 205: G-.-L.
530; 531: A. 584: B. 270, 1, a, b, c: H.-B.472,
a: H. 617; 618; 619; 620.
12. mercede: the Germans were at
first simply hired soldiers. This was four-
teen years before Caesar came to Gaul.
14. adamassent = adarnSvissent. It
stands for the perfect indicative of the
direct form.
15, esse, etc., " They were in Qaul to
the number of, etc. "
17, pulsos accepisse, "as they were
beaten, they had suffered. "
18. omnem . . . amisisse: this was
an exaggeration, for the nobles and the
cavalry of the Baedui were prominent
in some of the campaigns of the Gallic
war.
20. qui, " although they."
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58
121
popnlo Romano^imploraturoB neque recusaturos quominus
perpetuo sub illorum dicione atque imperio essent. Unum se 85
esse ex omni civitate Haeduorum qui adduci non potuerit ut
iiiraret aut liberos suos obsides daret. Ob earn, rem se ex
civitate profugisse et Bomam ad senatum" venisse auxilium
postnlatum, quod solus neque iure iurando neque obsidibus
teneretur.^ Sed peius victorib us Sequanis quam Haeduis victis so
accidisse, propterea quod Ariovistus, rex Germanorum, in
eorum finibus conBedisset tertiamque partem agri Sequani,
qui esset optimus totius Galliae, occupavisset et nunc de altera
parte tertia Sequanos decedere iuberet, propterea quod paucis
24. impl5T0, 1, tr. [In + pl5io, caU
out], beseech, entreat, implore. 3.
recuBd, l, tr. and intr., refuse, reject;
object to, make objections, complain;
wUh perlculum, shrink from, if
quominus, conj. [quo, so tbat+ml-
nua, notj, so tbat not, tbatnot; from.
2.
26. peipetuo, adv. [perpetuus, con-
tinuous], continuously, constantly; for-
ever. 1. '
(llcio, -onis, /., dominion, authority,
rule, sway. 3.
27. iiiTO, 1, tr. and intr. [ius, right] ,
take oath; swear. 1.
28. profUglo, -fugere, -fugi, -fug-
itum, intr. [fugio, flee], flee, flee from,
run away, escai>e. 4.
Koma, -ae, /., Rome. 1.
29. postulo, 1, tr., request, ask, de-
mand ; require, necessitate. ^
30. malus, -a, -um, adj., evil, bad,
injurious; comp., peior, pelus; n. as
noun, a worse thing ; sup. . pesslmus. 1.
victor, -oris, m. [vinco, conquer],
conqueror, victor ; as adj. , victorious. *
31. Ariovistus, -i, m., Ariovistus,
(a"ri-o-vis' tQs) , a king of the Germans, if
rex, regis, m., king, if
34. decedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cess-
um, intr. [ced5, go], go from or away,
depart, withdraw, leave, forsake; die. 3.
24. quominus essent: construction?
App. 328, c: G.-Li. 549: A. 558, »: B. 295, 3:
H.-B. 502, 3, 6: H. 668, 8.
25. unum se esse, " that he was the
only one." Ariovistum autem, ut semel Gallorum
copias proeUo vlcerit, quod proeU^m factum sit ad Mageto-
brigam, snperbe et crudeliter imperare, obsides nobilissimi
cuiusque liberos poscere et in eos omnia exempla cruciatuaque
edere, si qua res non ad nutum aut ad voluntatem eiua facta
45 sit. Hominem esse barbarum, iracundum, temerarium; non
posse eius imperia diutius sustinerl. Nisi quid in Gaesare
3S. Harudes, -um, nt. (Ch), the Ha-
rudes (ha-r\}'clez), a ff«rmon. with ace. [se-
quor, follow], along; In tlie direction of ;
besides, in addition to. 3.
6. cdgito, 1, tr. and intr. [oo+agito,
consider], consider thoroughly or care-
fully, ponder, reflect; think, purpose,
plan. 3.
11. turpis, -e, adj., ugly, unseemly;
shameful, disgraceful, dishonorable.
paulatim, adi>. [paulus, little] , little
by little, by degrees, gradually. 4:
13. pericuIoBUB, -a, -urn, adj. [per-
iculum, danger], full of danger, danger-
ous, perilous. 1.
16. Cimbri, -oium, m., the Cimbri
(Sim' -bri). 4.
Teutoni, -drum or Teutones, -um,
m., the Teutoni (tii'to-ni) or Teutones
(tu'to-nez). 4.
6. quare put&ret: "to think," Ut.
*' why he should think."
albl: dative of the agent, with the
passive periphrastic.
7. Haeduos teneri is the object of
videbat.
fratres appellatos, "who had been
called brothers." See note on 11,
5.
10. quod, "and this"; i.e. the con-
dition of the Haedui, as set forth in the
preceding infinitive clauses.
11. sibi refers to Caesar, the subject
of arbitrabatur, not to the subject of the
clause In which it staniis; it is therefore
the indirect reflexive: App. 165: G.-L.
530; 521: A. 300, 2: B. 244, 1, II: H.-B.
262,2: H. 504.
paulatim, etc., "he saw that for the
Germans to get gradually in the habit of
crossing and ... to come . . . (was)
dangerous," etc.
13. periculosum: see Int. 3.
14. slbl: indirect object of tempe-
raturos. It refers to hominSg, the subject
of the clause in which it stands; it is
therefore the direct reflexive: App. 164:
G.-Ii. 309, 1: A. 300, 1: B. 244, l,'!: H.-B.
262, 1 : H. 504.
15. temperataroB quin ezirent
atque contenderent: construction?
App. 228, c: G.-L,. 554: A. 558: B. 295, 3: H.-
B. C02, 3, &: H. 595, 2.
16. ut, " as " ; tovfeeitient stands for
fecerunt of the direct form.
Cimbri Teutonique: see Int. va.
17. praesertim cum: cf. note on 16,
17.
126
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 34
a provincia nostra Ehodanns divideret; quibus rebus qnam
maturrime occarrendam putabat. Ipse aatem Ariovistus
ao tantos sibi spiritiis, tantam arrogantiam sumpserat ut ferendus
non videretur. ^
34. Quam ob^rem placuit ei ut ad Ariovistum legates
mitteret qui ab eS pMtularent uti aliquem locum medinm
utriusque wHloquio dgligeretj ^elle sese de re publica et
summis utriusque rebus cum eo ^ere. Ei Iggafcioni Ariovistus
5 respondit: Si quid ip^i a Caesare opus rafeet, sese ad e&m
19. mature, adv. [maturuB, ripe],
early, speedily, soon. 3.
occurro, -currere, -curri, -cursum,
intr. [ob+curro, run], run in the way
of, meet; happen upon; go to, come to;
oppose, counteract ; occur. *
20. Bpirltus, -as, m. [apiro, breathe],
breath, aii; in, pi., haughtiness, pride. 2.
arrogantia, -ae,/. [arrogans, arro-
gant], arrogance, haughtiness, pre-
sumption, insolence. 2.
1. place5, 2, intr. [ct. placo, ap-
pease], please, satisfy; often impera.,
seem good to one, hence, decide, resolve,
determine. 2.
3. uterque, utraque, utrumque,
a^. [uter, which of two], each of two,
either of two ; both. *
colloquium, -qui, n. [coUoquor, talk
together], talking together; conference,
parley. Interview. *
B. opus, indecl. noim, n. [cf. opus,
work, deed], need, necessity; opus eat,
it is necessary, there is need, the thing
needed being expressed either by the nam.
or abl. (App. 146.) :(:
18. Rbodanus divideret, " only the
Rhone separates." Caesar's statement
of the reasons for espousing the cause of
the Qauls is candid and convincing. No
doubt the enterprise fell in with his bold
and ambitious spirit; but it appealed
also to the statesman and lover of his
country. Gaul must certainly jrleld to
the barbarism of the Gorman or the
civilization of the Roman. No half-way
ground was possible.
quibuB rebus occurrendum, "that
he must face this danger. " Since occurro
is an intransitive verb it cannot be used
in the passive except impersonally:
App. 115, d: G.-L. 346, R. 1 : A. 372: B. 187,
II, 6: H.-B. 364, 2: H. 426, 3.
Chap. 34. Ariovistus haughtily re-
i'eots Caesar's proposal to confer with
Lim.
1. ad Ariovistum: he was some-
where in the country he had taken from
the Sequani. Cf. note on 31, 32.
3. coUoquid: dative of purpose,
velle sese agere, "(saying) that he
wished to confer." Caesar was anxious
to secure his end without a war and
probably thought that the diplomatic
relations which had been maintained
with Ariovistus could be kept up (of.
note on 33, 3).
4. summis . . . rebus, "matters
of the greatest importance to
both."
B. SI esset, sese venturum fuisse:
the direct form was si esset, venissem, " if
I wanted anything, I should have gone,"
a contrary to fact condition: App. 254:
G.-L. 597, R. 1 : A. 617, o: B. 304, 1, 2: H.-
B. 581: H. B79,l. When such a condition
is turned into indirect discourse, the
conclusion always takes the infinitive
form -uruB fuisse, although some of the
grammars make the mistake of saying
that the imperfect subjunctive becomes
-urus esse: App. 272, II: G.-Ii. 597, R, 4: A.
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58 127
venturum fuisse; si quid ille se velit, ilium ad se venire
oportere. Praeterea se' neque sine exercitu in eas partes
Galliae venire, audere ,quas Caesar possideret, neque exercitum
sine magno com^eatu atque molimento in unum locum con-
trahere w)sse. Sibi autem^mirum videri quid in su^ Gallia, lo
quam belLo vicisset, aut OaSsari aut oninino populo Eomano
negoti esset.
35. His responsis ad Oaesarem relatis ^iterum ad ebm
Caesar legates cum his mandatis mittit: Quoniam tanto suo
populique Eomani beneficio afiEectus£] cum in c^nsulatu siio
rex atque amicus a senatu appellatus esset^ banc sibi populoque
7. praeterea, adv. [praeter, be-
yond], beyond this, besides, further-
more. *
8. possideo, -Bidere, -sedl, -ses-
Bum, tr. [Bedeo, sit], occupy, bold, pos-
sess. 2.
9. commeatuB, -ua, m. [commeo, go
back and forth], trip, voyage; supplies,
provisions. *
molimentum, -i, n. [mollor, exert
one's self] , effort, dlflloulty. 1 .
contrabo, -trahere, -trazi, -trac-
tum, tr. [trabo, draw], draw or bring
together, assemble, collect; draw into
smaller compass, contract. 1.
10. miruB, -a, -urn, aaj. [miror,
wonder at], strange, astonishing; mir-
um in modum, surprisingly. 2.
12. negotlum, -ti, n. [neg-+otiuiii,
leisure], concern, business, undertaking;
trouble, difflculty, labor; neg5tium
dare, employ, direct; quid negoti,
what business; nihil negoti, no diffl-
culty. *
2. mandatum, -I, n. [mand5, com-
mand], charge, injunction, order, com-
mand ; message. ^
quoniam, conj. [quoni=:cum, since
+lani, now], since now, since, inas-
much as, because, whereas. 4.
3. consulatus, -us, m. [consul, con-
sul], consulship. 1.
589, 6, 1, 2: B. 321, A. 2: H.-B. 581, S, I : H.
647.
Ipsi: case? App. 117: G.-L. 349: A. 373:
B. 190: H.-B. 374: H. 430. The Indirect
reflexive, sibi, would be more usual, but
ipsl Is more emphatic.
6. Bi . . . vellt, "if Caesar wanted
anything of him," lit. " If Caesar wanted
him (for) anything." Yolo sometimes,
as here, governs two accusatives, like
verbs of asking or demanding : App. 125,
S:G.-Li.341,n. 2: A. 390, d: H.-B. 397, 1:H.
412. si vellt stands for an original si
mlt: App. 253: G.-L. 595: A. 515: B. 302,
1 : H.-B. 579: H. 574, 1.
8. quas . . . poBBideret: l.e. the
land of the Haedui and the Llngones,
which Ariovlstus assumes that Caesar
has conquered.
10. mirum: predicate adjective with
videri; "It seemed strange."
quid Caesarl negoti esset, lit.
"what of business there was to Caesar"
="what business Caesar had"; an in-
direct question,, subject of videri. Cae-
sarl Is a dative of possessor.
omnino, "In general."
Chap. 35. Caesar demands that
Ariovlstus cease his oppression of the
G-auls.
3. beneficio affectusrcf. note on 83,
3. The German was shrewd enough to
estimate the benejicium at its true value.
4. quoniam (l . 2) banc gratiam re-
128 VcAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 35
5 Romano gratiain referreb, at in colloquium venire invitatus
gravaretur neque de communire dicendum sibi et cognoscendum
putaret, haec esse quae ab eo postularet: primum, ne quam
multitudinem hominam amplius trans Bhenum in Galliam
traduceret; deinde, obsides quos haberet ab Haeduis redderet
10 Sequanisque permitteret ut quos ipsi haberent voluntate eiAs
^dere illis liceret; neve Haeduos isjluria ^aoesseret, neve
Kw socilsque eorum bellum inferret-VOSl ita feoisset, sibi popu-
loque Eomano perpetuam gratiam atque anlicitiam cum eo
futuram; si non impetraret, sese, quoniam M. Messala M.
6, Invito, 1, tr.. Invite, summon; al-
lure, i)ersuade. 2.
6. gravor, l, mtr. [gravis, heavy],
^)e unwilling. 1.
8. ample, adv. [amplus, large],
largely; comp., amplius, more, far-
ther. *
9. reddo, -dere, -didi, -dlt'um, tr.
[red— (-do, give], give back, return, re-
store ; give something due; make or cause
to be, render. :):
13. perpetuus, -a, -um, adj., con-
tinuous, uninterrupted ; permanent,
lasting, continual ; whole, entire; n. as
noun inp/irase in perpetuum, forever.
3.
ferret, ut, "since he made this re-
quital, that." The direct form given
after Book VII represents Caesar's
words to ills envoys, in which Ariovistus
was spoken of in the third person. It
would also be possible to give the form
In which the message was to be repeated
to Ariovistus, in which he would be
addressed in the second person. In the
latter case ref arret stands for refers,
"you make."
6. neque:dlcendum . . . putaret,
"and did not think it necessary to dis-
cuss and learn." sibi: case? App. 118;
G.-L. 355: A. 374: B. 189, 1; H.-B. 378, 1:
H. 431.
7. haec esse quae, " these were (the
things) which."
netraduceret:as addressed to the en-
voys the direct form was ne traducal,
"that he shall not bring," a subst an-
t ive volitlve clau se. In apposition with
haec. As addressed to Ariovistus it
would be noli trSducere, " do not bring,"
a prohibition; App. 219: G.-L. 271, 2: A.
450: B. 276, c: H.-B. 501, 3, a, 2: H. 561, 1.
10. Sequanisque . . . liceret, "and
grant permission to the Sequanl to re-
turn with his [Ariovlstus's] approval
those [hostages] whom they [the Se-
quanl] had [from the Haedui]," lit.
"permit that It be allowed." illis =
12. fedsset stands for a future per-
fect indicative: App. 356: G.-L. 595: A.
516, a, e: B. 302, 1: K.-B. 679, a: H. 574, 1.
sibi: i.e. Caesar; a dative of posses-
sor.
14. si non impetraret, " if he [Cae-
sar] should not obtain (such assur-
ances)."
sese: the direct form would be ego, if
expressed at all. It is the subject of
neglecturum, 1. 18; but, because the sen-
tence is so long, the subject is repeatedr
in »e, 1. 17.
U. messalS, . . . consullbus: in 61
B. C. Of. note on 2, 2.
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58
129
Pisone consulibus senatus censuisset uti quicumque Galliam 15
provinciam obtineret, quod commodo rei publicae faoere posset,
Haeduos ceterosque amicos populi Boiuani defenderet, se
Haeduorum iniurias non negleoturum.
X 36. Ad haec Ariovistus respondit: lus^sse belli ut qui
vicissenfc 11s quos vlcissent qnem ad modum VeHent imperarent ;
item populum Eomanum victTs non ad alterius praescriptum,
sed ad suum arbitrium imperare wonsuesse. Si ipfee populo
Eomano non praescriberet quern ad modum suo iure uteretur, 5
non oportere sS a pDj)ul6 Eomano in suo iure impediri. ^
Haeduos sibi, quoniam belli fortunam temptassent et armis
congressi ac superati essent, stipendiarios esse factos. Magnam
16. censeo, ceusere, censui, cen-
sum, *)■., think, decide (ace. and inf.);
propose, advise, vote (ut and subj.);
propose, vote for (aoc). 1.
16. commodum, -I, n. [commodus,
convenient], convenience, interest, ad-
vantage. 2.
18. neglego, -legere, -lexi, -lec-
tum, tr. [iies-+leg5, choose, regard],
not heed, disregard, neglect. *
3. praescriptum, -i, «. [praesorl-
bo, order], order, dictation, command. 1.
4. arbitrium, -ri, n. [arbiter, um-
pire] , decision or judgment (0/ the ar-
biter) ; opinion, discretion, pleasure.
1.
6. praescribS, -scrlbere, -Bcrlpsi,
-scrlptum, tr. [Bcrlbd, writel, write
beforehand; order, direct, prescribe, dic-
tate to. 3.
8. congredlor, -gredl, -gressus
sum, intr. [gradlor, step], meet, en-
counter, meet in battle; Join {peace-
fully). «
15. senatus censuisset: this decree
of the senate vpas the only result of the
entreaties of Dlvlolacus (cf. 31, 28), and
no governor had paid any attention to
It, as Arlovistus very well knew.
16. quod . . . posset, " so far as he
could do it in accordance with the Inter-
ests of the state " ; a common formula
In decrees of the senate.
18. neglecturum: tense? App. 205:
G.-L. 530: 531: A. 584: B. 270, 1, a, b, c:
H.-B.472, a: H. 617; 618; 619; 680.
Chap. 36. Ariovistus responds de-
fiantly.
1. ut Imperarent: a substantive
ToUtlve clause. In apposition with im.
Tlclssent, vlcissent, vellent might
all have been Indicative in the dii'ect
form, but would probably be attracted
into the subjunctive.
Us: indirect object of imperarent.
3. ad alterius praescriptum, "in
accordance with the dictates of anyone
else."
4. ipse: direct form, ego. The re-
flexive cannot be used to replace a pro-
noun of the first person (ef. note on
sese, 30, 3) when a nominative is re-
quired, because It has no nominative.
Usually no pronoun is used ; but If there
is emphasis, as here, ipse is used.
5. quern . . . uteretur, "how they
should exercise their rights. "
6. non oportere se Impediri, "he
[Ariovistus] ougbtnot to be hampered."
7. slbl: dative with the adjective
Btlpendiarioa.
130
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 36
Caesarem iniuriamy.facere, mil suo adventu vectigalia sibi
10 deterior^faceret. ]|(Paeduis sS obsides redditurum non esse,
neque hiS neque eorum socils iniuria bellnm illaturum, si'
in eo nmherent quod convenissefc stipendiumque quotannis
penderent; si id jion febissent, longe iis' fraternum nomen
populi Romani aiuturum. Quod sibi Caesar denuntiaret se
15 Haeduorum iniurias non neglecturum, neminem se^um sine
sua pernicie contendisse. Cum vellet, dongrederefcur : imel-
lecturum quid invicti Germani, exercitatissimi in armis, qui,
inter annos xiv tectum non subissent, virtute po^Mtot. ^^
37. Haec eodem tempore Caesari mandata referebantur.
10. deterlor, -ius, comp. adj. (App.
43), worse, less. 1.
12. maneS, manere, manal, man-
sum, intr., remain, continue, abide,
stay. 3.
stipendlum, -dl, n., tax, tribute. :|c
quotannis, adv. [quot, as many as +
annus, year], every year, yearly. 2.
13. pendo, pendeie, pependi, pen-
sum, tr., weigh, weigh out; weigh out
money, pay, pay out; with poenas,
suffer. 8.
14. denuntlo, I, tr. [nuntlo, an-
nounce], announce, give or send notice,
declare, threaten. 1.
17. quid, interrog. adv., why? with
posse, how? e.g. quid German! pos-
sent, how strong the Germans were, ^i:
invlctuB, -a, -um, adj. [in— l-Tlctus,
conquered], unconquerable, inyln-
clble. 1.
ezercitatuB, -a, -um, adj. [pf. part.
o/exerclto, train or practice well], well
trained, skilled, versed. 2.
9. qui faceret may be translated by
a causal clause, " since he, etc. ," but the
indicative was probably used in the
direct form. Apparently the presence
of Caesar had given hope to the Haedul
and had made them less careful in pay-
ing their tribute to Ariovlstus.
neque . . . neque, "but . . . not . . .
or."
11. UlatuTum, 81 manerent : a vivid
future condition.
12. in . . . convenlsset, lit. "should
remain in that which had been agreed
upon "=" adhered to the terms which
bad been agreed upon."
IS. feciasent stands for a future
perfect indicative.
longg . . . afut&Tum, " the name of
brothers of the Roman people would be
of little value to them."
14. quod, "as to the fact that":
App. 248, a: G.-L.. 525, 2: A. 572, a: B. 299.
2: H.-B. 552, 2: H. 588, 3, n.
15. secum, sua: t^cum is the indirect
reflexive, referring to Ariovlstus, ««S
Is the direct reflexive, referring to nemi-
nem. CI. notes on 30, 3 and 6.
16. cum vellet, congiedeTetur,"let
him come on when he liked."
18. Inter, "during."
Chap. 37-41. Caesar marches into
the country of ArioviBtus, checking a
panic on the vray.
Chap. 37. Because ofthis reply and
farther complaints of the Oauls, Cae-
sar marches toward Ariovistus.
1. eddem tempore: the reply of
Ariovistus and the complaints of the
Gauls reached Caesar at the same time.
It was now about the beginning ot
August.
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58
131
y
efc legati ab Haeduis et a Treveris venieb(ant: Haedui questum
quod Harudes, qui nuper in Galliam transportati essent, fi-
nes eorum pop ularentur : SeSe ne obsidibus quidem datis pacem
Ariovisti redimere potuisse; Treveri autem, pagos centum 5
Sueborum ad ripas, Kheni consedisse, qui Khenum transire
conarentur; Ins praeesse Nasuam et Cimberilim fratres^/^,
Quibus rebus Caesar vehementer commotus maturandum sibiP^
existimavit, ne^ai nova manus Sueborum cum veteribus copiis
Ariovisti sese co munxisset, minus facile resist! posset. Itaque lo
re frumentaria quam celerrime potuit comparata magnis
itineribus ad Ariovistum contendit.
38. Cum tridui viam processisset, nuntiatum est ei Ario-
2. Trevir, -eri, m., one ot tlie Trev-
eri; pi. Treveri (Bfgli), the Treveri
en to. 2.
brought Caesar to the point where his
route turns to the southeast.
nuntlatum est; this report that Ario-
Tistus was marching toward Vesontio
proved false. Probably it grew out of
the fact that Ariovistus had got his
army together for the purpose of
marching north to help the Suebi. Cf.
note on 87, 6.
8. quod agrees in gender with oppi-
dwm, although its antecedent is mascu-
line. A subject pronoun often agrees
In gender with a predicate noun.
4. id: i.e. the capture of Vesontio.
6. summa facultas, "a very great
supply. "
9. ut, "asif."
paene cingit: i.e. the river makes a
loop, the two sides of which (according
to Caesar) are at one point only 600 feet
apart. The neck of land at this point is
very high. The town lies within the
loop. A wall encloses both the tovm and
the high neck of land.
10. spatium: object of continet.
non . , . sescentorum, " of not more
than six hundred feet." pedum is a
descriptive genitive; why Is not the ab-
lative used after the comparative? App.
139, 6: G.-L. 296, R. 4: A. 407, e: B. 217, 8:
H.-B. 416,(«:H.471,4.
11. qua fliimen intermittit, "where
the river does not flow. "
magna altitadine: descriptive ab-
lative.
12. r&dlces is the object of contingant,
rIpae its subject.
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58
133
gant. Hunc murus circnmdatus arcem efficit et cum oppido
coniungit. Hue Caesar magnis nocturnis diumisque itmeribps^^
contendit occupatoque oppido ibi praesidium coUocat. '^ 'is
39. Dum paucos diels ad Vesontidnem rei frumentariae
commeatusque causa moratur, ex percontatione nostrornm
Tocibusque Gallorum ac mercatorum, qui ingenti iMgnitudine
corporum G^rmanos, incredibili rrrtute atque exercitatione in
armis esse praedicabant (saepe numero sese cum his congressos 5
ne vultum quidem' atque aciem oculorum dicebant f^rre
potuisse), tantus subito timor omnem exercitum occupavit ut
non mediocriter omnium mentes animosque perturbaret. Hie
13. clrcumdo, -dare, -dedl, -da-
tum, tr. [do, put], put around, encom-
pass, surround. 3.
aiz, arcis,/., citadel, fortress, strong-
hold. 1.
efBclS, -flc^re, -feci, -fectum, tr. [ex
-t-facio, make], make or do completely,
complete, accompUsli, construct; make,
cause, bring about, render, if
14. bfic, adv. \old form for Talbofrom
blc], to this place, hither, here; against
these, to these. 4=
nocturnua, -a, -urn, adj. [nox, night],
at night, nocturnal, nightly. 1.
dlurnuB, -a, -urn, adj. [dies, day], of
the day, by day, daily. 1.
2. percontatlS, -onls,/., inquiring,
inquiry. 1.
3. Ingens, -entis, adj., enormous,
huge, vast, large. 2.
magnltud5,-lnis,/. [magnu8,great],
greatness, great size, size, extent; stat-
ure (corporum); violence (venti); se-
verity (poenae); tu •;nitiido animl,
courage. ^
4. exercitatio, -onis, /. [exerclto.
freq. of exerceo, exercis4], exercise,
training; practice, experience, if
6. praedlcO, l, tr. [dico, proclaim],
proclaim publicly or before others ; de-
clare, report, tell of. 3.
6. TUltUB, -fiM, m., countenance,
looks. 2.
7. subltS, adv. [subitUB, sudden],
suddenly, unexpectedly, of a sudden, if
8. mediocriter, adv. [medlocrlB.
13. hunc (montem) is the ob;}ect of
^cit, arcem is a predicate accusative:
App. 126: G.-L. 340; A. 393: B. 177, 1:
H.-B. 393,a:H. 410, 1.
14. hue contendit: he turned from
his eastward march to thQ southeast.
nocturniB : Caesar very rarely march-
ed at night, but it the report about
Ariovistus had been true, Ariovlstus
would have been much nearer Vesontio
than Caesar was, and only the most ex-
traordinary effort could have enabled
Caesar to arrive first.
Chap. 39. Fear of the Germans
causes a panic in the Roman army.
1. dummoratui: mode and tense?
App. 234, a: G.-L. 570: A. 556: B. 293,1:
H.-B. 559: H. 533, 4. The principal
clause of this sentence begins with
tantus, 1. 7.
rei . . . causa: Caesar was always
careful about his supplies. In this case
he had no doubt arranged for supplies
along his Intended line of march, but
he had suddenly changed the direction
of his march, and therefore failed to
meet his convoys. Consequently
he now had to make new arrange-
ments.
3. vdcibus, "replies."
magnltiidlne, virtute, exercitati-
one: descriptive ablatives.
134
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 39
primum ortus est a tribunis militum, praefectis, reliquisque
10 qui ex urbe amicitiae causa Gaesarem ^cuti non magnum in
re militari usum habebant;^ quorum alius alia causa illata,
quam sibi ad proQciscendun^ secessariam esse diceret, petebat
nt eius voluntate discedpre liceret ; non null! pudore aaducti,
ut timoris suspIcionem^Starent, remanebant. Hi neque vultum
B fingere neque interdum lacrimas tenere poterant ; abditi in
tabemaculis aut suum fatum querebantur aut cum familiaribus
suis commune periculum miserabantur. Vnlgo totis castris
testamenta obsignabantur. ' Horum Tocibus ac timore paulatim
etiam ii qui magnum in castris usum habebant, milites cen-
30 turionesque quique equitatni praeerant, perturbabantur. Qui
moderate], moderately: non mediocrl-
ter, In no small degree. 1.
mens, mentis, /., the thinking fac-
ulty, mind, Intellect; thought; disimsl-
tlon, feelings; rentes animosque,
minds and hear> ; alienata mente,
bereft of reason. 4.
perturbs, l,tr. {.turbo, disturb], dis-
turb greatly, throw Into confusion, em-
barrass, disturb; alarm, terrify. 4:
9. tribunuB, -I, m. [tribua, tribe],
tribune, a magittrate elected by the people
voting in tribes, to defend the interests of
theplebs; tribtlnus mllltum, ormill-
taris, a military tribune, if
praefectuB, -I, m. [praeficio, place
oyer], overseer, prefect, commander,
ofaoer, captain {usually of cavalry). 4.
13. pudor, -oris, m. [pudet. It
shames], shame, sense of shame; sense
of honor. 3.
14. remaneo, -manSre, -mansi,
-mansum, intr. [Te-+maneo, remain],
stay or remain behind, remain. 4:
16. fingo, fingere, flnxl. Actum, tr.,
form, imagine, devise, invent. 2.
16. tabem&culum, -I, n., tent. 1.
fatum, -i, n. [^rl, to speak],
fate, lot. 1.
17. mlseror, 1, tr. [mlser.wretched],
bewail, lament over, deplore. 1.
Tulgo, adv. [TUlgus,the crowd], com-
monly; everywhere. 2.
18. testamentum, -I, ». [tester, be
a witness], will. 1.
obslgno, 1, tr. [signo, mark], seal,
sign and seal. 1.
19. centuTlo, -onis, m. [centum, a
hundred], centurion, the commander of
the century, the sixtieth part of a legion. :};
9. tribUnis: see Int. 41.
10. amicitiae causa: Caesar puts it
delicately. We know from other sources
that Caesar had with him young men,
friends or relatives of influential men
at Rome, who hoi)ed for personal gain
from their connection with him In his
province. Some of them had little taste
for real fighting.
11. quorum . . . Ulata, "one of
them alleging one reason, another
another."
12. diceret, " they said, " agrees in '
number with alius. Mode? App. 230:
G.-L. 631, 2: A. 535: B. 283, 1: H.-B. 521, 1,
o: H. 591, 1.
14, TUltum fingere, "control their
features, " so as to look unconcerned.
17. totis castris: why is there no
preposition? App. 151, ft: G.-Ii. 388: A.
429, 2: B. 228, l,ft: H.-B. 436,a: H. 485.
2.
19. centurldnes: who were appoint-
ed especially for their bravery.
20. qui ex bis, " (those) of them
who."
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58
135
se ex his minus timidos existimari yolebant, non se hostem
Tereri, sed angustias itineris et magnitudinem silvarum quae
intercederent inter ipsos atque Ariovistum, aut rem frumen-
tariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere dicebant.
Non nuUi etmm Caesari nuntiabant, cum castra mover! ac 25
signa ferri ins^isset, non foro dicto audientes milltes neque
propter timorem signa latiiros.
40. Haec cum animadvertisset, convocato consilio omni-
umque ordinum ad id consilium adhibitis centurionibus,
vehementer eos incusavit : Primum. quod^aut quam in partein
aut quo consilio dijfcerentu^ sibi quaerendum aut cogSl^inSuina
pmarent. lAriovistum se consule cupidissime populi Roman! 5
^
21. timidus, -a, -um, adj. [timeo,
lear], fearfal, frightened, timid, cow-
ardly, afraid. 1.
24. supporto, 1, tr. [sulj+porto,
carry] , carry or bring up from beneath ;
bring, convey; supply, furnish. 4.
26. dictum, -i, n. Ipf. part, of dico,
say], saying, remarlc; command; dlcto
audiens, obedient. 1.
audia, 4, tr., hear, hear of ; dlcto audi-
ens, obedient. :):
2. ordo, -Inls, m., row, tier, layer;
rank, line of soldiers; arrangement,
order; degree, rank; prlmi ordlnea,
centurions of the first rank. :f:
3. Incuso, 1, tr. [causa, cause or
case], bring a case or charge against;
censure, upbraid, blame. 8.
22. ansuBtlas itineris: the valley
of the Dubls Is narrow and very rough,
and If Arlovistus had really been march-
ing toward them It would have given
opportunity for ambuscades.
24. rem frerse. 3,
29. impeiitus, -a, -um, acQ. [InH-
Verltus, experience], inexperleuced,
unskilled, ignorant. 4.
31. slmulatlo, -onls. /. [slmulS,
make like], simulation, pretense, deceit,
'disguise. 2.
32. arrogantor, adv. [arrogana,
arrogant], arrogantly, presumptu-
-ously. 1.
34. Leuci, -drum, m. (Big), the
Leucl (lu'sl). 1.
aubministrd, 1, tr. [minlstro, wait
upon], furmsta, supply, give.
36. brevia, -e, aiij., short, brief,
transitory; brevI, In a short time. H:
38. male, adv. [malus, bad], badly,
111, adversely. Comp., peiua; eup.,
pesaime. l.
39. dosum, deesae, deful, ,intr.
[aiim, be. App. 66], be wanting, be
absent trom, fall. ;|c
faclnua, -noria, n. [faclS, do], deed;
misdeed, outrage, crime. 2.
26. 8U1 poteat&tem, "a chance at
lilm."
27. deaperanteB, dlsperaoa agree
-with an Implied eoe which is the object
of adortum and refers to the Gauls.
28. ration!: translate with ?i3c in
next line, and omit here.
29. hao . . . poaae, "not even (Ar-
lovistus) himself hoped that our armies
could be caught by this stratagem."
31. rei . . . almulatienem, "a pre-
tense about the supplies." rei is an ob-
jective genitive.
S2. de . . . dgsperare, "to lack con-
fidence in the general's attention to his
duties."
36. matiira: It was now August.
36. quod . . . dicantur, " as to the
statement that they would not obey his
orders or advance. " Quod: translation?
App. 248, a: G.-L. 525, 2: A. 572, a: B. 399,
8:H.-B. 552, 2: H. 588, 8,n.
37. qulbuacumque . . . convictam,
lit. "that to whomsoever an army had
not been obedient, (to them) either
fortune had tailed or avarice had been
proved." Thia must be turned into
English.
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58
139
suam innocentiainperpetua vita, felicitatem Helvetiorum bello 4a
esse perspectam.-^taque se quod in longiorem diem collaturus
fuisset repfaesentatiirum et proxima nocte de quarta vigilia
castra motiirum, ut quam primum intellegere posset utrum
apud eos pndor atque officium an timor pliis valeretrff Quod
si praeterea nemo sefc[uatur, tamen se cum sola decima legione 45
it"urum, de qua non dubifcefc, sibique earn praetoriam cohortem
futHram. Huic legioni Caesar et indulserat praecipue et prop-
=^r virtHtem confidebat maxime. \j^ _ - - - ~
\/ 4i. Hac oratione habita mirum in modum conversae sunt
omnium mentes summaque alacritas et cupiditas belli gerendi
illata est, princepsque decima legio per tribiinos militum ei >
gratias egit, quod de se optimum indicium feoisset, seque
esse ad bellum gerendum paratissimam confirmavit. Deinde s
avarltla, -ae, /. Lavarus, greedy],
greed, oovetousness. 1.
conviaco, -vlnoere, -viol, -vlctum,
tr. [Tlnco, conquer], conquer oompletely;
prove. 1.
40. Innocentla, -ae, /■ [Innocens,
innocent] , Integrity. 1.
felicltaa, -tatis, /. [felix, liappy],
happiness, success, good fortune. 1.
41. longUB, -a, -um, adj., long, dis-
tant; of long duration; tedious. Hf
42. repraesento, 1, tr. [re-+prae-
sens, present], make present; do at
once. 1.
43. Utrum, conj. [uter, wMch of
twol, whether; utrum . . . an, whether
... or ; utrum . . . necne, whether . . .
or not. 3.
44. an, conj.t used to introduce the
second member of alternative questions,
or, or rather. *
46. decimus, -a, -um, ord. num.
adj. [decern, ten], tenth. :(:
46. praetorius, -a, -um, a(!(;. [prae-
tor, commander] , praetorian, belonging
to the general. ' 2.
cohors, -tlB, /., cohort. *
47. Indulgeo, -dulgere, -dulsl, — .
intr., be Indulgent to, favor. 1.
praecipue, culv. [praecipuus, espe-
cial], especially, particularly. 1.
1. modus, -i, m. measure, OLuantlty,
size; manner, method, style; eiUBmodl.
of such a kind, such; abl., modo, wiik
gen., in the character of, like. Hi
2. alacritas, -tatis, /. [alacer^
lively], liveliness, ardor. 3.
40. innocentiam, "fair dealing,"
not " innocence " ; opposed to avdriiiam.
What the soldiers would object to would
be the general's keeping too large a
share of the booty for himself.
perpetua vita, "throughout his life."
41. quod . . . repraeaentaturum,
" he would do at once what be had in-
tended to put ofl, etc."
43, utrum . . . valeret: an indirect
double question: App. 2U; 364, c: 6.-L..
458; 460, 2: A. 334; 335: B. 162, 4; 300, 4:
H.-B. 234: H. 380; 650.
46. praetoriam cohortem, " his
body-guard," which would naturally b»
composed of the bravest troops.
Chap. 41. The panic is checked ancL
the army advances.
4. gratias eglt, "expressed it*
thanks."
140
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 42
reliquae legiones cum tribunis militum et primorum ordinum
centurionibus egerunt, uti Caesari satisfacerent : Se neqne
umquam dubitasse neque timuisse neqiie de summa belli suum
iudicium, sed imperatoris esse existimavisse. Eorum satis-
10 factione accepfca et itinere exquisito per Diviciacum, quod ex
Gallis ei maximam fidem habebat, ut, milium amplius quin-
quaginta circuitu, locis apertis exercitum diiceret, de quarta
vigilia, ut dixerat, profectus est. Septimo die, cum iter non
intermitteret, ab exploratoribus certior factus est Ariovisti .
15 copias a nostris milia passuum quattuor et viginti abesse. .
42. Cdgnito Caesaris adventu Ariovistus legates ad eum
mittit: Quod antea de colloquio postulasset, id per se fieri
8. umquam, adv., at any time, ever;
iie(iue . . . umquam, and never, never.
2.
9. satlsfactlo, -Snls, /. [BatlsfaclS,
give satisfaction], satisfaction; excuse,
apology. 1.
10. exquirS, -quirere, -quIslTi.
-quisitum, tr. [quaero, search], seek
or search out, inquire, investigate.
2.
11. qulnquaginta (L). card. num.
adj., imdecl., fifty. 3.
6. cum tribunlB egerunt uti, " ar-
ranged with the tribunes that " or " beg-
ged the tribunes to."
8. neque de . . . ezIstimaTiBse,
"and that they had not thought that
the decision regarding the conduct of
the war was theirs, but (knew that it
was) the commander's."
10. itinere . . . Diviciacum ut . . .
diiceret, " having sought a route, with
the help of Dlviciacus . . . , in order
that he might march his army through
open country, (though) by a circuit of
more than fifty miles. "
ex GalllB, " of (all) the Gauls."
11. el: case? App. 115, a: G.-L. 346,
n. 5: A. 387, a, n. 2: H.-B. 362, footnote
3, ft.
milium qulnquaginta is a de-
scriptive genitive. Why not an ablative
after the comparative? App. 139, ft: G.-L.
296, R. 4: A. 407, c: B. 217, 8: H.-B. 416, d:
H. 471,4.
12. circuit^: he passed around to
tbe north of the broken country in the
valley of the Dubls near Vesontio (see
map facing p. 117), and then marched
straight on. The distance marched
around the bend was fifty miles.
13. Ut dizerat: cf. 40, 42.
septimo die: the seven days' march
brought him to the battlefield indicated
on the map facing p. 117. Ariovistus,
who had probably been marching north-
ward (cf. note on 37, 6), had learned
that Caesar was marching toward him,
and had turned back to meet Caesar. At
this time he was not far from Stras-
burg.
cum . . . intermitteret: i.e. he did
not allow the day of rest which was
usually given about every fifth day. Cf.
Int. 54.
Chap. 42-47. Negotiations with
Ariovistus are fruitless.
Chap. 42. Ariovistus asks for a
conference, under conditions which
Caesar grants.
2. postulasset: sc. Caesar.
Id . . , Ucere, "that . . . might be
done as far as he was concerned. " Id la
the antecedent of quod.
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58
141
licere, quoniam propius ^cessisset, seque id sine periculo
facere posse existimaret. Non respuit condicionem Caesar
iamque sum ad sanifcatem reverti arbitrabatur, cum id quad 5
antea petenti denegasset ultro pblliceretur, magnamque in
spem veniebat, pro suis tantis pppulique Eomanl. in eum
beneficiis, cognitis suis postulatis, fare uti pertinacia oesisteret.
Dies coUoquio dietus est ex eo die quTntus. Interim saepe
cum legati ultro citroque inter eos mitterentur, Ariovistus lo
postulavit ne quern peditem ad colloquium Caesar ^ducereb :
Vereri se ne per insidias ab eo circamveniretur; uterque cum
equitatu -reniret ; alia ratione sese non esse venturum. Caesai:,
quod neque colloquium interposita causa tolll volebat neque ,
salutem suam Gallorum equitatui committere audebat, com- is
modissimam esse statuit, omnibus equis Gallls equitibus
3. proplUB, adv. and prep, with ace,
(App. 128, b) [comp. of prope, near]
nearer.
4. respuS, -spuere, -apui, , tr.
reject, spiirn. 1.
5. sanitas.-tatls, /. [Banus, sound
soundness of mind, good sense, dlscre'
tlon, sanity. 1.
6. denego, 1, tr. [nego, deny], refuse,
ultro, adv., to or on the farther side,
beyond ; of one's own accord, voluuta'
rlly, spontaneously, without provoca-
tion ;besldes,uioreover; ultro citroque,
back and forth, if
8. pertinacia, -ae, /. [pertine5,
hold through or fast], obstinacy, stub-
bornness, pertinacity. 1.
10. citro, adv., hither; ultr5 citro-
que, back and forth. 1.
11. pedes, pedltla, m. [pes, foot],
foot soldier: pi. , infantry, foot. 3.
14. liiterpoii5, -ponere, -posul,
-positum, tr. [pond, place], place be-
tween. Interpose; allege; cause; fldem
interponere, pledge. 4.
16. commodus, -a, -um, adj.
[modus, measure], in full measure; con-
venient, suitable, satisfactory. 3.
3. acceasisset: Arlovistus's reason
for refusing a conference (see 34, 7) no
longer existed. Caesar's prompt ad-
vance had impressed him and he was
more Inclined to confer.
6. petenti, " when he [Caesar] asked
it."
8. fore utl desisteret, lit. " that It
would be that he would give up " =' 'that
he would give up." The use of this peri-
phrasis is here a matter of choice on
Caesar's part, since the verb Is active
and has a futvire Infinitive form. Cf.
note on 31, 36, and App, 305, b: Q.-L. 531:
A. 569, 3, o: B. 370, 3, o: H.-B. 473, c: H.
619, 2.
15. veniret: the subjunctive of com-
mand in Indirect discourse.
alia ratidne, "on any other terms."
16. salutem . . . audebat: Caesar
could not be sure of the trustworthiness
of the Gallic cavalry, and he knew that
in any case they were no match for
German cavalry.
16. Gallls equitibus: case? App. 116,
I ; G.-L. 345, E. 1 : A. 381 : B. 188, 3, d: H.-B.
371 : H. 437.
142
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 43
detractis, eo legionarios mllitgs legionis decimae, cui quam
maxime oonfidebat, impoaere, ut praesidium quam amicis-
simum, si quid opus facto Bsset, naberet. [rQuod cum fieret,
so non irridicule qnidam ex militibus decimae legionis dixit
plus quam poUicitus esset Caesarem facere; poUici'tum se in.
cohortia praetoriae loco decimam legionem nabitiirum, ad
equum rescribere. 'Vl*^'^"*^
43. Planities erat magna et in ea tumulus terrenus satis
grandis. Hie locus aequum fere spatium a castris utriusque
aberat. Eo, ut erat dictum, ad colloquium venerunt. Legio-
nem Caesar quam equis vexerat passibus ducentis ab eo tumulo
17. detrabo, -trahere, -traxi,
-tractum, tr. [traho, draw], draw ofl or
away, withdraw, take off, remove. 4.
legionarlus, -a, -um, adj. [leglo,
legion], relating to a legion, legionary. 4.
18. Impono, -ponere, -poaul, -pos-
itum, tr. [In+pono, place], place
upon, set on, put or impose on ; mount. 4.
20. irridicule, atiti. [in-+rIdiculuB,
witty], without wit, unwlttUy. 1.
23. rescrlbS, -scribere, -scripsi,
-scriptum, tr. [re-+Bcrib6, write],
write again; transfer. 1.
1. planities, -ei, /. [planus, lerel],
level ground, plain. 4.
tumulus, -1, m. [turned, swell], swell-
ing; mound, hill. 1.
terrenus, -a, -um, adj. [terra,earth],
of earth. 1.
2. grandis, -e, adj., great, large,
bulky. 1.
aequus,-a,-um,o4;.,even, level,equal ;
equitable, impartial. Just; aequus ani-
mus, equanimity, composure. 3.
-4. veho, vebere, rezi, vectum, tr.,
carry; bring along. 1.
17. eo, tbeadverb,=in eo«.
19. si . . . esset, lit. "if there should
at all be need of something done " =" If
there should be any need of their serv-
ices." quid: case? App. 188, 6: G.-L.
334: A. 390, c: B. 176, 3: H.-B. 387, III: H.
416, 2. facto: construction? App. 146, 6:
G.-L. 406: A. 411, a: B. 218, 2, c: H.-B. 430,
2: H. 477, III. esset: implied Indirect
discourse, for in making bis plans
Caesar thought ai erit, " if there shall
be."
20. non Irridicule, "wittily."
21. pollicitum . . . rescribere: the
soldier said, in substance, " After prom-
ising only to make us his body-guard,
Caesar Is actually making us cavaliers."
The pun is based on the double meaning
ot ad eqmim retcribere, namely, (1) to
transfer to the cavalry, a part of the
army looked down upon by the legionary
soldiers, and (2) to knight, i.e. raise
to a high rank in Roman society. "Cav-
alier" means either "cavalry man" or
"knight."
Chap. 43. At the conference Caesar
repeats his previous demands.
1. erat, "there was." The hill was
about twelve miles north of the battle-
field, and has been identified with con-
siderable certainty.
2. spatium: accusative of extent of
space.
3. ut erat dictum, "as had been
agreed." '
4. equis, " on horseback. "
passibus, intervalld: ablatives of
degree of diflerehce with ab, "away
from."
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58
143
constitnib. Item equites Ariovisti pari intervallo constiterunt. 5
Ariovistus ex equis ut colloquerentur at praeter se denos ad
colloquium adducerent postulavit. '^^bi eo ventuin^t] Caesar
initio orationis sua senatusque in eum beneficia commemoravit,
quod, rex appellatus esset a senatu, quod amicus, quod miinera
amplissima missa; quam rem et paucis contigisse et pro magnis lo
hominum officiis c6nsuesse(.tribui^docebat;,^lum, cum neque
aditum neque causam postulandi iustam haberet, beneficio ac
liberalitate sua ac senatus ea praemia conseciitum. Docebat
etiam quam Teteres quamque iiistae causae necessitudinis ipsis
ci^m Haeduis intercederent, quae senatus consulta quotiens is
quamque ho'noriflca in eos facta essent, ut omni tempore totius
Galliae principatum Haedui tenuissent, prius etiam quam
nostram amicitiam(^appetissent.w^opuli Eomani banc esse
6. deni, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj.
Idecem, ten], ten each, ten at a time,
by tens. 1.
9. munus, -erls, n., duty, service,
task ; present. 1.
11. doceo.docere, docul, doctum,
^r., show, teach, instruct; Inform, jf;
12. aditus, -as, m. [aded, go to],
approach, means of approach, right of
approach, access. *
lustus, -a, -um, adj. [lua, right], in
accordance with law or right, lawful,
valid, just, fair; proper, regular; «o«A
funera, appropriate. 4.
13. praemium, -ml, »., distinction,
prize, reward. *
14. necesaltudo, -inls,/. [necesse,
cf. necessariuB, friend], friendship,
alliance. 1.
16. consultum, -I,n. [c5iisuld, take
counsel], result of deliberation; decree,
enactment, decision. 1.
quotiens, od». [quot, how many], (1)
interrog., how many times? how often?
(8) rel., as often as. 1.
16. bonoTlficug, -a, -um, adj. [hon-
08, honor+facio, make], conferring
honor. 1.
5. constlteTunt: distinguish care-
fully between consisto and constituo.
6. ex equis, "on horseback." Cf. 1.
4 : in that line the horses are the means
by which the soldiers are brought to the
hill; in this they are the places from
which the conversation goes on.
9. quod amicus : sc. appellatus esset.
Cf. note on 33, 3.
10. mlBsa: sc. essent. The three guod
clauses are substantive clauses in ap-
position with benejicia, and the sub-
junctive Is due to implied Indirect dis-
course.
12. aditum: i.e. to the senate.
14. Ipsis . . . Intercederent, "ex-
isted between them [the Romans] and
the Haedul." intercederent: sub-
junctive in an indirect question.
16. in eos, "in their behalf."
ut, "how," introducing an Indirect
question.
17. Galliae: i.e. Celtic Gaul; but
we have learned in 31, 8 that even there
their supremacy had always been dis-
puted.
prius . . . quam = priusquam. The
subjunctive which it introduces is due
to the indirect discourse.
144
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 44
consuetudinem, ut socios atque amicos non modo sui nihil
20 deperdere, sed gratia, dignitate, honore auctiores vellet esse ;
quod vero ad amicitiam popitli Romani attulissent, id iis eripi
quia pati posset? Postulavit deinde eadem quae legatis in
mandatis dederat:lNe aut Haeduis aut e5rum sociis bellutn
.1 inferret; obsides redderet; si nullam partem Germanorum
35 dbmum remittere posset, at ne quos amplius Rhenum transire
pateretur. '\
44. Ariovistus ad postulata Caesaris pauca respondit, de
suis virtutibus multa praedicavit : Transisse Rhenum sese non
sua sponte, sed rogatum et arcessitum a Gall;s; non sine
magna spe magnisque praemiis domum propinquosque
s reliquisse; 'sedes habere in Gallia ab ipsis concessas, obsides
ipsorum voluntate datos; stipendium capere iure belli quod
victores victis imporiere omisuerint. Non sjgae Gallls, sed
^llos sibi bellum intulisse; omnes Galliae ciritates ad se
20. deperdd, -perdere, -perdldl,
-perditum, tr. [perdS, destroy], de-
stroy utterly; lorlelt, lose. 2.
dlgnltaa,-tatlB,/. [dlgnus, worthy],
worthiness, dignity, merit, rank. 3.
auctUB, -a, -urn, acU. [pf. paH. of
auged, increase]. Increased, adrancedi
1.
21. affero, afferre, attull, aliatum,
tr. [ad-ffer6, carry. App. 81], bring,
take or carry to, present; occasion,
cause; bring forward, allege; report.. 3.
26. remltto, -mittere, -misl, -mia-
sum, tr. [re-+mitt5, send], send or de-
spatch back, return, restore, remit; re-
lease, relas, give up; lenlBBUB, pf, part.
as adj., mild. %
at, conj., but, at least. 4:
19. ut yellet, " to wish " ; a substan-
tive clause of result, in apposition with
?ianc consuitudinem.
sul, " of their own " ; the neuter of
euus, used as a noun.
20. Bed auctlSres eBse, "but rather
to be advanced."
gratia, etc.: ablatives of specifica-
tion.
21. lis: for case, cf. note on 42, 16.
22. (lUlB poBset: the direct form was
quit possit, "who would be able?" and
the subjunctive is retained in the in-
direct discourse.
28. dederat: as stated in chap. 3B.
24. Inferret, etc.: subjunctives of
command in indirect discourse. What
was the direct form of neinferrett App.
219: Q.-Ii. 271, 2: A. 450: B. 278, c: H.-B.
501, 3, a, 2: H. 561, 1.
Chap. 44. Ariovistos justifies his
own course and makes counter de-
mands and proposals.
3. rogatum et arcesBltum: the parti-
ciples may be translated by a causal
clause.
a Gains: cf. 81, 11.
6. ab Ipsis: sc. OallU.
6. iftre: ablative of accordance.
7. cdnsuSrint: the tenses in the early
part of this chapter are due to reprae-
gentatU).
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58
X
145
oppugnandum vgnisse ac contra sg castra haj)uisse; e^g omnes
^pias a ^ uno proelio ^ulsas ac aaperatas esse. Si iterum lo
experiri ydint, se itei-um jjaratum esse decertare ;i+si pace uti
velint, inlquum esse de stipendio recusare, quod sua voluntate
ad id tempus pependerint.^Amicitiam popull Eomani sibi
omamento et praesidip, non detriments esse o£ortere, atque
se hac spe petisse. VS(i§i per populum Komanum stipendium is
pmittatur et dediticii subtrahantur, non minus libenter sgse
^cusaturnm populi Eomani amicitiam quam appetierit. Quod
multitudinem Germanorum in Galliam traducat, id sui
rauniendi non Galliae impugnandae causa facere; eius rel
testimonium £gse quod nisi rogatus non venerit et quod belliim so
non intulerit, sed defenderit. ^ 8| prius in Galliam venisse
quam populum Romanum. Numquam ante hoc tempus exer-
citum populi Eomani Galliae provinciae finibu&^egressum.
Quid sibi rellet? Cur in suas possessiones veniretKiJPrSvinciam
11. decertS, l, intr. [certo, contend],
flght td tlie end, fight out, struggle
fiercely or earnestly, vie, contend. !|c
12. IniquuB, -a, -um, adj. [I11-+
aequus, even, Just], uneven ; unjust, un-
fair; unfavorable, disadvantageous. St
13. ornamentum, -I, ». [orno, adorn],
ornament; mark of honor. 1.
detilmentum, -i, n. [de+tero, rub, or
wear out], harm, loss, injury; disaster,
defeat. 1.
16. Bubtraho, -traliere, -traxi,
-tractum, tr. (traho, draw], drawer
carry oSfrom beneath; take away, with-
draw.' 1.
libenter, adv. [libens, willing], will-
ingly, gladly, with pleasure. 2.
19. impugno, 1, tr. [in-^pugn6,
fight], fight against, attack, assaiL Z.
20. testimonium, -ni, n. [testor, be
a witness], testimony, evidence, proof.
1.
9. oppugnandum: gerund or ge-
rundive? App. 289: G.-I.. 427: A. 606, n. 2:
B. 339, 2: H.-B. 613, 1: H. 628, footnote 2.
castra habuisse, " had encamped."
10. find proelio: the battle at Mage-
tobriga: cf. 31, 11.
13. amicitiam sibi ornamento esse
oportere, lit. " that it was right for the
friendship to be to him for an honor."
Make English of this.
IS. petlBse: sc. earn, referring to
amicitiam, as the object. The king ad-
mits that he had sued for the honor.
Bi remittatur: a vivid future condi-
tion.
17. quam, " than."
quod, "as to the fact that."
21. prlua quam populum Bo-
maniuu: priua quam = priuaguam, a con-
junction, and the more accurate expres-
sion would be priusquaTn populus
Romanua venerit. The truth of the state-
ment is denied by Caesar in the next
chapter.
24. quid sibi vellet, lit. "what did
he wish for himself?" an idiomatic ex-
pression for " what did he mean?" For
mode, see App. 268, I: G.-L. 651: A. 58S:
B. 315, 1:H.-B. 537:H. 642.
suas refers to Ariovistus.
146
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 44
25 ^^m banc esse ^Uiam, sicut JiJain nostram. Ut ipsi concgdi
non oporteret, si in qgstros fines impetum ap^ret, sic item,
nos esse iniquos, quod in ^o iiire gg interpellaremus.~i;7Quod
fratres a senatu Haeduos appellatos diceret, non Te tarn
barbarnm neque tam imperltum esse rerum ut non Iclret neque
30 bello Allobrogum proximo Haeduos Eomanis auxilium tulisse
neque ip^os in his contentionibiis quas Haedul secum et cum
Sequanis babuissent. anxilio popull EomanI usos esse. Debere
se suspicari simulata Caesarem amicitia, quod exercitum in
Gallia habeat, sui opprimendi causa babere. V Qui nisi decedat
35 atque exercitum dediich.t ex his regionibus, sefee ilium non pro
amico, sed. pro hoste habiturum. Quod si eum interfecerit,
25. Bicut or sicuti, adv. [sic, so+ut-
(I), as], so as; just as, as; just as if. 1.
27. Interpelld, l, tr., interrupt. Un-
der. 1.
81. contentlo, -onls, /. [contendo,
strive], striving, struggle, contest, dis-
pute. 1.
33. BuspicoT, 1, tr, [suBpiclO, sus-
pect], suspect, distrust; surmise. :):
simulo, 1, tr. [BimiliB, like], make
like; pretend, i.
34. opprim5, -primere, -pressl.
-presBum, tr. [ob+premo, press], press
down, oppress; overwhelm, overpower,
destroy ; .(all upon, surprise. 4.
3S. dedaco, -ducere, -dQzI, -duc-
tum, tr. [duco, lead], lead down or
away, withdraw; bring, conduct, lead;
Influence; launch (ships); give in mar-
riage. 4:
legio, -oniB,/. [rego, keep straight],
line, direction; quarter, region, country,
territory, place; e regions, with gen.,
opposite. *
25. hano Galliam, " this (part ot)
Gaul." He claims that his right of pos-
session in the land near the Rhine is as
clear as that of the Bomans In the
Roman province.
ut . . . oporteret, "just as there
ought to be no yielding to him." The
direct form of the conditiohEtl sentence
was probably oporteat, Bl faciam, lit.
"it would be right if I should make,"
This Is a less vivid future condition;
App. 257: G.-L. 596: A. 516, 2, 6: B. 303:
H.-B. 680: H. 576. Such a condition has
the same form in indirect discourse as a
vivid future condition, and can be dis-
tinguished only by the sense of the pas-
sage.
27. quod diceret, "as to the fact
that he said, "or "as to his state-
ment."
29. Imperltum rerum, "ignorant ot
political matters.''
30. bello Allobrogum: cf. note on
6, T.
Haeduos . . . usos esBe: Arlovistus
here lays his finger on the weak point In
Caesar's argument; for in fact the alli-
ance of the Haedul and the Romans had
been mere words until now wheuit suited
Caesar's purpose to consider it binding.
31. Vjfabi= Haeduos.
32. debere se suspicari, "he had a
right to suspect."
33. simulata amicitia, "although
he made a pretense of friendship " to-
ward Arlovistus.
quod, "inasmuch as."
36. sese . . . amic5 taabltarum, "he
would regard him [Caesar] not as a
friend. "
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58
147
multis sese hobilibus principibusque populi Eomani gratum
esse falatiiruin; id se ab ipsis per eorum nuntios compertum
habere, quorum omnium gratiam atque amicitiam eius morte
redimere posset, yfeaod 81 oecessisset et liberam possessionem
Galliae sibi trMidisset, magno se ilium praemio remuneraturnm
et guaecumqne bella geri yellet sine uUo eius labore at periculo efore
the Roman people.
148
inibi
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 46
Maximo, qnibus populus Eomanus ignovisset neque in pro-
yinciam redegisset neque stipendium imposuisset. Quod si
antiquissimum_gupdgue tenapus spectari oporteret, populi
Eomani iustissimum esse in Gallia imperium; si iudicium
10 senatus, observari oporteret, liberam debere esse Galliam, quam
bello victam suis legibus uti voluisset.
46. Dum haec in coUoquio geruntur, Caesari nuntiatum
est equites Ariovisti propius tumulum accedere et ad nostros
adequitare, lapides telaque in nostros conicere. Caesar
loquendi finem fecit seqne ad suos recepit suisque imperavit
5 ne quod omnino telum in hostes ireicerent. Nam gi^ sine uUo
periculo legionis delectae cum equitatu proelium ^e vJdebat,
tamen timnmittendum non putabat ut pulsis hostibus dici
posset eos ab se per fidem in coUoquio circumventos. ^^ostea-
6. HazlmuB, -1, m., Qnlntus f'ablns
Mazlmus (quin'ttis fa'bi-us m&k'sl-
mus), victor over the GauUt 121 B. c.
1.
IgnoBco, -noscere, -noyi, -notum,
intr. [ln-4-(B) noscens, knowing:
nosco], forgive, pardon. 3.
7. Tedlgo, -Igere, -egl, -actum, tr.
[red-+ago, put in motion], bring back.
bring under; render, make; reduce. :|c
10. observo, l, tr. [servo, glre heed],
observe, mark,' watch; regard, obey;
celebrate. 1.
3. adequito, 1, itttr. [equltd, ride;
eguus, horse], ride up. 1.
lapis, -Idls, m., stone, n:
5. etsi, co«ij. [et+Bi, If], even if, al-
though. H<
6. neque . . . redeglsset: the In-
transitive ignovisBet governs the dative,
quibua; but redegUset Is transitive and
we must supply gvoaf quibus is needed
again with impoguieeet. The Arveml
and Rutenl lay on the other side of the
Cevennes Mountains, which formed a
natural frontier for the Roman prov-
ince: this was the real reason for the
forbearance of the Romans.
8. antiqulsslmum quodque tem-
pus, Ut. "each most ancient time"=
"priority of time."
11. ISglbus: ablative vrtth SS.
voluisset: sc. aenatue as the subject.
Chap. i6. An attack by the Ger-
man cavalry breaks up the conference.
1. geruntur; mode and tense? App.
234, a: G.-L.. 570: A. 556: 8.293,1: H.-B.
559: H. 533, i.
2. tumulumrcase? App. 122, »: G.-L.
359, n. 1: A. 432, a: B. 141, 3: H.-B. 380, »:
H. 420, 5.
6. quod: the adjective form of the in-
definite pronoun.
6. legldnlB delectae, " to his picked
legion " ; the genitive cannot always be
translated by " of."
7. commlttendum ut did posset,
lit. " that it ought to be permitted that
It could be said "=" that he ought to
permit it to be said."
pulsis hostibus, " after the defeat of
the enemy."
8. per fldem, "because of their confi-
dence (In Caesar's honor)." This is
equivalent to saying " treacherously."
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58
149
quam in vulgus militum elatum est qua^arrogantia in coUoquio
Ariovistus ft&lis omni Gallia Romanis interdixisset, impetumque lo
ut in no^os eius equites fecissent eaque res colloquium dire-
misset, multo maior alacritas studiumque pugnandi mains
exercitni iniectum est.
47. Biduo post Ariovistus ad Caesarem legatos misit:
Velle se de iis rebus^quae injier eos agi coeptae neque perfectae
essent agere cum eg ; uti aut iterum cSUoquio diem constitueret
ant, si id minus v^llet, ex suis legatis aliquem ad se mitterotU
Colloquendi Caesari causa visa non est, et eo magis, quod pridie'5
eius diei German! retineri non potuerant quin tela in nostros
TO'nicerent. L^atum ex suis sese magno cum periculo ad eum
missurum et hominibus feris obiectiirum eyistimabat.TTtXIom-
modissimum visum est C. Valerium Procillum, C. Valeri Caburl
10. Interdico, -dicere, -dixl, -dic-
tum, imtr. [dico, say], prohibit, exclude,
forbid, interdict; aqua atquelgniin-
terdiceie, forhid the use of fire and
water, 'baxdsti. 1.
11. dirimo, -imere, -eml, -emp-
tum, tr. [emo, take], take apart. Inter-
rupt, break oft. 1.
13. Inicio, -Icere, -led, -tectum, tr.
[laclo, hurl. App. 7], throw Into or up-
on ; put or place on ; inspire, infuse. 3.
9. FroclllUB, -X, m., Galus Valerius
9. qua arrogantla usus, "using
what arrogance " = " with what arro-
gance. It is often well to translate
utue in this way.
10. omnI . . . interdixisset, "had
forbidden the Romans all Gaul." Gallia
is an ablative of separation. Romanis
is the indirect object.
11. ut, "how," introduces both
feciBBent and diremisset. It would more
naturally precede impetum.
Chap. 47. Ariovistus requests a
second conference, but seizes the en-
voys sent by Caesar.
1. b!du5 post, "on the following
day." The literal meaning is "after-
wards by two days," but the Latin
writer counts the day of the interview
as one, the next day as the second. In
this case the meaning is proved by
1. 5.
3. quae agi coeptae essent, "which
had begun to be discussed, " or better.
*' which they had begun to discuss."
The passive forms of coepl are used
when the dependent In&nitlve is In the
passive voice.
3. uti constitueret: a substantive
clause, the object of an implied verb of
asking.
4. legatis, " legates, " not " envoys."
Ariovistus wished to confer with an
otacer of the highest rank, if Caesar
should refuse a second personal inter-
view.
5. colloquendi . . . est, "Caesar
saw no occasion for a conference."
pridie eius die! is only a fuller ex-
pression for pridie, and has thej same
meaning.
6. retineri quin conicerent, "be
kept from casting." For construction
see App. 228, c: G.-L. 554: A. 558: B. 295,
3: H.-B. 502, S, 6: H. 595, 2.
8. commodisslmum visum est, "It
seemed best." The subject is mittere,
1.15.
150 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 47
yc
w filium, summa virtute et numanitate adulescentem, cuius
pater a C. Valerio Flacco civitate donatus erat, et propter fidem
et propter linguae Gallicae scientiam, qlia multa iam Ariovistus
longinqua consuetudine utebatur, et quod in eo peccandi
wermanis causa non esset, ad euin mittere, et una M. Metium,
B qui iJospitio Arioyisti iitebatur."^ELife mandavit ut quae diceret
ArioTistus cognoscerent et ad se refen-ent. Quos cum apud se
in castris Ariovistus c5nspexisset, exetcitu suo praesenie con-
clamayit : Quid ad se venirent? an speculandi causa? Oobantes
dicere prohibuit et in catenas coniecit. /
ProclUus (gg'yus va-le'ri-us pro-sil'us),
a Gaul. 2.
Caburu8,-i, m., Galua Valerius Cabu-
rus (ga'yds va-le'ri-iSs ka-bu'rtis), a
Gaul who possessed Boman citizenship;
father of C. Valerius Procillus and C.
Valerius Domnotaurus. 1.
10. adulescens, -entls, m. lin-ps.
part, of adolesco, grow up], youth,
young man. 4.
11. FlaccuB, -i, m.. Gains Valerius
Plaocus (ga/yns va-le'ri-us Mk' fis).
Governor of Gaul, 83 b. c. 1.
ddno, 1, tr. [donum, gift], give, pre-
sent; endow wltb. 1.
12. sclentla, -ae, /• Iseio, know].
knowledge, science, skill. 4.
13. longinquuB, -a, -um, adj. [lon-
gUB, long], far off, distant, remote; long,
long continued. 2.
pecco, 1, intr., sin, transgress, do
wrong. 1.
14. Uetlus, -ti, m., Marcus Metlus
(mar'kiisme'shyiis). a.
17. conBpicio, -Bpleere, -apezi,
-spectum, tr. [speclo, look], look at,
observe, descry, perceive. *
conclamd, l, intr. [clamo, cry out],
shout or cry out, oaU aloud. 2.
18. BpeculOT, 1, intr. let. Bpecio,
look], spy. 1.
19. catena, -ae,/., chain, fetter. 3.
11. olTitate donatus erat, "had
been granted citizenship."
et . . . et (L-18) . . . et (i. 13), "both
. . . and . . . and."
12. qua multa ntebatur, "which
Ariovistus spoke fluently."
13. In 60, " In his case."
14. QermauiB: dative of possessor.
eBBet: Implied Indirect discourse, for
Caesar is quoting the reason which in-
fluenced him at the time of his action:
"because (as he thought) the Germans
had."
una, "with him."
16, hOBpltlo, "guest-frlendshlp."
This is an awkward rendering, but as
we no longer recognize such a relation-
ship we have no name for It. In Its
simplest form It bound two men, resid-
ing In different states, to give hospi-
tality or render other services to each
other whenever occasion arose. A simi-
lar relationship might exist between a
man and a state, or between two states.
The obligation was peculiarly binding
and sacred.
17. conclamavlt, etc.: Ariovistus
was angry at his failure to secure an in-
terview with either Caesar or one of
Caesar's legates.
18. an Is not to be translated. The
full thought is something like "Is It for
anything else, or, etc." By such an
ellipsis of the first alternative an not in-
frequently introduces a simple question,
though its proper place Is in the second
alternative of a double question.
conantes, "while they were attempt-
ing."
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58 151
48. Eodem die castra promovit et milibus pafesuum sex a
Caesaris castris sub monte consedit. Postridie eius diei praeter
castra Caesaris suas copias traduxit et milibus passuum duobus
ultra eum castra fecit eo consilio, uti frumento commeatiique
qui ex Sequanis et Haeduis supportaretur Caesarem inter- 5
cluderetA^^x eo die dies continues quinque Caesar pro castria
suas cdpias produxit et aciem insjructam habuit, ut, si
Vellet Ariovistus proelio contendere, ei poteatas non deesset.
Ariovistas his omnibus diebus exercitnm ftistris continuit,
equestri proelio cotldie contendit. Genus hoc erat pugnae w
1. promoveo, -moyere, -inoyI,-mo-
tum, tr. [moveo, move], move forward,
advance, push forward. 3.
4. ultra, prep, imth occ, beyond, on
the farther side of. 2.
6. continuuB, -a, -um, adj. [con-
tiueo, hold together], holding together.
unbroken, uninterrupted, continuous. 8.
7. pTdduc5, -ducere, -daxi, -duc-
tum, tr. [duco, lead], lead out or forth,
bring forth; prolong, protract; produce;
witk cSplas, arrange, draw up. Hf
10. genus, -erlB, n., descent, origin,
race, class, tribe, family ; kind, nature. 4:
Chap. 48- B4. After some maneu-
vering Caesar forces Ariovistus to
give battle and destroys the G-erman
Host.
Chap. 48. Ariovistus marches past
Caesar's camp. The German cavalry
tactics.
1. milibus: ablative of measure of
difference. Ariovistus had been twenty-
four miles north of Caesar's camp.
2. sub monte: at the foot of the
Vosges Mountains.
postridie elus Aiel = poetndie. Cf.
note on 47, 5.
praeter castra: see the plan, p. 153.
Ariovistus marched on high ground
along the foothills of the mountains, so"
that Caesar could not safely attack him
as he passed the Koman camp.
B. supportaretur: mode? App. 274:
G.-L. 663, 1: A. 593: B. 324, 1: H-B. 539:
H. 652.
intercluderet: Ariovistus did not
encamp on the road which the convoys
of provisions would have to take, for he
preferred a safer position on the hills;
but he was near enough to the road to
cut off the supplies if they tried to pass.
6. pr5 caatTis: this was the favorite
position for a battle, since the camp
formed a place of refuge if the Romans
should be defeated (Int. 49). Although
Caesar could not tempt the Germans to
fight him in this position, he at least
encouraged his men by making it clear
that the Germans were not anxious to
fight them.
7. aciem . . . babult, "kept his line
drawn up."
ut deesset: a purpose clause, although
neis regularly used in negative purpose
clauses instead of ut non. Here Twn
belongs closely with the verb, non
deesset, lit. "might not be lacking" =
"might be offered him."
8. vellet: implied indirect discourse,
for the thought in Caesar's mind was si
vult, " if he wishes."
9. castria, "in camp." Why not in
castrls7 App. 151, e: G.-Li. 389: A. 409: B.
218, 7: H.-B. 423: H. 476. Ariovistus had
a superstitious reason tor refusing to
fight, as appears later.
10. proelio: cf. references on eastrig,
1.9.
genus . . . ezercuerant, " the kind
. . . was as follows. '
152
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 49
quo Be Germani exercuerant. f^Equitum milia erant sex,
totidem numero pedites velocissimi ac fortissimi, quos ex omni
copia singuli singulos suae salutis causa delegerant; cum his
in proeliis versabanturi' ad eos se equites recipiebant; hJ, si
IB quid erat durius, concurrebant ; si qui graviore vulnere accepto
equo deciderat, circumsistebant; si quo erat longius ^pro-
deundum aut celerius recipiendum, tanta erat horum exer-
citatione celeritas ut iubis subleyati equorum cursum
adaequarent.
49. Ubi eum castris se tenere Caesar intellexit, ne diutins
'Bommeatu prohiberetur, ultra eum locum .quo in loco Germani
11. ezerceo, 2,^r., practice, train, ex-
ercise, t.
12. totidem, indecl. adj. [tot, so
many], just as many, the same number.
3.
Teloz, -ocis, a<^'., swift, rapid,
speedy. 1.
14. Tera5, l, tr., turn; deal with;
pass, as deponent^ turn one's self; he, re-
main; engage in; fight. :):
16. diiTUB, -a, -um, adj., hard,
rough, difficult, dangerous; severe, in-
clement. 1.
concurro, -cuzrere, -curri, -cur-
sum, irUr. [curr5, run], run or rush to-
gether; hurry, run, rush; run to the
rescue; come, gather. 2.
16. decid5, -cldere, -cldl, — , intr.
[cado, fall] , fall from or off. l.
clrcumBlBto, -Blstere, -BtitI, — , tr.
[BlBto, Stand], stand, flock or rally
around, surround, hem in. *
duo, adv. [old dot. case form of Qui,
who, which], (1) interrog., whither? to
what place? (2) rel., to which, to whom;
to where, whither; toward which;
where, wherein; (3) indef,, to any place,
anywhere. :);
prodeo, -ire, -il, -itum, intr. [pr6+
eo, go. App. 84], go or come forth, go
forward, advance. 2.
18. celeritas, -tatis, /. [celer,
swift], swiftness, quickness, speed, ^fs
iuba, -ae, /., mane. l.
cursuB, -uB, m. [ourro, run], running,
speed; course, career; passage, voyage.
*
19. adaequo, l, tr. [aequd, make
equal], make level with or equal to,
equal ; keep up with. 3.
12. numeio: ablative of specifica-
tion, with totidem.
13. BlnguII singulos delegerant,
lit. "individuals had chosen indlvidu-
als"="had chosen, each for himself."
14. TersabantUT, etc.: tense? App.
191, o: G.-L.. 233: A. 470: B. 260, 2: H.-B.
48): H.534, 3.
lii . . . concurrebant, "if there was
anything too hard (for the cavalry to
accomplish), the infantry ran to their
aid."
15. qui: the substantive indefinite
pronoun, instead of the more usual
quis.
16. qud: this adverb, like the pro-
noun quis, is used as an indefinite after
si, nisi, ne, and num.
Chap. 49. Caesar constmcts a
smaller camp, beyond the camp of
Ariovistus.
1. e\ua=Ariovwtum.
ne . . . prohiberetur: the plan shows
that the second camp commanded the
road and protected it from the Ger-
mans.
WAR WITH ARIOVISTUS, B.C. 58 153
coneedeTant, circiter passus sescentos ab iis, castris idoneum
locum delegit acieque triplici instructa ad eum locum venit,
Primam efc secundam aciem in armis esse, teztiam castra munire
iussit.^Hic locus ab hoSte circiter ptssus sescentos, uti dictum
est, aberat. Ed circiter hominum sedecim milia expedita cum
omni equitatu Ariovistus misit, quae copiae nostros plrter-
rerent et munitione prohiberent. -fl!Niliilo setius Caesar, ut
ante constituerat, duas acies hostem propulsare, tertiam opus lo
3. idoneuB, -a, -um, aaj., fit, suit-
able, adapted. H:
9. setlus, adv., less, otherwise; nihi-
15 setlUB, none tbe less, nevertheless,
likewise. 3.
10. propulBO, 1, tr. \fTeq. of pro-
Battle with Abiovistus.
a. Large Roman camp.
b, Small Roman camp.
c, Camp of the Germans.
d. The Roman legions.
3. castiiB: dative with the adjective
idoneum.
4. acle trlpllcI: see Int. 56. Usually
the army marched In column; hut on
this occasion it had to expect an attack
at any moment, and therefore It march-
ud in battle formation.
e, The German infantry,
t. The Roman auxiliaries,
g, The Roman cavalry.
h. The German cavalry.
6. in aimls: to repel the expected at-
tack.
7. bominum . . . expedita, lit.
" sixteen light-armed thousands of men'*
= " sixteen thousand light-armed in-
fantry."
154
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, I, 60
perficere iussit. Munltis castris duas ibi legiones reliquit et
partem auxiliorum, quattuor reliquas in castra maiora reduxit.
50. Proximo die instituto suo Caesar ex castris jitrisque
un, auxiliaries. 2.
6. species, -ei,/. [specld, see], see-
ing, sight; look, appearance, show, pre-
tense. 4.
7. generatlm, adv. [genus, tribe], by-
tribes. 1.
12. utrum . . . necne: construction?
App. 214; 264, c: G.-L. 458; 459: A. 334;
335, n. : B. 162, 4; 300, 4, o: H.-B. 234, a: H.
380; 650, 1.
14. Si contendlssent, "if they should
fight." contendissent stands for a future
perfect of the direct form.
novam IDinam: this fell on Sept. 18.
Chap. 61. Caesar compels Ariovistus
to prepare for battle.
2. auod . . . visum est, " (a garri-
son) which seemed to be sufficient."
alarios: the word got the meaning
"auxiliaries" from the fact that In
earlier times the Romans posted the
auxiliaries on the wings of the battle-
line. For Caesar's use of such troops
see Int. 47.
3. multltiidlne:' ablative of specifi-
cation.
4. pro, "in comparison with."
6. necessarl5: the Germans did not
entrench their camps. As Caesar was
evidently about to attack them, and as
there was no room for a battle-line in
their camp, they had to come out. Cae-
sar probably had to make the attack up-
hill, but there was a great advantage In.
forcing the enemy to fight at a time
when they believed they could not con-
quer.
7. generatlm, etc. : about 150 years
later, Tacitus speaks thus of the Ger-
mans : " And what most stimulates their
courage is, that their squadrons or bat-
talions, instead of being formed by-
chance or by a fortuitous gatherings
are composed of families and clans.
Close by them, too, are those dearest tO'
them, so that they hear the shrieks of
women, the cries of infants. They are
to every man the most sacred witnesses
of his bravery— *Aey are his most gener-
ous applauders. The soldier brings his
wounds to mother and wife, who shrinlr
not from counting or even demanding
them, and who administer both fooa
156
CAESAK'S GALLIC WAR, I, 52
paribus intervallis, Harudes, Marcomannos, Tribocos, Vangi-
ones, Nemetes, Sedusios, Suebos, omnemque acieiOySuain raedis
10 efc carris circumdederunt, ne qua spes in fuga relinqueretur.
Eo mulieres imposuerunt, quae ad proelium proficiscentes
milite8;pa8«s manibus flentes implorabant ne se in servitutem
Romanis traSerent. 5^^^^^
52 . Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos^t quaestorem
praefecit, uti eos testes suae quisque virtiitis iSberet; ipse a
dextro cornti, quod earn partem mini me firmam hosfcium esse-
amtoadverterat, proelium commlsit.j^ta nostri acriter in hostes
5 signo dato impetum f ecerunt, itaque hostes repente celeriterque
procurrerunt nt spatium pila in hostes coniciendi non oaretur.
Beiectis pilis comminus gla^s pugnatum est. At Germani,
celeriter ex consuetudine sua pnalange facta, impetus gladiorum
excepemnt. Eeperti sunt compliires nostri qui in phalangem
8. Marcomannl, -orum, m. (Bi), tbe
Marcomannl (maf'ko-tn&n'I). 1.
Trlboci, -5TUin, m. (Bgh), the Trlbocl
. as
deponent, turn one's sell; be, remain;
engage In; flght. 4;
9. inyeterascd, -veterascere, -ve-
teraTi,-veteratum,Jn*?'., grow old; be-
come established. 1.
10. moleste, adv., with annoyance;
moleste ferre, be annoyed. 1.
rndbilitas, -tatis,/. [mobllis, mova-
ble], movableness, activity, speed;
changeableness, fickleness. Inconstancy.
2.
levltas, -tatlB,/. [levls, light], light-
ness; fickleness, restlessness. 1.
13. vulgo, adv. [vulgus, the crowd],
commonly; everywhere. 2.
8, partim qui, " some of whoni" ; i.e.
the opponents of all foreigners.
10. partim qui, "Qthers of whom."
mobilitate et levitate; Caesar often
speaks of these qualities as character-
istic of the Gauls.
11, ab non nullls (BOllicitarentur) : a
third class, such men as Orgetorix (1, 2),
Casticus (I, 3), and Dumnorlx (1, 18).
12. ad . . . homines, "for employ-
ing mercenaries."
13. qui . . . poterant: see Int. 29,
end. Of course this power of the nobles
would be held in check by a strong gov-
ernment like that of the Romans.
14. imperio nostro: case? .A pp. 142,
b: G.-Ii. 399: B. 221: H.-B.422,I: H. 473,
3.
*1. esset: mode? App. 240; 242, a:
G.L. 579, n, a; 585: A. 546: B. 288, 1, i:
H.-B. 524: H. 60O, H.
2. Utteris: case? App. 143: G.-L. 401:
A. 409: B. 218: H.-B. 423: H. 476.
3. Lableni: case? App. 98: G.-Ii. 363,
1: A. 343, n. 1: B. 199: H.-B. 344: H.440, 1.
certior: case? App. 166; 157: G.-L.
205; 206; 211: A. 283; 284; 286: B. 233, 2;
234: H.-B. 316; 317,3: H. 394.
Belgas: case? App. 123: G.-L. 343, 2:
A. 397, e: B. 184: H.-B7-398: H. 415.
4. conivirare: construction? App.
266: G.-L. 660: A. 580: B. 314, 1: H.-B. 534,
1 : H. 642.
obsides: case? App. 124: G.-L. 330: A.
387: B. 172: H.-B. 390: H. 404.
6. verSrentur: mode? App. 269: G.-L.
650: A. 530: B. 314, 1 : H.-B. 534, 2, 1: H. 643.
Gallia: case? App. 150: G.-L. 409; 410:
A. 419; 420,2: B. 227,2,(2: iH.-B. 421,4:
H. 489, 1.
7. addaceretur: mode? App. 228, b:
G.-L. 560, 2: A. 564: B. 296, 2: H.-B. 502, 4:
H. 567, 1.
Gains: case? App. 137: G.-L. 401: A.
405: B. 216: H.-B. 406, 1: H. 468.
9. popull: case? App. 99: G.-L. 362:
A. 343: B. 198: H.-B. 339: H. 440, 1.
10. mdbilitate: case? App. 138:
G.-L. 408: A. 404: B. 219: H.-B. 444: H.
475.
11. imperils: case? App. 115: G.-L.
346, 2: A. 367: B. 187, II, a: H.-B. 362,
footnote 3, (ft): H. 426, 1.
13. occupabantur: mode? App. 244:
G.-L.'539 A. 640: B. 286, 1 : H.-B. 554; 556:
H. 688, 1.
* These grammar references areas far as imssible duplicates of those given in the
notes on each of the first 29 chapters of Book I. They are given for the convenience
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
165
2. His nuntiis litterisque commotus Caesar duas legiones in
citeriore Galli^ novas conscrip|it et inita aestate, in ulteriorem
Galliam qui oedticeret, Q. Pediiim legatum misit. Ipse, cum
primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit. [Dat
negotiumjS^nonibus reliquisque Gallis qui finitimi Belgis erant 5
uti ea quae apiid eos gerantur cognoscant seque de his rebus
certiorem faciant. Hi constanter omnes nuntiaverunt manus
cbgi, exercitum ia unum locum conduci;fTum vero dnbitandura
2. Ineo, -ire, -ii, -Itum, tr. [e5, go.
App. 841, go Into; enter upon, begin; In-
ire consilium, form ; inire ratlonem,
make an estimate, decide; InlTe gra-
tiam, gain; Imre uumeium, enumer-
ate, if
aestas, -tatlB,/., summer, h:
3. deduco, -ducere, -duxl, -duc-
tum, tr. [dQco, lead], lead down or
away, withdraw; bring, conduct, lead;
Influence; launch {ships); give in mar-
riage, if
■ (J., aftftj-./or QuintUB,Quiutus(kwin'-
tus), a Soman praenomen. *
Pedlus,-dl, »t.,Quintus Pedius (kwin'-
ttis pe'di-tis), arte of Caesar's lieutenants.
%
i. inciplo, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum,
tr. [caplo, take], undertake; begin, com-
mence. 1.
5. ueg5tluiu, -tl, /i. [neg- + 5tlum
leisure], concern, business, undertaking;
trouble, difficulty, labor; negotlum
dare, employ, direct; quid negoti,
what business; Blbll negStl, no diffi-
culty. *
Senones, -um, m. (Bef), the Seuone,
(s§n'o-nez). 1.
7. constanter, adv. [cSnsto, stand
firm], uniformly, consistently ; resolute-
ly. 8.
8. vero, adv. [verus, true], in truth,
truly, really, indeed; but, however, on
the other hand. #
Chap. 2-4. Caesar marches to Bel-
gium and gets information from the
Bemi.
Chap. 2. Caesar makes prepara-
tions and moves against the Eelgae.
1. duas legiones: Caesar now had
eight legioi^, numbered consecutively
from VII to XIV, approximately 32,000
legionary soldiers. In addition he had
auxiliary cavalry and Infantry, on
whom, however, he placed little reli-
ance. See Int. 32, 33.
2. inita aestate, " after the begin-
ning of warm weather." Aestas includ-
ed more than our summer, and the
time here meant is spring.
in ulteriorem Galliam: i.e. to join
the other legions in Vesontio. See map
facing p. 168.
3, qui (eas) dedticeret, "to take
them."
cum primum: in June. Cum primum
usually takes the indicative.
6. gerantur: Caesarsaidea quae gt-
runtur cognosdte, "And out what is being
done." gerantur is the subjunctive of
implied Indirect discourse: App. 273:
G.-Ii. 628: A. 692, 3, note: B. 323: H.-B.
535, 1, o: H. 649, 1.
7. manus cogi, "that armed bands
were gathering."
8. dubitandum (sibi ease) quin pro-
flcisceretur, lit. "that it ought to be
hesitated by him that he should set out,"
= " that he should hesitate to set out."
When dM6i, the Eemi (re'mi). *
3. Icclus, -ci, m., Iccius (ik'shyus),
a chief of the Semi. 3.
AndebTOgtus, -gi, m., Andebroglus
(an"de-br6'jyus). 1.
B. 398,J: H.-B. 521, 3, »; 586: H. 595, 1;
607, 1.
10. ad fines : it was about 145 miles
to the boundary of the Bemi; but Cae-
sar probably passed the boundary and
nearly reached Durocortorum, their cap-
ital, in the fifteen days. See map facing
p. 162, and Int. 54.
Chap. 3. The Bemi submit to Caesar.
1. e5: the adverb.
omnium opinione, lit. "than the
opinion of all," = " than any one had
expected."
2. Remi: a Belgian state, of appar-
ently only moderate strength, which saw
an opportunity to increase its power by
treacherously deserting its fellow states.
In reward for its services Caesar made
it the leader of a confederation, and
it remained constantly faithful to him.
proximi . . . BelglB, " the nearest of
the Belgae to Gaul"; I.e. at the point
where Caesar entered the Belgian fron-
tier.
ex Belgis: the ablative with de or ex
is often used Instead of the partitive
genitive.
3. qui dlcerent: purpose. The rest
1. legiones: case? App. 124: G.-L.
330: A. 387: B. 172: H.-B. 390: H. 404.
2. aestate: case? App. 150: G.-L.
409; 410: A. 419; 420, 1: B. 227, 2, a: H.-B.
421, 3: H. 489, 1.
3. dedHceTet: mode? App. 225, a, 1:
G.-L. 630: A. 531, 2: B. 282,2: H.-B. 502,2:
H. 590.
legatum: case? App. 95, 6:'G.-L. 320;
321: A. 281; 882: B. 169, 1, 2: H.-B. 316;
317,2: H. 393.
4. pabull: case? App. 101: G.-L. 367;
368: A. 346, 0,1: B. 201, 1: H.-B. 346: H.
440, 5; 441.
Inciperet: mode? App. 240; 242, a:
G.-L. 579, II, a; 585: A. 546:. B. 288, 1, B:
H.-B. 524: H. 600, XL
6. Senonibus: case? App. 114: G.-L.
346: A. 362: B. 187, 1: H.-B. 365, a: H. 424.
Belgis: case? App. 122: G.-L. 359: A.
384: B. 192, 1: B.-B. 362, footnote 3, (o) :
H. 434, 2.
6. cognoscant: mode? App. 228, a:
G.-L. 546: A. 563: B. 295, 1: H.-B. 502, 3,
a: H. 563, 1:565.
7. certlorem: case? App. 126: G.-L.
340: A. 392; 393: B. 177, 1: H.-B. 392: H.
410, 1.
maniia: case? App. 123: G.-L. 343, 2:
A. 397, e: B. 184; H.-B. 398: H. 415.
8. oogi: construction? App. 266:
G.-L. 650: A. 580: B, 314, 1: H.-B. 534, 1:
H. 642.
10. diibus: case? App. 152: G.-L.
393: A. 423: B. 231: H.-B. 439: H. 487.
11. Belgarum: case? App. 99: G.-L.
362: A. 343: B. 198: H.-B. 339: H. 440,
1.
WAR WITH THE BELGAE. B.C. 57
167
dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi
Eomani permittere; ^neque se cum reliquis Belgis 5
(jonsensisse, neque contra populum Eomanum coniurasse,
paratosque esse et obsides dare et imperata facpre at oppidis
recipere et frumento ceterisque rebas iiivare;|reliquos omnes
Belgas in armis esse, Germanosque qui cis Khenum incolant
sese cum his coniiinxisse ; tantunique esse eorum omnium furo- '<>
rem ut ne Suessiones auidem, fratres consanguineosque suos, qui
eodem iure et isdem l^ibus utantur, Unum imperium unumque
magistratum cum ipsis habeant, det^rrere pfetuerint quin cum
his consentirent.
6. permitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis-
sum, tr. [mltto, send], give up or over,
surrender; entrust, commit; permit, al-
low. *
6. consentio, -aentire.-senBi, -sen-
sum, intr. [sentio, feel], t/ii7ih together;
agree, combine. 2.
' 7. Imperatum, -i, n. [Impero, com-
mand], command, order. 2.
8. ceteri, -ae, -a, adj., the rest ot.
the remainder; as noun, the rest, re-
maining, others. 4.
9. cis, prep, with ace., on this side of. 2.
10. coniungo, -iungere, -iunxl,
-lunctum, tr. [iungo, join], join with
or together, connect, unite, bind. ■Sf
fuiOT, -oils, m,, rage, frenzy, mad-
ness. 2.
11. Suessiones, -um, m. (Be), the
Suessiones (sw6s"i-6'nez). :(:
of the chapter is in indirect discourse.
The direct form is given after Book VII.
4. se is the object of permittere. An-
other s^must be supplied as its subject:
" that they entrusted themselves and all
their possessions," etc.
6. neque . . . neque . . . que, "(and)
not . . . and not . . . and."
7. esse: infinitive in indirect dis-
course, dare, facere, recipere, and tu-
vare depend on pardtos.
9. cis: the Gallic side.
10. sese: do not translate.
11. ut: with potuerint.
Suessiones: object ot deterrere.
13. deterrere quin, "prevent from.'
1. opinlone; case? App. 139: G.-L.
398: A. 406, a: B. 217, 1, 4: H.-B. 416, e:
H. 471, 8.
2. venisset: mode? App. 239: G.-L.
686: A. 549: B. 286, 2: H.-B. 526: H. 598.
prozlmi: case? App. 156; 157: G.-L.
305; 206; 211: A. 283; 284; 286: B. 233, 2;
234: H.-B. 316; 317, 3: H. 394.
Galllae: case? App. 182: G.-L. 359: A.
384: B. 192, 1: H.-B. 362, footnote 3, (a):
H. 434, 2.
3. legatos: case? App. 126: G.-L.
340: A. 392; 393: B. 177, 1: H.-B. 392: H.
410, 1.
6. Belgis: case? App. 140: G.-L. 392:
A. 413: B. 222: H.-B. 4lS, 1: H. 473, 1.
6. coniurasse: form? App. 72: G.-L.
131, I: A. 181, o: B. 116, 1: H.-B. 163, 1: H.
238.
7. oppidis: case? App. 143: G.-L.
401: A. 409: B. 218, 7: H.-B. 433; 446, 1:
H. 476, 3.
9. incolant: mode? App. 269: G.-L.
650: A. 580: B. 314, 1 : H.-B. 534, 2: H. 643.
11. fratres: case? App. 95, b: G.-L.
320; 321: A. 281; 282: B. 169, 1,2: H.-B.
316; 317, 2: H. 893.
12. lure: case? App. 145: G.-L. 407:
A. 410; B. 218, 1 : H.-B. 429: H. 477, 1.
13. potuerint: mode? App. 226: G.-L.
552; A. 537, 1: B. 284, 1: H.-B. 521,2; H.570.
14. consentirent: moder App. 228,
c: G.-L. ,S55, 1: A. 558: B. 295,3: H.-B. 502,
3,6: H. 563, 1; 566.
168
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 4
4. Cum ab iis quaereret quae ciyitates quantaeque in armis
essent et quid in bello possent, sic reperiebat: Plerosque Belgas
esse wtos a Germanie, Rhenumque antiquitus traductos propter
loci fertilitatem ibi consedisse, Gallosque qui ea loca iucolerent
5 expulissejpsolosque esse qui patrnm nostrorum memoria, omni
Gallia vexata, Teutonos Cimbrosqne intra suos fines ingredi
proliibnerint;,qua ex re fieri uti earum renim memoria magnam
sibi anctoritatem magnosque spiritus in re militari sumerent.
De nnmero eorum omnia se habere explorata Remi dicebant,
\o propterea quod propinquitatibus affinitatibusque coniuncti,
quantam quisque multitudinem in communi Belgarum concilio
2. quid, interrog. adv., why? with
poBSe, how? e.g. quid Genuanl po8-
sent, how strong were the Germans. *
sic, adv., so, thus, in this manner;
sic . . . ut, so . . . that; so ... as. 4:
plerique, -aeque, -aque, adj. pi.,
very many, the most ot; as noun, a great
many, very many. 2.
3. antiquitus, adv. [antiquus, an-
cient], from early or ancient times ; long
ago, anciently. 2.
4. fertilltas, -tatls, /. [fertllls,
productive] , productiveness. 1.
B. ezpello, -pellere, -puli, -pul-
Bum, tr. [pello, drive], drive out or
forth, ezpeL i.
6. Teuton!, -drum or Teutones,
-um, m., the Teutonl (tu'to-ni) or Teu-
tones (tu'to-nez).
Cimbri, -orum, m., the Cimbri (slm'-
hri). 4.
intra, prep, with ace. [inter, between]
within, inside ; into. 4.
ingredloT, -gredl, -gresaus sum,
itUr. [gradlor, go], go or come into, en-
ter. 1.
8. spiritus, -as, m. [gpiro, breathe],
breath, air; mjti., haughtiness, pride. 2.
9. ezploro, 1, tr., search or find out,
investigate, spy out, reconnoiter. 2.
10. piopinqultas, -tatis, /. [pro-
pinquus, neighboring, near], nearness,
vicinity; relationship. 3.
11. communis, -e, adj., common,
general; res communis, the common
interest. :ic
Chap. 4. The Remi inform Caesar
of the numbers in the Belgian army.
1. iis: i.e. the envoys of the Remi.
2. quid: case? App. 128, b: G.-L.
334, B. 1: A. 390, c: B. 176, 8: H.-B. 387,
III: H. 416, 2.
plerosque Belgas: the remainder of
the chapter is in indirect discourse.
The direct form is given after Book
VII.
The tradition that most of the Belgae
were descended from Germans was not
strictly true, but the Belgae prided
themselves on the supposed fact because
of the Germans' renown in Var.
4. Gallos: the object.
6. Teutonos Clmbrosque: lOn this
Invasion see Int. 27.
Ingiedl proWbuerint, "prevented
from entering." Caesar always uses
the infinitive after prohlbeo, instead ot
the subjunctive with ne or quSminut.
7. problbueilnt was subjunctive in
the direct form. See App. 230,4: G.-L.
631, 2: A. 535, b: B. 283, 2: H.-B. 521, 1 : H.
591, 1.
9. de numerd: i.e. the numerical
strength of the Belgian army.
omnia . . . explorata, "that they
had ascertained everything." See ref-
erences at the end of the chapter.
11. quisque: i.e. each delegate.
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
169
ad id bellum poUicitus sit, cognoverint. [Plurijnum inter eos
Bellovacos et virtute et auctoritate et hominum numero valere}
hos posse conficere armata milia centum j^ljTollicltos ex eo nu-
mero electa milia sexaginta, tnt.Tiiaq ne heltL imperinm sibi postu- 15
larelt Suessiones suos esse fi^itimos ; fines latissimos feracissi-
mosque agros possidere. '"'^pud eos fuifise regem nostra etiam
memoria Diviciacum, totins Galliae potentissimum, qui cum
magnae partis harum regionum tum etiam Britanniae imperium
obtiouerit ; nunc esse regem Galbam ; ad hunc propter iustitiam 20
pru3emiamque summam totius belli omnium voluntate deferri;
oppida habere numero XII ; poUiceri milia armata quinquaginta ;
13. Bellovaci, -orum, m. (Bde), tbe
Bellovaci (b6-16v'a-si). *
14. arm5, 1, tr. [arma, arms], arm,
equip; pass., arm |one's self; armatUB,
pf. part, as acy., armed; aimati, as
noun, armed men. 4;
16. ellgo,-llgere,'-legi, -lectum, tr.
[lego, choose], choose or pick out, se-
lect; el«ctus, pf. part, as aij., picked
(men, etc.). 1.
sexaginta (LZ), card. num. adj., i7i-
decl. [sex, six], sixt^. 1.
poBtulo, 1, tr.,' request, ask, demand;
require, necessitate. *
16. ferax, -acis, adj. [fero, bear],
productive, fertile. 1.
17. posBldeo, -sidere, -sedl, -aes-
sum, tr. [sedeo, sit], occupy, hold, pos-
sess. 2.
rex, regis, m., king. *
18. DivlciacUB, -1, m., Diviciacus,
(div"i-shi-a'kus), a chief of the Stiessio-
nes. 1.
19. regis, -5nis, /. [rego, keep
straight], line, direction; quarter, re-
gion, country, territory, place; e re-
glone, with gen., opposite. :{c
Britannia, -ae,/. (Aabcd), Britannia
(bri-tan'i-a), better Britain, Great Brit-
ain (England and Scotland), never Brit-
tany, i):
20. nunc, iidv., now, at present, at
this time. 3.
Galba, -ae, m. , Galba (g&l'ba), a king
of the Suessiones. 2.
21. prudentla, -ae, /. [priidens,
foreseeing], prudence, foresight. 1.
defero, -ferre, -tull, -latum, tr. [fe-
ro, carry. App.81],brlngfromordown,
carry, take; report, disclose; bring be-
fore, refer; bestow, confer; delatUB
(sometimes), talliag; coming by chance.
*
22. quinquaginta (L), card. man.
adj., indecl., fifty. 3.
12. pollicltus Bit: an indirect ques-
tion, and therefore subjunctive in the
direct form.
pliirliuum: compare note on quid, 1.
2.
14. armata mllla centum, lit. "one
hundred armed thousands," = "one
hundred thousand armed men."
polUcltos: supply esse.
16. suds: i.e. of the Beml; see map.
17. possidere: supply eos (Suessi-
ones) on the subject.
18. DiTiclacum: of course not the
Haeduan mentioned in Book I.
cum . . . tum, "not only . . . but
also."
19. partis and Britanniae both de-
pend on imperium.
Britanniae: not the whole of Britain,
but only parts lying opposite the Bel-
gian coast. This is the first notice of
Britain in Latin literature.
21. summam: the noun; not the su-
perlative adjective.
170
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 4
totidem Nervios, qui maxime feri inter ipsos habeantur longis-
simeque absint; qulndecim milia Atrebates, Ambianos decern
milia, Morinos xxv milia, Menapios Yii milia, Caletds x milia,
Veliocasses et ViromanduQS totidem, Atuatucos xix milia;
Condrusos, Eburon'es,, Caerosos, Caemanos, qui uno nomine
Germani appellantur, arbitrari ad XL milia.
23. totidem, indecl. adj. [tot, so
many], just as many, the same num-
ber. 3.
NervluB, -a, -um, adj. (Aef), of the
Nerrii; m. sing, as noun, one of the Ner-
■vll; m.pl. as noun, the Nervll (ner'vi-i).
*
ferua, -a, -um, aid., wild, savage,
fierce. 4:
2i. Atiebas, -batlB, m. (Ae), an At-
rebatlan; pi., the Atrebates (3.t"re-ba'-
tez). 4:
Ambiani, -5Tum, m. (ABde), the Am-
bianl ( ajn"bS-a'ni) . 2.
25. Uorlni, -drum, m. (Ae), the Mor-
Inl (m6r'i-ni). *
Uenapli, -drum, m. (Afg), the Me-
napll (me-na'pi-i). *
septem (VII), card. num. adj., indecl.,
seven. %.
Caleti, -drum (or -es, -um), m. (Bd),
the Caletl (kill'e-ti). I.
26. Veliocasses, -um, m. (Bd), the
Veliocasses (ve"li-o-k&s'ez). 1.
VlTomandui, -omm m. (Be), the Vlr-
omandui(Tlr"o-m&a'du-i). 3.
Atuatuci, -drum, m. (A(), the Atuat-
ucl (fit"ii-&t'n-sl). 4.
27. CondrusI, -drum, m. (Af), the
Condrusl (k6n-drvi'si). 2.
Eburones, -um, m. (Afg), the.Eburo-
nes (6b"u-r6'nez). 2.
Caeroii, -drum, m. (Ag), the Caerosi
(se-ro'si). 1.
Caemani, -drum, m. (Af ), the Caema-
nl (si-ma'ni). 1.
23. Nervids: with this and the fol-
lowing proper nouns supply poKiclrt.
mazlmeferi: the superlative,
longlsslme absint: i.e. from the
southern frontier. But the map shows
that they were no moredlstant than the
Morini and the Menapil.
28. Germani: these tribes were very
2. essent: mode? App. 262: G.-L.
467: A. 573; 574: B. 300, 1, a: H.-B. 537,6:
H. 649, II.
3. Gennanis: case? App. 135: G.-L.
395, n.l: A. 403, o, n. 1: B. 215, 2: H.-B.
413, S: H. 469, 1.
Bhenum: case? App. 127, a: G.-L.
331, B.l: A. 395, n.l, 2: B. 179, 1,3: H.-B.
386, a: H. 413.
6. patrum: case? App. 98: G.-L. 363,
1: A. 343, n. 1: B. 199: H.-B. 344: H. 440,
1, n. 1.
7. qua: use? App. 173, a: G.-L. 610,
K. 1: A. 308,/: B. 251,6: H.-B. 284, 8: H.
510.
rerum: case? App. 98: G.-L. 363, 2:
A. 347; 348, n. : B. 200: H.-B. 354: H. 440, 2.
memoria: case? App. 138: G.-L. 408:
A. 404: B.319: H.-B. 444: H. 475.
8. Slbl: case? App. 114: G.-L. 345:
A. 362: B. 187, 1: H.-B. 365, a: H. 424.
Biimerent: mode? App. 229, 6 : G.-L.
553, 3: A. 569, 2: B. 297, 2: H.-B. 521, 3, a:
H. 571, 1.
9. expldrata: use? App.286, &: G.-L.
238: A. 497, b: B. 337, 6: H.-B. 605, 5, o:
H. 640, 2.
13. Tirtute: case? App. 149: G.-L.
397, 2: A. 418: B. 226: H.-B. 441: H.
480.
18. memoria: case? App. 152: G.-L.
393: A. 433: B. 831: H.-B. 439: H. 487.
19. regidnum: case? App. 101: G.-L.
368: A. 346, a, 1: B. 301, 1: H.-B. 346: H.
440, 5; 441.
21. voluntate: case? App. 142, a:
G.-L. 399. n. 1 : A. 418, a: B. 220, S: H.-a
414, a: H. 475, 3.
WAR WITH THE ; BELGAE, B.C. 57
171
5. Caesar Remos cohorta-tus liberaliterque oratione prose-
cutus omnem senatum ad'se convenire principumque liberos
obsides ad se adduci iussit. Quae omnia ab his diligenter ad
diem facta sunt. Ipse Diviciacum Haeduum magnopere cohor-
tatus docet quahtopere rei pUblicae communisque saliitis intersit s
maniis hostium distineri, ne cum tanta multi'tudine iino tem-
pore cohfligendum sit. Id fieri posse, si suas copias Haedui in
fines Bellovacoram introdGxerint et eorum agros popular!
coeperint. His datis mandatis eum a se dimittit. Postquam
1. liberallter, udv. [liber, Iree],
graciously, generously, kindly. 3.
prosequoT, -sequi, -secutus sum,
tr. [sequor, follow], follow, accompany ;
pursue ; with oratione, address. 3.
3. diligenter, adv. [dillgens, care-
ful], carefully; wltli exactness, pains, or
care. 4.
5. doceo, docere, docui, doctum,
j 8. Caesar primo et propter multitudinem hostium et
propter eximiam opinionem Tirtutis proelio supersedera^atuit ;
cotidie tamen equestribus proeliis, quid hostis virtute posset et
quid nostri auderent, periclitabatur.jpCTbi nostro^ non esse
5 inferiores intellexit, loco pro castris ad aciem Instruendam
10. signifies, 1, tr. [slgnum, sign+
faclo, make], make signs; show, indi-
cate, signify. 4.
1. primo, adv. [primus, first], at
first, in the first place. 4:
2. ezimlus, -a, -um, adj. [ezimo,
take out], taken from t/ie mass; hence
choice, eminent. 1.
superseded, -ere, -sedl, -sessum,
intr. [sedeo, sit], sit above, be above, be
superior to ; refrain from. 1.
4. periclltOT, 1, tr. and intr. [perl-
culum, trial, danger], try, test; be In
danger or peril. 1.
10. mjllbus: ablative after the com-
parative amplius. The references on 1.
8 say only that plUs^ minus, amplius, and
longius are not necessarily foUo^wed by
the ablative.
Chap. 8. Caesar fortifies his posi-
tion and prepare for battle.
1. multitudlnem: if the states sent
the quotas promised in chap. 4, the to-
tal was 296,000 men; but probably not
all were sent.
2. opmionem yirtfitis, "reputation
for valor."
proelid: ablative of separation.
4. nostri: especially the Gallic cav-
alry. The Belgae were thought to be
better fighters than the Celtic Gauls.
6. The following description is l«ss
clear than most of Caesar's descriptions
of places, so that it cannot be under-
stood without constant reference to the
plan. The camp and trenches were dis-
covered in the course ot excavations
made at the order of Emperor Napoleon
III. The ridge on which the camp lay
Is about two miles in length, extending
1. media: meaning? App. 160: G.-L.
291, B. 2: A. 293: B. 241, 1: H.-B. 244: H.
497,4.
Isdem: case? App. 145: G.-L. 407: A.
410: B. 218, 1: H.-B. 429: H. 477, 1.
2. saglttarlds: case? App. 124: G.-L.
330: A. 38?: B. 172: H.-B. 390: H. 404.
3. subsldlo, oppldanls: case? App.
119: G.-L. 356, n. 1 : A. 382,1: B. 191,2,6:
E.-B. 360, ft: H. 433,2.
4. defenslonls: case? App. 98: G.-L.
363,2: A. 348, n.; B. 200: H.-B. 354: H.
440, 2.
propugnandi: construction? App.
287; 291: G.-L. 425; 428: A. 601; 602; 604:
B. 336, 1, a: H.-B. 611; 612,1: H. 624; 625;
626.
E. potlundl: construction? App. 288;
291: Q.-L. 427; 428: A. 503, a; 504: B. 339,
1: H.-B. 609; 610; 612, 1: H. 623; 626.
7. Ticis: case? App. 150: G.-L. 409;
410: A. 419; 420,1: B. 227, 2,0: H.-B. 421,
3: H. 489, 1.
8. Caesarls: case? App. 99: G.-L.
362: A. 343: B. 198: H.-B. 339: H. 440, 1.
copiis: case? App. 142: G.-L. 399: A.
412: B. 220, 1: H.-B. 445, 2: H. 473, 3.
milibus du5bus: case? App. 148:
G.-L. 403: A. 414: B. 223: H.-B. 424: H.
479,3.
10. milibus octS: case? App. 139:
G.-L. 398: A. 406: B. 217, 1: H.-B. 416: H.
471.
Third Befebbncbs :
Possessive genitive
Direct object
Ablative absolute
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
177
natura opportune atque idoneo, ((quod is collis ubi castra posita
erant paululum ex planitie editus tantum adversns in latitudi-
nem patebat quantum loci acies iiSstructa occupare poterat, atqne
6, opportunus, -a, -um, adj., flt, op-
portune, lucky, suitable; favorable, ad-
vantageous. ^
idoneus, -a, -um, adj., flt, suitable,
adapted, i^
7. paululum, adv. [paulua, little],
a very little. 1.
planlties, -ei,/. [planus, level], lev-
el ground, plain. 4.
editus, -a, -um, adj. [pf.part. o/edo,
give out, raise up], elevated, lofty. 2.
^sas-r-
Battle on the Axona
nearly east and west. The camp was at
the east end. facing west. The Roman
army was;drawn up along the ridge, fac-
ing north. Therefore the front of the
camp was the west side, looking toward
the battle line ; but the front of the hill
was the north side, looking toward the
enemy. Caesar calls the north and the
south slopes of the hill its latera.
loco opportuno, " since the place was
suitable." The ablative absolute here
has a causal meaning.
procastris: i-e. to the west of the
camp.
6. coUls is the subject of patebat,
habebat, and redlbat.
7. tantum . . . poterat, lit. "ex-
tended so much opposite (to the enemy)
as of space a line drawn up could flU" =
" was as wide on the side facing the en-
emy as a battle line could extend."
In latltiXdinem: i.e. from the camp
to the west end of the hill. Perhaps
we should call this the length of the
hill.
8. loci: we should expect this parti-
tive genitive to limit tantum rather than
quantum.
178
CAESAR'S GALUC WAR, II, 8
ex utraque parte lateris deiectus Jiabgbat efc in fronte leniter
10 fastigatus paulatim,ad planitiem re&ibau|^ab utroque latere
eius collis transversam foasam obdu^it cire|ter passuum cd et
ad extremas fossas castella constituit ibique tormenta colrocavit,
ne, cum aciem instruxisset, ho^tes, quod tautum multitudine
poterant, ab lateribus plignantes suog circumvenire possenti
15 Hote facto, duabus legionibus quas proxime conscripserat in
castrls relictis, ut, si quo opus esset, subfeidio duel possent, reli-
9. uteraue, utraque, utrumque,
adj. [uter, wMcli of two], eaoli of two,
either o/ too,- both. 4:
delectus, -Us, m. [delcl5, cast down],
declivity, slope,,descent. *
frons.frontlB,/., forehead; front. 3.
leniter, adv. [lenis, smooth], softly,
smoothly, gently, gradually. 2.
10. fastigatus, -a, -um, adj., slop-
ing. 1.
paulatlm, adv. [paulus, little], little
by little, by degrees, gradually. :(:
11. transyersus, -a, -um, adj.,
[transverto, turn across], turned
across, cross. 1.
obduco, -diicere, -duxi, -ductum,
tr. [duco, lead], lead towards; extend.
dig. 1.
12. tormentum, -i, n. [torqued,
twist], means of twisting; an engine for
hurling missiles, e.g. catapulta and ballis-
ta'f windlass, hoist; device for torturing,
lience, torment, torture. 3.
16, quo, oAv. [old dot. case of qui,
who, which], (1) interrog., whither? to
wliat place? (2) rel., to which, to whom;
to where, whither; toward which;
where, wherein; (3) indef, to any place,
anywhere."' :|i '~
opus, indecl. noun, n. [cf. opus,
work, deed], need, necessity; opus est.
It Is necessary, there is need, the thing
needed being expressed either by the nam.
or the abl. (App. 146). :):
9. ez . . . laterlB, lit. "at each end
of the side" = " at each end"; I.e. the
east and west ends of the hill, utraque
parte alone might mean either the ends
or the sides. As latus means one of the
long sides of the hill, utrague parte lateris
must mean the ends.
in fron^ie: i.e. the northern slope.
10. ab utroque latere, "on each
side" ; I.e. on the northern and southern
slopes.
11. transversam, "at right angles"
to the ridge. The plan shows that one
trench ran from the camp to the Miette,
the other from the camp to the Axona.
12. extremas: i.e. the outer ends.
toimenta: see int. 63.
13. instruxisset: implied Indirect
discourse lor the future perfect, for Cae-
sar's thought was "that I may not he
surrounded when I shall have drawn up
my line."
14. ab lateribus, "on the flanks."
The trenches protected only the right
flank of the army, but the left was sutll-
clently protected by the Miette.
16. quas . . . cdnscripserat: cf. 3,
1. These legions were not sufficiently
disciplined to be brought Into the battle
unless It were necessary.
16. quo: the adverb; supply dun;
"If there should be need of their being
led anywhere. "
subsldl5: dative of purpose.
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
17?
quas sex legiones pro flastris in acie constitaifc. Hostesitem
suas copias ex ^astrls eductas instruxerunt.
4^' 9. Palus erat non magna inter /nostrum atque hostium
cxercitum. Hanc si nostri tr'aiisirenfr, hostes exspectabant;
sostri autem, si ab illis initium transeundi fieret, ut impeditos
aggrederentur parati in armis ei^ant. Interim p?oeli6 equestri
inter duas acies contendebatur.' '' Ubiiieutrl transeundi initium
faoiunt, secundiore equitum prbelio noatris Caesar suos in
castra reduxit. Hostes protinus ex eo loco ad fliimen Axonam
contendernnt, quod esse post nostra castra demonstratum est.
Ibi vadis repertis partem suarum copiarum tradiice're conati
sunt, eo consilio, ut, si possent, castellum tita praeerat Q.
Titurius legatus expug(iarent pontemque interscinderent ; si
1. palfls, -Hdis, /.. marsh, morass,
swamp, if
6. neuter, -tia, -trum (.gfn. -triua,
dot. -tri), adj. used as noun [ne- +uter,
Trlilch of two], neither; in pi., neither
side, neither party. 1.
7. protinus, adv. [tenuB, as far as] ,
continuously; forthwith, immediately.
1.
11. Interscindo, -sclndere, -Bcidi,
-sclsBum, tr. [Bcindo, cut, destroy], cat
through, out in two; destroy. 1.
Chap. 9-11. The Belgae return
liome without risking a oecisiTO bat-
tle.
Chap. 9. Not venturing to attack
Caesar, the Belgae attempt to pass
liim by a ford.
1 . paliis erat, ' ' there was a marsh' ' ;
i.e. the marshy ground along theMiette.
2 . 81 transirent : construction ? App.
864, b: Q.-L. 460, b: A. 576, a: B. 300, 3;
H.-B. 589, 2, a: H. 649, n, 3.
3. Bi . . . fieret, " if they should be-
gin to cross." The clause depends on
vi aggrederentur, and the subjunctive is
due to implied indirect discourse; for
Caesar's thought was " I will have my
men ready to attack if they shall begin. ' '
impeditos: i.e. bycrosslng the marsh.
6. faclunt: historical present, for
the more usual perfect after ubi.
secundiore proelid: ablative abso-
lute.
8. contenderunt: Caesar did not see
this movement, probably because of an
intervening forest.
9. vadls: the probable location of
these fords is shown in the plan by
crossed sabres.
10. eo consilio, ut, etc., "with this
design, to storm, if they could, etc."
possent: implied indirect discourse
for the future indicative; for they
thought " we will storm if we shall be
able." But praeerat is indicative, be-
cause it is an explanation added by Cae-
sar, not a part of their thought.
3. proellis: case? App. 143: G.-L.
401: A. 409: B.218, 7: H.-B. 483: H. 476.
posset: mode? App. 262: G.-L. 467:
A. 573; 574: B. 300, 1, o: H.-B. 587, b: H.
649, IL
6. natura: oase? App. 149: G.-L,. 397:
A. 418: B. 226: H.-B. 441: H. 480.
8. patebat: mode? App. 244: G.-L.
540: A. 540: B. 286, 1: H.-BTSSi; 555: H.
588, L
Thibd Refebbnce:
Ablative of means
180
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 10
minus potuissent, agros Remorum popalarentur, qui magno
nobis u^i ad bellum ^endum erant, o&nmeatuque nostros
prohiberent.
I O. Caesar certior /actus ab Titiirio omnem equitatum et
levis armaturae Numidas, funditores sagittariosque pontem
traducit atque ad 66s contendit. Acriter in eo loco pugnafcum
est. Hostes impeditos nostri in flumine aggressi magnum
B eorum numerum oocidertmt; per eorum corpora reliqups aada-
cissime transire conantes mhltitudine telorum reppulerunt;
primos, qui transierant, equitatu crrcumventos interfecerunt^
Hostes ubi et de expugnando oppido el de flumine transeundo
13. ego, mei (App. 5l), first pert,
pron., I; pi. noB, we, us, etc. :):
usuB, -UB, m. [utor, use], use, experi-
ence, practice, skill; service, advantage;
need, necessity ; usus est, there is need ;
USUI eBBe or ex usu esBe, be of advan-
tage or service; usu venire, come by
necessity, happen. :):
2. levis, -e, ac^., light (in weigM),
slight; light-minded, fickle, inconstant.
2.
armatiira, -ae, /. [armo, arm], ar-
mor, equipment; levis armaturae,
light-armed. 2.
12. minus, "not," as is usual after st.
potulssent stands for a future per-
fect indicative of the direct form.
popularentur, probiberent: in the
same construction as expugnarent.
Chap. 10. The Belgae are repulsed
at the ford and decide to return nome.
1. equitatum: the cavalry and light-
armed troops were not equal to the le-
gions In fighting power, but they could
get to the ford more quickly.
3. In eo loco: l.e. at the fords.
4. nostri is the subject of octiderutft,
repputerutU, a»d itUer/ecerunt.
8. ubi introduces intellexerunt, vide-
runt, and coepit.
3. transeundl: construction? App.
287; 291: G.-L. 425; 438: A. 501; 502; 504:
B. 338, 1, a: H.-B. 611; 612, 1: H. 624; 625;
626.
4. aggrederentur: mode?
a, 3: G.-L. 545, 1: A. 531,1: B.
502, 2: H. 568.
6. nostris: case? App. 12
App. 225,
18,1: H.-B.
G.-L,. 359:
A. 384: B. 192, 1: H.-B. 362, footnote 3,
a: H. 434, 2.
10. consillo:
408: A. 404: B.
4T5.
cut: case? App. 116, 1: G.-L. 347: A.
370: B. 187, III: H.-B. 376: H. 429, 2.
11. legatus: case? App. 95, i; G.-L.
case? App. 138: G.-L.
219: H.-B. 414, a: H.
330: 321: A. 281; 282: B. 169, 1, 2: H.-B.
316; 317, 2: H. 393.
13. noblsfisul: case? App.ll9: G.-L.
356: A.382, 1: B. 191, 8, 6: H.-B. 360, 6:
H. 433, 2.
gerendum: construction? App. 288;
289; 293: G.-L. 427; 432: A. 603, a; 506, u-
2: B. 339, 1, 2: H.-B. 639; 610; 61i!, HI: H.
623; 628, footnotes.
commeatu: case? App. 134: G.-L. 390,
2: A. 401: B. 214, 2: H.-B. 408, 2: H. 462.
Third Refbbbnobs:
Appotition
Dative with adjectives
Ablative of caute
Purpoetclmuet
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
181
spem se fefellisse intellexerunt rieque nostros in locum iniqui-
orem progredi pugnandi causa viderunt, atque ipsos res lo
frumentaria deficere' coepit, coiicilio coHvocato constituerunt
qgtimum esse domUm suam q^mque imertr, et, quorum in
fines primum Eomani exei-citum introduxissent, ad eos defen-
dendos uodique convenirent,' ut potius in suis quam in alienis
finilius d^ertarent et domesticis dopiis rei frumentariae uter- is
entur. Ad earn ^eMe^mam cum reliquis causis Haec quoque
ratio eos deduxit, quod Diviciacum atque Haeduos finibus
Bellovacorum appropinquare cognoverant. His persuader! ut
'_ V <'>>>xL»-r-«'^>.'.
9. fallo, fallere, fefelll, falsum, tr.,
deceive, cheat, disappoint. 2.
inlquus, -a, -um, adj. [ln-+aeauuB,
even, just], uneven; unjust, unfair; un-
favorable, disadvantageous. *
10. progTedior, -gredl, -gressus
Bum, intr. [gradlor, step], step or go
forward, advance, proceed, go. *
11. deficiS, -flcere, -f?ci, -fectun,
tr. and intr. [faclo, make], tail, desert,
fall away, revolt. *
14. pottUB, adv. [comp. of potis,
able], rather, a.
15. decertd, 1, intr. [certs, contend],
fight to the end, fight out, struggle
fiercely or earnestly, vie, contend, :1c
domesticuB, -a, -um, adj. [domus,
house], belonging to the home, domes-
tie; In or of one's own land. 1.
16. sententla, -ae, /. [sentlo,
think], way of thinking, opinion, senti-
ment; purpose, design, scheme, plan;
decision, resolve; verdict; sentence. 4:
18. appropinquo, 1 , intr. [ad -f pro-
pinquus, near] , come near or close, ap-
proach. H:
9. ubl . . . intellexerunt, lit. "when
they saw that their hope about the town
to be taken . . . had disappointed them"
= "when they saw that they were dis-
appointed in their hope of taking the
town."
neque = 6t non.
nostras . . . progredi: i.e. the le-
gions would not descend the hill to the
Mlette.
10. ipsos: the enemy. It requires
thorough organization to supply so large
an army. Caesar's superiority to the
Gallic leaders Is always evident in this
matter no less than on the battle field.
He sometimes marched into .the heart of
a hostile country, where it is hard to
see how he secured supplies ; but we hear
only once of a failure to keep his army
well fed.
11. constituerunt has two objects.
(I) optimum esse, " that it was best" (in-
direct discourse), and (9) (f<0»!'^'>t'°<'><>
"to assemble" (a substantive volitive
clause).
15. introduzlBsent: implied indirect
discourse for the future perfect indica-
tive. Their thought was "let us assem-
ble to protect those into whose territory
the Komans shall have led."
16. cum, "in addition to."
17. Diviciacum... appropinquare:
in accordance with Caesar's directions
See 5, 7.
finibus: indirect object tit the coiw-
pound verb appropinquare.
18. bis persuader! non poteraj,
lit. ' ' it could not be persuaded to these."
Tarn into English. It will be remem-
bered that the Bellovaci had reason to
be lukewarm in their allegiance to ^e
confederation. See note on 5, 7.
182 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 11
diutius mOTarentur neque suis auxilium ferrent non poterat.
w II. Ba re oonstituta secunda vigilia magno cum strepitu
ac tumultu castris e gressi nuUo certo ordine neque imperio,
cum sibi qnisque primum itineris locum peteret et dpmum
pervenire properaret, fecerunt ut consimilis fl^ae profeotio
5 vlderetur. Hac re statim Caesar per speculatores dognita
1. strepitus, -us, m. [stiepo, make
a noise], noise, rattle, uproar. 2.
2. tumultus, -us, m. [turned, swell],
Tiproar, confusion, disorder, tumult; up-
rising, insurrection. 2.
ordo, -Inls, m., row, tier, layer; rank,
line 0/ soldiers; arrangement, order;
degree, rank; priml ordines, centuri-
ons of the first rank. :ie
4. propero, l, intr. [properus,
quick], hasten, hurry. 2.
odnBimllis, -e, aclj. [slmllis, like],
very like, similar. 1.
6. statim, adv. [sto, stand], as one
stands, hence, forthwith, immediately,
at once. 4c
speculator, -drls, m. [speculor,
spy], spy, scout. 1.
19. neque = et non.
Chap. 11. The Belgae are pursued
"With great slaughter.
1. secunda vlgllla: l.e. during the
second quarter of the night. As the
nights were short, this would be between
ten and twelve.
2. castris: ablative of separation.
4. fecerunt ut profectlo vlderetur,
" they made their departure seem."
fugae: dative.
1. certlor: case? App. 156; 157: G.-L.
306; 206; Sll: A. S83; 284; 286: B. 233, 2;
234: H.-B. 316; 317, 3: H. 394.
ab Tlturlo: case? App. 137: G.-L,.
■401: A. 405: B. 216: H.-B. 406, 1: H.468.
2. armatiirae: case? App. 100: G.-L.
365: A. 345: B. 203: H.-B. 355: H. 440, 3.
equltatum, pontem: case? App. 127:
G.-L. 331, R. 1: A. 395, n. 1: B. 179, 1:
H.-B. 386: H. 413.
6. eorum (numerum): case? App.
101 : G.-L. 367; 368: A. 346, a, 1: B. 201, 1 :
H.-B. 346: H. 440, 5; 441.
8. ezpugnando: construction? App.
388; 289; 294: G.-L. 427; 433: A. 503, 0;
507: B. 339, 1,2: H.-B. 609; 610; 812, IV;
fll3, 1: H. 623; 629.
9. intellexerunt: mode and tense?
App. 237: G.-L. 561: A. 543: B. 387, 1:
H.-B. 554; 557: H. 602.
10. pugnandl: construction? App.
287; 291: G.-L. 425; 428, R.2: A. 501; 502;
504,6: B.338,l,c: H.-B. 611; 612, 1: H.
024; 626.
12. domum: case? App. 131: G.-L.
, 1,6: H.-B. 450, »: H.
App.
H.-B.
construction?
524; 525, 3: A.
552, 1: H. 588,
337: A. 427, 8: B
419, 1.
13. IntrodiixlSBent: mode?
269: G.-L. 650: A. 580: B. 314, 1
534, 2, 1: H. 643.
18. cognoverant:
App. 248: G.-L. 523, u. 1
572: B. 299, 1: H.-B. 549
1,3
his: case? App. 115, d: G.-L. 346, R
1,2: A. 367: B. 187, II, u, *: H.-B. 362;
364, 2: H. 426,' 2, 3.
19. morarentur: mode? App. 228, a:
G.-L. 546: A. 563: B. 296, 1: H.-B. 502, 3,
a: H.563, 1; 565.
SUls: case? App. 114: G.-L. 345: A. 362:
B. 187, 1: H.-B. 365, a: H. 424.
Third Refebbncbs :
Predicate adjective Indirect object
Partitive genitive Ablative of agent
Gerund Gerundive
Two objects wiifi compound verbs
Substantive volitive [purpose) clauses
Clauses with ubi, postguam, etc.
Dependent clauses in ind. discouras
Prima
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57 183
insidias Veritas, quod qua de causa discederenfc nondum pe
spexerat, exercitunj equitatumque ca^ris continuit.^ !
luce confirmata re'ab^exploratoribus, omnem equitatum, qui
novissimum agmen moraretur, praemisit. His Q. Pedium et
L. Aurunculeium Cottam legates (praefedfc.) T. Labienum jo
legatum cum legionibus tribus subsequi iussit. Hi novissimos
aaorti et multa fiiilia passnum prSaecuti magnam multitu-
dinem eorum fugientium conciderunt, cum ab extreme agmine »
ad quos ventum erat j consisterent fortiterqu e impetum nos-
trorum militum sustinerent, priores, quod abesse a perlculo is
viderentur neque tilla necessitate neque Imperio continereatur,
exaudito clamore perturbatis ordinibua omnes in fuga sibi
praesidium ponerent. ]j^ta sine uUo periculo tantam eorum
6. persplclo, -splcere, -Bpezi,
-spectum, tr. [speciS, look], look or see
tlirough, view, examine, Inspect; per-
ceive, realize, learn, find out, ascer-
tain. ^
10, Aurunculeitts, -i, m., Lucius
Aurunouleius Cotta (lu'shytls aw-riing"-
kB-le'yflsc6t'a), one of Oattar'a lieuten-
atUs. 3.
11. subsequor, -sequi, -secutus
sum, tr. and intr. [sequor, follow], fol-
low closely, foUow up or on, follow. *
13. fuglo, fugere, fagl, fugitum, tr.
and intr. [fuga, flight], intr., flee, run
away, escape; ^A, shun, avoid. 4.
14. fortlter, adv. [fortls, brave],
bravely, stoutly, courageously, i/i
15. prior, prlus, adj., comp. (App.
43), former, previous, prior, first ; pi. as
noun, those in front. 2.
16. necesBitaa, -tatls, /. [necesse,
necessary], necessity, constraint, need.
2.
IT. ezaudlo, 4. tr. [audio, liear],
hear (from a diatanee). 1.
clamor, -oris, m. [clamo, cry out],
outcry, noise, din, clamor. :|c
perturbo, 1, tr. [turbo, disturb], dis-
turb greatly, throw into confusion, em-
barrass, disturb; alarm, terrify. :{:
6. quod perapezerat: a causal
clause.
7. castlis, "in camp"; but the ab-
sence of in shows that the construction
^ is means, not place.
8. qui moraretur, "to delay"; a pur-
pose clause.
11, legatum: see Int. 38.
subsequi: the legions could not over-
take the fugitives, but if the latter
stopped to resist the cavalry the legions
could make short work of them.
13. fugientium, " in their flight."
cum . . . consisterent, " since (those)
in the rear, whom (our men) had overtak-
en, would stop." eonsisterenl, sustinerent,
and ponerent are imperfects of rex>eated
action: all through the day the cavalry
kept overtaking bodies of the enemy,
who were killed In the manner described
in the text.
14. ventum erat is impersonal, but,
as usual, the translation must be per-
sonal.
16. priores, "(but) those [of the en-
emy] in advance."
quod viderentur neque contlne-
rentur: a causal clause; mode? App.
274: G.-L. 663, 1: A. 593: B. 324, 1: H.-B.
539: H. 652.
16. neque . . . neque, " and . . . not
. . . nor."
184
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 12
multitudinem nostr! interfecerunt quantum fait diei spatinm;
30 sab occasum solis sequi destiterunt seque in castra, ut erat
imperatum, receperunt.
12. Postrldie eius diei Caesar, priusquam se hostes ex
terrors ac fuga reciperent, in fines Suessionum, qui' proximi
Eemis erant, exercitum diixit et magno itinere ad oppidum
Noviodiinnm contendit. Id ex itinere oppugnare conatas,
5 quod vacuum ab defensoribus esse audiebat, propter latitudinem
fossae miirique altitudinem paucis defendentibus expugnare
2. tenor, -oris, m. terreo, fright-
en], fright, alarm, panic, terror. 2.
4. NOTlodunum, -i, »., NoTlodunum
(n6"vl-6-dii'nfim) (Be) the capital of the
Sueesionea, the modern Soissons. 1.
6. vacuus, -a, -um, adj. [vacd, be
empty], empty, unoccupied; free from,
destitute of. 2.
audi5, 4, tr., bear, hear of; dicto au-
dlens, obedient. 4c
19. quantum . . . spatium, lit. " as
was the length of the day" = " as the
length of the day i)ermltted."
Chap. 12-15. The Suessiones, the
Bellovaci, and the Ambiani surrender
to Caesar.
Chap. 12. Caesar takes the chief
town of the Suessiones.
1. priusquam reciperent: mode?
App. 236, 6: G.L,. 577: A. 551, 6: B. 392, 1,
6: H.-B. 507, 4, 6: H. 605, 2. Now that
Caesar had broken up the combination
of states, It only remained for him to
subdue them one by one.
3. magno itinere: about 28 miles.
Caesar recrossed the Asona and marched
along its south bank. See map facing
p. 162.
4. ex itinere: i.e. before making
camp and without letting the soldiers
rest, although they were tired after their
unusually long march (Int. 54), Caesar
wanted to take the town before Its gar-
rison could be reenforced. On this
method of taking towns see Int. 60.
6. paucIs defendentibus, "although
there were but few defenders" ; ablative
absolute with adversative meaning.
I. strepitu, tumulta, ordlne, im-
peri5: case? App. 142: U.-L. 399: A. 412:
B. 220, 1 : H.-B, 445, 2: H. 473, 3.
3. peteret: mode? App. 239: G.-L.
586: A. 549: B. 286, 2: H.-B. 526: H. 598.
domum: case? App. 131: G.-L. 337:
A. 527,2: B. 182, 1, b: H.-B. 450, ft: H.
419, 1.
5. videretur: mode? App. 229, 6:
G.-Ii. 553, 3: A. 569,2: B. 297, 2: H.-B.
521,3,0: H. 571,1.
6. discederent: mode? App. 262:
G.-L. 4m': A. 573; 574: B. 300, 1, a: H.-B.
537, 6: H. 649, II.
II. legidnibus: case? App. 140: G.-L.
392, B.1: A. 418: B. 222: H.-B. 419, 1: H.
478,1.
12. milla: case? App. 130: G.-L.
335: A. 425: B. 181: H.-B. 387, 1: H. 417.
16. mllltum: case? App. 98: G.-L.
363, 1: A. 343, n. 1: B. 199: H.-B. 344: H.
440, 1.
perlculo: case? App. 134: G.-L. 390,
1: A. 400; 401: B. 214, 3: H.-B. 408, 2, a:
H. 461.
17. sibi: case? App. 120: G.-L. 3S0,
2: A. 376: B. 188, 1: H.-B. 366: H. 425, 4.
Thibo Refbhbncbs :
Subjective genitive
Ablative of separation
Ablative of accompaniment
Ablative of manner
Indirect gneation
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57 185
non potuit. tjf Castris munitis vineas agere quaeque ad oppug-
nandum uAi erant comparare coepit. Interim omnis ex fuga
Suessionum multi±Mfl_in oppidum proxima nocte convenit.
Celeriter vineis ad oppidum actls, aggere iacto turribusque lo
constitutis,- magnitudiue operum, quae neque viderant ante
Galli neque audierant, et celeritate Romanorum permoti
legatoB ad Caesarem de deditione mittunt et, petentibus Remis
ut conservarentur, impetrant. 'ifc \tM^
1 3. Caesar, obsidibus acceptis. primis civitatis atque ipsius
Galbae regis duobus f iliis armisque omnibus ex oppido traditis,
in deditionem -Suessiones accipit exercitumque in Bellovacos
ducit. Qui cum se suaque omnia in oppidum Bratuspantium
contulissent, atque ab eo oppido Caesar cum exercitii circiter 5
milia passuum qulnque abesset, omnes maiores natu ex oppidd
7. vmea, -ae, /. [vinum, wine],
vine arbor, hence, a shed for the defense
of abesieging party, 4.
10, agger, aggeria, m., material {or
earthworks, earth; embankment,
mound ; rampart. :ic
turrlB, -Is,/., tower. *
11. magnltiido, -Inis, /. [maguus,
great], greatness, great size, size, ex-
tent; stature (corporum); violence
(venti); severity (poenae); magnltu-
do animi, courage. :(:
12. celeiitas, -tatis, /. [celer,
swift], swiftness, quickness, speed. :|c
14. conBervo, 1, tr. [servd, save],
save, spare, protect ; observe, maintain.
*
i. Bratuspantium, -tl, n. (Be), Brat-
uspantium (brfiffls-pfin'shyflm). 1.
6. natus, -us, m. [nascor, be bom],
birth; maiores natu, greater by birth,
elders. 3.
7. Tineas agere, " to move up the
vineae."' Seelnt. 62, d.
quaeque, "and (those things) which."
8. USUI: dative of purpose.
9. In oppidum: they probably en-
tered from the north by crossing the
Axona. There may have been a bridge
which Caesar had not had time to de-
stroy.
10. aggere turribusque: see Int. 61.
13. petentibus Remis: on the rela-
tions between the Bemi and the Suessi-
ones see 3, 11.
14. impetrant, "they [the Suessi-
ones] obtained their request." The
verb is used absolutely.
Chap. 13. Caesar marches against
the Bellovaci, ■who sue for peace.
1. obsidibus, " as hostages" ; In ap-
position wiihpnmis, which is used as a
noun, and with/zJiis.
2. Galbae : who had been head of the
league ; see 4, 20.
3. Belloyacos: the strongest Bel-
gian state. For the direction of his
march see m^p facing p. 162.
6. ex oppido: is ex needed with this
verb? See 11, 2.
14. conservarentur: tense? App.
202; 203; 204, 6: G.-L. 509, 1, 2, 1, a; 510:
A. 482; 483; 485, «: B. 267; '268, 3: H.-B.
476; 491, 1,2: H. 643; 544; 546.
impetrant: tense? App. 190, a: G.-Z..
229: A. 469: B. 269, 3: H.-B.491,l: H.632, 3.
Third Refebgncb:
BUtorical present
186
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 14
egressi manus ad Gaesarem tendere et voce significare coep3>
runt, sese in eius fidem ac potestatem venire neque contra
populum Romanum armis contendere. Jtem, cum ad oppidum
10 accessiMet castraque ibi poneret, (pueri mulieresque ex muroj
pas^ manibus suo more pacem ab Komanis petierunt.
14. Pro his Diviciacus (nam post discessum Belgarum
dimissis Haeduorum copiis ad eum reverterat) faoit verba:
Bellovacos omnI tempore in fide atque amicitia civitatis Haeduae
fui8se;Qmpulso^ ab suls principibus, qui dicerent Haeduos a
5 Caesare in servitutem reHactos omnes indignitates contumeli-
asque perferre, et ab Haeduis defecisse et populo Romano
bellum intulisse^Quijeius consili principes fuissent, quod
7. tendo, tendere, tetendi, tentum
or tensum, tr,^ stretch, stretch out, ex-
tend; stretch a tent, ■piuih; encamp, i.
vox, TOClB, /., voice, tone; outcry,
cry; word; pi., words, language, vari-
oualy translated according to context, as
entreaties, complaints, tales, etc. 4:
11. pando, pandere, pandl, pas-
sum, tr., spread or stretch out, extend ;
pasBia capiUis, with disheveled hair;
paasla manibus, with outstretched
hands. 2.
1. discesBUS, -iiB, m. [discedS, de-
part], departure, withdrawal, absence.
3.
4. Impello, -pellere, -puli, -pul-
Bum, tr. [ln-(-pelI6, drive], drive or
urge on, incite, instigate, impel. 3.
6. redlgo, -Igere, -egi, -actum, tr.
[red- + ago, put in motion], bring back,
bring under: render, make; reduce. 4:
Indignltas, -tatlB, /. [indignus, un-
worthy], uuworthiness; outrage, dis-
grace. 1.
7, voce Bigniflc&ie : the Romans did
not understand the language, but did
understand their meaning, seal . . . con-
tendere depends on this expression.
10. pueri, " children," both boys and
girls.
exmiirS, "onthewall." TheRomaus
thought of the entreaties as coming
"from the wall."
Chap. 14. Divioiaous pleads for the
Bellovaci.
1. dlBcesBum: i.e. the breaking up of
the great army at the Axona.
3. omni tempore fulBse, "had al-
ways been." Diviciacus claims the Bel-
lovaci as members of the league which
was headed by the Haedul. See Int. 29.
4. ImpulBos . . . et defecisse et In-
tulisse, "that they [the Bellovaci] in-
stigated . . . had both revolted and
made."
6. redactos perferre, "had been re-
duced . . . and were enduring."
7. Qui, "those who." The unex-
pressed antecedent is the subject of pro-
fuglsse.
QUi: use? App. 173, a: G.-L. 610,
A. 308,/; B. 251, 6: H.-B. 284, 8: H.
4.
E. 1:
510.
6. nata: case? App. 149; Q.-L. 397:
A. 418; B. 226, 1: H.-B. 441: H. 480, 1.
11. more: case? App. 142, o: G.-L.
399, n. 1: A. 418, a: B. i
H. 475, 3.
0,3: H.-B. 414, a:
Third Rbfebenoes;
Ablative of specification
Oodrdinate relative
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
187
>^,
intellegerent quantam calamitatem civiiati iniulissent, in
Britanniam prof ugisse. Petere non solum Bellovacos sed etiam
pro his Haeduos ut sua dementia ac mansuettidine in eos lo
iitatur. . Quod si fecerit, Haeduorum auctoritatem apud
omnes Belgas amplificaturum ; quorum auxiliis atque opibus,
si qua bella inciderint, sustentare consuerint.
15. Caesar honoris Diviciaci atque Haeduorum causa sese
eos in fidem recepttirum et conservaturum dixit, et, quod erat
civitas. magna inter Belgas auctoritate atque hominum multi-
tudine praestabat, sescentos obsides poposcit. His traditis
omnibusque ariiiis ex oppido collatis, ab eo loco in fines 5
Ambianorum pervenit, qui se suaque omnia sine mora dedide-
9. profugiS, -fugere, -fligl, -fugl-
tum, intr. [fuglo, flee], flee, flee from,
run away, escape. 4.
10. dementia, -ae, /. [Clemens,
gentle], gentleness, kindness, mercy,
clemency. 3.
manauetudo, -Inis, /. [mansuetus,
tame], gentleness, clemency, compas-
sion. 2.
12. ampli&co, I, tr. [amplUB, large
+facl6, make], extend, enlarge, increase.
expand. 1.
13. incido, -cidere, -cldi, — -, intr.
[cado, fall], fall into or upon; fall in
with, meet; happen, arise. 2.
4. sescenti, -ae, -a (DC), card. num.
adj. [sez, six], six hundred. 4:
6. mora, -ae,/., delay. 3.
dedo, -dere, -dldi, -ditum, tr. [do,
give], give up or over, yield, surrender;
devote; se dedere, submit, surrender.
*
8. quantam Intulissent: indirect
question.
9. Britanniam: the relations be-
tween the Belgae and the Britons appear
to have been rather close. See 4, 19.
10. sua, "his usual."
11. quod SI fecerit, " if he should do
this." The direct form meant "if you
shall have done this."
12. quSrum: the antecedent is 5«Z-
gas.
13. qua: the usual form of the neu-
ter plural, nominative and accusative,
when guis is used as an Indefinite.
Chap. 15. Caesar accepts the sur-
render of the Bellovacl and the Ambi-
ani. The character of the Nervii.
1. honoris causa, lit. " for the sake
of the honor of" = "in deference to."
2. eds, l.e. the Bellovacl, is the ob-
ject of recepturum et conservaturum (.erne).
3. multltudlne: ablative of specifi-
cation.
6. Ambianorum: see map facing p.
162.
6. populo: case? App. 116, 1: G.-L.
347.; A. 370: B. 187, III, 2: H.-B. 376, a: H.
429, 1.
10. dementia: case? App. 145: G.-L.
407: A. 410: B. 218,1: H.-B. 429: H. 477, 1.
11. utatur: tense? App. 202; 203;
270, a: G.-L. 509, ]; 510; 654, n.: A. 482;
483; 585, b: B.267; 318: H.543; 544; 644, 1.
13. qua: use? App. 174: G.-L. 107,
K.: A. 310, a: B.91, 5: H.-B. 276, 1: H. 186.
consuerint: form? App. 72: G.-L.
131, 1: A. 181, a: B. 116, 1: H.-B. 163, 1:
H. 238.
THTRD RErERENCES :
Dative with compound verbs
Ablative with utor, etc.
188
t.^
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 16
runtrv Eorum fines Nervii attingebant; quorum de natura
moribnsque Caesar cum quaereret, sic reperiebat: Nullum
aditum esse ad eos mercatoribus ; nihil pati Tim reliquarumque
10 rerum ad luxuriam pertinentiiun inferri, quod his rebus
relanguescere animos et reflwiti virtutem existimarent ; esse
homines feros magnaeqne virtutis; iacrepitare atque incusare
reliquos Belgas, qui se populo Romano dedidissent patriamque
virtutem proiecissent ; confirmare sese neque legatos mJesuros^
IS neque uUam condicionem pacis accepturos.
1 6. Cum per eorum fines triduum iter fecisset, inveniebat
ex captivis Sabim flumen a castris suTs non amplius milia
9. aditus, -us, m. [adeo, go to], ap-
proacb, means of approacb, right of ap-
proacb, access, if
vimim, -i, »., wine. 2.
10. luzuTla, -ae, /., luxury, high
living. 1.
11. relanguescS, -langueacere,
-langul, — — , intr. [re-+languesco,
become weak], become weak or en-
leeWed. 1.
remltto, -mlttere, -misi, -mlBSum.
tr. lre-+iilitto, send], send or despatch
back, return, restore, remit; release,
relax, give up ; remlBSua, pf. part, as
adj., mild. ^
12. increpttS, l, tr. \_freq. of In-
crep5, chide], chide, blame j make sport
of, taunt. 2.
incuBd, 1, tr. [causa, cause or case],
bring a case or charge against; censure,
upbraid, blame. 2.
13. patrlUB, -a, -um, aij. [pater,,.
father], fatherly; ancestral. 1.
1. luTenid, -venire, -yeni, -ven-
tum, tr. [yenlo, come], come upon, find,
meet with; find out, learn. 2.
2. Sabls, -is, m. (Af), the riwr Sabls
(sg/bis). 2.
ample, adv. [amplus, large], largely;
comp. , amplius, more, farther. :|c
7. quorum, " their."
8. nullum . . , mercatoribus, "that
traders had no access to them."
9. pati, " that (they) allowed."
vlnl, rerum: partitive genitives with
iwML
10. quod ezlBtimarent: causal
clause In Indirect discourse.
13. dedidissent, prdlecissent: may
liave been subjunctive In the direct form .
See App. 245: G.-L. 633: A. 535, «: B. 283,
3: H.-B. 523: H. 592.
14. confirmare sese neque mis-
suros, " they declared that they would
neither send."
Chap. 16-28, Caesar narrowly es-
capes defeat by the Nervil,bat secures
their submission after almost entirely
destroying their army.
Chap. 16. The Nervii encamp at
the Sabls, prepared for battle.
2. Sablm: note the accusative in -im.
2. erat: mode? App. 244: G.-L. 540:
A. 540: B. 286, 1: H.-B. 554; 555: H. 588,1.
3. auctorltate : case? App. 141 : G.-L.
400: A. 415: B. 224: H.-B. 443: H. 473, 2.
9. mercatSrlbus: case? , App. 117:
G.-L. 349: A. 373: B. 190: H.-B. 374: H. 430.
12. ylrt&tls: case? App. 100: G.-L.
865: A. 345: B. 203: H.-B. 355: H. 440, 3.
13. rellquSs: meaning? App. 160:
G.-L. 291, R. 2: A. 293: B. 241, 1: H.-B.
244: H. 497, 4.
Third Refdbxncbs:
Descriptive genitive
Causal clauses with quod, etc.
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
189
passuum x abesse ; trans id flumen omnes Nervios consedisse
adventumque ibi Komanorum exspectare una cum Atrebatibus
et Viromanduis, finitimis sulp (nam hJs utrisq ue persuaserant 5
uti eandem belli fortunam experirentur) 'jB&spectari etiam ab
lis Atuatucorum oopias atque esse in itinere; mulieres quique
per aetatem ad pugnam inutiles viderentur in eum locum
coniecisse quo propter paludes exfercitui aditus non esset.
J 17. His rebus cognitis exploratores centarionesque prae-
/■I
inittit qui locum idoneum castris deligSnt. Cum ex dediticiis
Belgis reliquisque Gallis complures Caesarem secuti una iter
facerent,- quidam ex hig, ut postea ex captivis cognitum est,
eorum dierum cohsuetudine itineris nostri exercitiis perspecta, 5
nocte ad Nervios pervenerunt atque his demonstrarunt inter
6. ezperlor, -periri, -pertus sum,
tr., prove, try, test, experience. :|c
S. aetas, aet&tls, /., period of life,
age. 2.
inatlllB, -e,adj. [ln-+utills, useful],
useless, worthless; disadvantageous. 2.
1. centuTlo, -onlB, m. [centum, a
hundred], centurion, tlie commander of
the century^ the sixtieth, part of a legion. ^
4. auldam, quaedam, aulddam and
auidam, quaedam, quoddam, indef.
pron. (App. 63 and b), a certain one,
some one; a certain, some, a; a kind of.
*
5. consuetudo, -Inls,/. [consuesca,
become accustomed], habit, custom,
practice; mode of life. 4:
For the course of the river see map fac-
ing p. 162.
mllla: accusative of extent of space.
Why not the ablative after the compar-
ative? App. 139, 4: G.-L. 296, B. 4: A.
407, c: B. 217, 3: H.-B. 416, d: H. 471,4.
8. trans flumen : i.e. on the southern
bank. For the exact location see plan,
p. 191.
5. finltlmis: in apposition with
Atrebatibua and Viromandiila. See map.
6. ab lis: i.e. by the Nervli.
7. quique, " and (the men) who."
S. eum locum quo, "a place to
which."
9. coniecisse: as subject supply «d«,
referring to the Nervii.
esset: mode? App. 330, a: O.-L. 631,
t: A. 535: B. 283, 1: H.-B. 531, 1: H. 591, 3.
Chap. 17. The Nervii plan to sur-
prise Caesar.
2. ez . . . Oallis: equivalent to a
partitive genitive.
3. Caesarem . . . facerent, "had
joined Caesar and were marching along
with him."
5. eorum . . . exercitus, "our ar-
my's usual order of march during those
days." Both dierum and exercitSe de-
pend on Itineris. On the order of march
see Int. 53.
6. inter singulas legiones, "be-
tween every two legions."
1. triduum: case? App. 130: G.-L.
9. ezercitui: case? App. 117: G.-L.
836: A. 483: B. 181, 1 : H.-B. 387, U: H. 417.
349: A. 373: B. 190: H.-B. 374: H. 430.
6. his: case? App. 115: G.-L. 346, R.
Third Repebencbs :
3: A. 367: B. 187, II, a: H.-B. 362, foot-
Indirect object with intransUive verbs
note.3, *: H. 426, 2.
Dative of possessor
190
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 17
(singnlasjlegiones impedimentorum magnum mimerum interce-
dere, neque esse quicquam negoti, cum prima legio in castra
Tenisset reliquaeque legiones magnum spatimn abessent, hanc
10 sub sarcinis adoriri; qua pulsa impedimentisque direptis,
futurum ut reliquae contra consistere non auder^nt. Adiura^
bat etiam eorum consilium qui rem def ere bant, .quod Nervii
antiquitus, cum equitatu nihil possent (neque enim ad hoc
tempuB ei rei stwdent, sed quicquid possunt pedestribus valent
2s c6piis), quo faciliuaflnitimorum equitatum, si praedamii causa
ad eos veni^sent, impedirent, teneris OTboribus incisis atque
10. dlripl5, -rlpere, -rlpul, -rep-
tum, tr. [rapio, seize], rend or tear
asunder; plunder, pillage. 1.
11. adluvo, -iuvare, -itivl, -iutum,
tr. [iuvo, aid], aid, lielp, assist; con-
tribute to, support. 1.
14. quisquls, quicquid, indef. (or
generalizing) rel. pron. (App. 60, a), who-
ever, whatever. 1.
pedester, -triB, -tre, adj. [pes, foot].
on foot, pedestrian; pedestres coplae.
Infantry. *
16. praedor, l, tr. [praeda, booty],
make booty, plunder, rob, despoil, ifi
16. tener, -era, -erum, adj., tender.
1.
arbor, -oris,/., tree. 2.
incido, -cidere, -old!, -cisum, tr.
[caedS, cut], cut into. l.
7. Impedimentorum: see Int. 46.
numerum, "amount." Caesar is
thinking of the number of pack animals.
8. neque . . . negoti, " and that it
would be [lit, was] no trouble."
castra, ' ' camping-ground. "
9. venlBset, abessent: indirect dis-
course for the future perfect and the fu-
ture, respectively. The direct form
meant " when . . . shall have come and
. . . shall be distant."
spatlum: accusative of extent of
space.
10. sarcinis: see Int. 37.
11. futarum (««««) ut, "the result
would be that." This clause is connect-
ed with the preceding by a relative, so
that it appears to be a subordinate clause
In indirect discourse. Why is the infln-
Itive used Instead of the subjunctive?
App. 269, a: G.-L. 6^: A. 583, 6: B. 314, 4;
H.-B. 535. 1, b: H. 643, 1.
adlUTabat: the subject is the clause
qiiod . . . effecerant; " the fact that the
Nervii had made, etc., assisted."
13. nihil: case? App. 128, b: G.-L.
334, K. 1: A. 390, c: B. 176, 2,6: H.-B. 387,
III: H. 416, 2.
14. ei rei: le. cavalry,
quicquid . . . coplis, "whatever
strength they have consists in infan-
try. "
16. quo Impedirent: a purpose
clause. Why is not w< used? App. 225,
a, 2: Q.-L. 545, 2: A. 531, a: B. 282, a:
H.-B.602, 2, 6: H. 568, 7.
16. venlssent: implied Indirect dis-
course for the future perfect indicative.
Their thought was " that we may check
the cavalry if they shall have come."
teneris . . . Interlectis: a row of
young trees was planted around a field ;
their trunks were partly out through
(inciaia) and their tops bent over (fnjlex-
U). The tops would then continue grow-
ing slowly, and many branches would
spring out from the sides of the trunk
below the out (crebrU . . . matis). In
all thin spots bramble bushes were plant-
ed (,rubie . . . interiectit).
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
191
inflexis-, crebrlsque in latitudinem ramis enatis, et rubis senti-
busque interiectls, effecerant ut Instar muri hae saepes muni-
menta praeberent quo non modo iion intrari, sed ne per-
spicl quidem" posset. Jj^Iis rebus cujn iter agmiriii iiostrl ao
17. ramus, -I, m., branch, 'bough. 1.
enascor, -nascl, -natus sum, intr.
[nascor, be born] , be bom from ; spring
up. 1.
rubus, -i, m., bramble. 1.
sentls, -is, m., briar. 1.
IS. Interlcio, -Icere, -leci, -iectum,
tr. [iacio, hurl. App. 7], throw or hurl
between; put or place between; inter-
lectUB, pf. part, as adj., lying between,
Intervening, Interspersed ; ' medlocTi
Interlecto spatlo, not far away. 4.
InstaT, »., indecl., likeness; with gen.,
like. 1.
saepes, -Is,/., hedge. 2.
munlmentum, -I, n.^ [munlo, fortify],
defense, fortification. 1.
19. praebeo, 3, tr. [prae + babeo,
hold], hold out, offer, furnish, present.
3.
intro, 1, tr., go or walk Into, enter,
penetrate. 1.
Battle on the Sabis
18. effecerant ut praeberent, "they
had made these hedges furnish."
19. quo . . . posset: a, clause of
charEicteristic. Translate personally,
" into which one not only could not pen-
etrate, but could not even see."
192 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 18
X K J(
impediretur, non omittendum sibi consilium Nervii existima-
verunt. fj; ^
18. Loci natura erat haec quern locum nostri castris
delegerant. Collis ab summo aequilliter declivis ad fluinen
Sabi^, quod supra nominavimus, vergeba^ Ab eo flumine
pari acclivitate collis nas'eebatur adversus h^ic at contrarius,
5 passus circiter ducentos infimus apertus, ab supieriore parte
silvestris, ut non facile introrsus perspici posset. Intra efis
silvas hostes in occulto sese continebant; in aperto loco seclin-
21. omltto, -mlttere, -misi, -mis-
sum, tr. [ob+mltto, send], let go or
fall, drop; give up, neglect, disregard.
1.
2. aequaliter, adt). [aeauallB, equal ;
aequus, equal], equally, evenly. 1.
declivis, -e, adj. [cHvls, a slope],
sloping downward, declining; n, pi. as
noun, slopes. 2-
3. nomino, 1, tr. [nomen, name],
call byname, name, mention. 1.
4. accllvitas, -tatis, /. [accllTis,
ascending], ascent, slope. 1.
nascor, nasci, uatus sum, intr., be
born or produced; rise, spring up, be
reared; be found. 3.
contrarius, -a, -um, aclj. [contra,
against], l3'ing over against, opposite,
facing; ex contrario, on the contrary.
3.
6. silvestris, -e, acd. [sllva, forest],
of a wood, wooded; in a wood or forest.
1.
introrsus, adv. [intro, wltbin+ver-
sus, pf. part, of verto, turn] , within, on
the inside. 1.
7. occultus, -a, -llm, aOj., covered,
hidden, concealed, secret; n. as noun, a
hidden place, an ambush. 2.
secundum, prep, ivith ace. [sequor,
follow], along; in the direction of; be-
sides, in addition to. 3.
Chap. 18. Description of the bat-
tlefield.
1. haec, "as follows."
locum: omit In translation,
nostri: i.e. the scouts and centurions
who had been sent on ahead ; 17,1.
2. collis: north of the river. See
plan, p. 191.
SummS, "the top"; the ablative sin-_
gular of swnrmts, used as a noun.
4. collis: south of the river.
5. passus . . . apertus, " at the
bottom bare of trees for two hundred
paces."
2. deligant: tense? App. 202; 203;
204,6: G.-L. 509, 1,2, 1,a; 510: A. 482;
483; 486, «: B. 267; 208, 3: H.-B. 476; 491,
1,2: H. 543; 544; 646.
6. demanstrarunt: form? App. 72:
G.-L. 131,1: A. 181,0: B. 116, 1: H.-B.
163, 1: H. 238.
11. auderent: mode? App. 239, b:
G.-L. 553,3; A. 669, 2: B. 297, 2: H.-B.
521,3,0: H. 671,1.
12. quod effeeerant; construction?
App. 248: G.-L 5;i4; 52,j, 3: A. .t7.': B.299,
1: H.-B. 549; 552, 1: H. 588, 1,3.
21. omittendum {esse): construc-
tion? App. 285, II, o: G.-L. 8.51,1: A.
500, 2: B. 337, 7, 6, 1: H.-B. 162; 600, 3: H.
237.
Sibi: case? App. 118: G.-L. 355: A
374, o: B. 189, 1: H.-B. 373, 1: H. 431.
Third Bbfebbncbs :
Contracted verb forms
Sequence of tenses
Substantive clauses of result
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
193
dum flumen paucae stationes equitum videbantur. FluminiB
erat altitudo pedma circiter trium. ^S^
19. Caesar equitatu praemisso subsequebatur omnibus
copiis ; sed ratio ordoque agminis aiitsr ae habebat §£ Belgae ad
Nervios detulerant. Nam quod hSfetibus jtppropinquabat,
consuetudine sua Caesar sex legiones exbed|tas ducebat; post
eas totius exercitus impedimenta collocarat ; inde duae legiones 5
quae' proxime conscriptae eraat totum agmen claudebant pSfaesi-
dioque impedimentis enint. Bquites nostri cum funditoribus
sagittariisque flumen iJansgressi cum hostium ^litatu proe-
lium commiserunt. Cum se illi identidem in silvas ad suos
reciperent ac rursus ex silva in nostros impetum facerent, neqwe
nostri longius quam qnem ad finem porrecta loca aperta perti-
8. Btatio, -onis,/. [sto, stand], stand-
ing or stationing; a military post or
station; sentries, pickets, outposts; In
stations ease, be on guard. 4.
2. aliter, adv. [alius, other], other-
wise; aliter . . . ac, otherwise . . .than.
2,
8. transgredior, -gredl, -gressuB
sum, tr. [gradior, step], step over,
cross. 1.
9. identidem, adv. [Idem, the same],
repeatedly. 1.
11. porrigo, -rigere, -rexl, -rec-
tum, tr. [pr64-reg6, keep straight], ex-
tend; porrectUB, pf. part, as adj., ex-
tended. In extent. 1.
8. videbantur, "were seen," not
" seemed."
9. pedum trlum: descriptive geni-
tive. In the predicate.
Chap. 19. The Romans are attacked
■while fortifying their camp.
1. omnibus copiis: why Is cum not
used? App. 140, a: G.-L. 392, R. 1: A.
413, a: B. 232, 1; H.-B. 420: H. 474,2, n. 1.
Caesar is now picking up the thread
of the story which he dropped In 17, 2.
2. aliter . . . ao, lit. "had itself
otherwise than" = " was different from
what. "
babebat Is singular because ratio or-
doque Is thought of as a single idea, al-
most " method of arrangement."
4. expedltas, " without baggage" ;
vrhereas the Nervli had been told that
each legion would be separated from the
next by a long train of baggage.
6. legiones . . . cdnscrlptae erant:
as the enemy was known to be in front,
Cu.u3ai did not expect these legions to be
attacked. The same legions were left in
camp at the Axona; 8,15.
10. reciperent, facerent, " kept re-
tiring, kept making."
11. longius . . . flnem, "than the
limit to which." Our idiom would lead
2. ad fl&men: construction? App.
131: G.-L. 337: A. 426, 2: B. 182, 2: H.-B.
386: H. 418.
4. acclivitate: case? App. 141: G.-L.
400: A. 415: B. 224: H.-B. 443: H. 473, 2.
6. infimus: meaning? App. 160: G.-L
291, R. S: A. 293: B. 241, 1 : H.-B. 244: H
497,4.
6. posset:
553: A. 537, 1:
570.
mode? App. 226: G.-Ij.
B. 284, 1 : H.-B. 521, 2: H.
Third BErsRENCES :
Place to which
Descriptive ablative
Adjectives with partitive meaning
194 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 20
nebant cedentes insequi anderent, interim legiones sex quae
■ primae venerant opfere dimenso castra mimire coeperunt.atUbi
prima impedimenta nostri exercitus ab iis qui in silvls abditi
■5 latebant visa sunt, quod tempus inter eos committendi proeli
convenerat, ut intra^ ^t^vas aciem ordinesque cohstituerant
dififue ipsi sese cosBiriMveram;, subito omnibus copiis provo-
laverunt impetumque in nostros eqnites fecerunt. His facile
pulsis ac proturbatis, incredibili meritate ad flumen decacur-
30 rer^nt, ut paene iino tempore et ad silras et in flutoine hostes
viderentur. Eadem autem celeritate adverso coUe ad nostra
rastra atque eos qui in opere occupati erant eontenderunt.
20. C^sarr omnia iino tempore erant agenda: vexillum
12. ced5, cedere, cessi, cessum,
imr., go; go away; give way, yield,
retreat. 2.
13. dimetlor.-metirl.-menBus sum,
tr. [metior, measure], measure out or
off. a.
IB. Iate5, -ere, -ui, , intr. , escape
notice, lurk. He concealed or hidden. 3.
17. subito, adv. [subitus, sudden],
suddenly, unexpectedly, ot a sudden. H=
proTOlo, I, i?itr, [void, fly], fly orrush
forth. 1.
19. proturbo, l, tr. [turbo, disturb],
drive in confusion; dislodge. 1.
decurro, -currere, -cuourrl, -cur-
sum, intr. [currS, run], run down,
hurry down. 4.
1. vexillum, -i, »., banner, flag,
standard. 1.
u.s to expect ad flnein, ad quern, but the
antecedent is attracted Into the relative
clause.
porrectapertinebant, lit. "extended
stretched out" ='* extended. " The whole
clause quern . . . pertinebant means "to
the edge of the woods."
12. cedentes: sc. edg; i.e. the enemy.
13. dimenso: this is one of a few
deponent verbs whose perfect participles
have a passive meaning.
14. prima Impedimenta, "the bead
of the baggage train."
IB. quod tempus, "the time which."
16. convenerat, "had been agreed
upon."
ut . . . IpsI sese confirmaverant,
"as . . . they had pledged each other
(to do)."
20. ut viderentur: a result clause.
21. adverse colle, lit. "by way of
the hill facing then)" = "up the hill."
For the case of coW«, seeApp. 144: G.-L.
389: A.4a9, a: B. 218, 9: H.-B. 426, a: H.476.
22. opere: i.e. of fortifying the
camp.
The attack was a complete surprise.
The Roman scouts had not done their
work properly, and Caesar himself ap-
pears to have been careless In not keep-
ing a part of his men under arms while
the enemy were so near.
Chap. 20. The critical position of
the Romans, and the value of tnelr
discipline.
1-. Caesari omnia erant agenda.
4. consuetadine: case7 App. 143, o:
G.L. 399, n. 1: A. 418, a: B. S20. 3: H.-B.
414, a: H. 475, 3.
6. praesldlS impedimentis: con-
struction? App. 119: G.-L. 35(i, n. I : A.
382, 1: B. 191, 2, b: H.-B. 360, »: H. 433,3.
THIRD Rbfebbnces :
Double dative
Ablative of accordance
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
195
pr6p6nendum,Q[uod erat iasigne cum ad arma concurri oporte-
reQ signum tuba, dandum, ab opere revooandi milites, qui
paulo longius agg«ris petendi causa processerant arcessendi,
acies instruenda, milites cohortandi, signum dandum.^uarum 5
rerum magnam partem temporis brsTitas et incursus hostium
impediebat. His difficultatibus duae res erant suofeidio, scientia
atque usus militum, quod, superioribus proeliis M:ercitati,
quid fieri rfporteret non minus commode ipsi siM praescribere
quam ab aliis doceri poterant; et quod ab opere singulisque lo
legionibusfsingulosjlegatos Caesar discedere nisi munitis castris
2. concurro, -currere, -eurri, -eur-
sum, intr. [curro, run], run or rush to-
gether; hurry, run, rush; run to the
rescue; come, gather. 2.
3. tuba, -ae, /., trumpet.
revoco, 1, tr. [re— |-voc6,
back, recaU; withdraw. 2.
4. paulo, adv. [paulua, little]
little, somewhat, slightly. *
procedo, -cedere, -cessi
intr. [cedo, go], go forth or forward, pro-
ceed, advance. *
arcessS, -ere, -ivl, -Itum, summon,
send for. Invite. *
6. brevitas, -.tatls, /. [brevis,
1.
call], call
-cessum,
short], shortness ; brevity. 2.
incursus, -Us, m. [lucurro, rush into
or upon], attack. 1.
7. dlfflcultas, -tatls, /. [difflcllls,
dlfBcult], difUculty, trouble, embarrass-
ment. :ic
scientia, -ae,/. [scio, know], knowl-
edge, science, skill. 4.
8. ezercltatuB, -a, -um, aclj. [pf.
part, o/exeroito, train or practice well],
well trained, skilled, versed. 2.
9. praescrlbo, -scilbere, -Bcrlpsi,
-scilptum, tr. [Bcrlbo, write], write
beforehand; order, direct, prescribe, dic-
tate to. 3.
lit. "all things had to be done by Cae-
sar" =" Caesar had to do everything."
vexlUum: a red banner which was
displayed in front of the general's bead-
quarters.
2. proponendum: supply «rat. Sim-
ilarly supply erat or erant with each of
the future passive participles which fol-
low.
3. signum: to form ranks,
qui, "(those soldiers) who."
4. paulo longiUB, "a little too far."
aggeris: here the materials for build-
ing the rampart, especially timber; for
the sod and earth were taken from the
trench on the spot. See p. 30, flg. 5.
arcessendi: by messengers.
B. signum: here the signal for the
attack.
7. duae res : explained by two appos-
itives, first, scientia atgue Uaut, "the
theoretical and practical knowledge of
the soldiers" ; second, guod . . . vetuerat
(1. 10), " the fact that Caesar had forbid-
den, etc."
8. quod poterant: a causal clause,
proeliis, "in battles"; but it is an
ablative of means.
9. quid fieri oporteret, "what 6ught
to be done"; an indirect question, ob-
ject of praescribere.
10. ab singulis . . . dlscedeie, "each
legate to leave a particular legion." It
is not quite correct to translate "leave
his legion," because the legates did not
have permanent commands. See Int.
38.
11. nlslmunltlscastrlB, lit. "unless
the camp having been fortifled"=" tmtil
the camp had been fortified."
196
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, 11, 21
vetuerat. HI propter propinquitatem ^ celeritatem hostium
nihil iam Caesaris imperium exspectabant, sed per se qaae
videbantur administrabant.
2 1 . Caesar necessariis rebus imperatis ad cohdrtandos
milites quam in partem fors obtulifc decncurrit, et ad legionem
decimam devenit. Milites non longiore oratione cohortatus
quam uti suae pristinae virttitis memoriam retinerent neu^
5 perturb arentnr animo hostiumque impetum fOTtiter sustinerent,
quod non longius hostes aberant quam quo tefum adigi posset,
prdeli committendi signum dedit. , Atque in alteram partem
item cohortaHdl causa profectus p^nantibus occurrit. Tem-
12. vetOt-are, -ui.-ltum, «?•., forbid.
1.
14. adminlBtrd, l, tr. [minister,
servant], serve, attend, wait upon;
manage, guide. :f:
2. fore, fortis, /., chanoe; forte, abl.
as adv., by cbance, perchance. 3.
offerd, offerre, obtuli, oblatum, tr.
[Ob + faro, bear], bring before, present ;
offer, confer upon, give ; wit/i ae, expose
one's self to, charge upon, encounter. 3.
3. declmuB, -a, -um, ord. num. adj.
[decern, ten], tenth. ^
devenlS, -Tenlre, -veui, -ventum,
intr. [venl5, come], come down, go,
come. 3.
longuB, -a, -um, adj., long, distant;
of long duration; tedious. :{:
6. adlgo, -Igere, -egi, -actum, tr.
[ag5, move], drive or bring by force,
move; thrust, plunge, hurl (o/ weapons)',
bind (.by an oath). 4c
8. occurro, -currere, -curri, -cur-
sum, intr. [ob -|- curro, run], run in the
way of, meet; happen upon; go to, come
to; oppose, counteract: occur. •^
13. nihil: an emphatic won.
quae videbantur, "whatever seemed
best."
Chap. 21. Caesar encourages his
men.
1. ad . . . milites: •wWa. c^eueurrit.
2. quam i9 partem = in earn partem
inguam. Cf. note on 19, 11.
legionem decimam: Caesar's favor-
ite legion ; cf. 1, 40, 45-48. Note Its posi-
tion on the plan, p. 191.
3. non longiore oratione quam Uti,
"with a speech no longer than (this:)
that they should, etc."
4. neu: the regular expression for
"and not" la substantive volitive (pur-
pose) clauses.
6. quod aberant: a causal clause,
explaining signum dedit.
quam . . . posset, lit. " than to which
a Javelin could be thrown." Omltyao
In translating. For the mode of posset
see App. 230: G.-L. 6:^1, 3: A. 535, c: B.
283, 1, 2, a: H.-B. 521,2, c: H. 570, 1.
7. in alteram partem: the right
wing. See plan.
8. pugnantibus occurrit, ' 'he found
(them already) fighting."
1, Caesar!: case? App. 118: G.-L.
355: A. 374, a: B. 189, 1: H.-B. 373, 1: H.
431.
erant agenda: construction? App.
285, II, o: G.-L. 2sr,l: A. 500, 2; B. 337,
7, b, 1: H.-B. 102; 600, 3: H. 237.
4. paulo: case? App. 148: G.-L. 403;
A. 414: B. 283: H.-B. 424: H. 479, 1.
10. quod vetuerat: construction?
App. 218: G.-L. 521; 525,3: A. 572: B. 299,
1: H.-B. 549; 653, 1: H. 588, 1, 3.
Third Kbfbrbnob :
Substantive guod clause
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
197
poris tanta fuit exiguitas hostiumque tam paratas ad dimican-
dum animus ut non modo ad insignia accommodanda, sed etiam lo
ad galeas ifiduendas seutisque tegimenta detrahenda, tempus
defiferit. t^Quam quisque ab opere in partem casu devenit
quaeqne prima signa conspexit, ad haec constitit, ne in quae-
rendis suis pugnandi tempus dimitteret.
22. Instructo exercitu magis ut loci natura deiectusque col-
lis et necessitas temporis qiiam ut rei militaris ratio atque ordo
postulabat, cum diversae legiones aliae alia in parte hostibus
9. exiguitas, -tatis, /. lezlguus,
scant], scantiness, meagerness, short-
ness, want. *
dlmlco, 1. inlr. [mlco, brandish], flght,
struggle, contend. 3.
10. aocommodo, 1, tr., adjust or
adapt to one's sell, fit or put on. 1.
11. galea., -a.e,f-,ctleatlierheimel. 1.
induo, -duere, -dui, -datum, tr.,
put on; se induere, be impaled or
pierced. 1.
teglmentum, -I, n. [tego, cover], a
covering. 1.
detraho, -trahere, -trazi, -trac-
tum, tr, [trabo, draw] , draw off or away,
withdraw, take off, remove. 4.
12. desum, deesse, defui, , intr.
[sum, be. App. 66] , be wanting, be ab-
sent from, fail, a:
13. consplcio, -spicere, -spezi,
-spectum, tr. [speclo, look], look at,
observe, d^cry, perceive, if:
3. diversuB, -a, -um, acy. \_pf. part,
of diTerto, turn in different directions],,
diverse, different; separate, remote. S.
10. ad . . . accommodanda, "for
fitting on their decorations" ; especially
on the helmets ; see Plate I, facing p. 87.
These insignia probably distinguished
the legions.
11. galeas : these would be laid aside
while the soldiers were working on the
fortifications.
sciitis: dative of separation.
tegimenta: leather coverings for the
protection of the metal work of the
shields.
12. defuerlt: note the exception to
sequence; App. 204; a: G.-L. 513: A. 485,
c (incorrectly stated. The imperfect is
much more common): B. 368,6; H.-B.
478: H. 550.
quam in partem, "to whatever
place."
13. quaeoLue . . , conspexit, "and
whatever standards he saw first." On
the Importance of the standards see Int.
44.
14. suIb: sc. tignU.
Chap. 22. Caesar cannot plan the
battle as a whole.
1. ut, "as."
2. rel . . . ordo, lit. " the theory and
arrangement of military matters" = "the
theory of military tactics." When he
could, Caesar drew up his army in three
unbroken lines, the third of which acted
as a reserve force to meet emergencies.
3. cum . . . resisterent . . . Impe-
4. vlrtutls: case? App. 98: G.-L.
363.2: A. 347; 348, n.: B. 200: H.-B. 354:
H. 440. 2.
12. defuerlt: mode? App. 226: G.-L.
552: A. 537, 1: B. 284, 1: H.-B. 521, 2: H.
570.
Third Referbncbs :
Objective genitive
Result clause
Clause of characteristic
198
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 23
rMisterent, saepibusque densissimis, ut ante demonstravimus,
ititeriectis prospectus iiSpediretur, neque certa subsidia collo-
can neque (quid m quaqne parte opus essey provider! neque ab
uno omnia imperia administrari poterant, Itaque in tanta,
rernm inlquitate fortunae quoque eventus varii sequebantnr.
23. Legionis nonae et decimae milites, ut in sinistra parte
acie constiterant, pilis emissis cursu ac lassitudine ^animatOs
vulneribusque cohfectos ^rebates (nam his ea pars obvenerat)
celeriter ex loco superiore in fliimen compulerunt, et transire
4. densus, -a, -um, acU. , closely set
or packed, thick, dense. 3.
6. prospectus, -Us, m. [prosplclo,
look forth], view, prospect; sight. 1.
6. provided, -vldere,-vidi, -visum,
tr. [Tided, see], see beforehand, foresee;
eare for, proride. *
8. iniqultas, -tatls, /. [Iniquua,
unequal], inequality, unfairness; dlsad-
Tautage. 2.
eventus, -us, m. [evenlo, turnout],
outcome, issue, result, consequence. 3.
varlus, -a, -um, adj., diverse, chang-
ing, various. 1.
1. nonus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj.,
ninth, -.
2. cursus, -ils, m. [curro, run], run-
ning, speed; course, career; passage,
voyage. *
lassitudo, -Inls, /. [lassus, weary],
weariness, faintness, exh^austion, lassi-
tude. 2.
ezanimo, 1, tr. [anlma, breath], de-
prive of breath, render breathless, ex-
haust; kill. 2.
3. -obvenlo, -venire, -veni, -ven-
tum, intr. [venlo, come], come to, hap-
pen upon, meet; fall to by lot. 1.
4. compello, -pellere, -pull, -pul-
Bum, tr. [pell5, drive], drive together,
assemble, collect; force, compel. 1.
diretur gives the reason for the main
clause, neque . . . poterant.
dlversae, lit. " separated" = " sepa-
rately."
allae . . . parte, "some in one place,
others in another."
4. ante: see 17, 12-20.
5. Interleotis, " which intervened."
neque: the principal clause begins
fcere.
carta, Ut. "sure" = "so that they
could be counted on."
6. quid . . . esset: an indirect ques-
tion, subject of jpromd^i (poterat).
quid: construction? App. 146, a: G.-L.
406: A. 411,6: B. 218, 2, a: H.-B. 430, 2,a:
H. 477, III, n.
7. in . . . inlquitate, "in such a
diversity of circumstances."
8. fortiinae: genitive limiting eeeTi-
tus.
Chap. 23. The left wing repulses
the Atrebates, the center repulses
the Viromandui, and the Nervii at-
tack the right wing.
1. ndnae et decimae: these legions
were commanded by Lablenus.
2. acle = os
premi et paene ciccumventas teneri, calones, equites, fundi-
tores, Numjdas diversos dissipabosque in omnes partes f agere is
viariasenfc, desperatis nostris rebus dotaum contenderunt;
Romanos palsos snperatosque, csistrls impedimentlsque eoriim
hostes ptititos ciVitatl renuatiaverunt. j^
25. Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum
covnu profectus, ubi suos uirgerijsigilisqae in unum locum
collatis duodecimae legionis coriiertos milites si hi ipsos ad
pugnam esse im^edimento ' ^dit, quartae cohortis omnibus
(centurionibus)occIsis,(signifera|interfecto, signo amisso, reliqufi- 5
rum Gohortium omnibus fere centurionibus aut vulneratis aut
14. premo, -premeie, -pressi,
-pressum, tr. press, press upon, press
hard; oppress, burden, annoy, harass. *
15. dlsslpo, !,*/•., spread on all sides,
scatter, disperse. 1.
1. cohortatio, -onls, /. [cohortor.
■ encourage], encouragement, cheering.
1.
2. urgeo, urgere, ursi, , tr.,
press, press hard. 2.
S. EignifeT, -erl, m. [signum, stand-
ard +fer6, bear], standard-bearer. 1.
16. desperatiB, " despairing of . "
17. castrls: what deponent verbs
govern the ablative?
Chap. 25. Caesar finds the 7th and
12th legions in desperate straits, and
reanimates them by his valor.
1. Caesar: subject of pror^'2'Pl'o] ^- Sextio Baculo, fortissimo viro,
multis gravibasque vulneribus confecto, ut iam se .sastinere
nan posset, reliquos esse tardiores et non nullps ab novissjmis
10 doserto loco proelio excedere ac tela vifcare,^hoa,tes neque ft
fronte ex inferiore loco subennies intermittere et ab utroquc
latere instate, et rem esse in angusto vidit neque ullum esse
subsimubi quod submitti posset, s6'«t6" ;ab novissimis militl
detracto, quod ipse eo sine scuto vSnerat, in primam aciem
15 proceSsit centurionibusque nominatim appellatis reliquos
OThortatus milites sima Inferre et manipulos laxare iussit, quo
facilius gfadiis uti poMent.j^uius adventu spe illata militibus
ac redintegrate animp, cum 'pro se quisque in congpectu impe-
7. primipUus, -I, m. [primus, first
+pilUB, a century], the centurion of
the first century, chief centurion.
1.
Seztlus, -tl, m.,Puhllus Sextlus Bac-.
Tilus (ptib'll-tis s6ks'ti-0s bik'u-Ius), u
centurion in Caeaar'e curmy. 2.
vlr, vlrl, m., man; husband; a man
of distinction or honor; cf. homo, a hu-
man being as disiinguiahed from the low-
er animals. ^
9. tardus, -a, -um, a<^.,slow, slug-
gish. 1.
10. desero, -serere, -serul, -ser-
tum, Ir. [sero, entwine, join], disjoin;
abandon, desert, forsake; desertus, pf.
part, at adj., deserted, solitary. 3.
ezcedo, -cedeie, -cessi, -cesaum.
intr. [cedo, go], go out or away, with-
draw, retire. *
16. manlpulus, -I, m. [manus, hand
-f pleo, fill], a handful {esp. of hay, about
a pole, anciently used as a standard), a
company {of two centuries, the third of a
cohort), majiiple, 1.
lazo, 1, tr., stretch out, extend, open.
1.
18. Imperator, -oris, m. [impero
command] , commander-in-chief, geu
eral. 4c
7. primipild: see Int. 42.
8. multlB graylbusaue, "many se-
vere." When muUl and another adjec-
tive modify the same noun, the two ad-
jectives are usually connected by et or
^rue.
se Bustinere, " stand on his feet."
9. ab novissimis, " in the rear."
10. desorto loc5, " deserting their
posts."
tela Titare, " were getting out of the
range of missiles."
neque , . . st, "not . . . and."
12. rem . . . angusto, "and affairs
vrera In a critical condition."
yidit: simply repeats the vidit of 1. 4.
13. quod . . . posset: n clause of
characteristic.
scfito detracto, "snatching a shield."
Here begins Caesar's action,
militi: dative of separation.
14. e5: the adverb.
16. slgna . . . laxare, "to advance
and (by sodolng) toopen out the ranks."
quo: cf. note on 17, 15.
17. spe . . . animo, " hope was in-
spired In the soldiers, and their courage
renewed."
18. pro se, lit. "In proportion to
himself" = " to the beat of his ability."
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
203
H
ratoris etiam in extremis suls rebus operam navare cupferet,
panlnm hosfcinm impetus tardatus est. ' 20
26. Caesar cum septimam legionem, quae iuxta constiterat,
item urgerl ab hoste vidisset, tribunes militum monuit ut
paulatim sese legiones comtingerent etfaonyersa sigM, in hostes
inferren^l Quo faoEo, cum alius alii subsidium ferret, neque
timerent ne aversi ab hoste cirouifivenirentur, audacius resistere 5
ac fortius pugnare coeperunt. Interim milites legionum
duarum quae in novissimo^ agmine praesidio impedim6ntis
fueraut, proelio nuntiato, dursu incitato, in sumnio colle ab
hostibus conspiciobantur ; et T. Labienus dketris hostium
potitus et ex loco superiore quae res in nostris castris gereren- le
tur dSnspicatus decimam legionem suDsidio nnstrls misit. Qui
cum ex equitum et calonum fuga quo in loco res eSset quan-
toque in periculo et castra et legiones et imperator Tersa-
19. opera, -ae, /. [opus, work],
work, exertion; service; pains, atten-
tion ; dare operam, give attention, take
pains. 1.
navo, 1, tr., do zealously or well. 1.
20. paulum, adv. [paulus, little],
a little, somewhat, slightly. ^
tarda, 1, tr. [tardus, slow], make
slow, delay; hinder, check. I.
1. lazta, adv. [lungo, join], next,
near. 1.
2. tribunuB, -I, m. [tribus, tribe],
tribune, a magiati'ate elected by the people ^
voting in tribes, to defend the interests of
the plebs; 'trlbtinus militum or mlll-
tarls, a military tribune. :f:
19. etiam . . . rebus, "even in his
own extreme danger."
Chap. 26. The 7th and 12th legions
fight more successfully, and three
other legions come to their rescue.
1. iuxta: i.e. near the 12th legion,
in whose ranks Caesar was fighting.
constiterat, "had taken its position."
Distinguish carefully between consists
and constituo..
2. tribunes: see Int. 41.
3. sese coniungerent: i.e. to close
up the gap between them.
conversa signa inferrent, "to
face about and attack." Of course only
a part of the Romans were to face
about. Probably the rear line faced
about, and the cohorts at the ends of the
line wheeled half around. Thus an ob-
long would be formed, facing the enemy
on every side.
4. cum . . . ferret, " since they pro-
tected one another."
6. timerent: agreeing with mllUes,
which is Implied in alius alii.
aversi, "in the rear."
7. quae . . . fuerant: cf. 19, 5.
8. proelio. . . incitato, "quicitening
their step on hearing of the battle."
colle: at the rear of the Roman camp.
9. Labienus: cf. note on 23, 1.
10. quae res gererentur: indirect
question.
11. qui cum, ' ' when they" ; i.e. the
soldiers of the 10th legion.
12. quo In loco, "in what condition."
204 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 27
retur cognovissent, ninil ad oeleritatem sibi reliqui fecerunt.
27. Horum a^entu tanta rerum commatatio est facta nt
nostri, etiam qui vulneribus confecti procubuissent, Bcutis
innixi proelium redintegrarent ; calones perfcerntos hostes eon-
spicati etiam inermes armatis pccurrereiit; equites rero, ut
5 turpitudinem fugae virtute delerent, omnibus in locis pugnando
se legionariis militious praeferrent. At hostes etiam in extrema
spe salutis tantam virtutem praestiterunt ut, cum primi eorum
cecidissent, proximi iacentibus Insisterent atqne ex eorum cor-
poribus pugnarent; his deiectis et coaeervatis cadaveribus, qui
10 superessent ut ex tumulo tela in nostros conicerent et pila irict'
2. pTocumbo, -cumbere, -cubui,
-cubltum, i»*r. [cubo, lie down], lean
forwards, fall down, lie down ; be beaten
down; Incline. 2.
3. innitOT, -niti, -nizus sum, iiUr.
[nitor, rest on], lean upon. 1.
4. inermlB, -e, a. [cf. pendo,
weigh], weight. 1.
saxum, -1, »., rock, large stone. 2.
praeacutus, -a, -um, adj. [jif. part, of
praeacuo, sharpen at the end] , sharp in
front or at the end, sharpened, pointed.
3.
trabs, t^fibls,/., beam, timber, pile. 3.
10. prognatus, -a, -um, adj. [nas-
oor, be born], bom: descended, sprung.
11. luBslt, Imperavit: the.s«nt«nce
Illustrates well the contrasting construc-
tions with these verbs, iubed regularly
governs an accusative and infinitive;
impfi.ro, the dative vrith ut and the sub-
junctive.
Chap. 29-33, Caesar subdues the
Atuatuci.
Chap. 29. The Atuatuci take refuge
in a stronghold. Their origin.
1. supra: in 16,7.
cum venirent, " while coming."
omnibus cSplIs : ablative of manner.
Such ablatives are often called ' 'military
accompaniment," but It Is not logical to
say that the Atuatuci came in company
with themselves.
4. oppidum: for its probable loca-
tion see map facing p. 162.
6. quod cum, " although this town. "
ex . . . partibus, "at all (other)
points la its circumference," or simply
" on all (other) sides."
7. ducentorum pedum: descriptive
genitive, modifying aditus. The com-
parative mirma has no effect on the con-
struction ; of. note on mllia, 16, 2.
5. duplici mQro: see plan, p. 207.
tum: at the time of Caesar's approach.
10. Cimbris Teutonisque; ct Int.
27.
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
307
secum agere ac portare non poterant citra flumen Rhenum
depositls, custodiam ex suis ac praesidium sex milia hominum
13. cuBtodla, -ae,/. [cuBtOa, guard],
custody, guard (state of being guarded) ;
pi., guards, keepers. 2.
The Town of thb ATUATnci
12. agere ac portare, " to drive and
to carry"; toT impedinKnlU here means
"possessions" rather than "baggage,"
and Includes cattle.
Citra: the west side.
13. custodiam . . . reliquerant,
lit. " had left along (with their posses-
sions) a guard of their (men) and a sar-
rison, six thousand men (in all)."
208
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 30
mia reliquerant. Hi post eorum obitum multos annos a
15 fmitimis exagitati, cum alias bellnm mferrent, alias illatum
defenderent, consensu eorum omnium p&ce facta hunc sibi
doimcilio locum delegerant.
30. Ac prim5 adventu exercitiis nostri crebras ex oppido
excursiones faciebant parvnlisque proeliis cum nostris con-
tendebant; postea valid pwlum xii in circuitu xv milium cre-
brisque castellis circummuniti oppido sese continebant. Ubi
E vineis acCs aggere exstructo turrim procul constitui viderunt,
primum irridere ex muro atque increpitare vocibus, quod tanta
14. obltus, -us, m. [obeo, go to
d«atA], destruction. 1.
15. exagito, 1, tr. [agito, freg. of
ag5, drive], drive out or away; disturb,
harass. 2.
alias, adv. [alius, anotber], at an-
other place, elsewhere; at another
time; alias . , . alias, at one time. . .
at another. 4.
17. domicUium, -11, n. [domus,
house], residence, dwelling, home,
domicile. 3.
2. ezcursio, -onis,/. [excuTTO, run
forth], a running out or forth, sally.
sortie. 1.
parvulus, -a, -um, adj. \_aim. of par-
vus, little], small. Insignificant, slight;
parvula proella, skirmishes; parvuli,
children. 1.
4. clrcummunio, 4, l/r. [munlo, for-
tify], wall around; fortify, protect. 1.
6. exBtru5, -Btruere, -struzl.
-Btructum, Ir. [struo, build], build or
pile up, rear, construct, build. 3.
procul, adv., afar oS, from afar. In
the distance, at a distance. %.
6. irrldeo, -ridere, -riBl, -rlsum,
intr. [in-t-rideo, laugh], laugh, jeer. 1.
14. eorum: the main bodies of the
Clmbrl and Teutonl.
15. cum . . . defenderent: some cum
clauses are best translated by partici-
ples; so here, " sometimes making war,
sometimes defending themselves against
war made on them," lit. "when they
. . . warded off war made (on them)."
16. consensu . . . facta, " peace was
made by common consent, and." eorum
refers to both the Atuatucl and their
neighbors.
hunc locum: the whole tract of coun-
try occupied by the Atuatucl at this
time.
Chap. 30. The Atuatucl scorn the
Roman preparations for attack.
2. faciebant, "kept making"; im-
perfect of repeated action.
3'. pedum XII: In height.
XV milium: supply pedum as a parti-
tive genitive; "(of) 16,000 feet in cir-
cumference"; i.e. three miles. The plan
shows that the wall did not cross the
river, which Itself forms a sutBcieat ob-
stacle.
4. oppido: ablative of means, but to
be translated as if an ablative of place.
B. Tlneis, aggere, turrim: see Int.
61 ; 62, d. The vineae afforded shelter to
the soldiers who made the agger. In
this case the agger was intended only
as a roadway up which to push the
tower.
6. irridere: on this use of the infin-
itive see App. 281: G.-L. 647: A. 468: B.
335: H.-B. 595: H. 610.
10. ezClmbrls: case? App. 135: G.-L.
395, n.l: A. 403,0, n. 1: B.215, 2: H.-B.
413, i: H. 469, 1.
14. annSs: case? App. 130: G.-L.
136: A. 433: B. 181, 1: H.-B. 387, U: H. 417
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
209
machinatio a tanto spatio insfcitueretur : Quibusnam manibus
aut quibus viribus praesertim homines tantulae statiirae (nam
plerumque omnibus Gallis prae magnitudine corporum suornm
brevitas nostra ccmtemptui est) tanti oireris turrim in muro lo
sese posse collocare confiderent?
3 1 . Ubi vero moveri et app^opinquare moenibus viderunt,
nova atque inusitafca specie commoti legates ad £!aesarem de
pace miserunt, qui ad hunc modum locuti: Non seexistimare
7. macblnatld, -onis,/.[iaacliinoT,
contrive], a mechanical contrivance,
machine, engine, derrick. 3.
quisnam, quidnam, and quinam,
quaenam, quodnam, interrog. pron.
(App. 61 and a), who? which? what?
who then ? what pray ? 1 .
8. tantalus, -a, -um, adj. [dim. of
tantus, so great] , so small or little, so
diminutive; trifling. 2.
statara, -ae, /. [status; sto, stand],
a standing upright; size or height of
the body, stature. 1.
9. plerumque, adv. [plerusque, the
greater part], for the most part, mostly,
generally; again and again, very often.
*
prae, prep, with abl., before, in front
of; on account of; in comparison with ;
in composition, before, at the head of, in
front, very. 1.
10. contemptus, -us, m. [contemno,
despise], contempt; an object of eon-
tempt. I.
onus, -erls, »., load, burden; weight,
size. 4.
2. inasltatus, -a, -um, ac0. [lu--|-
lisltatuB, usual], unusual, uncommon,
strange, startling. 3.
species, -el,/, [specio, see], seeing,
sight;' look, appearance, show, pre-
tense. 4.
3. modus, -1, m., measure, quantity,
size; manner, method, style; elusmodl,
of such a kind, such; abl., modo, witk
gen., in the character of, like. !|:
7. a tanto spatio, "so far away";
lit. " away by so great a distance," Sbe-
ing used as an adverb. Cf. 7, 8.
instltueretur: mode? App. 844: Gt.-L.
541: A. 540, 2; 692,3: B. 886, 1: H.-B. 535,
2, a: H. 688, II.
quibusnam manibus . . . confide-
rent, "(asking) by what hands, pray,
did they hope?"; indirect discourse for
con/iditis, " do you hope?" For mode
see App. 268, 1: G.-L. 661 : A. 586: B. 315,
1: H.-B. 537: H. 642.
8. homines: in apposition with the
subject of confiderent; "especially (as
they were) men, etc."
10. contemptui est, "is an object
of contempt."
In mnro collocare: the Gauls igno-
rantly supposed that the Romans would
try to set the tower on the wall, for the
only towers they knew of were built on
walls.
Chai). 31. The Atuataci propose a
conditional surrender.
1. moveri, " that it [the tower]
moved."
3. locviti: the rest of the chapter is
in indirect discourse, non se . . . possent
depends on locuti; everything else, on
diioerunt (1. 6), " speaking as follows . . .
said." But it makes smoother English
to translate locuti as locuti sunt and omit
dixerunt, "spoke as follows."
7. spatio: case? App. 148: G.-L. 403:
A. 414: B. 223: H.-B. 424: H. 479, 3.
Third Befebencb:
Ablative of degree of difference
210 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 32
Eomanos sine ope divlna bellum gBrere, qui tantae altitudinis
6 macMnati^nes tanta celeritste promovere possenfc; se suaque
' omnia eorain potestatl permittere dixemnt."^ tjnum petere ac
deprecarir si forte pro sua dementia ac mansuetudine, quam
ipsi ab aliis andirent, stafcuisset Atuatucos esse coiMOrvandos,
ne se armis de^oliaret. Sibi omnes fere finitimos esse Tni-
10 micos ac suae virtuti invidere; a quibus se defendere traditis
armis non possent.*;^ Sibi praestare, si in eum casum deduce-
rentar, quamvis fortunam a populo Romano pati, quam ab hiS
per cruciatum interfici inter quos dominari consuessent.
. ^ 32. Ad haec Caesar respondit : Se magis consuetudine sua
- quam merito eoriim civitatem conservaturum, si priusquam
4. divinus, -a, -um, aO^. [divus, di-
vine], of the gods, divine, sacred. 1.
6. promoTeo, -movere, -moTi, -mo-
tum, tr. [moveo, move], move forward,
advance, push forward. 2.
7. deprecor, l, tr. and intr. [precOT,
pray], pray for deliverance from; beg
ofl; implore, plead for. 2.
9. despoU5, 1, tr. [apolio, strip], de-
prive. 1.
10. Invldeo, -vldere, -vidi, -visum,
irUr. [video, see], look askance at; envy.
1.
12. aulvis, quaevis, quidvis, and
quivis, quaevis, quodvls, indef. pron.
(App. 62), [qui, who+vis, you wish],
whom or what you wish; any one, any-
thing, any whatever, any. 3.
13. cruclatus, -us, >n.[crucl6, tor-
ture; crux, cross], torture, torment. *
domlnoT, l, intr. [domlnus, master],
he master, rule. 1.
4. qui pOBsent, " since they could,
may have been subjunctive in the direct
form; App. 245: G.-L. 633: A. 535, e: B.
283,3: H.-B. 523: H. 592.
6. unum, " one favor"; I.e. ne. . . de-
spoliaret.
7. si statulsset, "If he should de-
cide." The direct form used the future
perfect Indicative; lit. "If you shall
have decided."
pro, "In accordance with." ^
quam audirent, "of which they kept
hearing."
9. ne despollaret: the original form
was probably noS (f««poiior«/ App. 219;
267: G.-L. 271, 2; 652: A. 4.50; 588: B. 276,
c; 316: H.-B. 501, 3, a, 2; 534, 2: H. 581, 1;
642.
Sibi: with the adjective inimicos.
10. Tirtiiti: what verbs, transitive
in English, govern the dative?
traditis armis, "if they should, etc."
11. Blbi praestare, lit. " it was bet-
ter for them" = " they preferred."
casum, "extremity."
Chap. 32. The Atuatuci surrender
unconditionally, but treacherously
retain a part of their arms.
1. consuetudine: ablative of accord-
ance.
2. merito: ablative of cause.
8. esBeconservandSs: construction?
App. 285, H, a: G.-L. 251, 1 : A. 500, 2: B.
337, 7, 6, 1: H.-B. 162; 600, 3: H. 237.
9. sibi: case? App. 120: G.-L. 350, 2:
A. 376: B. 188, 1: H.-B. 366: H. 425,4.
Thibd Rufebbnces:
Passive periphrastic conjugation
Dative of reference
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
211
sed deditionis nuUam
Se id quod in Nerviis
miirum anes attigisset se dedidissent ;
esse condiciouem nisi ^mis traditis.
fecisset facturum, finitimisque imperatiaruin ne quam dediti- s
ciis populi Eomani iniuriam imermit. Re renuntiata ad suos,
quae imperarentur facere dixerunt. Armorum magna multi-
tudine de muro in fossam quae erat ante oppidum iacta, sic ut
prope summam muri ag^risque altitiidinem acervi armorum
adaequarent, et tamen circiter parte tertia, ut postea perspec- lo
turn est, celata atque in ^pido r%tenta, portis patefaotis eo \
me pace sunt usi. ^^
33. Sub vesperum Oaesar portas claudi militesque ex
oppido exire iussit,^e quam noctu oppidani a militibus iniii-
riam aociperent. Ilti ante inito, ut intellectum est, consilio,
quod deditione facta nostros praesidia deduoturos aut denique
indiligentius servaturos crediderant, partim cum iis quae reti- s
3. arles, arletiB.m., a ram; batter-
ing-ram, a long beam for demolishing
ujalls; one end of it was capped with iron
in the form of a ram's head; brace, but-
tress. 3.
9. aceiTus, -i, m. , a, heap, mass. 1.
10. adaequd, l, tr. [aequo, make
equal], make level with or equal to,
equal ; keep up wltb. 3.
11. oel6,l,ended on valor alone."
ad, "about," used adverbially.
18. sectionem: including the inhab-
itants as well as their possessions. The
action was perfectly justifiable, accord-
ing to ancient ideas, as a punishment
for their treachery. Such methods were
probably the only means by }vhich he
could have secured the respect of the
Gauls.
WAR WITH THE BELGAE, B.C. 57
213
versam Caesar vendidit. Ab iis qui emerant cagituQi nameruB
ad eum relatus est milium quinquaginta trium. ?^
34. Eodem tahpore a P. Crasso, quem cum legione una
miserat ad Venetos, Venellos, Osismos, Ooriosolites, Esuvios,
Aulercos, Redones, quae sunt maritimae civitates Oceanumque
attingunt, certior factus est omues eas civitates in dicionem
potestatemque populi Romani esse redactas.
35. His rebus gestis, omni Gallia pacata, tanta huius oelli
ad barbaros opinio perlata est uti ab iis nationibus quae trans
20
▼erto, turn], turned into one; all to-
gether, whole, universal, all as a mass.
*
19. vendo, -dere, -didi, -dltum, tr.
(venum, sale + do, give], put to sale,
sell, sell at auction. 3.
1. CrasBUB, -1, m., Publius Licinius
Crassus, one of Caesar's lieutenants, i^
a. Venetl, -orum, m. (Cb), the Veneti
(v6n'e-ti). *
Venelll, -drum, m. (Bo), theVenelll
(ve-nSl'l). *
OBiBmi, -orum, m. (Bb), the Osismi
(o-sis'mi), a QaUic people in modern
Brittany, a.
CorlOBOlltes, -um, m. (Bb), theCtorlo-
solltes (ko"rI-o-s81'I-tez). 3.
Esuvil, -orum, m. (Bed), the Bsuvii
(e-su'vi-i). 3.
3. Auleici, -orum, m., the Aulerci
(aw-ler'si), a Gallic people divided into
four branches. (1) Aulerel Eburovices
(6b"u-ro-vi's6z), (Bd) ; (8) Aulerci Cenom-
anl (se-u6m'a-m), (Bd) ; (3) Aulerci Bran-
novices (bran"o-vi'sez), location un-
known; (4) Aulerci Diabliutes (di"a-
blin'tez), (Bo). 3.
RedoneB, -um, m. (BCo), the Redones
(rgd'o-nez). 1.
maritlmuB, -a, -um, adj. [mare, sea] .
oC the sea, sea; maritime, naval, on the
sea ; ora, the sea shore. *
4. dlclo, -oniB, /., dominion, author-
ity, rale, sway. 3.
2. barbaruB, -a, -um, adj., foreign
(to Greeks and Romans), unoivlllzed, bar-
barous; pi. as noun, savages, barba-
rians. 4:
natlo, -onis, /. [nascor, be txim),
race, tribe, people, nation. ^
19. lis qui emerant: slave dealers
who were with Caesar constantly and
who supplied the slave market at Rome.
numeruB . . . trlum, lit. "the num-
ber was reported (to be) of 53,000"="was
reported as 53,000. "
Chap. 34. The north western states
submit to Crassus.
_ 1. legione ana: this was the 7th, one
of the two which had suffered most se-
verely in the battle with the Nervli.
Caesar must have sent Crassus immedi-
ately after that battle.
3. duae: agrees in gender with the
predicate noun, meitatet.
6. eBBe redact&B : they gave hostages
without fighting. One legion could not
have conquered these states, for we
learn in the next book that It took Cae-
sar himself and most of his army to
do it.
Chap. 35. G-erman envoys offer sub-
mission. Arrangements for the Ttrin-
ter. A thanksgiving in Caesar's
honor.
1. omni Gallia: the map facing p.
162 shows that Caesar now controlled
everything but Aquitanla and two Bel-
gio states.
2. opinio, "impression."
quae incolerent: for mode see note
on qua, 27, 2.
214
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, II, 35
Ehenum incolerent legatT ad Caesarem mitterentur qui se
obsides daturas, imperata facturas poUicerentur. Qnas legati-
5 ones Caesar, quod in Italiam lUyricumque properabat, inita
proxima aestate ad se reverti iussit. Ipse in Oarnutes, Andes,
Turonos, quaeque civitates propinquae iis l(WiS erant ubi
bellum gesserat legionibus in hiberna deductis in Italiam pro-
fectus est. Ob easque res ex litteris Caesaris dierum qulnde-
w cim supplicatio decreta est, quod ante id tempus accidit niilli.
6. Ill7rlcum,-i, n., lUyrloum (i-IIr'i-
kHm], lUyrla, lying northeast of the Adri-
atic, forming a part of Caetar't province.
2.
6. Caxnntes, -um, m. (BCde), the
Carmites (kar'nu-tez).
Aiides, -lum, or Andl,-drum, m. (Ck;),
tbe Andes (fin'dez) or ADdi (&ii'dl). 2.
7. ToToni, -arum, m. (Cd), tlie Tu-
roni (tu'rS-ni). 1.
10. suppUcatld, -onis, /. [sup-
plex, suppliant], public prayer to the
godt in thanksgiving for successes, hence
thanksgiving. 2.
decemo, -cemere, -crevl, -cretum,
tr. [cemS, separate; decide], decide;
vote, decree. 3.
3. 4Ui poIliceTentur: a purpose,
clause.
4. daturas: feminine, t>eoause >e re-
fers to nStionUtus.
6. Inlta proxima aestate, "at the
Igeginning of the next summer." At
that time they had so far changed their
minds that only the TTbil sent hos-
6. in Camutes: with deductis.
7. quaeque clTitates = et eas avitstes
quae.
t>. in italiam: Le. cisalpine Oanl.
He could not legally go outside of his
province, which included Cisalpine Gaul
and lUyrlcum.
9. ex, "Inconsequence of."
10. supplicatio: a public thanks-
giving, voted by the senate In honor of
a victory. The number of days was sup-
posed to be In proportion to the impor-
tance of the victory. Before this time
no more than twelve days had ever been
voted.
QUOd, "(an honor) which." Theaute-
cedent is the preceding clause.
BOOK III. OPERATIONS IN THE ALPS, IN THE
NORTHWEST, AND IN AQUITANIA
Since Rome was to possess Gaul, she needed to control the shortest
route across the Alps — that which leads over the Great St. Bernard
pass. Caesar accordingly sent Galba with one legion, in the autumn of 57,
to subdue the mountain tribes which controlled that route. Having
apparently acoompUshed this, Galba went into winter quarters in a little
town at the foot of the northern slope of the mountains. Here he was
attacked by an overwhelming force of mountaineers, whom, however,
he succeeded in driving off after a sharp engagement. He then re-
treated to a less exposed position. The tribes were not thoroughly
conquered, but as we hear of no further operations against them it is
evident that they stopped molesting travellers.
In 57 the northwestern states had submitted to Crassus and had sent
him hostages; but when he established winter quarters among them and
began sending out officers to levy tribute of supplies, they grew weary
of the yoke. Ignorant of the Roman resources and power, three states
took the fatal step of arresting the officers sent to them. This virtual
declaration of war was followed by the formation of a powerful league
of the coast tribes between the Loire and the Seine. The Britanni,
the Morini, and the Menapii sent men and ships to their aid.
As early as possible in 56 Caesar hastened to Gaul and gave orders for
an extensive campaign. In order to prevent any effective co-6peration
on the part of his enemies, he divided his forces. Titus Lsbienus, with
part of the cavalry, was sent toward the Rhine to check a possible up-
rising among the Belgae and to prevent the Germans from crossing.
Quintus Titurius Sabinus went to the country of the Venelli to cut off
eommunications between the eastern and the western portions of the
confederacy. Publius Crassus marched into Aquitania to prevent help
reaching the insurgents from that quarter. Caesar himself, with the
assistance of a strong fleet under Decimus Brutus, undertook the con-
quest of the Veneti, the most powerful sea-board state and the fore-
front of the confederacy.
The Veneti skilfully utilized the advantages of their position. Their
country was wild and barren and their strongholds were built on the
eodfi of promontories which the tides cut off from the main land. Hence
215
216 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, III
supplies for the Roman army were obtained with difficulty and siege
operations were greatly hindered. The Veneti, on the other hand, had
control of the sea and could supply their towns at will with provisions
and defenders, or if necessary could transport the garrisons to other
places, leaving the foe only a barren victory. The Roman fleet would
have prevented this, but it was kept away by stormy weather during
most of the summer. When it finally appeared, the much superior fleet
of the Veneti confidently sailed out to meet it; but Roman valor and
ingenuity won the day. The destruction of their fleet forced the Veneti
to submit. Their prominence in the revolt marked them out for severe
punishment, as a warning to other Gallic states. Accordingly the
senate was put to the sword and the people were sold as slaves.
The legates of Caesar were as successful as himself. Sabinus easily
defeated Viridovix, the general in command of the land forces of the
confederacy. Labienus overawed the Belgae. Crassus, after much
fighting, subdued Aquitania. In all Gaul only the Morini and the
Menapii had made no submission. Therefore Caesar marched against
them; but after making strenuous efforts to reach the foe, in almost
impenetrable forests and swamps, the approach of winter warned him
to desist. Quartering his legions upon the conquered tribes, as in the
previous winter, he proceeded to Italy.
Campaign Map for Book III
EXPLANATION OF CAMPAIGN MAP
For the meaning of the colors, see the explanation of the campaign
map for I, 1-29, facing page 42.
The same territory is colored red as iri the campaign map for Book II,
facing page 162. In addition, a narrow strip leading into the Alps,
most of the northwestern states, and three states of Aquitania are
colored red. In all these cases it is difficult to decide on the coloring.
It seems probable that Galba did not completely subdue the Nan-
tuates, the Veragri, and the Seduni, but that he did secure the route
through the Alps.
It seems probable that all the revolting states in the northwest had
sent so large a proportion of their ships and men to help the Veneti,
that the defeat of the Venetan fleet amounted to a defeat of all the
states. Hence they are colored red. The Redones are not mentioned
among the revolting states.
It is possible that all of Aquitania should be colored red; but it seems
improbable that other states than the Sotiates, the Tarusates, and the
Vocates were so largely represented in the armies defeated by Crassus
as to make further resistance impossible. They are colored blue on the
theory that they submitted only because they were discouraged by the
fate of the states which did fight.
Caesar's army had probably been quartered along the Liger (Loire).
Therefore the routes on this map begin at the point of the probable winter
quarters .farthest east, where Orleans now stands. Marching westward,
he picked up another part of his army, and then probably collected the
whole of it at the point on the map from which four lines diverge, which
is now the site of Angers. From that point he sent out Labienus,
Crassus, and Sabinus, and himself marched against the Veneti. From
the Veneti Caesar marched against the Morini and the Menapii, and was
probably joined on the route by Sabinus and Crassus.
217
LIBER TERTIUS.
I . Cum in Italiam proficisceretur Caesar, Semum Galbam
cum legione duodecima et parte equitatus in Nantnates, Ver-
agros, SedHnosque misit, qui a finibus Allobrogum et lacu
Lemanno et flumine Rhodano ad summas Alpes pertinent.
5 Causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes, quo magno cum
1. SeTTlus, -vi, m., Servlus (ser'vl-
fis), a Soman praenomen, 1.
Oalba, -ae, m., Serrius Sulpiclus
Galba (sSr'vi-fls siil-plsh'ytis g&l'ba),
4fne of Coisar^s legates^ and said to have
been one of his assassins. ^^
2. Nantu&tes, -nm, m. (COg), the
Nantuates (nan"tu-a''tez). i.
VeraEri, -6rum, m. (CDg), the Ver-
agrl (vBr'a-gri). 3.
3. SediXni, -orum, m. (Cgh), the Se-
dunl (se-du'ni). 3.
Chap. 1-6. Galba is sent to secure
a pass over the Alps. Although he
defeats the mountameers in battle, he
dares not 'winter in the moujitains.
Chap. 1. Galba is sent to secure a
pass over the Alps. He occupies Oc-
todurus.
1. cum . . . pioficlBCeretur: as stat-
«d in II, 3E. Therefore the narrative
given in the first six chapters of Book
in belongs chronologically with Book
II.
2. legione duodecima: this was one
of the two legions which had suffered
most severely in the battle with the Ner-
vli; cf. n, 25.
Nantuates, etc.: see the map facing
p. 217.
3. mislt: the pupil should notice
carefully Caesar's use of the indicative
tenses. The distinction between the im-
perfect and the perfect is difttcult for
English speaking people to grasp, but
Caesar was as careful in their use as in
the choice of modes and cases. Study
App. 197, 198. Notice that in this chap-
ter the perfect is used in every principal
clause. Notice, too, that all but one of
these perfects tell something that Cae-
sar or Qalba did; i.e. they all narrate
events in the story.
4. pertinent: several of the subordi-
nate verbs In this chapter are in the
present tense, because they state facts
which are stiU true at the time when
Caesar is writing.
5. fuit: this might have been imper-
fect, for it is not an event in the story.
Very few such perfects will be found in
Caesar.
quod TOlebat, " that he wished" ; a
substantive quod clause, in apposition
with causa. The imperfect does not nar-
rate an event in the story, but describes
something (Caesar's feelings) as going
on at the time of a main act (Caesar's
decision to send Galba). This is the
most common use of the imperfect, and
is called the descriptive imperfect.
iter per Alpes: the route leading over
the famous Great St. Bernard pass. For
the other route used by Caesar see map
facing p. a.
qu5: case? App. 144: Q.-L. 389: A. 429,
a: B. 318,9: H.-B. 426: H. 176.
ai8
WAR IN THE\ ALPS, B.C. 57
219
pericnlo magnlsqne cum portoriis mercatores ire consuerant,
patefieri volebat. Huic permisit, si opus esse arbitraretur, uti
in his locis legionem hiemandi causa collocaret. Galba, se-
cundis aliquot proeliis factis castellisque compluribus eorum
expugaatis, missis ad eum undique legatis obsidibusque datis i«
et pace facta, constituit cohortes duas in Nantuatibus coUocare
et ipse cum reliquis eius legionis cohortibus in vico Veragro-
rum, qui appellatur Octodurus, hieiAare; qui vicus positus in
valle, non magna adiecta planitie, altissimis montibus undique
continetur. ^Cum hie in duas partes flumine divideretur, al- is
teram partem eius vici Gallis
concessit, alteram vacuam ab
his relictam cohortibus ad hie-
mandum attribuit. Eum locum
vallo fossaque miinivit. 20
Galea's Caj^p
9. aliquot, indecl. num. adj. [quot,
how many], some, a tew, several. 3.
13. OctOduTUB, -1, m. (Cg), Octodu-
rus (Ok"t6-du'rfls). 1.
14. Talles, -iB, /., vale, valley. 2.
adicio, -Icere, -leci, -lectum, tr.
I lacl5, throw. App. 7], throw to, throw
up, hurl; add. 1.
19. attrltuo, -trlbuere, -tribui^
-trlbutum, ti: [ad + tribud, assign],
assign, allot. 2.
6. perlculo: from the natives.
portoriis, " tolls," levied by the na-
tives on all merchandise carried through,
their country.
consuerant; meaning of tense? App..
194, a: G.-L. 241, R.: A. 476: B. 262, A.:
H.-B. 487: H. B38, 4.
7. arbitraretur: Implied indirect
discourse. Caesar said arbitrSberU.
11. coliorteB duas: for the location:
of these cohorts, see map.
14. non . . . planitie, "with a lit-
tle level ground adjacent."
17. vacuam relictam, "left vacant."
19. eum locum: the western half of
the village.
220
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, III, 2
2. Cum dies hibernorum complures transissent frumen-
tumque eo comportari iussisset, subito per exploratores (;er-
tior factus est ex ea parte vici quam Gallis concesserat omnes
noctu discessisse montesque qui impenderent a maxima multi-
5 tudine Sedunorum et Veragrorum teneri. Id aliciuot de causis
acciderat, ut subifco Galli belli renovandi legioaiaque oppri-
mendae consilium caperent: primum, quod legionem, neque
eam plenissimam, detractis cohortibus duabus et compluribus
singillatim, qui commeatus peteudi causa missi erant, propter
10 paucitatem despiciebant ; turn etiam, quod propter iniquitatem
loci, cum ipsi ex montibus in vallem decurrerent et tela con-
icerent, ne primum quidem impetum suum posse stistinOri
existimabant. Accedebat quod suos ab se liberos abstractos
obsidum nomine dolebant et Romanos non solum itinernm
16 causa, sed etiam perpetuae possessionis culmina Alpium oecu-
6. renov5, ), tr. [re-+nOTU3, new],
renew. 2.
opprlmo, -prlmere, -press!, -pres-
sum, tr. [ob+premo, press], press
down, oppress ; overwhelm, overpower,
destroy; fall iipon, surprise. 4.
8. plenus, -a, -um, adj. [pleo, fill],
full, whole, complete. 3.
9. singillatim, adv. [slnguli, one
each], singly, one by one; individu-
ally. 1.
10. paucltas, -tatls, /. [paucus,
few], fewness, small number, i^
13. abstraho, -trahere, -traxi,
-tractum, tr. [traho, draw], to drag
away, carry away by force. 1.
IB. perpetuus, -a, -um, adj., con-
tinuous, uninterrupted ; permanent.
Chap. 2. The mountaineers revolt
and occupy the neighboring heights.
2. ed: i.e. into the winter quarters.
3. auam . . . concesserat: this is
not a part of the quotation, but is an
explanation added by the writer; there-
fore it is not subjunctive.
4. montes: the foot-hills, bordering
on the valley.
B. aliquot de causis: these reasons
are(l)?MOd deaj>ioiebant,\^l\ <2) quodex-
utimabant, 1. 10; (3) accedebat quod do-
HbantA- 13; (,V) [acced^at quod) habebant.
Note that the imperfect is used in these
clauses because they aU describe the
condition of things existing at the time
the Gauls revolted.
6. ut caperent: a substantive clause
of fact (result), in apposition with id.
7. neque eam plenissimam, "and
that not at its full strength" ; explained
by the ablatives absolute which follow.
8. compmribus Blnsillatim,
" many men individually."
11. cum decurrerent etconicerent,
"when they should, etc.," is a part of
the indirect discourse. They thought
"when we shall run' down . . . they can-
not withstand, etc."
13. accedebat quod, lit. " there was
added that" = "a further reason was
that" or "besides."
liberos abstractos (««««), "that their
children, etc."
14. obsldumnSmine, lit. "under the
name of hostages" = " as hostages."
16. perpetuae possesBlonls: sc.
causd.
WAR IN THE ALPS, B.C. 57
221
pare conari et ea loca fmitimae provinciae adiungere sibi per-
suasum habebant.
3. His niintiis acceptis Galba, cum neque opus hibernorum
munitionesque plene essent perfectae neque de frumento reli-
quoque commeatu satis esset provisum, quod deditione facta
obsidibusque acceptis nihil de bellp timendum existimaverat,
consilio celeriter convocato sententias exquirere coepit. Quo in s
consilio, cum tantum repentini periculi praeter opinionem ac-
cidisset ac iam omnia fere superiora loca multitudine armato-
rum completa conspicerentur neque subsidio veniri neque oom-
meattis supportari interclusis itineribus possent, prope iam
desperata salute non nuUae eius modi sententiae dicebantur, to
ut impedimentis relictis eruptione facta isdem itineribus qui bus
eo pervenissent ad saliitem oontenderent. Maiori tamen parti
lastiDg, continual; whole, entire; n. as
noun in phrase In perpetuum, for-
eTer. 3.
cnlmen, -inls, »., top, riage. 1.
16. adiungo, -lungere, -iunxi,
-lanctum, tr. [lungS, join]. Join to,
attach, unite; add. 1.
2. plene, adv. [plenua, full), fuHy. 1.
5. exquiro, -quirere, -qulsivl,
-quisltum, tr. [quaero, search], seek
or search out, inquire, investigate. 2.
9. Bupporto, 1, tr. [ aub + porto,
carry], carry or bring up from beneath;
bring, convey ; supply, furnish. 4.
16. finltlmae: the province bounded
them on the west. See map.
slblpersuasum habebant: the clause
SSmanos . . . adiungere is the object of
^bedant^ and persuaaum is a predicate
adjective in the neuter, agreeing with
the clause; lit. " they bad . . . persuaded
to themselves" = " they were persuaded
that."
Chap. 3. The Romans resolve to
defend their camp.
1. opus hibernorum: especially the
making of huts. Although they were
occupying part of a village. It cannot
have been large enough to house all the
soldiers.
3. essent perfectae agrees with the
nearer subject, munltiones.
3. esset provisum: translate per-
sonally.
4. nihil timendum (««8«), "that he
need have no tear."
6. consilio: a, council of war, com-
posed of the tribunes and the centurions
of the flrst rank. See Int. 42.
8. neque . . . veniri (posset), lit.
" and it could not be come to their as-
sistance."
10. eius modi, " to this effect. "
dicebantur: this narrates a new event
in the story, so that the perfect might
have been used; but the imperfect is
used to express repeated action; App.
191, a: G.-L. 233: A. 470: B. 260,2; H.-B.
484: H. 531,3.
12. pervenissent: implied indirect
discourse.
malorl parti placuit, " the majority
determined."
aaa
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, III, 4
placuit, hoc reservato ad extremum consilio, interim re! even-
turn experiri et castra defendere.
4. Brevi spatio interiecto, vix uHis rebus quas constituia-
sent collocandis atque administrandis tempus daretnr, hostSs
ex omnibus partibus signo dato decurrere, lapides gaesaqne in
vallum conicere. Nostri primo integris viriotis fortiter pro-
5 pugnare ueque uUum frustra telnm ex loco superiore mittere,
et quaecumque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi
videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre; sed hoc superari,
quod diuturnitate pugnae hostes defessi proelio excedebant,
alii integris virimis sucoedebant; quarum rerhm a nosttis
10 propter paucitatem fieri nihil poterat, ac non modo defesso ex
13. place5, 8, intr. let. placo, ap-
pease], please, satisfy; often impers.,
seem good to one, hence, decide, resolve,
determine. 2.
reBervS, l, tr. [re- + servo, save,
keep], keep back, save up, reserve.
Z.
1. brevis, -e, adj., short, brief, tran-
sitory; brevi, in a short time. *
3. gaesum, -1, n., a heavy iron jav-
elin (0/ the Gault). 1.
4. integer, -gra, -grum, adj., un-
touched, intact, whole, unimpaired;
fresh ; re integra, before anything was
done. 3.
6. frustra, adv., without effect, in
vain, to no purpose. 3.
6. qulciunqiue, quaecumque, quod-
cumque, inde/. (or generalizing) rel.
pron., whoever, whatever; whosoever,
whatsoever, any . . . whatever; every-
one who, everything that. ^
8. dluturnltas, -tatis, /. [diutur-
nuB, long], long duration. 2.
Chap. 4. The mountaineers attack
the camp in great numbers.
1. vix: placed before ui for emphasis.
rebus . . . administrandis: the da-
tive of the gerundive is not common.
quas constituissent: a determina-
tive clause; App. 231 : H.-B. 650. Reason
for the subjunctive? App. 274: G.-L.
663, 1 : A. 593: B. 324, 1: H.-B. 539: H. 652.
3. decurrere: an historical infin-
itive. In what case is its subject, liot-
tesf App. 281: G.-L.. 647: A. 463: B. 836:
H.-B. 595: H. 610,
4. integris viribus: ablative abso-
lute, " while their strength was fresh."
6. ex loco superiore: the top of the
rampart.
7. hoc Buperarl, quod, " they were
overmatched in this, that."
8. excedSbant, succedebant, "kept
withdrawing, etc."; imperfects of re-
peated action.
9. integris vIribuB: descriptive ab-
lative. Contrast the construction of the
same words In 1. 4.
quarum . . . poterat, "while none
of these things, etc."
10. poterat and dabatur are de-
scriptive imperfects, describing a condi-
tion of things that went on all through
the battle.
non modo defess5 facultas daba-
tur, "'not only was an opportunity
not given to an exhausted man." H.
656, 3; "Non modo (or solum) non,
sed ne . . . quldem means not only not^
hut not even, and non modo (sdlum),
sed ne . . . quidem, has the same mean-
ing when the verb standing in the second
clause belongs al.so to the first."
WAR IN THE ALPS, B.C. 57
223
pugna excedendi, sed ne saucio quidem eius loci ubi constit-
erat relinquehdi ac sui reciprendi faoultas dabatur.
k' ■" 5. Cum iam amplius horls sex contiaftiter pugnaretur, ac
non solum vires sed etiam tela nostros deficerent, atque hostes
acrras instarent, languidioribusque nostris vallum scindere et
foasas complere coepissent, resque esset iam ad extremum per-
ducta casum, P. Sextius Baculus, primi pill centurio, quem 5
Nervioo proelio compluribus confectum vulneribiis diximus, et
item 0. Volusenus, tribunus militum, vlr et conSili magni et
virtutis, ad G-albam accurrunt atque iinam esse spem saliitis
decent, si eruptione facta extremum auxilium experirentnr.
Itaque convocatis centurionibus celeriter milites certiores facit lo
H. aaucius,-a,-um, aoy., wounded. 1.
3. languidus, -a, -um, adj., weak,
faint, sluggish. 1.
Bcindo, scindere, scidi, BClgsum,
«r., split; tear down, destroy. 1.
5. pilus, -i, m., oentv^y of soldiers;
primus pilus, first century of a legion;
piimi pill oenturlo, or primlpilua,
the centurion of the first century, chief
centurion. I ,
6. Nervlcus, -a, -um, adj. [Ner-
vlus], of the Nervli. 1.
7. C, abbr. for praenomen Galus
(ga'yus). *
Volusenus, -j, m., Galus Voluse-
nus Quadratus (ga'ytis vfir'u-se'niSs
kwa-dra'tiis), a tribune of Oaesar's army^
afterward commander of cavalry, i.
11. excedendi: gerund or gerun-
dive?
loci relln). 3.
9. conspiro, l, intr. [spiro, breathe],
oomblne, conspire. 1.
10. partlor, 4, tr. [pars, part], part,
share, divide. 1.
dlBtrlbuo, -tTlbuere,-trit)Ui,-trlbn-
tum, tr. [tribuo, assign], assign, divide,
distribute. 3.
3. offlcium, -ci, n., service, allegi-
ance, duty ; official duty, business ; esse,
manere, or permanere In officio, to
remain faithful, in
8. autem, " moreover."
9. odnsplraront: translate this
clause after the principal clause. The
subjunctive was probably used In the
direct form; App. 236, 6: G.-L. 577: A.
551,6: B. 292, 1,6: H.-B. 507, 4,6: H.605, 1.
10. partlendum («»««) sibl, lit.
"must be divided by him " = " he must
divide." Remember that the future
passive participle of deponent verbs is
passive in meaning.
latlus distribuendum: so as to over-
awe several parts of Gaul at the same
time.
Chap. 11. Accordingly he sends di-
TiBlons of his army into various parts
of G-aul, and himself marches against
the Venetl.
2. fiOmlnl: what other case may
proximus govern? See note on 7, 7.
mlttlt: probably the various expedi-
tions mentioned In this chapter all
started from Angers. See map facing
p. 217.
mandat adeat: note the primary
sequence after the historical present;
cf. note on aceurrunt, B, 8. Note also
the lack of a conjunction; App. 228, a:
G.-L. 646, E. 2: A. 565, a: B. 295, 8: H.-B.
502,3, a: H. 565, 4.
Kemos: this state had earned the
hatred of the other Belgae in the pre-
ceding year, and It may have needed
support.
4. arcesslti: sc. eeee.
6. conentur is a part of Caesar's In-
structions to Lablenus, and is therefore
Implied indirect discourse. But dice-
bantur is not a part of the Instructions,
and is therefore Indicative.
6. oobOTtlbUB leslonarlis: Roman
soldiers, in contrast to the cavalry,
which was Gallic.
7. In aalllam: i.e. Celtic Gaul.
WAR WITH THE VENETl, B.C. 56
331
Lexoviosque mittit, qui earn manum distinendam curet. D. la
Brutum adulescentem classl Gallicisque navibus quas ex Pic-
tonibus et Santonis reliquisque pacatis regionibus convenTi-e
iusserat praefioit, et cum primnm possit in Venetos proficisci
iubet. Ipse eo pedestribus copiis contendit.
12. Erant eius modi fere situs oppidorum nt posita in ex-
tremis lingulis promunturiisque neque pedibus aditum habe-
Tent cum ex alto se aestus incitavisset, quod bis accidit semper
horarum xxiiii spatio, neque navibus, quod rursus minuente
aestu naves in vadis afflictarentur. Ita utraque re oppidorum 5
oppugnatio impediebatur; ac si quando magnitudine operis
10. D. , abbr. /or praenomen, Decimus
(dfis'I-nifls). 1.
11. Brutus, -I, m., Declmus Junius
Brutus (dSs'i-miis ju'nl-iis brvi'tfis), one
of Caesar's lieutenants in the GaUic xoar^
and in the war with Pompet/. Se took
part in the conspiracy against Caesar,
and was killed by order of Antony. S.
classlB, -is,/., fleet, st ■.
Flctones, -um, m. (Ccd), the Fictones
Chap. 16. The Veneti surrender.
Caesar slays their senate and sells the
rest into slavery.
2. cum . . . tum, " not only . . . but
also."
3. in quibus . , . fuit, "who had
any ability to advise or any rank."
eo: to the seat of war.
4. navium . . . fuerat, "whatever
[of] ships they had had anywhere."
B. quibus, refers to both men and
ships.
neque . . . habebant, "did not know
where to take refuge, etc. " For con-
struction see note on quid . . . tntt*te-
rent, 14, 9.
7. eO gravius, qu6, lit. " more severe-
ly on this accoimt, In order that "="the
more severely, etc."
WAR WITH THE VENELLI, B.C. 56
299
barbarls ius legatorum conservargtur. Itaque omnI senatu
necato reliquos sub corona vendidit. -viL w
17. Dum haec in VenetJs geruffinr, Q. Titurius Sabmiis
cum iis copiis quas a Caesare acceperat in fines Venellornm
pervenit. His praeerat Viridovix ac summam imperi tenebat
earum omnium civitatum quae defecerant, ex quibus exercitnm
magnasque copias coegerat; atque his paucis diebus Aulerci s
Eburovices Lexoviique senatli suo interfecto, quod auctores
belli esse nolebant, portas clauserunt seque cum Viridovice
coniiinxerunt ; magnaque praeterea multitiido undique ex Gallia
perditorum hominum latronumque convenerat, quos spes prae-
dandi stndiumque bellandl ab agricultijra et cotidiano labore w
revocabat. Sabinus idoneo omnibus rebus loco castris sese
10. neco, 1, tr. [nex, death], put to
death, kill, murder. 2.
corona, -ae,/., wreath, ohaplet; ring,
circle; sub corona yendere, sell at
auction. 1.
3. Viridovix, -Ida, m., Viridovix
vl-rld'o-viks), a chief of the Venelli.
4.
6. Eburovices, -um, m. (Bd), the
Aulerci Eburovices (aw-ler'si Sb"u-P6-
vi'sez) . 1.
auctor, -oris, m. [auged, increase],
one who produces, creates, or originates;
promoter, instigator, adviser, author:
auctor esse, advise. 1.
8. praeterea, adv. [praeter, be-
yond], beyond this, besides, further-
more. :(:
9. perdo, -dere, -didi, -dltum, Ir.
[do, give), give over, ruin ; perdltus, pf.
part, as adj., desperate, ruined. 1.
latro, -onls, m., freebooter, bandit,
robber. 1 .
10. agrlcultura, -ae,/. [ager, land
+C016, cultivate], cultivation of the
land, agriculture. 3.
10. reliquos : I.e. all who fell into his
hands; certainly not all the state, since
it remained In existence.
sub corona : the phrase came down
from early times, when it was the cus-
tom to put chaplets of leaves on the
heads of captives who were to be sold.
The punishment of the Veneti, like
that of the Atuatucl (U, 33, 18) seems
barbarous to us. It Is nevertheless true
that on the whole Caesar was merciful
to the Gauls, judging him by the stand-
ards of his own times, and that these
severe punishments were necessary lor
the accomplishment of his purposes.
Chap. 17-19. Sabinus defeats the
laud forces of the allies.
Chap. 17. Sabinus encamps among
the VeneUi and refuses battle.
I. dum geruntur: for mode and
tense, see App. 234, a: G.-D. 570: A. 556:
B. 893, I: H.-B. 571: H. 604, 1.
Sabinus: see 11, 8.
6. bis paucis diebus, " a few days
before"; I.e. before the arrival of
Sabinus.
7. nolebant: the senators.
8. undique ex Gallia, "from all
parts of Gaul " ; not simply from the
Aremorican states. This was the Bo-
mans' third year In Gaul, and the long-
continued war had unsettled every-
thing.
II. idoneo . . . tenebat, , "shut
himself up In camp in a place suitable
In all respects." Notice the three ab-
latives: rebus is an ablative of speciflca-
tlon: loco is an ablative of place, Apj).
240
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, III, 18
tenebat, cum Viridovix contra eumduorum milium spatio con-
sedisset cotidieque productis copiis pugnandl potestatem faceret,
nt iam non solum liostibus in contemptionem Sabinus venlret,
15 sed etiam nostrorum militum vocibus non nihil carperetur;
tantamque opinionem timoris praebnit ut iam ad vallum
castrorum hostes accedere auderent. Id ea de causa faciebat,
quod cum tanta multitiidine hostinm, praesertim eo absente
qui summam imperi teneret, nisi aequo loco aut opportunitate
20 aliqua data legato dimicandum non existimabat.
18. Hac confirmata opinione timoris idoneum quendam
hominem et callidum delegit, Galium, ex iis quos auxili causa
secum babebat. Huic magnis praemiis pollicitationibusque
persuadet utJ ad hostes transeat, et quid fieri velit edocet. Qui
5 nbi pro perfuga ad eos venit, timorem Eomanorum proponit, qui-
bus angu.siiTs ipse Caesar a Venetis prematur docet neque longius
abesse omn proxima nocte SabTnus clam ex castris exercitum
13. prodaco. -ducere, -duxl, -duc-
tum. tr [duco, lead), lead out or forth,
bri ng forth ; prolong, protract; produce;
vMh copias, arrange, draw up. 4:
14. contemptio, -onla, /. [contem-
no, despise], disdain, contempt. 1 .
15. carpo, carpeie, carpsi,
carptum, tr., plack: censure, jeer
at. 1.
18. absens. -entlB, cuij. Iprei. part,
of absum be absent] , absent, at a dis-
tance. 2.
19. aequus, -a, -um aij. even
level, equal; equitable, impartial, just ;
aequus animus, equanimity, compo-
sure. 3.
2. callidus.-a.-uin, a<^'., shrewd. 1,
3. praemium, -ml, n., distinction,
prize, reward si:
polllcitati5, -onis /, [poIUceor,
promise], promise, offer. 2.
4. edoceo, -docere, -docul, -doc-
tum, tr. [doceo, teach], teach thorough-
ly, inform In detail, explain. 1.
7. clam, adv., secretly. 3.
151, 6: cOBtriB appears to be an ablative
of place, but is an ablative ot means,
App. 151, c.
12. cum, " although."
milium: sc. passuum,
spatio: ablative of degree of differ-
ence; lit ''opposite by a distance,
etc."
14. hoBtlbus: dative o» reference.
18 ed absente. "In the absence of
the mar"; l.e Caesar.
20 legato* dative of the agent with
C
devStle, 1. 3, after the long parenthesis.
11. tamen, "nevertheless"; i.e. In
spite of his attempt to escape after sur-
render. The offense was the same as
that of the Atuatuci, II, 33, and might
have been punished as severely.
18. eadem: i.e. the same as those
who had not attempted to escape.
Chap. 23. The Aquitani assemble
a large force. Crassus decides to give
battle.
1. In fIneB, etc.: see map facing p.
217.
346
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, III, 23
et Tarusatium profectus est. Turn vero barbari. commoti,
quod oppidum et natura loci et manu munitnm paucis diebua
quibus eo ventum erat expugnatum cognoverant, legatoa quo-
5 queversus dimittere, ooniurare, obsides inter se dare, copias
parare coeperuut. Mittuntar etiam ad eas civitates legati quae
sunt citerioris Hispaniae fmitimae Aqnitaniae; inde auxiliu
ducesque arcessuntur. Quorum adventu magna cum auc-
toritate et magna cum hominnm multitiidine bellum gerere
10 conantur. Duces vero il deliguntur qui una cum Q. Sertorio
omnes annos fuerant summamque scientiam rei militaris
habere existimabantur. Hi consuetudine populi Romani loca
capere, castra munire, commeatibus nostros intercludere insti-
tuunt. Quod ubi Crassns animadvertit snas copias propter
^ exiguitatem non facile diduci, hostem et vagari et ria^ obsidere
et castris satis praesidi relinquere, ob earn causam minus
commode frumentum commeatumque sibi supportarl, in dies
hostium numerum augeri, non cunctandum existimavit quin
3. Tarusates, -lum, m. (DEc), the
Tarusates (t&r"u-8S'tez). 2.
4. audqueveTSUB, adv.. In every di-
rection, all around. 1.
10. SertOTlUB, -ri, m., Quintus Ser-
torius (kwjn'tiis sSr-to'rl-ils) apartitan
of Uariut; after the death of the latter, he
coTitinued the war in Spain against the
senatorial party, until murdered In 72
B.C. 1.
IB. dU&c6, -diicere, -dnxl, -duc-
tum, tr, Ldlicd, lead], lead or draw
apart; separate, divide. 1.
obsldeo, -sldere, -sedl, -sesBum, tr.
[sedeo, sit], sit in the vray of , obstruct,
besiege, blockade. 2.
18. cunctor, I, t»ose,
plan. 3.
oisire battle."
On the gvin clause, see App. 228, c:
G.-L. 565: A. 558: B. 298: H.-B. 502, 3, b:
H. 595, 1.
19, consilium, "a council of .war."
20. pugnae: dative.
Chap. 24. Since the enemy refases
to meet him, .flrassus attacks their
camp.
1. duplici aclS: The .Roman force
was smaller than that of the enemy, and
this arrangement made a longer front
than the usual triple line.
2. auzllils ... coniectis: the
longer line of the enemy might be ex-
pected to turn both Roman flanks;
therefore it was important that the
wings consist of reliable Roman legion-
aries. Caesar never trusted the auxil-
iaries anywhere in the line.
4. se . . . dimlcaturoB, "that it
iirould be safe to fight. "
5. tutiuB esse, "that it was stiu
safer."
obsessis . . . interciaso, "by
blocking . . . and cutting off. "
7. coepissent: Indirect discourse tor
the future perfect indicative.
S. impeditos: both by their heavy
baggage (impedimenta) and, by the dilH-
culty of fighting in marching order-
10. sua refers to the subject, hostes.
11. opinione, lit. "impression"
which they gave, = "appearance."
13. exspectari . . . oportere, "that
they ought not to delay longer."
quIn . . . Iretur: cf. 23, 18, note.
14. omnibus cupientibus, 'to the
delight of all."
Chap. 25. The camp is vigorously
defended, but Crassus learns that the
rear is weak.
1. coniectis, " by throwing."
248
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, III, 26
iectia defensores vallo munitionibusqne depellerent, auxiliarfis-
que, quibus ad pugnam non mmtnm CrasBus confldebat,
lapidibus telisque subministrandis et ad aggerem caespitibus
5 comportandis speciem atque opimohem pugnantium praeberent,
cum item ab hostibus constanter ac non timid e pugnamur
telaque ex loco superiore missa non frustra acciderent, equites
circumitis hostium castris Crasso renuntiaverunt non eadem
esse diligentia ab decnmana porta castra munita facil^mque
to aditum habere.
26. Crassus equitum praefectos cohortatus ut magnis
praemiis pollicitationibusque suos excitarent, quid fieri veMfet
ostenjiit. Illi, ut erat imperatum, eductis iis cohortibus quae
praesidio castris relictae intritae ab labore erant et long^ore
5 itinere circiunductiB, ne ex hostium castris conspicl poS^nt,
omnium ocuiis mentibusque ad pugnam intentis, celeriter ad
eas quas dlximus munltiones pervenerunt atque his prorutis
2. depello, -pellere, -puli, -pul-
Bum, tr. [pell5, drive], drive from or
away, ward off. 1.
auzlllarls, -e, a<^. [auzllium, aid],
auxiliary; m. pi. as noun, auxiliary
troops. 1.
4. submlnlBtro, l, tr. [mlnlBtro,
wait upon], furnish, supply, give. 3.
caeBpes, -ItlB, m., a sod, turf. I.
6. timide, adv. [tlmiduB, fearful],
fearfully , cowardly, timidly. 1.
8. circumeo, -ire, -il, -Itiuu, tr.
[eo, go. App. 84], go or march around,
traverse, visit. (.
4. IntrituB, -a, -um, atij. [in— )-
trltus, worn], unwearied. 1.
5. circumdacS, -dlicere, -duxl,
-ductum, tr. [duco, lead], lead or draw
around. 2.
7. proruo, -Tuere, -rui, -rutum, tr.
[ruo, fall], overthrow. ).
S. qulbUB: the dative, since with c(in-
fido the dative (App. 115) is regularly
used of persons, the ablative (App. 143,
a) of things.
- 4. submlniBtTandiB: to the legion-
ary soldiers.
ad asgeiem, "for an agger." The
Romans were compelled to build a slop-
ing embankment in order to surmount
the high wall of the Gallic camp.
T. czloco superior e: the top of the
rampart.
8. circumltlB castris, " having rid-
den around the camp."
9. ab, "at."
Chap. 36. The Romans capture the
camp and cut down the fleeing
enemy.
1. cohortatuB at excitarent, " urg-
ing ... to stimulate."
4. intritae ab labSre, "not worn
out by fighting." ab labore Is strictly
an ablative of separation, as it Caesar
had said "free from"; hence the prep-
osition.
longlore, "roundabout."
7. dlzlmua: in 26, 9.
WAR IN AQUITANIA B.C. 56
249
prius in hostium castrls constiterunt quam plane ab his vidSrI
aut quid rel gereretur cognosci posset./ Turn vero clamore ab
ea parte audito nostrl r edintegra tia yinbiis , quod plerumque in lo
spe victoriae accidere consuevit, acnhs impugnare coeperunt.
Hostes undique circumvent! desperatis omnibus rebus se per
munitiones deicere et fuga salutem peteyecontenderunt. Quos
equitatns apertissimis campis consectatus ex milium l numerO,
quae ex Aquitania Cantabrisque convenisse constabat, vix is
quarta parte relicta multa nocte se in castra recepit.
27. Hac audita pugna maxima pars Aquitaniae sese Crassd
dedidit obsidesque ultro misit, quo in numero fuerunt Tarbelli,
Bigerriones, Ptianii, Vocates, Tarusates, Elusates, Gates,
Ausci, Garumni, Sibusates, Cocosates; paucae ultimae natio-
nes anni tempore confisae, quod hiems suberat, id facere s
neglexerunt.
8. plane, adv. [planus, even, plain],
plainly, clearly, distinctly. 1.
11. Impugno, 1, tr. [In + pugno,
fight], fight against, attacli, assail. 2.
14. campus, -i, m., plain, open space
or country. 1.
16. CautabrI, -drum, m. (Bab), the
Cantabri (kfin'ta-bri). 1.
2. ultrd, adv., to or on the farther
side, beyond ; of one's own accord, vol-
untarily, spontaneously, without prov-
ocation; besides, moreover; ultro
citroque, baclc and forth, if
Tarbelli, -orum, m. (Ec), the Tar-
belli (tar-b61'i). 1.
3. Biserriones, -um, m. (Bed), the
Bigerriones (bi-3Sr"I-o'nez or bi"j6-ri-
6'nez). 1.
Ftlanli, -orum, m. (Ec), the Ptianii
(ti-a'nli). 1.
Elusates, -um, m. (Ed), the Elusates
<6I"u-sa'tez). 1.
Gates, -um, m. (DEd), the Gates
(ga'tez). I.
4. AuscI, -orum, m. (Ed), the Ausol
aw'si). I .
Garumni, -orum, m. (Ed), the Qa-
rumnl (ga-rfim'ni). I .
Sibusates, -um, m. (Ec), the Sibu-
sates (sib"ii-sa'tez). 1.
Cocosates,' -um, m. (Dc), the Coco-
sates (k6k"o-sa'tez). 1.
8. prius . . . quam: see App. 236, c.
vlderl: supply po««en^ from j70««6^
9. quid lei gererStur, "what was
going on " ; subject of potset.
10. nostri: l.e. those who were at-
tacking in front
quod, " a thing which." The anteced-
ent is redintegrStis vlribug.
13. per, "over."
14. campis: ablative of the way, not
of place; therefore without a preposi-
tion.
ex . . . numero depends on giiSrta
parte.
16. quae (mUia) convenisse is the
subject of the impersonal mmtabat,
" who were known to have gathered."
16. raulta nocte, "late at night."
Chap. 27. Nearly the whole of
Aquitania submits.
4. paucae ultimae nati6n€s, " only
a few tribes, the most remote"; prob-
ably those living among the Pyrenees.
6. tempore: of. note on qvilmi, 2S, 3.
250
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, III, 28
28. Eodem fere tempore Caesar, etsi prope exacta iam
aestas erat, tamen, quod omni Gallia pacata Morini Menapi-
Ique supererant qui in armis easent neque ad eum umquam
legatos de pace misissent, arbitratus id bellum celeriter oon-
s fici posse, eo exercitum duxit; qui longe alia ratipne ac reliqui
Galli bellum gerere ooeperunt. Nam qnod intellegebant max-
imaa nationes quae proelio contendissent pulsas superafcasque
esse, continentesque silvas ac paludes habebant, eo se suaqae
omnia contulerunt. Ad quarum initium silvarum cum Caesar
w pervenisset castraque munire instituisset, neque hostis interim
visus esset, dispersis in opere nostris, subitd ex omnibus parti-
bus silvae evolaverunt et in nostroa impetum fecerunt. Nostri
celeriter arma cepernnt eosque in silvas reppulerunt et com-
pluribus interfectls longius impeditioribus locis seciiti paucos
15 ex suls deperdidernnt.
ultlmua, -a, -um, adj., mp. [ultra,
beyond. App. 43], farthest, most dis-
tant or remote; a» noun, those In the
rear. 2.
1. ezlffS, -igere, -egl, -actum, tr.
(ago, drive], finish, pass. 1.
3. umquam, adv.,a,t any time, ever;
neQue . ■ . umquam, and never,
never. 2.
8. contlnens, -entla, atij. [pre». part.
of contineS, hold together], holding
together; continuous, unbroken; neigh-
boring; a» noun, mainland, continent.
*
11. dlspergS, -spergere, -BpersI,
-spersum, tr. [spargo, scatter],
scatter, disi>erse. 3.
12. evolo, 1, intr. [volo, fly], fly or
rush forth. 1.
IB. deperdd, -perdare, -peidldi,
-perdltum, tr. [perdo, destroy], de-
stroy utterly ; forfeit, lose. 2.
Chap. 28-29. Caesar makes an un-
successful attempt to subdue the
Morini and the Iilenapii.
Chap. 28. The Morini take refuge
in forests and swamps.
1. exacta, "past"; the participle
used as an adjective.
2. omni QalUa: Gaul In general, in-
cluding Aquitanla and Belgium, though
the same words tn II, 1, 6, refer only to
Celtic Qaul.
3. qui essent, misissent: » clause
of characteristic.
6. e5, "against them."
exercitum: on his march from the
Veneti he doubtless picked up Sabinus
and his legions. See map facing p.
317.
qui, "but they."
ao, "than" or "from"; cf. altam
atgue, 9, 3].
7. contendissent: the mode is due
only to indirect discourse.
9. inltlum, "edge."
11. dispersis nostris: just as they
had been surprised at the Sabis, II, 19
and 20.
13. complHrlbus: of the enemy.
14. longius, " too far."
Impeditldrlbus, "verydiJBcult."
ATTACK ON THE MORINI B.C. 56
251
29. Eeliqnls deinceps diebus Caesar silvas caedere institnit
et, ne quis inermibus imprudentibusque militibus ab latere
impetus fieri posset, omnem earn materiam quae erat caesa
conversam ad hostem collocabat et pro vallo ad utrumque
latus exstruebat. Incredibill celeritate magno spatio paucis i
diebus confecto, cum iam pecus atque extrema impedimenta a
nostris tenerentur, ipsi densiores silvas peterent, eius modi
sunt tempestates consecutae ^ti opus necessario intermitteretur
et continuatione imbrium diufcius sub pellibus mllites continerl
non possent. Itaque vastatis omnibus eorum agris, vicis :
aedificiisque incensis Caesar exercitum reduxit et in Aulercis
Lexoviisque, reliquls item civitatibus quae proxime bellum
fecerant, in hibernis collocavit.
1. deinceps, adv., one after the
other, in turn, successively. 1.
caedo, caedere, cecidi, caesum, Ir.,
cut; kill, slay. 2.
2. imprudens, -entis, adj. (:ln-+
pradens, prudent], Imprudent, off
one's guard, unwary. 1.
3. materia, -ae, /., material; -wood.
timber. 4.
6. pecus, -oris, n., cattle, a herd;
usually small cattle, sheep; meat;
flesh. 2.
9. contlnuatld, -onls, /. [contintt-
UB, continuous], continuance, success
sion. 1.
Imber, -bris, m- , a rainstorm, rain. L
Chap. 29, Caesar^ ravages the
country and withdraws to ■winter
quarters.
2, ne quia impetus, "that no at-
tack,"
inermibus . . . militibus: ablative
absolute.
4. conversam ad hostem, "inntli
their tops turned toward the enemy."
pro valid, "to serve as a rampart."
Caesar cut a way through the forest,
with this rampart on each side.
6. confecto. lit. "flnishad," =
"cleared."
7. ipsi: the Morinl themselves, in
contrast witb their animals and hag-
gage.
9. sub pellibus: in winter the sol
diers lived In huts.
BOOK IV. WAR WITH THE GERMANS. FIRST
INVASION OF BRITAIN
The campaign of 55 b.c. is memorable in history as the occasion
when the Roman arms were first carried beyond the Rhine and across
the Channel. The map facing page 217 shows how completely Gaul
had come under Caesar's control, either by conquest or by peaceful
submission. But Caesar knew that his task was not yet finished. If
the Rhine was to be the Roman frontier (Int. 3), the Germans must be
taught to respect that frontier. And the unknown Britain, lying so
near Gaul, tempted him. It might be worth conquering. If not, at
any rate both Gauls and Britons must be shown that Britain could af-
ford neither to send aid to Gaul nor offer refuge to Gauls who wished to
escape from Caesar. Only when Caesar had shown that neither the
Rhine nor the Channel could stop a Roman army, might he expect Gaul
to rest quietly under the Roman yoke.
Two German tribes, the Usipetes and the Tencteri, had been driven
out of their homes, far in the interior of Germany, by the Suebi. After
wandering homeless for three years, they crossed the Rhine into the
Gallic possessions of the Menapii and there spent the early months of 55.
Nothing shows more clearly the lack of unity among the states of Gaul
than the indifference with which the neighbors of the Menapii regarded
this incursion of their hereditary foes. Some states even tried to repeat
the mistake of the Sequani (I, 31), and invited the Germans to settle
in their territory and make common cause with them against Caesar
or the rest of Gaul. But Caesar interfered at once by marching against
the Germans. Using as a pretext a treacherous attack by a small body
of German cavalry, he made himself guilty of the most treacherous and
indefensible act in his whole career. He arrested all their leaders, who
had come to apologize for the attack and then surprised and slew almost
the whole German host, men, women, and children. If the deed has an
excuse it lies in the absolute necessity of teaching the other Germans
never to Invade Gaul.
Caesar decided to reenforce this terrible lesson by making the Ger-
mans fear for their own territory. The Sugambri, who had given refuge
to the remnants of the Usipetes and the Tencteri, refused to give them
up at Caesar's command. Moreover the Ubii begged Caesar's aid against
252
WAR WITH THE GERMANS, B.C. 55 253
the Suebi. In the marvellously brief space of ten days he constructed
a great bridge across the Rhine, over which he led his entire army. At
the first news of his approach the Sugambri and the Suebi had retired
into the safe depths of their vast forests. Since it was no part of Caesar's
purpose to subjugate these peoples, he contented himself with ravaging
the nearer possessions of the Sugambri. Satisfied with this demonstra-
tion of Roman power, he recrossed the Rhine and destroyed his bridge,
after a stay of only eighteen days on German soil.
Caesar had neither time nor ships enough to attempt a real invasion
of Britain this summer, nor could he learn by inquiry anything about
the country and the amount of force needed for accomplishing his pur-'
pose there. Therefore he determined to devote the lemainder of the
summer to a preliminary expedition which would at least show him what
preparations he must make for the next year. Taking only two legions
he sailed to Deal from the nearest point in Gaul. A landing was effected
only after a sharp struggle with the Britons. A few nearby tribes sur-
rendered, but Caesar waited for the arrival of his cavalry before pene-
trating the interior. Just as the cavalry transports were approaching
the island, a storm not only drove them back to Gaul but shattered
the main fleet, which lay in an exposed roadstead. Caesar beat off an
attack of the natives, repaired his ships, and sailed back to Gaul.
Before leaving for Britain, Caesar had received the submission of a
part of the Morini. During his absence the remainder of his army har-
ried the Menapii and the rest of the Morini. On the return voyage two
ships were driven out of their course, and the men carried by them were
attacked by the Morini. A vigorous raid at last caused the final sub-
mission of the Morini; but the Menapii still remained unconquered in
their forests and swamps.
EXPLANATION OF CAMPAIGN MAP
For the meaning of the colors, see the explanation of the campaigii
map for I, 1-29, facing page 42.
The coloring in this map is the same as in the campaign map for
Book m, facing page 217, except that the Morini and a part of the
Menapii are colored red.
Every important geographical point in this year's campaigning is
open to discussion. Holmes agrees with some other authorities in lo-
cating the battle with the Usipetes and the Tencteri near the junction
of the Mosella and the Rhine, but his discussion is less fair than usual.
His own arguments, carefully sifted, seem decisive for the location near
the junction of the Mosa and the Rhine. If the battle is rightly lo-
cated, there is no valid argument for locating the bridge elsewhere than
at Bonn. Holmes seems to have proved that Wissant, not Boulogne,
was the sailing point for Britain. The landing point in Britain must
have been either near Deal or a considerable distance west of Deal, near
Hythe; it is almost certain that it was near Deal. The map on page 294
gives in more detail the parts of Gaul and Britain which are involved
in discussion's as to the sailing and landing points.
2M
Campaign Map for Book )V
LIBER QUAETUS.
I . Ea quae secuta est hieme, qui fuit annus Cn. Pompeio
M. Crasso consulibus, TJsipetes Germani et item Tencteri
magna cum multitudine hominum flumen Ehenum transierunt,
non longe a mari quo Bhenus influit. Causa transeundi fuit
quod ab Suebis complfires annos exagitati bello premebantur 5
et agricultiira prohibebantur. Sueborum gens est longe max-
ima et bellicosissima Germanorum omnium. Hi centum pagos
habere dicuntur, ex quibus quotannis singula milia armatorum
bellandi causa ex finibus educunt. Eeliqui, qui domi manse-
1. Cn., abbr. for Gnaeus (ne'fls), a
Soman praenomen. 1.
FompeiUB, -i, m. Gnaeus Fompeins
(ne'fls p6m-pe'yiis), better, Pompey,
triumvir with Caesar and Craasua in 60
B.C., defeated by Caesar at Pharsalia,
and murdered in Egypt by Ptolemy, 48
B.C. 1.
2. Uslpetea, -um, m., the Uslpetes
(u-sip'e-tez). 4.
Tencteri, -oriim, m., the Tencteri
(tSngk'teri). 4.
6. Suebus, -a, -um, adj., of or per-
taining to the Suebi, Sueban; pi. as
noun, Suebi (Bhl), the Suebi (swe'bi), a
powerful people of central Germany con-
sisting of several independent tribes, the
modern Swabiaus. *
8. auotaiinis, adv. [quot, as many
as-|-annU3, year], every year, yearly.
2.
9. maneS, manere, mansi, man-
sum, intr., remain, continue, abide,
stay. 2.
Chap. 1-4. Two German tribes
cross the Rhine. Description of the
German tribes -who are concerned in
the following narrative.
Chap. 1. Two German tribes, ex-
pelled by the Suebi, cross into Gaul.
The warlike character and training
of the Suebi.
1. ack in such a panic."
10. prius quam yenissent: the sub-
junctive is probably due to attraction,
but may be explained by App. 236, b.
13. genere: case? App. 135: G.-L.
395: A. 403, a: B. 215: H.-B. 418: H.'469, 2.
16. intercluso: translate by a rela-
tive clause.
Chat). 13. Caesar decides on venge-
ance and detains the German leaders,
who have come to apologize.
1. neque iam, " no longer."
4. ezspectare: subject of e«e.
dum augerentur: App. 235, b.
5. summae . . . esse, "was (an act)
of the utmost folly."
6. quantum auctoritatis, "what
prestige."
9. quaestore: see Int. 39.
ne . . . praetermitteret, "not to let
any opportunity for battle go by."
WAR WITH THE GERMANS, B.C. 55
267
quem diem pugnae praetermitteret, opportunissima res accidifc, lo
quod postridie eius diei m&ne eadem et perfidia et simulatione
iisi Germani freqnentes, omnibus principibus maioribusque
natu adhibitis, ad eum in castra venerunt, simul, ut diceba-
tur, sui purgandi causa, quod, contra atque esset dictum et
ipsi petissent, proelium pridie commisissent, simul ut, si quid »
possent, de indutiis fallendo impetrarent. Quos sibi Caesar
oblatos gavisus illos retineri iussit, ipse oulnes copias castris
eduxit equitatumque, quod recent! proelio perterritum esse
exTstimabat, agmen subsequi iussit.
1 4. Acie triplici instituta et celeriter viii milium itjnere
confecto prius ad hostium castra pervenit quam quid agergtur
Germani sentire possent. Qui omnibus rebus subito perterriti.
10. piaetermltta, -mittere, -misi,
-mlsBum, tr. [mitto, send], send by;
let pass, overlook. 1.
11. mane, adv., in tlie morning,
early, l.
perfldla, -ae,/. [perfidus. faithless],
treachery, perfidy; falsehood, dis-
honesty. 2.
almulatio, -onla, /. [slmulo, make
like], simulation, pretense, deceit, dis-
guise. 2.
17. gaudeo, gaudere, gavlBus sum
(App. 74), irUr., rejoice. 1.
11. quod, " (namely) that."
13. ad eum . . . venerunt: this ac-
tion seems to disprove Caesar's charge
of perfidy.
14. BUI piirgandi causa. " to excuse
themselves." Construction? App. 291,
a: G.-I.. 428, E. 1: A. 604, c: B. 339, 5:
H.-B. 614: H. 626, 3.
contra atque, " contrary to what."
16. ut . . . Impetrarent, "to ob-
tain whatever [Ut. "if anything"] they
could in the way of a truce by deceiving
him."
16. quos ohlatos («sse), "that they
had come into his power."
17. retineri: this, with what fol-
lows, was a shocking violation of the
law of nations. Compare what Caesar
says of the action of the Veueti, HI. 9,
8. Cato, Caesar's enemy, proposed in
the Roman senate that Caesar be handed
over to the Germans for punishment.
Caesar's motives may be summed up as
follows: 1, a determination to teach the
Germans, once for all, never to invade
Gaul ; 2, a determination to counteract
at once the bad effect which the cavalry
defeat must have had on the already
disaSected Gauls; 3, irritation at the
treacherous attack, although every-
thing shows that it was not authorized
by the leaders; 4, a real doubt as to
whether the Germans were not trying
to gain time for the return of their
formidable cavalry; 5, the certainty
that a pitched battle with the entire
force of Germans would cost him the
lives of many soldiers-
Chap. 14. Caesar surprises the
Crerman x:amp.
1. acle . . . instituta: usually an
army has to march in column along a
road. Here the country was open and
level, so that the army could march in
battle formation.
a. piiuB quam possent: App. 236, b.
268 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, IV, 15
et celeritate adventus nostr! et dispessu suornm, neque coiMili
fi habendl neque arma capiendi spati5 dato, perturban^ar copi-
asne adversus hostem dticere, an castra defendere, an fuga
salutem petere praestaret. Quorum timor cum fremitu et
concursu significaretur, milites nostri prlstini diei perfidia
incitati in castra irruperunt. T^uo loco quf celeriter arma
10 capere potuerunt paulisper nostris restiterunt atque inter
carros impedimentaque proelium commiserunt; at reliqua
multitudo puerorum mulierumque (nam cum omnibus suis
domo excesserant Ehfnumque transierant) passim fugere
coepit; ad quos consectsrados Caesar equitatum misit.
'■"15. Germani post tergum clamore audito cum suos Inter-
ficl viderent, armis abiectis signisque militaribus relictis se ex
castris eiecerunt, et cum ad confluentem Mosae et Eheni per-
venissent, reliqua fuga desperata magno numero iuterfecto
6 reliqui se in flumen praecipitaverunt atque ibi timore, lassitii-
6. -ne, interrog. enclitic; indirect quee-
tionB, simply sign of a question (App. 213,
a); in indirect questions^ whetber; -ne
. . . -ne, -ne . . . an, utrum . . . -ne,
"Whether . . . or. -2.
adversuB, prep. w. ace. [adversus,
turned against], opposite to, against.
1.
an, cono-j used to introduce the second
member of alternative questions, or, or
rather. *
9. irrump5,-rumpere, -rupl, -rup-
tum, tr. [In+rumpo, break], break in-
to, rush into; force a way Into, storm.
1.
13. passim, adv., in all directions.
1.
2. ablclo, -icere, -leci, -iectum, tr.
[lacio, throw. App. 7], throw away or
down; hurl. 2.
3. c5nfluens, -entis, /. [confluo,
flow together] , a flowing together, con-
fluence. 1.
6. praeciplto, l, tr. [praeceps, head-
long], throw or hurl headlong, precipi-
tate. 1.
4. et . . . et, "both . . . and."
Buorum: i e. their leaders, who had
been detained by Caesar.
B. perturbantur -ne praestaret,
" were la great confusion, (not know-
ing) whether it was better." On .the
kind of question see App. 214; 264, c.
9. Qui: sc, ii as antecedent.
14. cSnsectandos: the beginning of
the next chapter shows that the object
was massacre, not the taking of prison-
ers.
Chap. IB. The Germans are routed
and slaughtered.
3. Rheni: i.e. theVacalus; see parte
quadam, 10, 2, note.
4. ■rellQua, "further."
B. rellqiui perierunt: some must
hare escaped. At any rate in later
years there were tJslpetes and Tencterl
living east of the Rhine, not far from
this battlefield. But they may be ac-
counted for by the escape of the cav-
alry.
INVASION OF GERMANY, B.C. 66
269
diney vi fluminis oppressi perlernnt. Nostri ad linum omnes
incolumes perpaucis Tulneratis ex tanti belli timore, cum
hostium numerus capitum ccccxxx milium fuisset, se in castra
Teceperunt. Caesar iis quos in castris retinuerat discedendi
potestatem fecit. Illi suppliaa cruciatusque Gallorum veriti, lo
quoi*um agros vexaverant, remanere se apud eum velle dixe-
runt. His Caesar libertatem concessit.
16. Germanico bello confecto multis de causis Caesar
statuit sifi Ehenum esse traraeundum ; quarum ilia fuit iustis-
sima, quod, cum vid&et Germanos tarn facile impelli ut in
Galliam venirent, suis quoque rebus eos timere voluit, cum
intellegerent et posse et audere populi Eomani exercitum s
Ehenum transire. Accessit etiam quod ilia pars equitatus
TIsipetum et Tencterornm quam supra commemoravi prae-
dandi frumenmndique causa Mosam transisse neque proelio
interfuisse pogt fugam suorum se trans Ehenum in fines
Sugambrorum receperat seque cum his coniunxerat. Ad quos lo
6. pereo, -Ire, -11, -Itum, intr. [eo,
go. App. 84], be destroyed or killed,
perish, a.
1. Qermanicus, -a, -um, ati). [Oer-
manus, German], of or pertaining to
the Germans, German. 1.
2. iustua, -a, -um, a the surface of the water: the
roadwa; was therefore a little less than
forty feet.
16. haec utraque, "these two pairs,"
is the subject of distiTiebantur.
A two-foot beam, exactly filling the
space between the piles of each pair
(^quaritum . . . distabat), was laid across
from one pair of piles to the pair which
faced it (plan, c). These pairs sloped
toward each other, and although they
were driven Into the bottom they would
sway with the current
aad would tend to
fall together when the
cross-beam had to car-
ry a weight. There-
lore they were held at
the proper distance
apart (.distinebantur)
by a pair of fastenings
(fibulae) at each end
of the two-foot cross
beam.
quantum . . . dlB-
tabat, lit. "as much
as the joining of the
timbers stood apart." quantum is an
accusative of extent of space and has
bipedalibus as its antecedent.
17. flbulis: it is not certain what
these " fastenings" were. Those shown
in the plan (d, d) are simple and effect-
ive, and are occasionally used In modern
engineering. The iwo-foot cross-beam
rests on across-bar, which is spiked firm-
ly to the outer sides of the piles. An-
other cross-bar Is laid loosely in the op-
posite angle, and the outer ends of the
two cross-bars are
lashed firmly to-
gether. These two
cross-bars are the
fibulae. Any in-
genious pupil can
make a model
which will show
the effectiveness of
this arrangement.
FILB-DBIVEB
274
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, IV, 17
extrema parte distinebantur ; quibus disclusis atque in contra-
riam partem revinctis tanta erat operis firmitudo atque ea
20 rerum natura ut quo maior vis aquae se incitavisset hoc artius
illigata tenerentur^ Haec derecta materia iniecta contexeban-
tur ac longuriis craiibusque consternebantur ; ac nihilo setius
Bnblicae et ad inferiorem partem fluminis oblique agebantur,
quae pro ariete subiectae et cum omni opere coniunctae vim
35 fluminis exciperent, et aliae item supra pontem mediocri spa-
tio, ut, si arborum trunci sive naves deiciendi operis causa
two] , on each side, on both sides. 2.
flbula, -ae, /-, clasp; brace, fasten-
ing.- 1.
18. dlscludo, -cludere, -dual,
-clusum, tr. [claudo, shut], shut off,
hold or keep apart, separate. 1.
20. aqua, -ae,/., water. 2.
arte, adv. [aitus, close], closely, firm-
ly. 1.
21. llllgo, 1, tr. [Ugo, bind], attach,
hold or bind together. 1.
derectuB, -a, -um, adj. [derlgo, put
Inline], straight. 1.
IniclS, -Iceie, -iecl, -iectum, tr.
[lacio, hurl. App. 7], throw into or up-
on; put or place on; inspire, infuse. 3.
contezo, -texere, -texul, -teztum,
tr. [texo, weave], weave or bind to-
gether, connect. 1.
22. crates, -is, /., wicker-work;
fascine ^bundle of sticks for filling
trenches^ etc.). 1.
cdnsterno, -stemere, -stray!,
-stratum, tr. [sterud, strew], strew
over, cover over. 2.
setius, adv., less, otherwise; nihlld
setius, none the less, ueverthele""., like-
wise. 2.
23. oblique, adv. [obllquus, slant-
ing], obliquely, slantwise. 1.
26. truncus, -I, m., trunk of trees.
1.
18. quibus refers to fllmlis. It is in
the ablative absolute with disclusis and
revinctis.
disclusis: by the cross-beam and the
in . . . revinctis, "bound together
In the opposite direction'; I.e. opposite
to the direction of their separation.
19. earerumnatura, "such was the
nature of the structure."
20. Ineitavlsset is subjunctive by
attraction.
hoc . . . tenerentur, "the more firm-
ly the parts of the structure were bound
together.-'
21. haec refers to the part of the
structure already described, for which
Caesar has no name. In modern engi-
neering it is called a trestle-bent. There
were probably between fifty and sixty
such trestle-bents. They were connect-
ed by timbers laid from one cross-beam
to the next, lengthwise of the bridge ^de-
rects materia). Plan, e.
22. nihilo setius: I.e. although the
bridge was already very strong.
23. et is correlative with et in 1. 25.
Oblique: I.e. they were driven in with
a greater slant than the double piles
had. See plan, g.
24. quae pr5 ariete subiectae ex-
ciperent, "which, set below as a but-
tress, were to withstand, etc."
26. aliae: sc. sublicae agebantur.
There is nothing in the text to show the
number of these piles, but the plan (A)
suggests an effective defense.
spatio : ablative of measure of differ-
ence with supra.
INVASION OF GERMANY, B.C. 55
275
essent a barbaris missae, his defeusoribus earum rerum vis
miniieretur, neu pdnti nocerent.
18. Diebus decern quibus materia coepta erat comportari
omni opere effects exercitus traducitur. Oaesar ad utramque
partem pontia firmo praesidio relicto in fines Sugambrorum
contendit. Interim a compluribus civitatibus ad eum legati
veninnt ; quibus pacem atque amicitiam petentibus liberaliter 5
respondet obsidesque ad se addtici iubet. At Sagambri ex eo
tempore quo pons institui coeptus est fuga comparata, hortan-
tibus iis quos ex Tencteris atque Usipetibus apud se habebant,
finibus snis excesserant snaque omnia exportaverant seque in
solitudinem ac silvas abdiderant. lo
1 9. Caesar paucos dies in eorum finibus moratus, omnibus
vicis aedificiisque incensis frumentisque succisis, se in fines
TJbiorum recepit, atque his auxilium suum pollicitus, si a
Suebis premerentur, haec ab iis cognovit: Snebos, posteaquam
per exploratores pontem fieri comperissent, more suo concilia 5
habito ntintios in omnes partes dimisisse uti de oppidis demi-
grarent, liberos, uxores, suaque omnia in silvis deponerent,
atque omnes qui arma ferre possent unum in locum conveni-
rent; hunc esse delectum medium fere regionum efirum quas
9. ezporto, 1, tr. [porto, caiTy],
carry out or away. 1.
10. solltudo, -inis, /. [solus, alone],
loneliness, solitude; a lonely place,
wilderness. 1.
2. succid5, -cldeie, -cidl, -ciBum,
tr, [sub+caedo, cut], cut from beneath,
cut down, tell. 2. «
4. posteaquam, adv. [postea, after-
wards-t-quam, than], after. 4.
27. essent missae is subjunctive by
Implied Indirect discourse, for a, future
perfect indicative.
28. neu: why not jwyiie?
Chap. 18. Caesar crosses the river
and marches into the country of the
Sugambri.
1. diebus decem quibus,. lit. "with-
in ten days within which," = "within ten
days after" ; cf. paucU diebus quUme, IH,
23,3.
coepta erat: why passive? App. 86, a.
5. quibus petentibus: translate by
a clause, "and when they, etc."
7. hortantibus iis, lit. " those urg-
ing,"="on the advice of those."
8. qu5B , . . habebant: l.e. the cav-
alry, 16, 6, and probably other survivors
of the massacre, 16, 5, note.
Chap. 19. Caesar ravages their
country. As the Suebi have 'with-
drawn, he returns to G-aul.
3. si premerentur: implied indirect
discourse for the future.
6. nuntios dimisisse uti. " had sent
messengers (urging) that."
9. hunc . . . fere, " that this place
had been chosen almost in the middle.**-
276
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, IV, 20
10 Suebi obtinerent ; hie Eomanorum adventum exspectare atque
ibi decertare constifcuisse. Quod ubi Caesar comperit, omni-
bus iis rebus confectis quarum rerum causa traducere efer-
citum constituerab, ut Germanis metum iniceret, ut Sugam-
bros ulcisceretur, ut Ubios obsidione liberaret, diebus omnino
15 XVIII trans Ehenum consumptis, satis et ad laudem et ad
utilitatem profectum arbitratus se in Galliam recepit pontem-
que rescidit.
^ 20. Exigua parte aestatis reliqua Caesar, etsi in his locis,
quod omnis Gallia ad septentriones vergit, maturae sunt hie-
mes, tamen in Britanniam proficisci contendit, quod omnibus
fer^ Gallifiis bellis hostibus nostris inde subministrata auxilia
6 intellegebat et. si tempus ad bellum gerendum deficeret, tamen
magno sibi usui fore arbitrabatur, si modo insulam adisset,
genus hominum perspexisset, loca, portus, aditus ycognovisset ;
quae omnia fere Gallis erant incognita. Neqlie enim temerS
10. hie, adv., here, in this place; (o/
a place just mentioned) there, in that
place; [of an incident just mentioned)
then, at this time. 1.
14. obsidl5, -onis, /. [obsideo,
blockade], siege, investment, blockade;
peril, oppression. 1.
llbero, 1, tr. [liber, free], make or set
free, release, deliver. 2.
16. utilitas, -tatis, /. [iitilis, use-
ful], usefulness, advantage, service. 1.
1. eziguus, -a, -um, adj., scanty,
short, small, meager, limited. 1.
8. incognltus, -a, -um, adj. [In— |-
cognitUB, known; cogndEc5, learn],
unknown. 2.
temere, adv., rashly, blindly, without
good reason. 2.
10. hie, ibl: both words refer to the
same ^ace.
12, lis lebUB : explained by the sub-
stantive volitlve (lit) clauses which fol-
low.
13. ut . . . inieeret: cf. note at the
end of chap. 16.
16. profectum: notice the o; from
what present?
Chap. 20-22. Caesar makes prep-
arations for an expedition to Britain.
Chat). 20. Caesar decides on the
expedition. He can get no informa-
tion from the Q-auls.
1. ezlgua . . . reliaua: the ablative
absolute is adversative: " although only
a small part . . , (and) in spite of the
(act that the winters are early."
4, hostlbUB nostris: indirect object
of eubministrdta.
BUbminlBtrata auzllia: for an in-
stance see III, 9, 26. In II, 14, 8, we
learn that Britain had afforded refuge to
some of Caesar's enemies.
6. magnd . . . fore, " it would be of
great advantage to him."
si adisset, etc. : for the future perfect
of the direct form. These clauses give
the real object of the expedition, which
was only preparatory to that of the fol-
lowing year.
8. Quae . . . incognita: the Gauls
may have deceived Caesar; at any rate
there are indications that some Gauls
knew a good deal about Britain: in II,
4,19, we learn that a king of the Suessl-
FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN, B.C. 55
277
praeter mercatores illo adit quisquam, neqne his ipsis quicquam
praeter oram maritimam atque eas regiones quae sunt contra lo
Galliam notnm est. Itaque vocatis ad se undique mercatori-
bus neque quanta esset insulae magnitudo, neque quae aut
quantae nationes mcolerent, neque quern usum belli habCTbnt
aut quibus instituns iiterentur, neque qui esstent ad maiorum
navium multitudinein idonei portus reperire poterat. 15
2 1 . Ad haec cognoscenda, priusquam periculum faceret,
idoneum esse arbitratus C. Volusenum cum navi longa prae-
mittit. Htnc mandat ut exploratis omnibus rebus ad se quam
primum revert^TUr. Ipse cum omnibus copiis in Merinos
proficiscitur, quod inde erat brevissimus in Britanniam traiec- 5
tus. Hiic naves undique ex finitimis regionibus et quam
superiore aestate ad Veneticum bellum fecerat classem iubet
convenire. Interim, consilio eius cognito et per mercatores
perlato ad Britannos, a compluribus Insulae civitatibus ad eum
legati veniunt qui poUiceantur obsides dare atque imp^o 10
populi Eomani obtemperare. Quibus audi^is liberaliter ppUi-
citus hortatusque ut in ea sententia pernmherent eos dom^hm
B. traleotua, -us, m. [traiclo, hurl
across], a burling across; crossing, pas-
sage. 1.
9. Britannus, -a, -urn, a<^., of Brit-
ain, British; pi. as noun, the Britannl
(brl-tSn'i); better, the Britons. 1.
11. obtemperS, 1, intr. [tempers,
rule], be subject to rule, comply with,
obey. 1.
ones had been bing of a part of Britain
besides, and In VI, 13, we learn that Gal-
lic Druids went to Britain to study.
9. 1116: the adverb.
bis ipsis: the traders; dative with
notum.
11. vocatis mercatorlbus, "al-
though he summoned, etc."
12. neque, etc. : a series of Indirect
questions, depending on reperire.
Chap. 21. Caesar sends men in ad-
vance to gain information and to
advise submission.
2. Volusenum: either the subject of
esse or the object of praemittU; supply
eum in one place or the other. See what
Caesat says of Voluseuua In in, B, 7 ;
he is the only tribune whom Caesar men-
tions with honor.
navi longa: see Int. 64.
6. hue: at a harbor among theMo-
rlui. This was probably Wissant, the
point of France which is nearest to Brit-
ain: see map facing p. 254. The harbor
is now filled with sand, but was in use
during the middle ages.
10. qui poUiceantui: a purpose
clause, but best translated by a present
participle.
dare, obtemperare: verbs of promis-
ing are more often followed by the fu-
ture infinitive with subject accusative,
se daturas esse.
278
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, IV, 22
remittit et cum iis una Commium, quern ipse Atrebatibus
Buperatis regem ibi constituerat, cuius et virtutem et consilium
15 probabat et qasia sibi fldelem egse arbitrabatur, cniusque auc-
toritas in his regionibus ma^nl habebatur, mittit. Jfuic
imperat quas possit ad^it ciTitates, horteturque ut populi
Romani fidem sequahtur, seque celeriter eo venturunKniintiet.
Volusenus perspectis regionibus, quantum ei facultatis dari
30 potuit qui navi egredi ac se barbaris committere non and^et,
quinto die ad Caesarem revertitnr quaeque ibi persp&isset
renuntiat. y
22. Dnm in his locis Caesar navfmn pafandarum causa
moratur, ex magna parte Morinorum ad eum legati venernnt
qui se de superioris temporis consilio excusarent, quod ho-
mines barbari et nostrae consuetuflinis imperiti bellum populo
5 Eomano fecissent, seque ea quae impOTSsset factiiTOs pollice-
rentur. Hoc sibi Caesar satis opportune accidisse arbitratus,
quod neque post tergum hostem relinquere volebat neque
belli gerendi propter anni tempus facultatem habebat ne-
13, Commius, -ml, m., Commlus
(kOml-tis), a chief of the Atrebatea. 3.
IS. fidelis, -e, adj. [fides, faltb],
faithful, trustworthy, reliable. 1.
3. excuEO, 1, tr. [causa, reason],
give reason lor; excuse. 1.
4. imperitus, -a, -um, adj. [I11-+
perltus, experienced]. Inexperienced,
unskilled, ignorant. 4.
6. opportune, adv. [opportunus,
fit], opportunely, seasonably. 1
13. Atrebatibus superatis: In the
battle with the Nervll, II, 23.
-14. Ibl: ie. among the Atrebates.
16. sibi fidelem: but Conunlus be-
came a leader in the general revolt
against him three years later. This is
why Caesar says arbitrabatur.
16. in his regionibus: l.e. in Bel-
gium.
magnl: genitive of value.
18. fidem seauantur lit. "follow
the protection (of),"= "surrender (to)."
se: i.e. Caesar.
19. quantum . . . potuit, lit. "(as
much) as of opportunity could be given
toaman,"="asmuchas a man could.'
20. QUI , . , auderet: a clause of
cbaracteristic. Caesar cannot mean to
blame Volusenus. Both the difficulty
which Caesar himself experienced in
landing with his army and the Impris-
onment of Commius will show that Vol-
usenus could not possibly have landed
and returned.
Chap. 22. Caesar accepts the sur-
render of the Morini, ana completes
his preparations for sailing.
3. consilio, " behavior" ; see III, 28.
homines: in apposition with the
omitted subject; "being barbarians."
4. consuetiidinis: of sparing those
who voluntarily surrendered.
6. fecissent, imperasset: implied
Indirect discourse for the perfect indica-
tive and the future perfect, respective-
ly-
FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN, B.C. 55
aT9
que has tantularum rerum occupationes Britanniae ante-
ponendas iudicabat, magnum lis numerum obsidum im- lo
perat. Quibus adductis eos in fidem recipit. Navibus circiter
Lxxx onerariis coactTs contractlsque, quot satis esse ad dnas
transportandas legiones existimabat, quod praeterea navium
longarum habebat quaestori, legatis, praefectisque distribuit. ^ •
Hue accedebant xviii onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco a mili- i5
bus passuum octo vento tenebantur quominus in eundem
portum venire possent; has equitibus djstribuit. Eeliquum
exercitum Titurio Sabino et Aurunculeio Cottae legStis in
Menapios atque in eos Mgos Morinorum a quibus ad eum
legati non venerant ducMidum dedit ; Sulpicium Ruf um lega- »
turn cum eo praesidio quod satis esse arbitrabatur portum
tenere iussit.
23. His constitutis rebus nactus idoneam ad navigandum
tempestatem tertia fere vigilia solvit equitesque in ulteriorem
9. anteponS, -ponere. -posul,
-posltum, tr. [pons, place], place be-
fore; prefer. 1.
12. onerarluB, -a, -um, adj. Tonus,
burden] , fitted for burdens ; with navis,
transport, freight ship. *
contraho. -trahere, -traxi, -trac-
tum, tr. [trabo, draw], draw or bring
together, assemble, collect; draw Into
smaller compass, contract. 2.
16 quominus, conj. [quo, so that+
minus, not], so that not, that not;
from. a.
20. SulplclUS, -Cl, m., Publlus Sul-
plcius Eufus (pub'li-ds sul-pish'y-fis
ru'fQs), one of Caesar's tieutenants. I.
1. nanclscor nanclsci, nactus
sum, tr., get, obtain possession of;
meet with, find. *
2. solvo, solvere, solvl, solutum,
tr., 16os6n, untie; witfi or without naves,
weigh anchor, set sail, put to sea. 3.
9. lias . . occupationes, "engag-
ing in such trivial matters."
12. eoactis contractlsque, "having
levied and brought together."
13. quod . . . babebat, lit. "what-
ever of ships of war he had besides," =
" the ships which he had."
16, biic accedebant, lit. "there were
added to this number,"=" he had in ad-
dition."
a . . . octo, "eight mlles[away].'- If
the chief harbor was Wissant, the small-
er was Sangatte, east of "Wissant.
16. tenebantur quominus possent,
"were kept from being able": App.
238, c.
18. exercitum ducendum dedlt:
construction? App. 285, II, 6: G.-L. 430:
A. 500, 4: B. 337, 7, 6, 2: H.-B. 618, III: H.
622.
Chap. 23-27. After a sharp con-
test Caesar effects a landing and ac-
cepts the surrender of the Britons.
Chap. 23. Caesar crosses to Britain
and makes preparations for landing,
1. Idoneam tempestatem: a gentle
southerly wind and clear weather, with
the moon nearly full.
2. tertia vigilia: just after mid-
night, the morning of August 27th. The
first part of the night was spent in
launching the ships, which had been
280
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, IV, 23
portum progredi et naves conscendere et se sequi iussit. L
quibus cum paulo tardius esset administratum, ipse hora diei
5 circiter quarta cum primis navibus Britanniam attigit atque
ibi in omnibus collibus expositas hostium copias armatas con-
spexit. Cuius loci haec erat natura atque ita montibus anguste
mare continebatur uti ex locis superioribus in litus telum
adigi posset. Hunc ad egredienflum nequaquam idoneum
10 locum arbitratus, dum reliquae naves eo convenirent, ad horam
nonam in ancorls exspectavit./Vlnterim legai^is tribunisque
militum convocatis, et quae ex Voluseno cognoVisset et quae
fieri vellet ostendit, monuitque, ut oei militaris ratio, maxime
ut maritimae res .postularent, ut quae celerem atque instabilem
15 motum haberent, ad nutum et ad tempus omnes res ab iis ad-
ministrar^ur. His dimissis et ventum et aestum
3. conscendo, -scendere, -scendl,
-Bcensum, tr. [scando, climb], climb,
mount; go on board, embark. 1.
4. tarde, adv. [tardus, slow], slow-
ly; comp, tardius, too slowly. 1.
6. ezpono, -ponere, -posul, -posl-
tum, tr. [pono, place], put or set out;
set on sbore, disembark; draw up; set
forth, explain. 2.
7. anguate, adv. [angustua, narrow],
narrowly; in close quarters. 1.
8. lltuB, -orla, n., seashore, beach,
shore. 3.
uno
9. nequaquam, adv. [ne+quaquam.
In any way]. In no way, by no means,
not at all. 1.
14. celer, -eiis, -ere, ac(j., swift,
quick; precipitate. I.
InatabiUa, -e, adj. [ln-+BtabUlB,
firm], not firm, unsteady. 1.
16. motus, -us, m. [moved, move],
movement, motion; political move-
ment, uprising, disturbance. 3.
nutus, -us, m. [nuo, nod], nod; sign,
command; ad nutum, at one's nod or
command. 2.
drawn up on the sandy beach, and in
embarking.
4. tardius, "too late." The wind
changed and delayed them for three
days.
lioia quarta: about 9 a.m. At this
time of year the fourth hour began about
8:30 and ended after 9:30.
6. Britanniam attlglt: probably at
or near Dover. The hills spoken of are
the famous chalk cliffs.
7, baec, " such."
10. dumconvenirent: mode? App.
235, 6.
ad lioram nonam: somewhere near 3
P.M.
11. In ancoriB, "at anchor."
13. ut . . . postularent, "as mili-
tary science, and especially as seaman-
ship requires"; the subjunctive is due
to implied indirect discourse.
14. ut quae baberent, lit. "as
(things) which have,"=" since It has to
do with" ; a causal relative clause, App.
245: G.-L. 633: A. 535, «, n. 1: B. 283, 3:
H.-B. 523, 6: H. 592, 1.
15. (ut) admlnlstrarentur: the ob-
ject of monuit.
ad tempus, "on the Instant."
16. ventum et aestum secundum:
on other grounds it is supposed that
Caesar sailed northeast, to Deal; but It
has been proved that at this time the
tide was running southwest. Possibly
FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN, B.C. 55
281
tempore Mctus secundum, dato signo et snblatis ancoris,
circiter milra passuum septem ab eo loco progressus aperto ac
piano litore naves constituit.
24. At barbarl consilio Romanorum cognito, praemlsso
equitatu et essedariis, quo plerumque genere in proeliis uti
consuerunt, reliquis copils Subsectiti nostros navibus egredi
prohibebant. Erat ob has causas summai difficultas, quod
naves propter magnitudinem nisi in alto constitui non pote- s
rant, militibus autem ignotis locis, impeditis manibns, magno
et gravi onere armorum oppressis simul et de navibus desilien-
dum et in fluctibus consistendum et cum hostibus erat pugnan-
dum, cum ill! aut ex aridp aut paulum in aquam progress!
omnibus membris expeditis notissimis locis audacter tela con- lo
icerent et equos insuefactos incitarent. Quibus rebus nostri
perterriti atque buius omnino generis pugnae imperiti non
eadem alacritate ac studio quo in pedestribus uti proeliis con-
suerant iitebantur.
25. Quod ubi Caesar animadvertit, naves longas, quarum
et species erat barbaris inusitatior et motus ad usum expeditior,
2. essedarius, -rl, m. [essedum, a
war chariot], a soldier fighting from a
war chariot, charioteer. 1.
6. lgnotus,-a, -um, oe
dry], dry; Tieui. as noun, dry land. 3.
10. membrum, -1. »., member of the
body, limb. 1.
11. Insuefactus, -a, -um, adj. [suea-
00, become accustomed +faol6, make]
accustomed, trained. 1.
13. alacrltas, -tatls, /. [alacer,
lively], liveliness, ardor. 3.
Caesar means that the tide vras decreas-
ing and the wind was so favorable that
he could sail against the slackening cur-
rent.
Chap. 2*. The Britons try to pre-
vent the landing.
2. quo genere, "a kind of troops
which."
5. nisi. . . poterant, "could be sta-
tioned only in deep water."
6. multibus: dativeof the agent with
desiliendum, etc., erat.
ignotis . . . manibus: ablatives abso-
lute.
7. oppressis, ' weighed down as
they were"; inagreementvrithmilUibus.
S. consistendum, " keep their foot-
ing.",
9. cum nil, "while the enemy."
12. non utebantur, "did not dis-
play."
13. QUO agrees with the nearer ante-
cedent.
Chap. 25. Caesar brings his war-
ships into action. A Roman standard
bearer sets an example of bravery.
2, inusitatior, " less familiar" than
that of the transports. The latter were
282
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, IV, 26
paulum removeri ab onerariis navibus et remis incitari et ad
latus apertnm hostium constital atque inde fundls, sagittis,
5 torpientis hostes propelli ac submoveri iussit; quae res magno
usm nostWs fnit.-^jNam et navium figura et remorum motu et
inusitato genera torinentorum permoti barbari constiterunt ac
paulum etiam pedem rettulerunt. Atque nostris mllitibns
cunctantibns, maxime propter altitudinem maris, qui decimae
10 legionis aquilam ferebat, obtestatus deos ut ea res legion! feli-
citer eveniret, ' Desillte,' inquit, ' commllitones, nisi vultis
aquilam hostibns prodere ; ego certe meum rei publicae atque
imperatori officium praestitero. ' Hoc cum voce magn a dixisset,
se ex navi proiecit atque in hostes aquilam ferre coepit. Turn
16 nostri, cohortati inter se ne tantum dedecus admitteretur, uni-
Tersi ex navl desiluerunt. Hos item ex proximis navibus cum
conspexissent, snbsecuti hostious appropinquaverunt.
26. Pugnfitumestabutrisque acriter. Nostri tamen, quod
neque ordines servare neque firmiter insistere neque signa sub-
4. funda, -ae,/.,sllng. 1.
sagitta, -ae,/., arrow. 1.
6. figura, -ae,/. [fizigo.tonn], form,
shape, figure. 1.
10. aquila, -ae, /., an eagle; a
standara (a» the aqulla was the chief
standard of the legion). 3.
obtestor, 1, tr. [testor, witness], caU
to witness; beseech, entreat. 1.
feliclter, adv. [fellx, happy], happily,
fortunately. 1.
11. evenlo, -venire, -veni, -ven-
tum, intr. [venid, come], turn out, re-
sult. 1.
induam, -la, -It, def. verb, tr., used
only with direct quotations and following
one or ?nore yvords of the quotation, say. I.
commilito, -onls, m. [miles, soldier],
fellow soldier, comrade. 1.
12. certe, adv. [certus, certain], cer-
tainly; at least, at all events. 1.
meuB, -a, -um, poss. adj. pron. [of.
oblique cases of ego], my, mine, my
own. 1.
16. dedecus, -oris, n. [decua,
honor] , dishonor , disgrace. 1 .
2. firmiter, adv. [firmus, strong],
firmly. 1
more like the trading vessels, with which
the Britons were acquainted.
m5tuB . . . ezpedltior, lit. "whose
motion was freer for use," = "which
were more easily managed."
4. latus apertum, "the right flank,"
which was unprotected by shields.
9, qui, " the man who "
10. aquilam: see Int. 43, and Plate
1, 6, lacing p. 27.
13. praeatlterS: note the force of
the tense, "(whatever the result shall
be) I at least shall have done my duty."
16. Inter se, "one another."
16. ez prozlmis navibus, "those
who were in the nearest ships."
Chap. 26. After a fierce contest the
Britons are put to flight.
2. firmiter Insistere, "get a firm
footing."
slgna subsequi: i.e. keep their for-
mation by cohorts.
FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN, B.C. 55
283
sequi pbterant, atque alius alia ex navi quibuscumqne signis
occurrerat se aggregabat, magnopere perturbabantur ; hostes
vero, notis omnibus vadis, ubi ex litore aliquos singulares ex 5
navi egredientes conspexerant, incitatis equis impeditos adori-
ebantur, plures paucos clrcunisiBtebanfc, alii ab latere aperto in
universes tela coniciebant. Quod'cum animadvercisset Caesar,
scaphas longarum navium, item speculatoria navigia militibus
compleri iussit et, quos laborantes conspexerat, his subsidia lo
submittebat. Nostri, simul in arido constiterunt, suis omnibus
consecutis in hostes impetum fecerunt atque eos in fugam de-
derunt, neqne longius prosequi potuerunt, quod equites cursum
tenere atque insulam capere non potuerant. Hoc unum ad
pristinam fortiinam Caesari defuit. is
yr^7. Hostes proelio euperati, simul atque se ex fuga recepe-
runt, statim ad Caesarem legatos de pace miserunt; obsides
daturos, quaeque imperasset factiiros sese polliciti sunt. Una
cum his legatis Commius Atrebas venit, quem supra demon-
straveram a Caesare in Britanniam praemissum. Hune illi e 5
navi egressum, cum ad eos oratoris modo Caesaris mandata
4. aggrego, 1, tr. [ad+grex, flock] ,
unite in a Jlock; assemble; join, attacli.
1.
9. Boapha, -ae,/., skiff, boat. 1.
Bpeculatorius, -a, -um, adj. [specu-
lator, spy] , of a spy, spying, scouting. 1 .
10. laboro, 1, intr. [labor, toll], toll,
work hard ; be anxious, troubled, or per-
plexed; labor, suffer, be hard pressed.
3.
6. orator, -oris, m. [oro, speak],
speaker; ambassador, envoy. 1.
3. alius . . . navi, "men from dif-
ferent ships."
qulbuscumque . . . aggregabat,
"gathered about whatever standards
they chanced upon" ; as In the battle
with the Nervii, II, 21, 13.
6. ubi conspexerant: the pluper-
fect Instead of the usual perfect with
«&i, expressing repeated action, just as
the following imperfects do.
7. plures, "several" of the enemy.
in universSs, "uponthemaiu body."
9. scapbas, speculatoria navigia:
these boats could be rowed into shallow
water.
11. simul = simul atque.
13. neque, "but . . . not."
longius, "very far."
14. capere, "reach." See note on.
tardius, 23, 4.
hoc unum: the pursuit by the cavalry
was an important part of every regular
engagement.
Chap.27. The Britons sue for peace.
3. datiiros, factiirds sese: the reg-
ular construction after verbs of promis-
ing; see note on (2a)'«, 21, 10.
4. supra: see 21, 13.
6. cum, " although. "
modo, " in the capacity of," " as."
284
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, IV, 28
deferret, comprehenderant atque in vincula coniecerant; turn
proelio facto remiserunt, et in petenda pace eius rei culpam in
multitudinem contulerunt et propter imprudentiam ut ignos-
10 ceretur petiverunt;^ Caesar questus quod, cum ultro in conti-
nentem legatis missis pacem ab se petissent, bellum sine causa
intulissent, ignoscere imprudraitiae dixit obsidesque imperavit;
quorum ill! partem statim dedernnt, partem ex longinqnioribus
locis arcessitam paucis diebus sese daturos dixerunt. Interea
15 suos remigrare in agros iusserunt, principesque undique con-
yenire et se civitatesque suas Caesari commeridare coeperunt.
28. His rebus pace confirmata, post diem quartnm quam
est in Britanniam ventum naves xviii, de quibus supra demon-
stratum est, quae equites snstulerant, ex superiore portu leni
vento solve runt. Quae cum appropinquarent Britanniae et ex
B castris viderentur, tanta tempestas subito coorta est ut nulla
earnm cursum tenere posset, sed aliae eodem undo erant pro-
fectae referrentur, aliae ad inferiorem partem insulae, quae est
8. culpa, -ae, /., blame, fault, guilt.
1.
9. Imprddentla, -ae, /. [imprQ-
dens, Imprudent], imprudence, want of
foresight or forethought. Ignorance, In-
discretion. 2.
Ignosco, -noscere, -ndvi, -notum,
ivtr. [In- +(g)no3cena, knowing ; nos-
ed], forgive, pardon. 3.
13. longlnauua, -a, -um, aid-
[longUB, long] , far off, distant, remote ;
long, long continued. 2.
16. conmiendd, l, tr. [mando, en-
trust], entrust; surrender. 1.
3. lenis, -e, adj., gentle, mild,
smooth. 1.
8. elus rei: the treatment of C!om-
mius.
9. ut IgnoBceretur, "that they be
pardoned. " In what case would " they' '
Ije, if expressed? App. 115, i.
10. cum legatis missis petissent,
"after they had sent hostages and
l)egged"; see 21, 10.
14. arcessitam, "for whom they
lad sent."
15. in agros, "to their farms."
Chap. 28-31. A storm turns back
Caesar's cavalry and 'wrecks his fleet.
Although he partially repairs the
4eet, the Britons are encouraged to
attack him.
Chap. 28. The cavalry transports
are driven back by a storm.
1. post . . , quam = die guarlo post-
quam. When postguam is divided, post
is usually an adverb, "afterwards . .
than." Here It is a preposition. The
day was August 30th, the third day after
his arrival, according to our reckon-
ing.
2. supra, see 22, 15 and 23, 4.
6. aliae, aliae: the wind must have
come from the north or northeast. The
ships that were farthest out at sea were
driven back at once; the others got some
shelter west of Dover, but as the storm
proved too severe they preferred to re-
turn to Qaul rather than land on the
hostile shore of Britain, miles from Cae-
sar's camp.
FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN, B.C. 55
285
propius solis occasum, magno suo cum perlculo deicerentur;
quae tamen ancoris iactis, cum fluctibus complerentur, ueces-
sario adversa nocte in altum provectae continentem petierunt. k^
29. Eadem nocte accidit ut esset luna plena, qui dies mari-
timos aestus maximos in Oceano efficere consuevit ; nostrisquo
id erat incognitum. Ita uno tempore et longas naves, quas in
aridum subdiixerat, aestus complebat, et onerarias, quae ad
ancoras erant deligatae, tempestas affllctabat, neque ulla nos- s
tris facultas aut administrandi aut auxiliandi dabatur. Com-
pluribus navibus fractis, reliquae cum essent funibus, ancoris,
reliquisque armamentis amissis ad navigandum iuutiles, magna,
id quod necesse erat aecidere, totius exercitiis perturbatio facta
est. Neque enim naves erant aliae quibus reportilri possent, lo
et omnia deerant quae ad reficiendas naves erant uBtii, et, quod
10. proveho, -veliere, -vexi, -vec-
tum, tr. [veho, carry], carry forward ;
pass.t be carried forward, sail. 1.
1. luna, -ae./., the moon. a.
B. deligd, 1, tr. [ligo, bind], bind or
tie down, fasten, moor. 2.
6. auxllior, l, intr. [auxlllum, aid],
give aid, help, assist, render assistance.
1
7. frango frangere, ftegi, frac-
tum, tr., break, wreck; crush, discour-
age. 2.
9. perturbatio, -onls,/. [perturbo,
disturb], disturbance, disorder, confu-
sion. 1.
10. reporto, 1, tr. [re— |-port6,
carry], carry 'or bring back, convey.
1.
8. occasum: lor construction see
note on propius se, 9, 3.
9. cum complerentur, "since they
began to fill."
10. adversa nocte, "in the face of
the night."
Chap. 29. The storm and the tide
■wreck Caesar's fleet.
1. luna plena: there was afullmoou
on the night of August 30th. This is
what enables us to calculate the day of
Caesar's arrival In Britain.
2. aestus maxim5s: the "spring"
tide. The average rise and fall of the
tide at Deal is said to be 16 feet. This
tide, helped by the wind, rose much
higher.
nostTis . . . Incognitum: the Ro-
mans were best acquainted with the
Mediterranean, where the tides rise only
a few inches. Yet they had had some
experience with the tides in the war with
the Veneti.
4. quae . . . deligatae, " which were
riding at anchor. ' ' The transports were
heavier than the war-ships and Caesar
had not thought it worth the effort to
beach them.
6. administrandi, "of managing
them."
9. id quod or quae ree Is commonly
used instead of quod when the antece-
dent is a clause.
10. quibus possent: a clause of
characteristic.
11. omnia quae erant usuI, "all the
things which were needed"; a determin-
ing clause. App. 231.
286
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, IV, 31
omnibus constabat hiemari in Gallia oportere, frumetitum in
his locis in hiemem provisum non erat.
30. Quibus rebus cognitis principes Britanniae, qui post
proelium ad Caesarem convenerant, inter se collociiti, cum et
equites et naves et frumentum Komanis deesse intellegerent
et paucitatem militum ex castrorum exiguitate cognoscerent,
5 quae hoc erant etiam angustiora, quod sine impedimentis Cae-
sar legiones transportaverat, optimum factu esse duxerunt re-
bellione facta friimento commeatiique nostros prohibere et rem
in hiemem prodticere, qtiod his superatis aut reditu intercltisis
neminem postea belli inferendi causa in Britanniam transitii-
10 rum confidebant. Itaqne riirsns coniiiratione facta panlatim
ex castris discedere et suos clam ex agris dediicere coepe-
runt.
.31. At Caesar, etsi nondum eorum consilia cognoverat,
tamen et ex eveniu navium suarum et ex eo, quod obsides dare
intermiserant, fore id quod accidit suspioabatur. Itaque ad
omnes casus subsidia comparabat. Nam et frumentum ex agris
5 cotidie in castra conferebat et quae gravissime aflflictae erant
naves, earum materia atque aejre ad reliquas reficieMas uteba-
tur et quae ad eas res erant fi^hi ex continent! compa?ari iube-
8. redltus, -uB, m. [redeo, retvirn],
returning, return. 1.
6. affllgo, -fllgere, -flizi, -flictum,
ir., strike against; overthrow; damage,
Injure. 1.
6. aes, aeria, n. copper; anything
made of copper, coin, money; aes alle-
num, another'8 money, debt. 1.
12. biemari oportere, "that they
must pass the winter."
13. In blemem, "for the winter."
Chap. 30. The Britons plan to re-
ne'W hostilities.
1. principes : siubject of duxerunt, 1. 6.
5. hoe, "on this account."
etlam, "still."
6. optimam: predicate adjective
with esse, the subject being prokibere
and prodUcere.
factu: App. 296. It Is not needed in
translation.
7. facta: translate as an Inflnltlve,
cobrdinale with prohibere.
rem, "operations."
8. his superatis,
were overpowered."
'If these (troops)
Chap. 31. Caesar repairs his fleet.
2. ex . . . eo, " from the disaster to
his ships and from the fact."
3. duod accidit, " which really did
happen."
4. casiis, "emergencies."
6. quae naves, earum, " of those
ships which."
6. aere: iron was not much used In
the construction of ships, because it
rusts.
FIRST INVAblON OF BRITAIN, B.C. 55
287
bat. Itaque cum summo studio a militihus administraretur,
duodecim navibus amissis, reliquis ut navigSri commode po^et
effecit. y 10
32. Dum ea geruntur, legione ex consuetudine una fru-
mentatum misea,^ quae appellabatur septima, neque uUa ad id
tempus belli suspicione interposita, cum pars hominum in agrls
remaiieret, pa,rs etiam in castra ventitaret, ii qui pro portis
castrorum in statione erant Caesari niintiaverunt pulverem 5
maiorem quam consuetudo ferret in ea parte videri quam in
partem legio iter fecisset. Caesar id quod erat suspicatus, ali-
quid novi a barbaris ini^um cori^ili, cohortes quae in stationi-
bus erant secum in eam partem proficisci, ex reliquis duas in
stationem succedere, reliquas armari et confestim sese subsequi
iussit. J/Cum paulo longius a castris processisset, suos ab hosti-
bus premi atque aegre sustinere et conferta legione ex omnibus
partibus tela conici animadvertit. Nam quod, omni ex reliquis
partibus demesso frumento, pars una erat reliqua, suspicati
hostes hue nostros esse vetfturos noctu in silvis delituerant ; 15
turn disperses depositis armis in metendo occnpatos subito
adorti. paucis interf ectis reliquos incertis ordinibus perturbave-
rant, simul equitatu atque essedis circumdederant. ^t'
6. pulvis, -erls, m., dust. 1.
10. cdnfestlm, adv., hastily, at once,
Immediately. 1.
14. d erne to, -metere, -messui,
-messum, tr. [meto, reap], mow, reap. 1.
15. delitiBco, -litescere, -litui.
, intr. [latesco, inc^t. of lateo. He
hidden], hide one's self, lurk. 1.
16. meto, metere, mesBui, mes-
sum, tr., mow, reap. 1.
18. QS&t^Mm,-! n., a two-wheeled war
chariot of (he Britons. 2.
8. Bummd studio: the soldiers were
as anxious to get iiwiiy as Caesar was.
9. reliquis . . . effecit, lit. "made
that It could be sailud by the rest,' =
" made the others lit to sail ia."
Chap. 32-36. After repelling the
Britons, -who attack first one legion,
then the camp, Caesar returns to
Gaul.
Chap. 32. The Britons attack one
legion while it is engaged in foraging.
1. frumentatum: App. 395.
3. Interposita, ' ' having arisen. ■'
In agris remaneret: ostensibly en-
gaged in labor on the farms near the
camp.
6. quam . . . fe^et, "than usual."
7. Id quod erat, ' ' what was reillly
the case'' ; explained by thrf clause ali-
qaid .' eonsili, " that some new plan
had been entered upon. "
8. cohortes: probably four, one at
each gate.
10. succedere, "to take their places."
armari, " to arm themselves."
14. una, "only one."
17. incertis ordinibus: owing to
388
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, IV, 34
33. Genus hoc est ex essedis pugnae. Primo per omnes
partes perequitant et tela coniciunt atque ipso terrore equorum
et strepitu rotarum ordines plerumque perturbant, et cum se
inter equitum tnrmas insinuaverunt, ex essedis desillunt et
6 pedibus proeliantur. ^urigae interim paulutim: ex proelio ex-
cedunt atque ita currus coUocant lit, si illi a multitudine hos-
tium premantur, expeditum ad suos receptum habeant. Ita
mobilitatem equitum, stabilitatem peditum in proeliis prae-
Btant, ac tantum usu cotidiano et exerci-tatione efiBciunt uti in
io declivi ac praecipiti loco incitatos equos sustinere et brevi
moderari ac flectere et per temonem perourrere et in iugo insis-
tere et se inde in currus citissime recipere consuerint.
34. Quibus rebus perturbatis nostris novitate pugnae tem-
clrcumdo, -dare, -dedi, -datum, tr.
tdo, put], put around, encompass, sur-
round. 3.
2. perequlto,.!, tn^r. [ec[ultd, ride],
ride about, ride througli or around. 1.
5. rota, -ae,/., wheel. 1.
4. turma, -ae,/., troop or squadron
of about thirty cavalrymen. 1.
insiiiu5, 1, tr. [sinuo, wind], wind in-
to; make one's way into, penetrate. 1.
6. aurlga,-ae,'n., charioteer. 1.
6. currua, -us, m., chariot ; wagon. 8.
7. receptus, -iis, m. [recipio, re-
ceive, retreat; refuge, shelter., 1.
8. stabilitas, -tatls, /. [stabiUs,
firm] , firmness, steadiness. 1.
11. moderor, l, tr. [modus, limit],
manage, govern, control, guide. 1.
flecto, flectere, flexi, flezum, tr.,
heud, turn, direct. 1.
temo, -onis, m., pole {of a wagon). 1.
perourro, -ourrere, -ourri, -cur-
sum, intr. [curro, run], run along or
over. I.
12. cito, adv., quickly, speedily.
Oomp., cltius; sup., citissime. I.
1. novitas, -tatls, /. [noyus, new],
newness ; strangeness, novelty. 1.
the surprise the usual line of battle could
not be formed.
Chap. 33. How the Britons use their
■war-chariots in battle.
2. equorum, "caused by the
horses. "
4, equitum turmas : the cavalry of
th'e enemy, whom they thus attacked.
Caesar had no cavalry this year, but
this is a general description ; in the
next expedition his cavalry were thus
defeated.
6. illi: the warriors, who had
alighted.
7. expeditum receptum, "a ready
retreat."
8. praestant, "display."
10. ac, " and even."
Incitatos, " when at full speed."
sustinere, "to check"; depending on
cdnsuerint.
brevl, "quickly."
11. per, "along."
Iugo: the crossbar attached to the
end of the pole and resting on the
horses' necks.
Chap. 34. Caesar rescues the im-
periled legion, and the Britons march
against his camp.
1. rebus: ablative of means,
nostris: Indirect object of tulit. per-
turbatis agrees with it.
novitate. "because of the strange-
FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN, B.C. 55
239
pore opportunissimo Caesar auxilium tulit; namque eius ad-
Tentu hostes constiterunt, nostri se ex timore receperunt. Qno
facto ad lacessendum hostem et ad committendum proelium
alienum esse tempus arbitratus suo se loco continuit et brevi s
tempore intermisso in castra legiones reduxit. Dum haec ge-
runtur, nostris omnibus occnpatis, qui erant in agris reliqui
discesserunt. Secutae sunt continues complures dies tempes-
tates quae et nostros in castris continerent et hostem a pugna
prohiberent. Interim barbari nuntios in omnes partes dimlse- w
runt paucitatemque nostrorum militum suis praedicaverunt et
quanta praedae faciendae atqUe in perpetuum sui liberandl
facultas daretur, si Ilomanos castris expulissent, demonstra-
verunt. His rebus celeriter magna multitudine peditatus equi-
tatHsque coacta, ad castra venerunt. '6
^ 35. Caesar etsi idem quod superioribus diebus acciderat
fore videbat, ut, si essent hostes pulsi, celeritate periculum
effugerent, tamen nactus equites circiter xxx, quos Commius
Atrebas, de quo ante dictum est, secum transportaverat, legi-
ones in acie pro castris constituit. Commisso proelio diutius s
nostrorum militum impetum hostes ferre non potuerunt ac
terga verterunt. Quos tanto spatio secuti quantum cursii et
8. contlnuus, -a, -um, adj. [con-
tineo, hold together], holding together,
unbroken, uninterrupted, continuous.
2.
11. praedlco, l, tr. [dloo, proclaim] ,
proclaim publicly or before others; de-
clare, report, tell of. 3.
12. praeda, -ae, /., booty, plunder,
spoil. 2.
14. peditatus, -iia, m. [pedeB, foot
soldier], foot soldiers, infantry 1 ■
3. effugio, -fUgere, -fugi, — , tr
and intr. [ex+fugl6, flee], flee from or
away, escape. 1.
B. alienum, lit. " belonging to
another," = "unfavorable.'* suo, "his
own," almost Illustrates the correspond-
ing meaning, " favorable."
6. dum baec geruntur, "in the
meantime."
7. QUI . . . relluul: mentioned in
32,3.
9. quae continerent: App. 230, u,
examples.
12. praedae faciendae: they would
liave been disappointed, for the Romans
had left their baggage in Gaul- 30, 5.
sui 'liberandl : see note on sai pur-
gatuR, 13, 14.
Chap. 35. The Britons are put to
flight.
1. idem fore, ut, "that the same
thing would occur . . . namely, that."
4. ante: in 21, 14 and 27, 4.
B. diutius, "very long."
6. ac, "but"; for this translation
see note on III, 19,9.
7. tanto spatio quantum . . . BO-
290
CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR, IV, 37
viribus efiQcere potuerunt, complures ex iis occiderunt, deinde
omnibus longe lateque aedificiis incensis se in castra receperunt,
36. Eodem die legati ab hostibus missi ad Caesarem de
pace venerunt. His Gaesar numerum obsidnm quern ante im-
perarerat duplicavit eosque in continentem addiici inssit, qnod
propinqua die aequinocti Tnfirmis navibus hiemi navigationem
5 subiciendam non existimabat. Ipse idoneam tempestatem
nactus paulo post mediam noctem naves solvib; quae omnes in-
columes ad continentem pervenerunt ; sed ex iis onerariae
duae eosdem portus quos reliquae capere non potuerunt et
paulo infra delatae sunt.
37. Quibus ex navibus cum essent expositi milites circiter
trecenti atque in castra contenderent, MorinT, quos Caesar in
Britanniam proficiscens pacatos relJquerat, spe praedae addueti
primo non ita magno suorum numero circumsteterunt ac, si
5 sese interfici nollent, arma ponere iusserunt. Cum illi orbe
3. dupllco, 1, tr. [duplex, double],
double, increase. 1.
4. aequinoctlum, -tl, n. [aequus,
equal + noz, nigbt] , tbe equinox. 1 .
9. infra, adv. [inferus, below], be-
low; prep, until ace., below, smaller
than. 1.
2. treceuti,-ae, -a(CCG),<;arf2.7>uni.
adj. [treB, three + centum, hundred],
three hundred. 1.
6. orbiB, -iB, m., orb, ritag, circle;
orblB teirarum, the world, l.
tuerunt, "over as great a distance as
their speed and strength permitted."
spatio is an ablative of the way (App.
144), where an accusative of extent of
space would seem more natural; see
H.-B. 426, e.
Chap. 36. Caesar returns to Q-aul.
2. Ms: dative of reference.
3. eos . . . iussit: It is not surpris-
ing to learn later that most of the trloes
failed to do this.
4. propinqua die: ablative abso-
lute. As Caesar reached Britain August
27th, and the equinox then fell on Sept.
24th, he must have remained in Britain
about three weeks.
hlemi . . . subiciendam, "that his
voyage should be exposed to wintry
weather."
8. quos reliquae, "as the rest."
capere, "reach," "make."
et, "but."
9. In&a: to the south. They may
have landed at Ambleteuse.
Chap. 37-38. The Morini revolt and
are conquered.
Chap. 37. The Morini attack the
troops from the two transports, but
are repulsed.
1. quibus ez navibus: i.e. the two
transports.
2. In castra: at Wissant.
3. pacatSs: see 22, 1-11.
4. prlmo: the adverb,
ita, " so very," "very."
6. ponere, ' ' to lay down. "
orbe: a formation like the modem
hollow square, used when troops were
attacked on all sides.
FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN, B.C. 55 .
291
facto sese defenderent, celeriter ad clamorem hominum circiter
milia sex convenerunfc. Qua re niintiata Caesar omnem ex
castris equitatum suis auxilio misit. Interim nostri milites
impetnm hostium sustinuerunt atqne amplius horis quattuor
fortissime pugnaverunt et paucis vulneribus acceptis complures lo
ex his occidernnt. Postea yero quam equitatus noster in con-
spectum venit, hostes abiectia armis terga verterunt magnus-
que eorum numerus est occisus.
\J(C3B. Caesar postero die T. Labienum legatum cnm iis legi-
oiiibus quas ex Britannia reduxerat in Morinos, qui rebellionem
fecerant, misit. Qui cum propter siccitates paludum quo se
reciperent non haberent, quo perfugio superiore anno erant
Hsi, omnes fere in potestatem Labieni yenerunt. At Q. Titu- 5
rius et L. Cotta legati, qui in Menapiorum fines legiones diix-
erant, omnibus eorum agris vastatis, frumentis succisis, aedi-
ficiis incensis, quod Menapii se omnes in densissimas silvas
abdiderant, se ad Caesarem reoeperunt. Caesar in Belgis om-
nium legionum hiberna constituit. Eo duae omnino civitates so
ex Britannia obsides miserunt, reliquae neglexerunt. His rebus
gestia ex litteris Caesaris dierum yiginti supplicatio a senatu
decreta est.
3. slccitas, -tatis, /. [siccus, dry],
drought, dryness. 1.
4. perfuglum, -gi, n. [peTfugl5, See
for refuge], place of refuge, refuge. 1.
6. hominum: with mliia.
Chap. 38. Labienus conaueTS the
Morlzu. The army Is quartered for
the winter among the Belgae. A
thanksgiving in Caesar's honor.
3. siccitates: translate by the sin-
gular.
quo . . . haberent, lit. "had not
where they could retreat," = "had no-
where to retreat "; App. 230, c.
4. quo perfUgio erant usi, lit.
"which refuge they had used," = "the
refuge [l.e. the swamps] which they
had used.'' For the fact see III, 28, 8.
6. qui ... . duxerant: see 22, 18.
9. in Belgis: in readiness for the
next year's expedition to Britain.
12. dierum viginti supplicatio:
see note on H, 35, 10, and notice the In-
creased number of days. Caesar's two
exi>edltlons Into lands where no Boman
general had ever before set foot had
made a wonderful Impression at
Rome.
THE DIRECT FOEM OP THE INDIRECT DISCOURSE
IN BOOKS I AND II
I, 13,7-19. SlpacempopulusRomannscumHelvetils/aas*,
in earn partem ibunt atque ibi erunt Helvetil ubi eos tu consti-
tueris atque esse voluerisj sin bello persequi perseverdbis, remi-
nlscere et veteris incommodi popull Romani et pristinae virtutis
Helvetiorum. Quod improviso unum pagum adortns es, cum
ii qui flumen trdnsierant suis auxilium ferre non possent, noil
ob eam rem aut tuae magnopere virtuti tribuere aut nos despi-
cerej nos ita a patribus maioribusque nostris didicimus ut magis
virtute contenddmus quam dolo aut insidiis nltdmur. Quare
mil committere ut hlc locus ubi constitimus ex calamitate po-
puli Romani et internecione exercitus nomen capiat aut memo-
riam prodat.
I, 14, 1-20. Eo mihi minus dnbitationia daiur, quod eas
res qnas vos commemordvistis memoria ieneo, atque eo gravius
fero quo minus merits populi Romani accideruntj qui si alicu-
ius iniuriae sibi conscius fuisset, non fuit difficile cavere; sed
60 deceptus est, quod neque commissum a se intellegebat quare
timeret, neque sine causa timendum putdbat. Quod si veteris
contumeliae oblivisci velit, num etiam recentium iniuriarnm,
quod eo invito iter per provinciam per vim temptdvistis, quod
Haeduos, quod Ambarros, quod Allobroges vexdvistis, memoriam
deponere joo^es/.^ Quod vestrd victoria tam insolenter ^^Zoria-
mini, quodque tam diu vos impune iniurias intulisse admirdminl,
eodem pertinent. Consueverunt enim dl immortdles, quo
gravius homines ex commutatione rerum doleant, quos pro
scelere eorum ulcisci volunt, his secundiores interdum res et
diuturniorem impunitatem concedere. Cum haec ita sint,
tamen, si obsides a vobls mihi dabiintur, uti ea quae polUcemini
vos facturos intellegam, et si Haeduis do iuiuriis quas ipsis
292
DIRECT FORM OF INDIRECT DISCOURSE 293
Bociisqne intulistis, item si AUobrogibus satisfacietis, vobiscum
pacem faciam.
20-33. Ita Helvetil a maioribus suTs Institutl sunt uti obsi-
des accipere, non dare, consuerint ; huius rel populus Romdnus
I, 17,2-13. Sunt non nulll quorum auctoritas apud ple-
bem plurimum valeat, qui privatim plus possint quam ipsi
magistratus. Hi seditiosa atque improba oratione multitudi-
nem deterrent ne frumentum conferant quod debent: [these
men say] " Praestat, si (HaeduT) iam principatum Galliae ob-
tinere non ^ossMw^, Gallorum quam Eomanorum imperia per-
ferre; neque dubitdmus quin, si Helvetios superaverint Romani,
una cum reliqua Gallia Haeduis libertatem sint erepturi." Ab
isdem vestra consilia quaeque in castris geruntur hostibu^
enuntiantur. Hi a m,e coerceri non possuntj quin etiam, quod',
necessario rem coactus tibi enuntidvl, intellego quanto id cum
periculo fecerim, et ob earn causam quam diu potul tacul.
I, 1 8, 6-24. Ipse est Dumnorlx, summa audacia, magna apad!
plebem propter liberalitatem gratia, cupidus rerum novarura.
Complures annos portoria reliquaque omnia Haeduorum vecti-
galia parvo pretio redempta fiabet, propterea qnod illo licente
contra liceri audet nemo. His rebus et suam rem familiarem
auxit et f acnltates ad largiendum magnas compardvit; magnum
numerum equitatus suo sumptu semper alit et circum se Jiabet;
neque solum domi, sed etiam apud finitimas civitates largiter
potest, atque huius potentiae causa matrem in Biturigibus
homini illic nobilissimo ac potentissimo collocdvit, ipse ei
Helvetiis uxorem habet, sororem ex matre et propinquas suas
nuptum in alias civitates collocdvit. Favet et cupit Helvetiis
propter eam affinitatem, odit etiam suo nomine Caesarem et
Romanos, quod eorum adventu potentia eius deminuta et
Diviciacus frater in antiquum locum gratiae atque hoaoris est
restitutus. Si quid accidat Eomanis, summam in spem per
HelvgtiSs regni obtinendi venit; imperio populi Romani non
modo de regno, sed etiam de ea quam habet gratia dSsperat.
294 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR
I, 20, 2-12. Scio ista esse vera, nee quisquam ex eo plus
quam ego doloris capit, propterea quod, cum ego gratia pluri-
mum domi atque in reliqua Gallia^ossem, ille minimum propter
adulescentiam posset, per me crevit; quibus opibus ac nervis
non solum ad minuendam gratiam, sed paene ad pcrniciem
meam utitur. Ego tamen et amore fraterno et existimatione
vulgi commoveor. Quod si quid ei a U gravius accident, cum
ego hunc locum amicitiae apud te teneam, nemo existimdbit hon
med voluntate factum; qua ex re totius Galliae animi a me
dvertentur.
1, 30, 3-10. Intellegimus, tametsi pro veteribus Helvetiorum
iniurils populi Bomani ab his poenas bello repetierls, tamen
earn rem non minus ex usu Galliae quam populi Roman! acci-
disse, propterea quod eo consilio florentissimis rebus domos suas
Helvetii rellquerunt, uti . . . haberent.
I, 3 1 , 5-8. Non minus id contendimus et labordmus, ne ea
quae dlxerimus enuntientur quam utI ea quae vohimus impe-
tremus, propterea quod, si enuntiatum erif, summum in cruci-
atum nos ventilros videmus.
8-56. Galliae totius factiones sunt duae: harum altering
principatum tenent Haedul, alterius Arvernl. HI cum tanto-
pere de potentatu inter se multos annos contenderent, factum
est utI ab Arvernis Sequanlsque GermanI mercede arcesseren-
tur. Horum primo circiter milia xv Rhenum trdnsierunt;
posteaquam agros et cultum et copias Gallorum homines feri
ac barbarl adamdrunt, trdductl sunt plures. Nunc sunt in
Gallia ad centum et viginti milium numerum. Cum his
Haedul eorumque clientes semel atque iterum armis contende-
ruutj magnam calamitatem pulsi acceperunt, omnem nobili-
tatem, omnem senatum, omnem equitatum dmiserunt. Qui-
bus proelils calamitatibnsque frdctl, qui et sua virtute et
populi Romanl hospitio atque amicitia pliirimum ante in
Gallia potuerant, codcti sunt Seqiianis obsides dare . . .
imperio essent. Unus ego sum ex omnI civitate Haedno-
rum qui adduci non potuerim ut iurdrem aut llberos meos
DIRECT FORM OF INDIRECT DISCOURSE 295
obsides darem. Ob earn rem ex civitate profugi et Komam
ad senatum venl auxilium postulatum, quod solus neque
lure iurando neque obsidibus tenebar. Sed peius victoribus
Sequanis quam Haeduls yiotis accidii, propterea quod Ariovis-
tus, rex Germanorum, in eorum finibus consedit tertiamque
partem agri Sequani, qui est optimus totius Galliae, oecupdvit
et nunc de altera parte tertia Sequanos decgdere iubet, prop-
terea quod paucis mensibus ante Harudum milia hominum
xxiY ad eum vSnerunt, quibus locus ac sedes parantur. Paucis
annis omnes ex Galliae finibus pellentur atque omnes German!
Ehenum trdnslhunt; neque enim conferendus est Gallicus cum
Germanorum agro, neque haec consuetudo victus cum ilia com-
'paranda. Ariovistus autem, ut semel Gallornm copias proelio
vicit, quod proelium factum est ad Magetobrigam, superbe et
crudeliter imperat, obsides nobilissimi cuiusque liberos poscit
et in eos omnia exempla cruciatusque edit, si qua res non ad
nutum aut ad voluntatem eius facta est. Homo est barbarus,
Irdcundus, temerdriusj non possunt eius imperia diutius sus-
tineri. Nisi quid in te populoque Eomano erit auxili, omnibus
Gallis idem est faciendum quod Helvetii fecerunt, ut domo
, . . experiantur. Haec si eniintiata Ariovisto erunt, non du-
iito quin de omnibus obsidibus qui apud eum sunt gravissimum
Bupplicium siimat. Tu vel auctoritate tud atque exercitus vel
recenti victoria vel nomine populi Komani deterrere pates ne
maior multitudo Germanorum Kbenum tradiicatur, Galliamque
omnem ab Ariovisti iniuria potes defendere.
I, 32, 8-15. Hoc est miserior et gravior fortuna Sequano-
rum quam reliquorum, quod soli ne in occulto quidem qnerl
neque auxilium implorare audent absentisque Ariovisti crudeli-
tatem, velut si coram adsit, horrent, propterea quod reliquis
tamen fugae facultas datur, Sequanis vero, qui intra fines suos
Ariovistum receperunt, quorum oppida omnia in potestate eius
sunt, omnes cruciatus sunt perferendi.
I, 34, 5-12. Si quid miJii a Caesare opus esset, ego ad eum
venissem; si quid ille me vuU, ilium ad me venire oportet.
296 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR
Praeterea neqne sine exercitu in eas partes Galliae venire audeo
quas C&esa,T possidef, neque exercitum sine magno commeatii
atque molimento in unum locum contrahere possum. Mihi
autem mirum videtur quid in med Gallia, quam bello vlci, aut
Gaeaarl ant omnino populd Homano negoti sit.
I, 35, 2-18. Quoniam tanto meo popallque Bomani benefi-
cid affectus, cum in consulafcii meo rex atque amicus a senatu
appellatus est, hanc mihi populoque Komano gratiam refert,
nt in colloquium venire invitatus gravetur neque de communi
re dicendum sibi et cognoscendum putef, haec sunt quae ab eo
postulo: primum, ne quam multitiidinem hominum amplius
trans Kbenum in Galliam irdducatj deinde, obsides quos habet
ab Haeduis reddat Sequanisque permittat ut quos ipsi hdbent
voluntate eius reddere illis liceatj neve Haedu6s iniiiria.
lacessat, neve his sociisque eorum bellum infer at. Si ita fe-
cerit, mihi populoque Eomano perpetua gratia atque amicitia
cum eo eritj si non impetrdbo, quoniam M. Messala M. Pisone
consulibus senatus censuit uti quicumque Galliam provinciam
obtineret, quod commodo rel publicae facere posset, Haeduos
ceterosque amicos populi Bomani defenderet, Haeduorum
iniurias non neglegam.
I, 36. lus est belli ut qui vicerint iis quos vicerint quern ad
modum velint imperentj item populus Romdnus victis non ad
alterius praescriptum, sed ad suum arbitrium imperare consue-
vit. Si ego populo Romano non praescribo quern ad modum
suo iure utdtur, non oportet me a populo Eomano in meo iiire
impedlri. Haedul mihi, quoniam belli fortunam temptdverunt
et armis congress! ac superati sunt, stlpendidrii sunt facti.
Magnam Caesar iniuriam facit, qui suo adventii vectigalia mihi
Aetei'ima, facit. Haeduis obsides non reddam, neque his neque
eorum sociis iniiiria bellum inferam, si in eo manebunt quod
convenit stipendiumque qaotaxmla pendent; si id non fecerint,
longe iis f raternum nomen populi Eomani aberit. Quod mihi
Caesar denHntiat se HaeduOrum iniurias non neglgoturum,
nemo mecum sine sua pernicie contendit. Cum volet, congre-
DIRECT FORM OF INDIRECT DISCOURSE 297
didtur: intelleget quid invicti Germanl, exercitatissimi in
armis, qui inter annos xiv tectum non subieruni, virtute
I, 40, 3-47. Primum (vos incuso) quod aut quam in partem
aut quo consilio ducdminl vobls quaerendum aut cdgitandum
puidtis. Ariovistus me consule cupidissime populi Eomani
amicitiam appetiit; cur hunc tam temere quisquam ab offici5
discessurum iudicet? Mihi quidem persuddetur, cognitis tneis
postulatis atque aequitate condicionum perspecta, eum neque
meam neque populi Romani gratiam repudiaturum. Quod si
furore atque amentia impulsus bellum intulerit, quid tandem
veredminl? aut cur de vesird virtute aut de med diligentia
desperetis? Factum est eius hostis periculum patrum nostro-
rum memoria, cum Cimbris et Teutonis a 0. Mario pulsis non
minorem laudem exercitus quam ipse imperator meritns vide-
batur; factum est etiam nuper in Italia servili tumultu, quos
tamen aliquid usus ac disciplina quam a nobis acceperant sul-
levdbant. Ex quo iudicari potest quantum habeat in se boni
constantia, propterea quod, quos aliquamdiu inermes sine
causa timuistis, hos postea armatos ac victores superdvistis.
Denique hi sunt Idem Germdni quibuscum saepe numero Hel-
vetii congressi non solum in suis, sed etiam in illorum finibus,
plerumque super aver unt, qui tamen pares esse nostro exerci-
tui non potuerunt. Si quos adversutn proelium et f uga Gallo-
rum commovet, hi, el quaerent, reperire possunt . . . vicisse.
Cui rationi contra homines barbaros atque imperitos locus /jtiV,
hac nS ipse quidem sperat nostros exercitus capi posse. Qui
suum timorem in rei frumentariae simulationem angustiasquc
itineris conferunt fadunt arroganter, cum aut de officio im-
peratoris desperare aut praescribere videantur. Haec mihi
sunt curae: frumentum Sequani, Leucl, Lingones subminis-
trant, iamque sunt in agris frumenta matura; de itinere ipsl
brevi tempore iUdicdbitis. Quod non fore dicto audientes
neque signa laturi dlciminl, nihil ea re commoveorj scio enim,
quibuscumque exercitus dicto aufliens non fuerit, aut male re
298 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR
gesta fortunam defuisse ant aliquo facinore comperto avaritiam
esse convictam; mea innocentia perpetua vita, fellcitds Hel-
vetiorum bello est perspecta. Itaque quod in longiorem diem
collaturus ful repraesentdbo et hdc nocte de quarta vigilia
castra movebo, ut quam primum intellegere possim utrum apud
vos pador atque oflBcium an timor plus valeat. Quod si prae-
terea nemo sequetur, tamen ego cum sola decima legione ibo,
de qua non dubito, mihique ea praetoria cohors erit.
I, 44. Trdnsil Khenum non med sponte, sed rogdtus et
crcessitus a Gallis; non sine magna spe magnisque praemiis
domum propinquosque reliqui; sedes Jiabeo in Gallia ab ipsis
concessas, obsides ipsorum voluntate datos; stTpendium capio
iure belli quod victores victis imponere consuerunt. Non ego
Gallis, sed Galll mihi bellum intulerunt; omnes Galliae civita-
tes ad me oppugnandum venerunt ac contra me castra hab%e-
Tunt; eae omnes copiae a me uno proelio pulsae ac superdtae
sunt. Si iterum experiri volunt, iterum pardtus sum decer-
tare; si pace iiti volunt, iniqunm est de stipendio recusare,
quod sua voluntate ad hoc tempus pependerunt. Amicitiam
populi Eomaui mihi ornamento et praesidio, non detriments
«sse oportei, atque hac spe petii. Si per populum Romanum
stipendium remittetur et dediticii suitrahentur, non minus
libenter recUsdbo populi Eomani amicitiam quam appetii.
■Quod multittidinem Germanornm in Galliam trddUco, id mei
muniendi non Galliae impugnandae causa facio; eius rei tes-
timonium est quod nisi rogatus non vent et quod bellum non
intull, sed defendi. Ego prius in Galliam veni quam populus
Romdnus. Numquam ante hoc tempus exercitus populi Eomani
Oalliae provinciae finibus egressus est. Quid tibi vis? Cur in
■meds possessiones venis? Provincia mea haec est Gallia, sicut
ilia vestra. ■ Ut mihi concedi non oporteat, si in vestros fines
impetum faciam, sic item vos estis inlqui, quod' in meo iure
me interpelldtis. Quod fratres a senatu Haeduos appellatos
dicis, non tam barbarus neque tam imperltus sum rerum ut
non sciam neoue bello AUobrogum proximo Haeduos Eomanis
DIRECT FORM OF INDIRECT DISCOURSE 299
auxilium tulisse neque ipsos in his contentionibus quas Haedui
mecum et cum Sequanis habnerunt auxilio populi Romani usoa
esse. Deheo snspicari simulata te amicitia, quod exercitum in.
Gallia habes, mel opprimendi causa habere. Nisi decedes atqna
exercitum deduces ex his regionibas, te non pro amico, sed prd-
hoste habebo. Quod si ie interfecero, multls nObilibus princi-
pibusque populi Romani gratum faciam; id ab ipsis per eorum
nuntios compertum liabeo, quorum omnium gratiam atque ami-
citiam tud morte redimere possum. Quod si decesseris et
liberam possessionem Galliae mihi trddideris, magno te prae-
mio remunerdbo et quaecumque bella geri voles sine ullo tu»
labore et periculo conficiam.
I, 45, 2-11. Neque mea neque populi Romani consuetudS
patitur uti optime meritos sooios deseram, neque ego iudic»
Galliam potius esse tuam quam populi Romani. Bello superdtl
sunt Arvernl et Rutenl a Q. Fabio Maximo, quibus populus
Romanus ignovit neque in provinciam redegit neque stipendium.
imposuit. Quod si antiquissimum quodque tempus spectari
oporfet, populi Romani iustissimum est in Gallia imperium; si
indicium senatus observari oportet, libera debet esse Galliuy
quam bello victam suis legibus uti voluit.
II, 3, 4-14. Nos nosiraque omnia in fidem atque potesta-
tern populi Romani permittimus. Neqne («os) cum reliquTs
Belgis consensimus, neque contra populum Romanum coniurd"
vimus, pardtlque sumus et obsides dare et imperata facere et
oppidis recipere et frumento ceterisque rebus iuvare. Reliqui
omnes Belgae in armis sunt, Oermdnlque qui cis Rhenum in-
colunt sese cum his coniunxerunt; tantusque est eorum omnium.
furor ut ne Suessiones quidem, fratres consanguineosque nos-
tras, qui eodem iiire et isdem legibus utuntur, linum imperium
unumque magistratum noblscum habent, deterrere potuerlmus
quin cum his consentirent.
II, 4, 2-28. Plerique Belgae sunt ortl a Germanis, Rhe-
numque antiquitus trdductl propter loci fertilitatem ibi conse-
derunt, Gallosque qui ea loca incolebant expulerunt, solique
300 CAESAR'S GALLIC WAR
sunt qui patrum nostrorum memoria, omni Gallia vexata, Teu-
tonos Cimbrosque intra suos fines ingredi prohibuerint ; qua ex
re fit uti earum rerum memoria magnam sibi auctoritatem
magnosque spiritus in re militari sumant. De numero eorum
omnia {nos) habemus explorata, propterea quod propinquitati-
bus affinitatibusque coniuncti, qnantam quisque multitudinem
in communi Belgarum concilio ad id bellum pollicitus sit cog-
novimus. Plurimum inter eos Bellovacl et virtute et auctori-
tate et hominum numero valent; hi possunt conficere armata
milia centum; pollidtl sunt ex eo numero electa milia sexa-
ginta, totiusque belli imperium sibi postulant. Suessiones
nostrl sunt flnltimi; fines latissimos feracissimosque agros
possident. Apud eos fuit rex nostra etiam memoria Divicid-
cus, totius Galliae potentissimus, qui cum magnae partis harum
regionum turn etiam Britanniae imperium obtinuit; nunc est
rex Galba; ad hunc propter iiistitiam priidentiamque summa
totius belli omnium voluntate defertur; oppida haient numero
XII ; poUicentur milia armata quinquaginta ; totidem Nervil,
qui maxime feri inter ipsos habentur longissimeque absunt;
quindecim milia Atrebates, Ambidni decem milia, Morinl xxv
milia, Menapil vii milia, Caletl x milia, Veliocasses et Viroman-
dul totidem, Atuatucl xix milia; Gondrusi, Eburones, Cae-
rosl, Caemdnl, qui uno nomine German! appellantur, arbitrdmur
ad XL milia.
II, 1 4, 3-13. Bellovacl omni tempore in fide atque amicitia
civitatis Haeduae fuerunt; impulsl ab suis pri-ncipibus, qui
dleebant Haeduos a te in servitiitem redactos omnes indignita-
tes contumeliasque perferre, et ab Haeduis defecerunt et po-
pulo Komano bellum intulerunt. Qui eius consili principes
fuerant, quod intellegebant quantam calamitatem civitati intu-
lissent, in Britanniam profugerunt. Petunt non solum Bello-
vacl sed etiam pro Ms Haedui ut tud dementia ac mansuetudine
in eos utdris. Quod si feceris, Haeduorum auctoritatem apud
omnes Belgas ampKficdbis; quorum auxiliis atque opibuB, si
qua bella inciderunt, sustentare consuerunt.
DIRECT FORM OF INDIRECT DISCOURSE 301
II, 15, 8-15. Nullus aditus est ad eos mercat6ribus ; nihil
patiuntur Tini reliquarumque rerum ad luxuriam pertinentium
inferri, quod his rebns relanguescere animos et remittl virtu-
tem exlstimant. Sunt homines ferl magnaeque virtutis ; incre-
pitant atque incusant reliquos Belgas, qui se populo Eomano
dediderint patriamque virtiitem proiecerint; confirmant sese
Deque legates missuros neque ullam condiciOnem pacis accep-
turos.
II, 1 6, 2-9 Sabis flumen a castris tuls non amplius milia
passuum x abestj trans id flumen omnes Nervil consederunt ad-
Tentumque ibi Eomanorum exspectant una cum Atrebatibus et
Viromanduis, finitimis suis; exspectantur etiam ab iis Atuatu-
corum copiae atque sunt in itinere; mulieres quique per aeta-
tem ad pugnamiiiutiles videbantur in eum locum coniecerunt
quo propter paMdes exercitui aditus non esset.
II, 31, 3-13. Non exlstimdmus Eomanos sine ope deorum
bellum gerere, qui tantae altitudinis machinationes tanta celer-
itate promovere possint. JVos nostraque omnia eorum potes-
tati permittimus. tjnum petimus ac deprecdmur: si forte pro
tud dementia ac mansuetiidine, quam nos ab aliis audlmus,
statueris nos esse conservandos, noil nos armis despolidre.
Nobis omnes fere flnitiml sunt inimicl ac nostras virtuti in-
videntj a quibus nos defenders traditis armis non possumus.
Nobis praestat, si in eum casum deducemur, quamvis fortiinam
a populo Eomano pati quam ab his per cruciatum interfici,
inter quos dominari consuevimus.
II, 32, 1-6. Magis consuetudine nfiea quam merito vesfro
civitatem conservdbo, si priusquam murum aries attigerit vos
•dedideritis; sed deditionis nulla est condicio nisi armis tra-
ditis. Id quod in NerviTs feci faciam finitimisque imperdbo
ne quam dediticiis populi Eomani iniuriam Inferant.
AI>PE]SrDIX
nUTRODUCTION
The Appendix was originally prepared for use in the revision of Bel-
lum Helveticum (1900). It has now received a thorough revision, but
the numbering has been left unchanged, except at a very few points.
It is intended to include all the grammatical material which need be
put into the hands of a class for second year work. The regular para-
digms are given in full, with only such exceptional forms as are needed
for the reading of Caesar and Cicero. Rules of syntax are almost inva-
riably stated in full, so that when the student takes up a more com-
plete grammar he will have to master only the exceptions, not the
principles.
The examples are drawn chiefly from Caesar, especially the first
half of the first book. Some are made up, for the sake of brevity and
clearness, and a few are taken from Cicero. References Uke I, 14, 3
indicate the book, chapter, and line of Caesar.
The writer has consulted the usual authorities, and is under special
obligations, as regards the treatment of the verb, to the writings and
personal instruction of Professor William Gardner Hale. He has re-
ceived much assistance in revising the work from the thoughtful and
practical suggestions of Messrs. Janes and Jenks of the Boys' High
School, Brooklyn, N. Y.
303
(Copyrlglit 1900, by Scott, Foresman & Co J
PRO]>njNCIATION
QUANTITY OF VOWELS
1. A vowel is usually short:
o. Before another vowel, or h; as eo, nihil.
b. Before nd and nt; as laudandus, laudant.
c. In words of more than one syllable, before any other
Bnal consonant than s; as laudem, laudat.
2. A vowel is long:
a. Before nf , ns, nx, and net; as inferd, cdnsul, ifinzl, iunctum.
6. When it results from contraction; as isset, for iisset.
3. A vowel is usually long:
a. In monosyllables not ending in b, d, I, m, or t; as mi, hic,
but ab, ad.
SOUNDS OF VOWELS
4. Long vowels, whether accented or not, should be given twice the
time given to short vowels. This is the chief difficulty in the Roman
pronunciation, because in English only accented syllables are com-
monly given more time than others.
a = o in Cuba & = ahl
e = e in net e = e in they
i = t in pin i = i in machine
o — o in for (not as in got) 6 = oh!
u = 00 in foot fl = 00 in boot
y = French u or German u; it rarely occurs.
SOUNDS OF DIPHTHONGS
5. The following are the commonly recognized diphthongs which
appear in classical Latin:
ae = ai in aisle
oe = oi in oil
au = ow in how
304
APPENDIX 305
eu has no English equivalent. Run together in one syllable
the sounds eh'-oo.
ui has no English equivalent. Run together in one syllable
the sounds oo'-ee. The diphthong appears in cui, huic, cuius, and
htiius.
o. When the consonant i ( = j) stands between two vowels, as in
maior, eius, Troia, and cuius, though i was written only once it was
pronounced twice, as if the spelling were, maiior, eiius, Troiia, and
cuiius. The second i is the consonant, pronounced like y in yet.
The first i makes a diphthong with the preceding voweL In such
cases,
ai = ai in aisle
ei = ey in they
oi = oi in oil
ui as indicated above.
SOUNDS OF CONSONANTS
6. The consonants are, in general, pronounced as in English; but
the following points should be noted:
c and g are always hard, as in can, go
i (consonant, sometimes printed j) = 1/ in yet
n before c, g, q, and x = n^ in sing
r pronounced distinctly
s as in this, never as in these
t as in tin, never as in nation
V = to
T = hs
ch, ph, th = c, p,t
bs, bt = ps, pt
qu = qu in quart
ngu = ngu in anguish
su = sw in suadeo, suavis, suesco, and their compounds,
o. When consonants are doubled, as in mitto, annus, both conso-
nants should be sounded, as they are in out-talk, pevrknije. We sound
only one consonant in ditty, penny.
7. i is generally a consonant between vowels, and at the beginning
of a word before a vowel. In compounds of iacio, the form icio was
■written. It is commonly believed that in these words consonant
i was pronounced, though not written, before vowel i; as deicio, pro-
nounced as if deiicio; abici6, as if abiicid.
306 APPENDIX
SYLLABLES
8. Every Latin word has as many syllables as it has vowels or diph-
thongs.
a. A single consonant between two vowels is pronounced with
the second vowel; as fe-ro, a-gd, mo-ne.
h. The combination of a mute and a liquid (b, c, d, g, p, t, eh, ph,
or th, followed by 1 or r) is pronounced together so easily that it goes
with the second vowel like a single consonant; as pa-tris, a-gri. But
in poetry such a combination was often divided; as pat-ris, ag-rl.
c. Any other combination of two or more consonants is divided
before the last consonant, or before the combination of a mute and a
liquid; as mit-to, dic-tus, magis-ter, magis-tri.
QUANTITY OF SYLLABLES
9. A syllable is long:
- a. If it contains a long vowel or diphthong; as both syllables of
laudo, and the first syllable of eius (5, a).
b. If its vowel is followed by any two consonants except a mute
and a liquid, or by one of the double consonants x and z. The quan-
tity of a short vowel is not changed by this position: est is est, not est.
The time taken in pronouncing a consonant at the end of the syllable
before the consonant at the beginning of the next syllable (8, c).
lengthens the syllable. This will be felt if the consonants are pro-
nounced distinctly in mit-to (6, a), an-nus, dic-tus, par-tes, nos-ter.
c. Often in poetry when a short vowel is followed by a mute and
a liquid. The pronunciation is then pat-ris, ag-ri (8, 6). In prose
Buch a syllable is always considered short.
ACCENT
10. Words of two syllables are accented on the first syllable] as
om'nis.
1 1. Words of more than two syllables are accented on the penult if
it is long, otherwise on the antepenult; as divi' sa, appel' 16, in' colunt.
12. When an enclitic is joined to another word, the accent falls OD
the syllable immediately preceding the enclitic; as Gallia'que.
INFLECTIONS
]srouNS
GENERAL RULES OF GENDER
13. The gender of most nouns is determined by the nominative
APPENDIX 307
ending or must be learned for the individual words; but the following
rules will prove helpful.
a. The names of male beings, rivers, winds, and months are mas-
culine.
b The names of female beings, countries, towns, islands, plants,
trees, and of most abstract qualities are feminine.
c. Indeclinable nouns, and infinitives, phrases, and clauses used
as nouns are neuter.
DECLENSIONS
14. There are five declensions of Latin nouns, distinguished from
each other by the final letter of the stem, and the ending of the genitive
singular.
DECLENSION PINAL LETTER OP STEM ENDING OP GEN. SING.
I. & -ae
11. o -I
jjj f consonant .
IV. u -fls
V. 8 -SI or -el
a. Strictly speaking, the cases are usually formed by adding case-
endings to the stem. But when the stem ends in a vowel, that vowel
is often modified in some way, or is so combined with the true caae-
ending that neither the stem-vowel nor the true case-ending can be
seen. Therefore it is more convenient to apply the name case-ending
to the combined stem-vowel and true case-ending, and to say that the
cases are formed by adding case-endings to the base. The base of a
noun is found by dropping the ending of the genitive singular.
FIRST DECLENSION
15. The stem ends in -&; the nominative in -a. The gender is
usually feminine.
lingua, T., tongue, language
SINGULAR ENDINGS
Nominative lingua a language (as subject) -a
Genitive linguae of a language, language's -ae
Dative linguae to or for a language , -ae
Accusative linguam a language (as object) -am
Vocative lingua O (or thou) language -a
Ablative lingua by, from, in, or with a language -4
308
APPENDIX
PLURAL
Nominative linguae languages (as subject) -ae
Oenitive lingu&rum of languages, languages' -Anun
Dative Unguis to or for languages -Is
Accusative lingu&s languages (,as object) -ia
Vocative linguae (^or ye) languages -ae
Ablative linguls by, from, in, or with languages -Is
a. Exceptions in gender are shown by meanings (13) ; as Belgae,
M., the Belgae; Matrona, m., the (river) Marne.
b. The locative singular ends in -ae; as Samarobrlvae, a< Sam-
arobriva.
SECOND DECLENSION
16. The stem ends in -o; the nominative masculine in -us, -er, -ir;
the nominative neuter in -um.
animus, m..
puer.M.,
ager, M.,
vir, M.,
bellum, N.,
mind
boy
field
SINGULAR
man
war
N.
animus
puer
ager
vir
bellum
G.
animi
puerl
agrl
viii
belli
D.
animd
puero
agr6
vir6
bellO
A.
animum
puerimi
agrum
virum
bellum
V.
anime
puer
ager
vir
belltim
A.
animd
puero
agrS
PLURAL
viro
bell5
N.
animI
puerl
agrl
virl
bella
G.
animorum
puerorum
agrorum
virOrum
belldrum.
D.
animis
pueris
agriB
viris
bellis
A.
animos
puerOs
agros
vir6s
bella
V.
amml
puerl
agrl
virl
bella
A.
animis
pueris
agris
viris
bellis
fllius, M. ,
Gaius, M.,
B6i, M.,
deus.
M.,
son
Gaius
the Boii
god
r
SING.
SING.
PLUR.
SING.
PLUR.
N.
filius
Gaius
B5i
deus
dil, (M
0.
fill
Gal
Boidrum
del
deOrum
D.
filifl
Gai5
Bois
deO
dils, dis
A.
filium
Gaium
Boies
deum
deOs
V.
fill
Gal
B6I
deus
dil, dl
A.
raid
Gai6
Bols
deA
dils, dIs
APPENDIX
309
a. Exceptions in gender are usually shown by the meanings (I3).
Vulgus, crowd, is usually neuter. Locus, m., place, has plural loca,
N., places.
b. The locative singular ends in -i; as Agedinci, at Agedincum.
c. Nouns in -ius regularly form the genitive and vocative sin-
gular in -i, instead of -IT and -ie, and nouns in -ium form the genitive
in -i. The words are accented as if the longer form were used; cdn-
si'll, of a plan; ini'ti, of a beginning.
d. Proper names ending in -aius, -eius, and -dius are declined like
Gaius and Boi.
e. A few words have -um instead of -Srum in the genitive plural;
socium (or socioruHi), of allies.
THIRD DECLENSION
17. Third declension stems end in a consonant or in -i. Nomina-
tive case-ending for mascuUnes and feminines, -s or none; for neuters,
none.
A. CONSONANT STEMS
18. Stems ending in a labial mute, b or p. The nominative ending
is -G.
princeps, m., chief
Stem prlncip-
SING. FLUB.
JV. princeps principes
G. principis principum
D. principl principibus
A. principem principes
V. princeps principes
A. prIncipe principibus
19. Stems ending in a dental mute, d or t. The nominative endidg
for masculines and feminines is -s, and the final d or t of the stem is
dropped before it.
laus, F
., praise
miles, M
., soldier
caput, N., head
Stem laud-
Stem milit-
Stem
capit-
SING.
PLUR.
SING.
PLUR.
SING.
PLUB.
N.
laus
laudes
miles
milites
caput
capita
G.
laudis
laudum
militis
mllitum
capitis
D.
laudi
laudibus
mlliti
mllitibus
capiti
capitibua
A.
laudem
laudes
militem
milites
caput
capita
V.
laus
laudes
miles
milites
caput
capita
A.
laude
laudibijs
miUte
militibus
capite
capitibua
310
APPENDIX
20. Stems ending in a guttural mute, g or c. The nominative end-
ing is -s, which unites with the final g or c of the stem to form x.
16x, r., law
dux, M.
, leader
Stem ISg-
Stem duc-
SING. FLUB.
SING.
PLUE.
N.
lex legSs
•
dux
ducSs
G.
legis legum
ducis
ducum
D.
legl legibus
1
ducJ
ducibus
A.
legem legSs
ducem
ducSs
V.
lex leges
dux
duces
A.
lege legibuG
duce
ducibus
21. Stems ending in a liquid, lor r. There
isnononiinative case-
ending.
cdnsul, M., consul
pater,
M., father
aequor, n., sea
Stem cSnsttl-
Stem patr-
Stem aequor-
SING. PLUR.
SING.
PLUR.
SING. PLUR.
JV.
consul consuies
pater
patrSs
aequor aequora
G.
consulis consulum
patris
aequoris aequorum
D.
consul! consulibus
patrl
patribus
aequori aequoribua
A.
consulem consuies
patrem
patrSs
aequor aequora
V.
consul consuies
pater
patrfis
aequor aequora
A.
consule consulibus
patre
patribtis
aequore aequoribus
22. Stems ending in a nasal, m or n. There is no nominative case-
ending, except in hiems, the only stem in -m. The nominative of
masculines and feminines usually drops the final n and changes the
preceding vowel to 6.
flflmen, k., river
Stem fllimin-
SING. PLUR.
flumen fiumina
fluminis fluminum
fiumini fluminibus
flumen fiumina
fiumen fiumina
fiumine fluminibus
homO, M. , F., human being
ratid, p., reason
Stem homin-
Stem ratidn-
SmG. PliUB.
SING. PLUR.
N.
homo homines
ratio rationes
G.
hominis hominum
ratidnis ratidnnm
D.
homini hominibus
ration! rationibus
A.
hoTTu'nem homines
rationem rationes
V.
homd homines
ratio rationes
A.
homine hominibus
ratiSne rationibtjs
APPENDIX
311
23. Sterna ending in s (apparently r, because s changes to r between
two vowels). The nominative has no case-ending, but usually ends
in s, sometimes in r.
honor, m. , honor
Stem honos-
SING. PlitTR.
honor honores
honoris honorum
honor! honoribus
honoren honores
honor honores
honore honoribus
m6s, M., custom
Stem mOs-
SINQ. PLtTB.
N.
m5s mores
G.
moris morum
D.
mori moribus
A.
morem mores
V.
mos morSs
A.
more moribus
tempus, N., time
Stem tempos-
SING. PLUR.
tempus tempora
temporis temporum
tempori temporibus
tempus tempora
tempus tempora
tempore temporibus
B. i-STEMS
24. Here belong (1) masculine and feminine nouns ending in -is or
-£s if they have the same number of syllables in the genitive as in the
nominative, and (2) neuters in -e, -al, -ar.
25. Theoretically the i should appear in all cases except the nomina-
tive and vocative plural of masculines and feminines, and the nomina-
tive, accusative, and vocative singular of some neuters; but this de-
clension became confused with that of consonant stems, and no abso-
lute rule can be given for the endings. Masculine and feminine nouns
usually have ace. , -em, abl. , -e, ace. plural either -6s or -is. Neuters
have abl. -I.
turris, F., tower he
tstis, M., F., enemy
caedes, f., slat
Stem turri-
Stem hosti-
SINGULAH
Stem caedi-
N. turris
hostis
caedSs
G. turris
hostis
caedis
D. turri
hosti
caedl
A. turrim or -em
hostem
caedem
V. turris
hostis
caedes
A. turri or -e
hoste
PLUBATi
caede
N. turres
hostes
caedes
G. turrium
hostium
caedium
D. turribus
hostibus
caedibus
A. turris or -Ss
hostes or -Is
caedSs or -:
V. turres
hostes
caedes
A. turribus
hostibus
caedibus
19
312
APPENDIX
cubile, K. , couch
Stem cubili-
N. cublls
0. cubllis
D. cubili
A. cubile
V. cubile
A. cubili
veetlgal, K., tax
Stem vectigali-
SINGDLAB
vectigal
vectlgalis
vectigaU
vectigal
vectigal
vectigaB
PLURAL
N. cubilia vectigalia
G. cubllium vectigalium
D. cubilibus vectigalibus
A. cubilia vectigalia
V. cubilia vectigalia
A. cubilibus vectigalibus
a. Most nouns in -is are declined like hostis. Arar (for Araris),
M., the Saone, and Liger (for Ligeris), m., the Loire, are declined in the
singular like turris. Ignis, m., fire, and navis, f., ship, often have aW.-I.
Mare, n., sea, is declined like cubile, but commonly has no other
plural cases than nominative and accusative.
C. MIXED STEMS
26. Some consonant stems have borrowed from -i stems the genitive
plural in -ium and the accusative plural in -Ts. Here belong most
monosyllables in -s and -x preceded by a consonant; most nouns in -ns
and -rs ; and a few nouns in -t&s, -tfttis.
cli£ns, M., retainer urbs, F., diy
Stem client- Stem urb-
SINGULAR
PLURAL
SINGULAR
PLURAL
N.
cliens
client§s
urbs
urb6s
G.
clientis
clientium
urbis
urbium
D.
clientl
clientibus
urbl
urbibus
A.
clientem
clientes or -Is
urbem
urbSs or
V.
cliens
clientes
urbs
urbSs
A.
cliente
clientibus
urbe
urbibus
APPENDIX
313
D. IRREGULAR NOUNS
27. The following nouns present peculiarities of inflection:
senez, M.,
OS, N.,
vis, r.,
b5s, M. , r. ,
, luppiter, M,,
old man
bone
force
SINGULAB
ox, cow
Jupiter
N.
senex
OS
■ns
bos
luppiter
0.
senis
ossis
•na
bo vis
lovis
D.
seni
ossi
•ra
bovi
lovi
A.
senem
OS
vim
bovem
lovem
V.
senex
OS
vis
bos
luppiter
A.
sene
osse
•vi
PLURAL
bove
love
N.
senes
ossa
T^res
boves
G.
senum
ossium
virium
bovum or
■ bourn
D.
senibus
ossibus
viribus
bobus or
biibus
A.
senes
ossa
vires
boves
V.
senes
ossa
vires
boves
A.
senibus
ossibus
viribus
bobus or
bilbus
28. The gender of many nouns is shown by the meaning (13).
There are numerous exceptions to the following rules.
a. Masculine are nouns in o (except those in -do, -g6, -i5) -or, -6s,
-er, -es.
6. Feminine are nouns in -do, -go, -io, -as, -6s, -is, -fis, -ys, -x, and
in -s when preceded by a consonant.
c. Neuter are all others ; namely, nouns in -a, -e, -I, -y, -c, -I, -n, -t,
-ar, -ur, -us.
FOURTH DECLENSION
29.
Stem ends
in -u; nominative
masculine
in -us, ncJminative
neuter in -fl.
passus, Vi
[., pace
cornfi.N,
., horn
SING.
PLTJK.
SING.
PLUH.
N.
passus
passfis
cornfl
cornua
0.
passfis
passuum
cornus
cornuum
D.
passul
passibus
cornfl
cornibus
A.
passum
passfis
cornfi
cornua
V.
passus
passus
cornfl
corntja
A.
passfl
passibus
cornfl
cornibus
a. Domus, house, manus, hand, Idfls, Ides, are feminine.
6. The dative singular of nouns in -us sometimes ends in -fl.
c. The dative and ablative plural of a few nouns sometimes end
in -ubus.
314
APPENDIX
d. Domus, F., houge, has some second declension forms. The
forms in common use are ;
SING.
Now
Oen.
Dot.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
Loc,
domus
domfls
domul or domO
domum
domus
domO or domfi
domi (ot home)
PLUR.
domiis
domuum
domibus
domds
domiis
domibus
FIFTH DECLENSION
30.
Stem ends in -B ; nominative in -6s.
dies, M., day
Usually feminine.
rSs, F., thing
sma.
PLUR.
N.
dies
dies
G.
diii
dierum
D.
diei
diebus
A.
diem
dies
V.
dies
dies
A.
die
diebus
SINO.
res
rel
rel
rem
res
re
PLUR.
rCs
rerum
rebus
res
res
rebus
a. Dies in the singular is either masculine or feminine (feminine usu<
ally in the sense of an appointed day or a long space of time) ; in the
plural it is masculine. Its compounds are masculine.
b. The ending of the genitive and dative singular is -eJ after a vowel,
-el after a consonant, -e is sometimes used instead of either.
c. Dies and res are the only nouns of this declension that are de-
clined thioughout the plural. Acies, spes, and a few others have nom-
inative and accusative plural forms.
ADJECTIVES
31. ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS
SIXGULAB
Mas, Fern.
N. magnus magna
G. magnl magnae
D magnS magnae
A. magnum magnam
V. magne magna
A. magn6 magnS.
magnus,
large
PLURAT.
Neut.
Mas.
Fem. Neut.
magnum
magnl
magnae magna
magi^
magnorum magnarum magnOrum
magnO
magnis
magnis magnis
magnum
magnds
magnis magna
magnum
magnl
magnae magna
magnO
magnis
magnis magnis
APPENDIX
315
Uber,
free
SINGULAR
PLURAI,
Mas.
Fern. Neut.
Mas.
Fern.
Neta.
N.
liber
libera liberum
liberi
liberae
libera
6.
liberi
llberae liberi
liberorum
liberaium
llberSrum
D.
libero
liberae llberS
liberis
liberis
liberis
A.
Uberum liberam llbenun
liberos
liberas
libera
V.
liber
libera liberxun
liberi
liberae
Ubera.
A.
libero
libera libero
liberis
Uberis
liberis
noster, our
SINGULAR
PLURAL
Mas.
Fern. ileut.
Mas.
Fern.
Neul.
N.
noster
nostra nostrixm
nostri
nostrae
nostra
G.
nostri
nostrae nostri
nostrorum nostramm
nostrOrum
D.
nostrS
nostrae nostro
nostris
nostris
nostris
A.
nostrum nostram nostrum
nostros
nostras
nostra
V.
noster
nostra nostrum
nostri
nostrae
nostra
A.
nostr5
nostra nostro
nostris
nostris
nostris
ADJECTIVES WITH GENITIVE IN -lus.
32. Nine adjectives of the first and second declensions have the
genitive singular in -lus (in alter usually -ius) and the dative singular
in -i in all genders. These are alius, another, solus, only, totus, whole,
ullus, any, nOllus, no, unus, one, alter, the other, uter, which (of two),
neuter, neither. In the plural the lase-endings of these adjectives are
exactly the same as in magnus. Note the ending -ud in the neuter
of alius.
SINGULAR
Mas.
Fern.
Neut.
Mas.
Fern.
Neut.
N.
Gnus
una
unum
totus
tota
totum
G.
unlus
uiJus
unlus
totlus
totius
totlus
D.
UlJ
uni
unl
tati
toti
totI
A.
unum
Qnam
unum
totum
totam
totum
A.
un6
una
uno
tote
totd
tota
N. alius alia aliud
G. alius alius alius
D. alii alii alii
A. alium aliam aliud
A. alid alia alid
alter altera alteram
alterius alterius alteriua
alterl alteri aJteri
alterum alteram altenuu
alterd altera altera
316
APPENDIX
ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLEHSION
33. There are both consonant stems and i-stems. AdjectiveB of
three terminations have a special form in the nominative singular for
each gender; adjectives of two terminations have one form in the nomi-
native singular for the masculine and feminine, another for the neuter;
adjectives of one termination have the same form in the nominative
singular for all genders. Except comparatives, all adjectives of two
or three terminations have only -i in the ablative singular,
A. CONSONANT STEMS
34. Two Terminations.
SING.
Mas. and Fem. Neuter
N. tortior fortius
G. fortioris fortioris
D. fortiori fortiori
A. fortiorem fortius
V. fortior fortius
A. fortiore fortiSre
fortior, braver ,
PL,trR.
Mas. and Fem. Neuter
fortiores fortiora
fortiorum fortiorum
fortioribus fortioribus
fortiores fortiora
fortiores fortiora
fortioribus fortioribus
a. Here belong all comparatives ; but plfls, more, is irregular and de-
fective. In the singular it is used only as a noun.
SING.
Neuter
N. plus
G. pluris
D
A
A
PLUE.
plus
plure
Mas. and Fem.
plures
plurium
pluribus
plures or
pluribus
Is
Neuter
plura
plurium
pluribus
plura
pluribus
35. One termination.
Mas.
SING.
and Fem.
vetus, old
FLUB.
N. vetus
G. veteris
D. veteri
A. veterem
V. vetus
A . veter«
Neut.
vetus
veteris
veteri
vetus
vetus
vetere
Mas. and Fem.
Neut.
veterSs
Vetera
veterum
veterum
veteribus
veteribus
veteres
Vetera
veterBs
Vetera
veteribus
veteriDUB
APPENDIX
317
o. Here belongs princeps, chief. Dives, rich, also belongs here, but
has ditia for the nominative, accusative, and vocative neuter plural.
B. i
-STEMS
36. Three
1 terminations.
acer,
sharp
SING.
PLUB.
Mas.
Fern.
Neut.
Mas.
Fern.
Neut.
N. acer
acris
acre
acres
acres
ficria
G. acris
acris
acris
acrium
acrium
acrium
D. acri
acri
acri
acribus
acribus
acribus
A. acrem
acrem
acre
acres or
-is acres or -Is
acria
V. acer
acris
acre
acres
acres
acria
A. acri
acri
acri
acribus
acribus
acribus
a. Here belong celeber, famous, equester, equestrian, pedester, pe-
destrian; names of months in -ber; and a few others.
37. Two terminations.
omnis, all
SINQ.
PLUH.
Mas. and Fern.
Neut.
Mas. and Fern.
Neut.
N. omnis
omne
omnes
omnia
G. omnis
omnis
omnium
omnium
D. omnI
omnI
omnibus
omnibus
A . omnem
omne
omnes or -Is
omnia
V. omnis
omne
omnes
omnia
A. omni
omni
omnibus
omnibus
a. Here belong all adjectives in
58. One termination.
audax.
bold
SING.
PLtJK.
Mas. and Fern.
Neut.
Mas. and Fern.
Neut.
N. audax
audax
audaces
audacia
G. audacis
audacis
audacitxm
audacium
D. audaci
audaci
audacibus
audacibus
A. audacem
audax
audaces or -Is
audacia
V. audax
audax
audaces
audacia
A . audaci
audael
audacibus
audacibus
318
APPENDIX
oriens,
rising
SING.
PLtJB.
Mas. and Fern.
Neut.
Mas. and Fern.
Neut.
N. oriens
oriens
orientSs
orientia
G. orientis
orientis
orientium
orientium
D. orienti
orienti
orientibus
orientibus
A . orientem
oriens
orientSs or -Is
orientia
V. oriens
oriens
orientes
orientia
A oriente or -I
oriente or -I
orientibus
orientibus
o. Here belong most adjectives of one termination, and all partici-
ples in -ans and -ens. Participles usually have the ablative singular
in -i only when used as adjectives, in -e when used as participles or
nouns.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
39. The regular comparative endings are -ior, -ius; superlative,
-issimus, -a, -um. They are added to the base of the positive (found
by removing the case-ending from the genitive singular). Examples:
alius, high; altior, -ius- higher; altissimus, -a, -um, highest; fortis,
brave; fortior, braver; fortissimus, bravest.
40. Adjectives in -er form the comparative regularly, but form the
superlative by adding -rimus to the nominative of the positive. Exam-
ple: acer, s/iarp (base, acr-), acrior, acerrimus.
41. Most adjectives in -ills are compared regularly. Six, while
forming the comparative regularly, form the superlative by adding
-limus to the base of the positive. They are facilis, easy; difficilis, dif-
ficult; similis, like; dissimilis, unlike; humilis, 2owj gracilis, slender.
Example: facilis, facilior, facillimus.
42. IRREGULAR COMPARISON
bonus, melior, optimus, good, better, best.
malus, peior, pessimus, bad, worse, worst.
magnus, maior, mazimus, great, greater, greatest.
parvus, minor, minimus, small, less, least.
multus, plfls, pl&rimus, much, more, most.
dexter, dexterior, deztimus, on the right, dexterous, eto.
APPENDIX 319
DEFECTIVE COMPARISON
43. The following comparatives and superlatives appear without a
positive because formed from stems not used as adjectives:
(citrd, adv., on this side) citerior, citimus, hither, hithermost.
(de, prep., down) dSterior, dSterrimus, worse, worst.
(intra, prep., in, mthin) interior, intimus, inner, inmost.
(prae, prep., before) prior, primus, former, first.
(prope, adv., near) propior, prozimus, nearer, next.
(ultra, adv., beyond) ulterior, ultimus, farther, farthest.
44. Of the following the positive forms are rare, except when used
as nouns (generally in the plural):
ezterus, exterior, extremus (eztimus), oiUer, outmost.
Inferus, inferior, infimus (imus), lower, lowest.
posterus, posterior, postremus (postumtis), latter, last.
superus, superior, supremus (summus), higher, highest.
COMPARISON BY ADVERBS
45. Most adjectives in -us preceded by a vowel, and, many others,
form the comparative and superlative by using the adverbs magis,
more, and mazime, mos^ Example: idoneus, suitable; magis idoneus,
more suitable; mazime idoneus, most suitable.
COMPARISON OF ADVERBS
46. Most adverbs are formed from adjectives in all the degrees of
comparison.
a. The positive is formed from adjectives of the first and second
declensions by adding -e to the base; as latus, wide, late, widely: from
adjectives of the third declension by adding -ter or -iter to the base,
except that adjectives whose base ends in nt add only -er; as audax,
audacis, bold, audacter, boldly; fortis, brave, fortiter, bravely; prudens,
prudentis, prudent, prudenter, prudently. But the neuter accusative
singular of adjectives of all declensions may be used adverbially; as
multum, much, facile, easily.
b. The comparative is the accusative singular neuter of the com-
parative of the adjective; as latius, more widely, audacius, more boldly,
fortius, more bravely, prudentius, mare prudently, plQs, more, faeUius,
more easily.
320
APPENDIX
c. The superlative is formed by adding -e to the base of the super-
lative of the adjective ; or, less often, is its accusative singular neuter ;
as latissime, most widely, audacissime, most boldly, fortissime, most
bravely, prudentissime, most prudently, plurimiun, most, facillime,
most easily.
NUMERALS
47. Numeral adjectives are of three classes : cardinals, answering the
question how many? as one, two, etc. ; ordinals, answering the question
which m order? as, first, second, etc.; and distributives, answering the
question hotij many each? as, one each, two each, etc.
Roman
Numerals Cardinal
Ordinal
Distributive
I.
unus, -a, -urn
primus, -a, -um
singuU, -ae, -a
II.
-duo, -ae, -o
secundus or alter
bini
III.
tres, tria
tertius
terni or trini
IV.
quattuor
quart us
quaterni
V.
quinque
quintus
quinl
VI.
sex
sextus
seni
VII.
septem
Septimus
septeni
VIII.
octo
octavus
octoni
IX.
novem
nonus
noveni
X.
decern
decimus
deni
XI.
undecim
undecimus
undeni
XII.
duodeoim
duodecimus
duodeni
XIII.
tredecim
tertius decimus
terni denI
XIV.
quattuordecim
quartus decimus
quaterni denl
XV.
quindecim
quintus decimus
quTni deni
XVI.
sedecim
sextus decimus
seni denl
XVII.
septendecim
Septimus decimus
septem deni
XVIII.
duodevlgintl
duodevicesimus
duodeviceni
XIX.
undevijinti
iindevicesimus
undevlceni
XX.
viginti
vicesimus
viceni
XXI.
unus et viginti
(viginti unus)
vicesimus primus
viceni singuU
XXVIII.
duodetriginta
duodetricesimus
duodetricenl
XXIX.
undetriginta
undetricesimus
undetriceni
XXX.
triginta
tricesimus
triceni
XL.
quadraginta
quadragesimus
quadrageid
L.
quinquaginta
quinquagesimus
quinquagenl
LX.
sexaginta
sexagesimus
sexageni
APPENDIX
LXX.
septuaginta
septuagesimus
septuageni
LXXX.
octoginta
octogesimus
octogenl
xc.
nonaginta
nonagesimus
nonageni
c.
centum
centesimus
centeni
CI.
centum (et)
centesimus (et)
centeni (et)
unus
primus
singuli
CO.
ducenti, -ae, -a
ducentesimus
duceni
ccc.
trecenti
trecentesimus
treceni
cccc.
quadringenti
quadringentesimus
quadringenl
D.
quingenti
quingentesimus
quingeni
DC.
seseenti
sescentesimus
sesceni
DCC.
septingenti
septingentesimus
septingeni
DCCC.
octingenti
\ octingentesimus
octingeni
DCCCC.
nongenti
nongentesimus
nongeni
M.
mlUe
millesimus
singula mIlia
MM.
duo milia
bis millesimus
bina milia
321
a. The ending -ensimus is often used for -esimus.
48. Of the cardinals, Onus, duo, and tres are declined; quattuor t»
centum, inclusive, are indeclinable; ducenti to nongenti, inclusive, are
declined like the plural of magnus (31) ; mille as an adjective is inde-
clinable, as a substantive is declined like the plural of cubile (25) and
generally spelled milia. Ordinals are declined like magnus, distribu-
tives like the plural of magnus.
49. For the declension of unus see 32. Its plural usually means
only or alone, but is used in the sense of one with nouns used only in the
plural; as, iina castra, one camp. Duo and tres are declined as follows:
duo, two tres, three
Mas. Fern. Neut. M. and F. Neut.
N. duo duae duo
G. duorum duarum duorum
D. duobus duabus duobus
A. duos, duo duas duo
A. duobus duabus duobus
50. The numbers intermediate between th'ose given in the table are
expressed as follows: In a combination of tens and units the units
may precede, followed by et; as tres et quadraginta, three and forty; or
the tens may precede without an et ; as quadraginta tres, forty three
In other combinations of two numerals the higher precedes, with or
without et; as ducenti (et) viginti, two hundred and twenty. In com-
tres
tria
trium
trium
tribus
tribus
tres, trfs
tria
tribus
tribus
322
APPENDIX
binations of three or more numerals, the order is as in English, without
et; as duo milia sescenti viginS sex, two thousand six hundred and
twenty six.
PRONOUNS
PERSONAL PRONOUKS
First person, ego, /
Second person, tu, you (thou)
SING.
PLUE.
N. ego
nos
G. mei
nostrum
nostri
D. mihi
nobis
A. me
nos
A. me
nobis
SING.
to
tui
tibi
tg
te
PLDR.
vos
( vestrum
/ vestri
vobis
vos
vobis
a. There is no personal pronoun of the third person. Its place is
taken either by a demonstrative pronoun, usually is, he, ea, she, id, it,
57 ; or, when him, them, etc., refer to the subject (163), by the reflexive
pronouns.
6. nostrum and vestrum are the forms used as partitive genitives
(101) ; nostri and vestri, as objective genitives (98).
c. The preposition cum is enclitic with personal pronouns; as, uobis-
cum, with U5.
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS
52. A reflexive pronoun can neither be the subject of a finite verb
nor agree with such a subject : therefore there can be no nominative.
For the first and second persons the personal pronouns are used as re-
flexives. For the third person there is a special pronoun.
First person, mei.
Second person, tui.
Third
person, sal.
of
myself
of yourself
of himself, etc.
SING.
PLUB.
SING. PLUK.
SING.
PLUR.
0. mei
( nostrum
^ . < vestrum
.*"' ] vestri
sui
sui
( nostri
D. mihi
nobis
tibi vobis
sibi
sibi
A. me
nos
te vos
se
se
A. me
nobis
te vobis
se
se
a. The preposition cum is enclitic with reflexive pronouns ; as, sScunii
uiith himself.
APPENDIX
323
53.
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS
1st pers. meus, -a, -um, my
Sd pers. tuus, -a, -um, your (of one)
Sd
pers.
suns, -a, -um, his, her, its (when
referring to the subject)
eius (gen. sing, of is) his, her,
its (when not referring to the
subject)
noster, -tra, -trum, our
vaster, -tra, -trum, your (of
more than one)
suus, -a, -um, their (when re-
ferring to the subject)
eorum, earum, eorum (gen.
plur. of is) their (when not
referring to the subject)
54.
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS
luc, this (near the speaker)
SING.
FLUB.
Afos.
Fern.
Neut.
Mas.
Fern.
Neut.
N. hie
haec
hoc
hi
hae
haec
G. huius
huius
huius
horum
harum
horum
D. huic
huic
huic
his
his
his
A. hunc
hanc
hoc
hos
has
haec
A. hoc
hac
hoc
his
his
his
o. The nominative and accusative neuter, hoc, is pronounced hocc
when the next word begins with a vowel. The syllable is therefore
long. See 6, a.
55.
iste, that (near the person spoken to)
SING.
Mas. Fern. Neut.
N. iste ista istud
G. istius istius istius
D. isti isti isti
A. istum istam istud
A. isto ista isto
PLUR.
Mas. Fern. Neut.
isti istae ista
istorum istarum istorum
istis istis istis
istds istas ista
istis istis istia
56. Ille, that (something more remote) is declined like iste.
57.
is, this, that, he, she, it (unemphatic)
SING.
PLUK.
Mas.
Fern.
Neut.
Mas.
Fern.
Neut.
N. is
ea
id
a, el
eae
ea
G. eius
eius
eius
eorum
earum
eOrum
D. ei
ei
ei
lis, eis
iis eis
iis, eis
A. eum
earn
id
eos
eas
ea
A. eS
ea
e5
ils, eis
ils, eis
ils els
324
APPENDIX
N.
0.
D.
A.
A.
68.
Mob,
Idem
eiusdem
eidem
eundem
eodem
69.
Mas.
N. ipse
G. ipsius
D. ipsi
A. ipsum
A. ipso
60.
Mas.
N. qui
G. CTiiuS
D. cui
A. quem
A. quo
SING.
Fern.
eadem
eiusdem
eidem
eandem
eadem
Idem, the same
Neut.
idem
eiusdem
eidem
idem
eodem
PLUB.
Mas. Fern.
idem or eaedem
eidem
eorundem earundem
isdem or isdem or
eisdem
eosdem
isdem or
eisdem
eisdem
easdem
isdem or
eisdem
Neva.
eadem
eOrundem
Isdem or
eisdem
eadem
itdem or
eisdem.
SING.
Fern.
ipsa
ipsius
ipsi
ipsam
ipsa
THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN
ipse, self
Neut. Mas.
ipsum
ipsius
ipsi
ipsum
ipso
ipsi
ipsorum
ipsis
ipsos
ipsTs
PliUR.
Fern. Neut.
ipsae ipsa
ipsarum ipsOrum
ipsis ipsIs
ipsas ipsa
ipsis ipsis
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN
SING.
Fern.
quae
cuius
cui
quam
qua
qui, who
Neut.
quod
cuius
cui
quod
qu5
Mas.
qui
quorum
quibus
quos
quibus
PliDB.
Fern.
quae
quarum
quibus
quas
quibus
Neut.
quae
qu6rum
quibuB
quae
quibus
a. Quicumque and quisquis, whoever, are generalizing relatives.
The qui of quictimque is declined regularly. Quisquis, quicquid (quid-
quid), and quOquo are the only common forms of quisquis.
6. The preposition cum is usually enclitic with the relative pronoun,
as quibuscum, with whom.
61.
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS
Qui, quae, quod, the adjective whatf is declined like the relative.
Quis, quid, the substantive whof whatf is used in the singular.
APPENDIX 325
quis,
who?
SING.
Mas.
and Fern.
Neut.
N.
quis
quid
G.
cuius
cuius
D.
cui
cui
A.
quern
quid
A.
quo
quo
a. The enclitic -nam is sometimes added to an interrogative
to strengthen it; quisnam, who, prayt
b. Cum is usually enclitic with the interrogative pronoun.
62. IHDEFIOTTE PRONOUNS
The indefinite pronouns are quis, qui, and their compounds. Quit
and qai in this sense are in general declined like the interrogatives.
SUBSTANTIVE ADJECTIVE
quis, quid, any one qui, quae (qua), quod, any
aliquis, aliquid, some one aliqul, aliqua, aliquod, aome
quispiam, quidpiam, some one quispiam, quaepiam, quodpiam,
some
quisquam, quicquam (quidquam), (adjective supplied by Qllus)
any one (abl. sing, and entire
plural supplied by iillus, -a, -tun)
quivis, quaevis, quidvis | quivis, quaevis, quodvls )
qullibet, quaeUbet, quidlibet ) quilibet, quaelibet, quodlibet )
any one etc., you like any you like
quidam, quaedam, quiddam, a cer- quidam, quaedam, quoddam, a
tain man certain
quisque, quidque, each quisque, quaeque, quodque, each
a. In qui and aliqul the nominative and accusative plural neuter are
qua (or quae) and aliqua.
b. In the declension of quidam, m becomes n before d ; as quendam.
326
APPENDIX
VERBS
63. There are four conjugations of Latin verbs, distinguished from
one another by the final vowel of the stem, best seen in the present in-
finitive.
CONJUGATION
FINAL VOWEL OF STEM
PRESENT IN
I.
&
-are
II.
e
-ere
III.
e(i,u)
-ere
IV.
i
-ire
64. All forms of a verb are formed on one or another of three stems, —
the present stem, the perfect stem, and the supine stem. In regular
verbs the perfect and supine stems are based on the present stem, but
in some irregular verbs they are formed on distinct roots.
o. On the present stem are formed : active and passive, — present, im-
perfect, and future indicative; present and imperfect subjunctive; im-
perative; present infinitive: active, — present participle; gerund: jxis-
sive, — gerundive.
b On the perfect stem are" formed: active, — ^perfect, pluperfect, and
future perfect indicative; perfect and pluperfect subjunctive; perfect
infinitive.
c. On the supine stem are formed: active and passive, — future infini-
tive ;.octoe, — future participle; supine: passive, — perfect, pluperfMt, and
future perfect indicative; perfect and pluperfect subjunctive; perfect
infinitive; perfect parljciple.
65. The principal parts are forms which show to which conjugation
a verb belongs and what each of its stems is. They are, in the active,
(1) the first person singular present indicative (as the first form of the
verb), (2) the present infinitive (to indicate the conjugation and give
the present stem), (3) the first person singular perfect indicative (to
give the perfect stem), (4) the supine (to give the supine stem).
For example, the principal parts of laudo are :
laudo, laud3.re (present stem, lauds.).
laudSvI (perfect stem, laudav).
laud&tum (supine stem, laudat).
APPENDIX
327
The supine of the ma]ority of verbs is not found in Latin literature
so that other forms of the verb are often given instead of the supine.
But no one form is found for every verb, and it is simpler to give the
supine always.
In the passive the principal parts are (1) the first person singular
present indicative, (2) .the present infinitive, (3) the first person singu-
lar perfect indicative.
66. CONJUGATION OF SUM (irregular verb)
Principal parts: sum, esse, fui
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE
Present Present
SING. PLUR. SING. PLUB.
sim simus
as sitis
sit sint
Imperfect
essem (or forem) essemus (or foremua^
esses (or fores) essetis (or forStis)
esset (or foret) essent (or forent)
sum
sumus
es
estis
est
sunt
Imperfect
eram
eramus
eras
eratis
erat
erant
Future
er5
erimus
eris
eritis
erit
erunt
Perfect
fui
fuimus
fuisti
fuistis
fuit
fuerunt or -ere
Perfect
fuerim
fueris
fuerit
fuerimuB
fueritis
fuerint
Pluperfect
fueram fueramus
fueras fueritis
fuerat fuerant
Future Perfect
fuero fuerimus
fueris fueritis
fuerit fuerint
Pluperfect
fuissem
fuisses
fuisset
fuissemus
fuissetis
fuissent
328
APPENDIX
IMPERATIVE
Present
2d pers. es este
Future
2d pers. estS estdte
3d pers. est5 sunt5
PARTICIPLE
Fvt. futflnw
INFINITIVE
Pres. esse
Perf. fuisse
Put. futfirus (esse) or fore
67. FIRST CONJUGATION
ACTIVE VOICE
Principal parts: laud5, laudare, laudavi, laud&tum
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE
Present Present
SING. PLUB. SING. PLUR
lauds laudamus laudem laudemus
laudis laudatis laudSs iaudStis
laudat laudant laudet laudent
Imperfect
laud&bam laudabamus
laudabas laudabatis
laudabat laudabant
Future
Imperfect
laudarem laudarSmus
laudares laudarCtis
laudaret laudOrent
laudabd
laudabimus
laudabis
laudabitis
laudabit
laudabunt
Perfect
laudavi
laudavimus
laudavistl
laudavistis
laudavit
laudaverunt
or -ere
Pluperfect
laudaveram
laudaveramus
laudaveras
laudaveratis
laudaverat
laudaverant
Perfect
laudaverim laudaveilmus
laudaveris laudaverltis
laudaverit laudaverint
Pluperfect
laudavissem laudaviss£mus
laudavisses laudavissetis
laudavisset laudavissent
Future Perfect
laudaverO laudaverimus
laudaveris laudaverltis
laudaverit laudaverint
APPENDIX
329
IMPERATIVE
INFINITIVE
Present
Pres. laud&re
2d pers.
lauda.
laudate
Perf. laudavisse
Future
Fut. laudatflrus (esse)
2d pers.
laudata
laudatote
3d pers.
laudato "
laudanto
PARTICIPLE
SUPINE
Pres.
laudans
Ace. laudatum
Fut.
laudat&rus
GERUND
Gen. laudandl
Dat. laudandS
Ahl. laudata
Ace. laudandum
Ahl, laudando
FIRST CONJUGATION
PASSIVE VOICE
Principal parts: laudor, laudari, laudntus sum
INDICATIVE
Present
SING. PLUR.
laudor laudamur
laudaris or -re laudamini
laudatur laudantur
Imperfect
laud&bar laudabamur
laudabdris or -re laudabamini
laudabatur laudabantur
Future
laudabor laudabimur
laudaberisor-re laudabimini
laudabitur laudabuntur
Perfect
laudatus sum laudati sumus
laudatus es laudati estis
laudatus est laudati sunt
SUBJUNCTIVE
Present
SING. PLUR.
lauder laudemur
lauderis or -re laudemini
laudetur laudentur
Imperfect
laudarer laudaremur
laudareris or -re laudarezninl
laudaretur laudarentur
Perfect
laudatus sim laudati simus
laudatus sis laudati sitis
laudatus sit laudati sint
330
APPENDIX
Pluperfect Pluperfect
laudatus eram laudatl er^mus laudatus essem laudati essSmus
laudatus eras laudatl eratis laudatus esses laudatl essfitis
laudatus erat laudati erant laudatus esset laudatl assent
Future Perfect
laudatus er5 laudatl erimus
laudatus eris laudati eritis
laudatus erit laudatl erunt
IMPERATIVE
Present
2d pers. Iaud9.re
Future
2d pers. laudator
3d pers. laudator
laudaminl
laudantor
INFINITIVE
Pres. laudarl
Perf. laudatus esse
Put. laudatum Irl
68.
PARTICIPLE
Perf. laudatus
Put. laudandus
SECOND CONJUGATION
ACTIVE VOICE
Principal parts : moneO, monSre, monul, monitum
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE
Present
Present
SING.
PLtTK.
SING.
PLDR.
moneO
monemus
moneam
moneamus
monSs
monetis
moneas
moneatis
monet
monent
moneat
moneant
Imperfect
Imperfect
monebam
monSbamus
monSrem
monerSmus
monebas
monebatis
monSrBs
monSrStis
monebat
monebant
mon6ret
monSrent
Future
oionSbO
monebimus
mongbis
monebitis
monSbit
monebunt
APPENDIX
331
Perfect
monul
monuisti
monuit
monuimus
monuistis
monuerunt
or -ere
Pluperfect
monueram
monueras
monuerat
monueramus
monueratis
monuerant
Perfect
monuerim monuerlmus
monueris monuerltis
monuerit monuerint
Pluperfect
monuissem monuissSmus
monuisses mohuissStis
monuisset monuissent
Future Perfect
monuer6 monuerimus
monueris monueritis
monuerit monuerint
IMPERATIVE
Present
2d pers. mon6 monete
Future
2d pers. moneto mon6t6te
3d pers. moneto monent6
PARTICIPLE
Pres. monfens Fut. monitflnis
SUPINE
Ace. monltum Abl. monitu
INFINITIVE
Pres. monSre
Perf. monuisse
Fut. monitfirus (esse)
GERUND
Gen. monendl
Dat. monendO
Ace. monendum
Abl. monendA
SECOND COKJUGATION
PASSIVE VOICE
Principal parts : moneor, inon§rI, monitus sum
SnSTG.
moneor
monSris or -re
monStur
INDICATIVE
Present
PLUE.
monemur
monemiai
monentur
SUBJUNCTIVE
Present
SING. FLUB.
monear moneSmur
monearis or -re moneamiol
moneatur moneantur
332
APPENDIX
Imperfect
monebamur
monebamini
monebantur
Imperfect
monerer mon8r6mur
monereris or -re monereminl
monerStur monSrentur
monebimur
monebimim
monebuntur
Perfect
monitus sim moniti slmus
monitu!: sis moniti sitis
monitus sit moniti sint
Pluperfect
monitus essem moniti essSmus
monitus esses
monitus asset
monebar
monSbaris or -
monSbattu:
Future
monebor
moneberis or -re
monebitur
Perfect
monitus sum moniti sumus
monitus es moniti estis
monitus est moniti sunt
Pluperfect
monitus eram. moniti eramus
monitus eras moniti eratis
monitus erat moniti erant
Future Perfect
monitus ero moniti erimus
monitus eris moniti eritis
monitus erit moniti erunt
IMPERATIVE
Present
2dpers. monere monemini
Future
2d pers. monetor
Zd pers. monStor monentor
PARTICIPLE
Perf. monitus
Fut. monendus
69. TfflRD CONJUGATION
ACTIVE VOICE
Principal parts: dQco, ducere, dilzi, ductum
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE
moniti essetis
moniti essent
INFINITIVE
Pres. moneri
Perf. monitus esse
Fut. monitumiil
Present
P
resent
SING.
PLDE.
SING.
PLDH.
duco
ducimus
ducam
ducamus
ducis
ducitis
ducas
ducatis
ducit
ducunt
ducat
dueant
APPENDIX
333
Imperfect
. ducgbam ducebamus
ducebas ducebatis
ducebat ducebant
Future
ducam ducemus
duces ducetis
ducet ducent
Perfect
duxi
duximus
duxisti
duxistis
duxit
duxerunt
or -ere
Pluperfect
duxeram
duxeramus
duxeras
duxeratis
duxerat
duxerant
Future Perfect
duxero duxerimus
duxeris duxeritis
duxerit duxerint
IMPERATIVE
Present
2d pers. due* ducite
Future
2d pers. ducito duoitote
3d pers. ducito ducunto
PARTICIPLE
Pres. ducens
Put. ducturus
Imperfect
ducerem duceremus
duceres duceretis
duceret ducerent
Perfect
duxerim duxerimus
duxeris duxeritis
duxerit dQxerint
Pluperfect
duxissem duxissemus
duxisses duxissStis
duxisset duxissent
INFINITIVE
Pres. ducere
Perf. duxisse
Fut. ducturus (esse)
SUPINE
Ace. duetum
Abl. ducta
GERUND
Gen. diicendi
Dat. ducendo
Ace. ducendum
Abl. ducendo
* Irregular for duce.
334
APPENDIX
TfflRD CONJUGATION
PASSIVE VOICE
Principal parts : dQcor, dflc!, ductus sum
Present
SING.
PLUR.
ducor
ducimur
duceris or -re
ducimini
ducitur
ducuntur
Imperfect
dUcebar
ducebamur
duoebaris or -re
ducebamini
ducebatur
ducebantur
Future
ducar
ducemur
duceris or -re
ducemini
ddcetur
ducentur
Perfect
ductus sum duct! sumus
ductus es ducti estis
ductus est ducti sunt
Pluperfect
ductus eram ducti eramus
ductus eras ducti eratis
ductus erat ducU erant
Future Perfect
ductus er6 ducti erimus
ductus eris ducti eritis
ductus erit ducti erunt
IMPERATIVE
Present
2d pers. ducere ducimini
Future
'Zd pers. dflcitor
3d pers. ducitor dQcuntor
SUBJUNCTIVE
Present
SING. PLUH.
ducar ducamur
ducaris or -re ducamini
ducatur ducantur
Imperfect
ducerer duceremur
ducereris or re duceremini
duceretur ducerentur
Perfect
ductus sim
ductus sis
ductus sit
ducti simus
ducU sitis
ducti sint
Pluperfect
ductus essem duct! essemus
ductus esses ducti essStis
ductus esset ducti essent
INFINITIVE
Pres. duel
Perf. ductus esse
Put. ductumiri
PARTICIPLE
Perf. ductus
Fut. ducendus
APPENDIX
335
70. FOURTH CONJUGATION
ACTIVE VOICE
Principal parts: audio, audire, audi^^, auditum
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE
Present
Present
SING. PLUE.
SING. PLUK.
audio audimus
audiam audiamus
audis auditis
audias audiatis
audit audiunt
audiat audiant
Imperfect
Imperfect
audiebam audiebamus
audlrem audiremus
audiebas audiebatis
audlrSs audiretis
audiebat audiebant
audiret audirent
Future
audiam audiemus
audies audietis
audiet audient
Perfect
Perfect
audivl audivimus
audiverim audlverimus
audivisti audivistis
audiverls audiveritis
aucSvit audiverunt
audiverit audiverint
or -ere
Pluperfect
audiveram audlveramus
audiveras audiveratis
audiverat audiverant
Future Perfect
audlvero audlverimus
audlveris audiveritis
audiverit audiverint
IMPERATIVE
Present
2d pers. audi aucUte
Future
2d pers. audito autUtote
9d pers. audits audiuntS
Pluperfect
audlvissem audivissemus
audivisses audivissetis
audlvisset audlvissent
INFINITIVE
Pres. audire
Perf. audivisse
Fid. auditflrus (esse)
336
APPENDIX
PARTICIPLE
Pres. audiens Put. auditOrus
SUPINE
A.ec. audltum Abl. audlt&
GERUND
Gen. audiendl
Dot. audiendd
Ace. audiendum
Ahl. audiendO
FOURTH CONJUGATION
PASSIVE VOICE
Principal parts : audior,
INDICATIVE
Present
SING. PLUR.
audior aucUmur
audiris or -re audimim
auditur audiuntur
Imperfect
audiebar audiebamtir
audiebaris or -re audiebamini
audiebattir audiebantur
Future
audiar audiemur
audieris or -re audiemim
audietur audientur
Perfect
auditus sum
auditus es
auditus est
audit! sumus
auditi estis
auditi sunt
Pluperfect
auditus eram auditi eramus
auditus eras auditi eratis
auditus erat auditi erant
Future Perfect
auditus erd auditi erimus
auditus eris auditi eritis
auditus erit auditi erunt
audlrl, auditus sum
SUBJUNCTIVE
Present
SING. PLUR.
audiar audiamur
audiaris or -re
audiatur
audiaminl
audlantuT
Imperfect
audirer aucUremur
audlreris or -re audiremini
audlretur audlrentur
Perfect
auditus sim
auditus sis
auditus sit
auditi simus
auditi sitis
auditi sint
Pluperfect
auditus essem auditi essemus
auditus esses audita essetis
auditus esset auditi essent
APPENDIX
337
IMPERATIVE
Present
id pers. audire audlminl
Future
2d pers. auditor
3d pers. auditor
audiuutor
INFINITIVE
Pres. audiri
Perf. auditus esse
Fut. audltumirl
PARTICIPLE
Perf. auditus
Fut. audiendus
71. THIRD CONJUGATION IN 10
ACTIVE VOICE
Principal parts: capio, capere, cepi, captum
INDICATIVE
SUBJUNCTIVE
Present
Present
SING.
PliUR.
SING. FLUE.
capio
capimus
oapiam capiamus
capis
capitis
capias capiatis
capit
capiunt
capiat capiant
Imperfect
Imperfect
capiebam
capiebamus
caperem caperemtis
capiebas
capiebatis
caperes caperetis
capiebat
Future
capiebant
caperet caperent
capiam
capiemus
capies
capietis
capiet
capient
Perfect
Perfect
cepi
cepimus
ceperim ceperimiw
cepisQ
cepistis
ceperis ceperltis
cepit
ceperunt
ceperit ceperint
or -ere
338
APPENDIX
Pluperfect
ceperam ceperamus
ceperas ceperatis
ceperat ceperant
Future Perfect
cepero ceperimus
ceperis cSperitis
ceperit ceperint
IMPERATIVE
Pluperfect
cepissem cepissemus
cepisse^ cepissetis
cepisset cepissent
INFINITIVE
Present
Pres. capere
2d pers. cape capite
Future
Perf. cepisse
Fut. captfirus (esse)
2d pers. capitO capitOte
3d pers. capito capiuntO
PARTICIPLE
GERUND
Pres. capiens Fut. captfirus
SUPINE
Ace. captum Abl. captfl
Gen. capiendl
Dat. capiendo
Ace. capiendum
Abl. capiendo
THIRD CONJUGATION IN 10
PASSIVE VOICE
Principal parts : capior, capi, captus sum
INDICATIVE
SUBJUNCTIVE
Present
Present
SING. PLUB.
SING. PliUR.
capior capimur
capiar capifimur
caperis or -re capimini
capitur capiuntur
capiHris or -re capiamini
capiatur capiantur
Imperfect
capiebar capiebamur
capiebaris or -re capiebamini
capiebatur capiebantur
imperfect
caperer caperemur
caperSris or -re caper§minl
caperetur caperentur
Future
capiar capiemur
capiSris or -re capiemini
capiStur capientur
APPENDIX
339
Perfect Perfect
captus sum capti sumus captus sim capti simus
captus es capti estis captus sis capt! sitis
captus est capti sunt captus sit capti sint
Pluperfect Pluperfect
captm eram capti er&mus captus essem capti essemus
captus eras capti eratis captus essSs capti essetis
captus erat capti erant captus esset capti essent
Future Perfect
captus erd capti erimus
captus eris capti eritis
captus erit capti erunt
IMPERATIVE
Present
2d pers. capere capitoini
Future
2d pers. capitor
3d pers. capitor capiuntor
PARTICIPLE
Perf. captus
Fut. capiendus
INFINITIVE
Pres. capl
Perf. captus esse
Fut. captumiri
COHTRACTED FORMS
72. When the perfect stem ends in v, the v is sometimes dropped,
and usually the two vowels thus brought together contract into one.
a. Perfects in -avi, -evi, and -ovi, and the other tenses based on the
same stem, sometimes (apparently) drop ve, ve, or vi before r or s.
Examples: laudasti for laudavistl; laudasse for laudivisse; delerunt
for deleverunt; norim for noverim.
b. Perfects in -ivi, and the other tenses based on the same stem, some-
times drop V in all forms.. When the resulting combination is iis it
usually contracts to is.
Examples: audil for audivl; audieram for audiveram; audisse for
audivisse.
340
APPENDIX
DEPOHENT VERBS
73. Deponent verbs have passive fonns with active meanings. But
the future passive participle is passive in sense, and the perfect parti-
ciple is sometimes so. On the other hand they have the following
active forms: future infinitive, present and future participles, gerund,
supine.
Of the following verbs the principal parts, indicative, subjunctive,
and imperative are precisely the same as those for the passive voice of
the verbs already given for the corresponding conjugations.
hortor, urge vereor, fear sequor, follow partior, ahare
INFINITIVE
Pres. hortaii vereii seq\ii
Perf. hortatus esse veritus esse secutus esse
Put. hortatflrus (esse) veritflrus (esse) secutflrus
(esse)
Pres. hortans
Perf. hortatus
Put. hortatflrus
PARTICIPLE
verens sequSns
veritus secutus
veritflrus secutflrus
partiri
partltus esse
partltflrus
(esse)
partiSns
partitus
partltflrus
Put. Pass, hortandus verendus
sequendus partiendus
GERUND
hortandi, -6, etc. verendl, etc. sequent^, etc. partienti, etc.
SUPINE
hortatum, -tfl veritum, -tfl secutum, -tfl partitum, -tfl
74- SEMI-DEPONENT VERBS
Semi-deponent verbs have active forms for the tenses based on the
present stem, passive forms for those based on the perfect stem.
They are:
audeS, audSre, ausus sum, dare
gauded, gaudSre, gAvIsus sum, rejoice
soled, solSre, solitus sum, be accustomed
fid 3, fidere, fisus sum, trust
APPENDIX
341
PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION
75. The active periphrastic conjugation expresses fviure or intended
action. It is formed by cotiibining the future active participle with
the verb sum : thus,
Pres. laudatiirus sum, / am about to praise, I intend to praise,
Imp. laudatiirus eram, / wa^ about to praise, I intended to praise, etc.
76. The passive periphrastic conjugation expresses obligation or ne-
cessity. It is formed by combining the future passive participle with
the verb sum : thus,
Pres. laudandus sum, I am to be (must be) praised, I have to be praised.
Imp. laudandus eram, I was to be praised, I had to be praised, etc.
IRREGULAR VERBS
S UM AND ITS COMPOUNDS
77. For the conjugation of sum see 66. Sum is inflected in the same
way when compounded with the prepositions ad, de, in, inter, ob, prae,
sub, super. Praesum has a present participle, praesens.
78. In absum, sum is inflected in the same way, but & is used for
ab before f , giving afui, afuturus, etc. There is a present participle
absens.
79. In prosum, sum is inflected in the same way, but the preposition
pro has its original form prod before all forms of sum beginning with e;
as, prSdesse, proderam. The present tense is, prosum, prodes, prodest,
prosumus, prodestis, prosunt.
80. Possum, be able, can, is a compound of pot- and sum.
Principal parts : possum, posse, potui
INDICATIVE
SUBJUNCTIVE
Pres.
possum, potes , potest
possumus, potestis, possunt
possim
Imp.
poteram
possem
Put.
poterS
Per/.
potui
potuerim
Plup.
potueram
potuissem
Put. Perf. potuerS
342
APPENDEK
INFINITIVE
Prea. posse
Perf. potuisse
PARTICIPLE
Prea. potens
81.
ferS, ferre, tuli, latum, hear
ACTIVE VOICE
INDICATIVE
SUBJUNCTIVE
Pres.
fero, fers, fert.
feram
ferimus, fertis,
ferunt
Imp.
ferebam
ferrem
Put.
feram
Perf
tuU
tulerim
Plup
tuleram
tulissem
Put.
Perf. tulero
IMPERATIVE!
INFINITIVE
?ARTICIPLE
Pres.
for ferte
Pres. ferre
Pres. f arena
Put.
ferto fertote
Perf. tulisse
Put. laturus
ferto ferunto
Put. laturus (esse)
1
GERUND
SUPINE
ferendi, etc.
latum, -tu
PASSIVE VOICE
INDICATIVE
SUBJUNCTIVE
Pres.
feror, ferris, fertur
ferimur, ferimini, feruntur
ferar
Imp.
ferebar
ferrer
Put.
ferar
Perf.
latus sum
latus sim
Plup
latus eram
latus essem
Put.
Perf. latus ero
IMPERATIVE
INFINITIVE
PARTICIPLE
Pres.
ferre, ferimini
Pres. fern
Perf. latus
Put.
fertor
Perf. latus esse
fertor, feruntor
Put. latum iri
Put. ferendua
82.
vols, velle, volul, be willing
nOld, ndlle, ndlul, be unwilling
m&l5, malle, m&lul, prefer
APPENDIX
INDICATIVE
Pres.
volo
nolo
malo
vis
non -vis
mavis
vult
non vult
mavult
volumus
nolumus
malumiM
vultis
non vultis
ma vultis
volunt
nSlunt
malunt
Imp.
volebam
nolebam
malebam
Fut.
volam
nolam
malam
Perf.
volui
nolui
malui
Plup.
volueram
nolueram
malueram
Fut. Perf. voluero
noluero
maluerS
SUBJUNCTIVE
Pres.
velim
nolim
malim
Imp.
vellem
nollem
mallem
Perf.
voluerim
noluerim
maluerim
Plup.
voluissem
noluissem
maluissem
343
Pres. velle
Perf. voluisse
Pres. volens
IMPERATIVE
Pres. noli nolite
Fut. nSlito nolitote
nolito nolunto
INFINITIVE
n511e
noluisse
PARTICIPLE
nolens
malle
malulsse
83. Fi5, he made, he done, beaome, happen, is the irregular passive of
facio, make. Note the i before all vowels, except before e in the
combination -er.
Principal parts : f 15, fieri, factus sum
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE
Pres. fi5, fis, fit flam
fimus, fitis, fiunt
Imp. fiebam fierem
Fut. fiam
Perf. factus sum factus sim
Plup. factus eram factus essem
Fut. Perf. factus er5
344
14
APPENDIX
IMPERATIVE
INFINITIVE
PARTICIPLE
Pres. n, fite
Pres, fieri
Perf. factus
Perf. factus esse
Fut. facienduB
Fut. factum iri
84.
e6, ire, ii, itum, go
INDICATIVE
SUBJUNCTIVE
Pres. eo, is, it,
earn
imus, itis,
eunt
Imp. ibam
irem
Fut. Ibo
Perf. ii for ivi
ierim
Plwp. ieram
iissem or issem
Fut. Per. iero
IMPERATIVE
INFINITIVE
PARTICIPLE
Pres. i, ite
Pres. Ire
Pres. lens ((?ero. euntis)
Fut. its, itote
Perf. iisse or Isse
Fut. iturus
ltd, eunto
Fut. iturus (esse)
GERUND
SUPINE
eundi, etc.
itum, -tu
o. In the tenses based on the perfect stem, ii usually contracts to
I before s.
85. D6, dare, dedi, datum, give, is conjugated like a verb of the first
conjugation, except that the stem-vowel is regularly short a. & ap-
pears only in the following active forms, — das, da, dans.
86. DEFECTIVE VERBS
The most important of these are the perfects memini, / remember;
5di, / hate; and coepi, / have hegun._ Notice that memini and odi have
the meanings of presents. Their pluperfects and future perfects have
the meanings of imperfects and futures.
Perf. memini
Plup. memineram
Fut. Perf. meminero
INDICATIVE
Odi
oderam
5dero
coep!
coeperam
coeper5
APPENDIX
345
SUBJUNCTIVE
Perf.
Plup.
meminerim
meminissem
oderim
odissem
IMPERATIVE
coeperim
coepissem
Sing.
Plur.
memento
mementote
INFINITIVE
Perf.
Put.
meminisse
odisse
osurus (esse)
PARTICIPLE
coepjsse
coepturus
Perf.
Put.
osus
osurus
coeptus
coepturus
a. Instead of coepi the passive form coeptus sum is regularly used
when a passive infinitive depends on it. Example: laudari coeptus
est, he began to he praised.
87.
IMPERSONAL VERBS
Impersonal verbs correspond to English impersonals with it. They
have no personal subject, but most of them take as subject a substan-
tive clause or sometimes a neuter pronoun. They appear only in the
third person singular of the indicative and subjunctive tenses, the
present and perfect infinitives, and occasionally in the participles and
gerund. They are : —
o. Most verbs expressing actions of nature ; as pluit, it rains.
h. The following, which are exclusively impersonal: decet, it be-
comes ; libet, it pleases ; licet, it is permitted ; miseret, it causes pity ; opor-
tet, it is right ; paenitet, it repents ; piget, it displeases ; pudet, it shames ;
rSfert, it concerns; taedet, it wearies. All of these except refert belong
to the second conjugation.
c. Personal verbs used impersonally with a special meaning; as ac-
cSdit, it is added, from accedo, / approach.
d. The passives of most intransitive verbs; as pugnatur, it it
fought.
346 APPENDIX
SYISTTAX
SEHTENCES
88. A sentence is a group of words so related as to express a com-
plete thought. It consists of at least two parts — the subject (that of
which something is said), and the predicate (that which is said about
the subject). These two essential parts may be modified in various
ways. A sentence may consist of a single verb, because the subject is
implied in its ending.
Sentences are declarative, interrogative, imperative, or exclamatory
as in English.
I
89. A Simple Sentence has one subject and one predicate. Exam-
pie : Caesar venit, Caeaar came.
90. A Compound Sentence consists of two or more simple sentences
of equal value. These sentences are called coordinate clauses, and are
connected by coordinatircg conjunctions; i. e., by conjunctions with
such meanings as and, but, for, or. Example: Caesar vSnit et GolU
fflgSrunt, Caesar came and the Gauls fled.
91. A Complex Sentence consists of a simple sentence (called a prin-
cipal clause), modified by one or more dependent sentences (called
subordinate or dependent clauses). The clauses are connected by rela-
tive pronouns or by subordinating conjunctions; i. e., by conjunctions
with such meanings as in order that, so that, if, because, although, when,
after, before. Example: ubi Caesar vSnit, GalU ffigSrunt, w}ien Caesar
came, the Gauls fled,
THE FUNCTION OF CASES
92. The cases help to show in what relation to the rest of a sentence
any given substantive stands. This is shown in Enghsh almost entire-
ly by the order of words or by the use of prepositions; yet the so-called
possessive case illustrates the use of the Latin cases, for the ending 's
in the soldier's arms indicates that soldier modifies arms and that the
soldier is the possessor of the arms. But in the English sentences the
soldier (subject) fights, he kills the soldier (direct object), he gvBes the sol-
dier (indirect object) a sword, only the order of words shows the rela-
tion of the word to the rest of the sentence; while in Latin mOes would
be used in the first sentence, mllitem in the second, and militJ in the
third.
APPENDIX 347
93. But each of the cases, except the nominative and the vocative,
expresses more than one thing. Consequently one must know just
what uses each case can have, and must then determine which one of
these uses it has in the sentence in which it occurs. This can be deter-
mined sometimes by the meaning of the word itself, sometimes by the
obvious meaning of the sentence, sometimes by the fact that another
word needs a certain case to satisfy its meaning and that case appears
but once in the sentence. Examples: the accusative may express du-
ration of time, but mllitem, a soldier, could not be used in this sense,
while multos annos, many years, is quite probably so used. Dicit pi-
lum militem vulneravisse might mean either he says that a javelin wound-
ed the soldier, or a soldier wounded the javelin, but the latter makes no
sense. Persuasit, he persuaded, needs a dative to express the person
persuaded, and if there is but one dative in the sentence its use is evi-
dent.
94. For further clearness many relations are expressed in Latin by
prepositions, though not so many as in English. Examples : a milite
interfectus est, he was killed by a soldier; ctmi milite venit, he came in
company with a soldier.
95. AGREEMENT OF SUBSTANTIVES
MXJXjE: a noun which explains another noun and means the same per*
60n or thing is put in the same case.
Compare 97. Such a noun may be either a predicate noun or an ap-
positive.
a. SVIiEi A predicate noun is connected with the subject hy sum or
a verb of similar meaning.
Such verbs are those meaning appear, become, seem, be called, be cho-
sen, be regarded, and the like. Examples: Piso fuit consul, Piso was
consul; Piso f actus est cdnsul, Piso became consul; Piso appellatus est
c6nsul, Piso was called consul. For the feredicate accusative) with
verbs of calling, etc., see 126.
i, BULBt An appasitlve is set heslde Oie noun whUsh it explatnSy
without a connecting verh.
Examples : Piso, consul, militl Pisoni gladium dedit. Piso, the eon-
auC, gave a sword to Piso, the soldier.
348
APPENDIX
96. NOMINATIVE
JBUIiEi The nominative la used as the subject of a finite verb (I, c. the
indlcativef subjunctive, and Imperative modes).
Example: Gallia estdlvisa (I, i, 1), Gaul is divided.
GENITIVE
A. GENITIVE WITH NOUNS
97. OENEBAL Jt UI/B! A noun which expleilns or Umlts another
noun and does not mean the same person or thing (compare Q^) Is put in the
genitive.
The relation between the two nouns is usually expressed in English
by of, but often by for or by other prepositions. These combinations
of nouns are divided, according to their meanings into the groups given
in 98-105.
A genitive may be either (a) attributive, depending directly upon an-
other noun; as domus Caesaris, Caesar's house; or (6) predicative, con-
nected by sum or a verb of similar meaning; as domus est Caesaris, the
house is Caesar's.
a. Appositional Genitive. [But the genitive is sometimes used instead
of an appositive ; i. e., it sometimes means the same person or thing as
the noun on which it depends. Example: tudrum comitum sentlna
(Cic. Cat. I, 12), that refuse, your comrades.
Attributive
98. Subjective and Objective Genitives. These depend on nouns
which have corresponding verbal ideas, as amor, love, amo, / love. The
thought expressed by the noun and limiting genitive can be expanded
into a sentence. If the genitive then becomes the subject it is a sub-
jective genitive; if it becomes the object it is an objective genitive.
Examples: amor patris, the love of the father, may imply that the father
loves, (subjective), or that some one loves his father (objective); occft-
sum s61is (JL, I, 22), the setting of the sun (subjective); regnl cupidit&te
(I, 2, 2), by desire for power (objective).
99. Possessive Genitive.
BULEs The genitive may express the possessor.
The posse ssive pronoun s are regularly used ins tead oL the possfisaise
genitive of personal pronouns. Examples : finibus Belg&rum (I, i, 16).
by the territory of the Belgae;iiaib\is vestris, by your territory.
APPENDIX 349
o. A genitive or possessive pronoun must precede causa or gratia,
joT the sake of. Examples: huius potentiae causa (I, i8, 14), for the
sake of this power; mea causa, for my sake.
100. Descriptive Genitive.
B TTIiE: The genitive modified hy an adjective may deseriie a person
or thing "by naming some quality.
Compare the descriptive ablative (141). This genitive is regularly
used to express measure. Examples : huiusce modi senatiis consultum
(Cic. Cat. I, 4), u decree of this kind; trium mensium molita cibSria
CI, 5i 7), provisions for three months.
101. Partitive Genitive (Genitive of the Whole).
BULE: The genitive may express the whole of which a partis men-
tioned.
This genit ive majj de pend on an^ substantive, adjective, pronoun^
or adverb whi ch implies a part of a whole. Examples : eorum iina
pars (I, I, IS), one part ofTfiem; horum omnituu fortissimi (I, 1,6), the
bravest of all these; ubinam gelitium sumus (Cic. Cat. T, 9), where in (not
of) the world are we?
u.. Note especially the genitive of a noun, or of the neuter singular of
a second declension adjective used substantively, depending on a neu-
ter singular adjective or pronoun or on satis used'substantively. Ex-
amples: quantum bpni (I, 40, 17), how much (of) good; satis causae (I,
19, 6), sufficient (of) reason.
b. In place of this genitive the ablative with de or ex is often used,
especially with cardinaLsjum erals and with quldain.. Example : unus
6 filiis captus est (I, 26, 12), one of his sons was captured.
c. English often uses of in apparently similar phrases when there is
really no partitive idea. Latin does not then use the genitive. Ex-
ample: M omne s„(I, i, 3), all of these .
102. Genitive of Material.
RUIiB: The genitive may express the material of which a thing is
composed.
Example: aciem legionum quattuor (I, 24, 3), a battle line (consist-
ing) of four legions.
350 APPENDIX
Predicative
103. Possessive Genitive. The possessive genitive (99) is often used
predicatively. Note especially such phrases as est hnmipis, it is the
part {duty, characteristic) of a man. Example: est hoc Gallicae con-
suetudinis (IV, 5, 4), this is a characteristic of the Gallic customs.
104. Descriptive Genitive. The descriptive genitive (100) is often
used predicatively. Example : senS.tus consultum est huiusce modi, the
decree is of this kind.
105. The Genitive of Value. With sum and verbs of similar mean-
ing, and with verbs of valuing, indefinit e value is expressed by the
genitive. Compare the ablative of price (147). The words commonly
so used are magni, parW, tanti, quanti, pluris, mindris. Example : tanti
eius gratiam esse ostendit (I, 20, 14), he assured him that his friendship
was of such value.
B. GENITIVE "WITH ADJECTIVES
106. BUI/Es JMany adjectives take a genitive to complete tTielr mean.,
ing. They are:
o. Regularly, adjectives with such meanings as conscious (of), desir-
ous (of), mindful (of), sharing (in), skilled (in), and their opposites, and
glenus, full (of). Examples: bellandi cupidi (I, 2, 13), desirous of fight-
ing; rei militaris peritissimus (I, 21, 9), most skilled in military science.
h. Sometimes with the genitive, sometimes with the dative (122),
similis, like ; dissimilis, unlike. The genitive is more common of living
objects, and regular of personal pronouns. Example: tui similis (Cic.
Cat. I, 5), like you ivetl simile (III, 13, 11), probable (like the truth).
c. Occasionally other adjectives. Example : locum medium utrlus-
que (1, 34, 2), o place midway between them.
C. GENITIVE WITH VERBS
107. Verbs of Remembering and Forgetting.
TtXTLB: Meminl, hear in mind, reminlscor, remember, and obli^scor,
forget, govern either the genitive or the accusative.
The genitive is regular of persons, the'accusative of neuter pronouns.
Examples: reminiscerStur veteris incommodi (I, 13, 11), he should re-
member the former disaster; veteris contumSliae obllvlsci (1, 14, 7), to for-
get the former insult.
APPENDIX 351
108. Verbs of Judicial Action.
BX7LE: Verts of accuHng, aequttUng, eonviellng, and emidMnnInf
take a genitive of the charge.
The penalty is expressed by the ablative. Example: me inert Jaa
COTdemaS.(Cic. Cat. 1, 4), / pronounce myself guilty of inactivity.
109. Verbs of Emotion.
B UI/Ei The impersonal verbs m^ergt, pity, p aenite t, repent, giggti
dislike, pudety be ashamed, taede t^ be disgusted, take the genitive of the
person or thing which causes the feeling, and the accusative of the person who
has the feeling.
The personal verb misereor, pity, also takes the genitive. Examples :
me medrum factorum numquam paenitebit (Cic. Cat. IV, 20), / shall
never repent of my deeds ; me eius miseret or eius misereor, / pity him.
1 10. Interest and Refert.
MULE: The impersonal verbs interest and refert, it eotusemt, iiil to
the interest of, take the genitive of the person concerned.
But if the person is expressed in English by a personal pronoun, in-
terest is used with the ablative singular feminine of a possessive pro-
noun. Examples: rei pflblicae intersit (II, S, 5), it is to the interest of
the state; mea interest, it is to my interest.
111. EiJJIjEs Potior occasionally governs the genitive.
For potior with the ablative see 145. Example: Galliae potiri (I, 3,
22), to become masters of Gaul.
THE DATIVE
1 12. The dative expresses that to or for which anything is or is done.
It may depend on a verb or an adjective or, very rarely, a noun; or it
may modify a whole sentence without depending on any one word.
113. Indirect Object.
OENERAI/ BVLEt The daUve denotes the person or thing indireeftg
affected hy the action of a verb.
The i ndirect object depends closely on the.yerb,.Jg:hila-tkg_daMxa.oi
reference (120) modifies the whole clause.
114. indirect Object with Transitive Verbs.
BULE: Many verba govern an indirect object in addition to a dirtel
object.
352 APPENDIX
These are especially verbs of giving and saying. The dative is
usually translated by to, less often by for. For the indirect object
with transitive verbs compounded with a preposition see 116. Ex-
ample : el f iliam dat (J, 3, IS), he gives (to) him his daughter.
a. Dono, give, present, and a few other verbs take either the dative
of the person and the accusative of the thing, or the accusative of the
person and the ablative of the thing. Examples: e! librum dono, /
give (to) him a book; eiim libro dono, / present him with a book.
b. Some verbs, instead of admitting both the accusative and the da-
tive, admit either, but with a different meaning. Especially cdnsulo,
consult or consult for, and metuo, fear or fear for. Examples : si me
c5nsulis (Cic. Cat 1, 13), if you consult me (ask my advice) ; cdnsulite v6-
bls (Cic. Cat. IV, 3), consult for yourselves (for your own interests).
c. This dative is retained with the passive voice. Example: ei filia
datur, his daughter is given to him.
115. Indirect Object with Intransitive Verbs. The dative is used with
all intransitive, verbs whose meaning permits. Many of these verbs
seem to .be transitive in English, so that the indirect object must be
translated by the English direct object.
BUX/E: The daUve (uaufMp of the person) is used telth many verba meat^
ing benefit or injure, command or obey, please or displease, serve or resist,
trust or distrust, believe, envy, favor, pardon, persuade, spare, titreaten,
and the Uke,
Examples: clvit9.ti persu&sit (I, 2, 3), he persuaded the state; novis
rSbus studebat (I, 9, S), he was anxious for a revolution; Allobrogibus
imp^T&vit (I, 28, 7), he commanded the Allobroges.
a. The dative is used with some phrases of similar meanings, as au-
diens sum, obey, and fidem habere, trust. Example : cui fidem habebat
(1, 19, 15), whom he trusted.
b. Many of these verbs which are ordinarily intrpnsitive occasionally
take an accusative of the thing, usually a neuter pronoun. Examples :
prSvinciae militum numerum imperat (I, 7, 4), he levies a number of sol-
diers on the province; id iis persuasit (I, 2, 6), he persuaded them to this
(literally, he persuaded this to them),
c. Not all verbs with the meanings given above are intransitive.
The most important exceptions are the verbs delectd, delight, iubeA
APPENDIX 353
command, iuvo, please, vetO , forbid, which are transitive and therefore
take the accusative (124), Example: Labienum iubet (I, 21, 5), he
commands Labienus.
d. Since only the direct object of the active voice becomes the sub-
ject of the passive (124, b), no intransitive verb c an have a personal
subject in th a-.r''''s'''^«i The verbs of iiS can be used in the passive
only impersonally, and the dative is retained, though it is usually
translated as a subject. Examples: Caesari persuaded, / persuade
Caesar, becomes Caesari a me persuadStur, Caesar is persuaded by me
(literally, it is persuaded to Caesar).
116. The Indirect Object with Compound Verbs. I. Certain preposi-
tions usually give to verbs with which they are compounded a mean-
ing which, in Latin idiom, requires the dative. If the simple verb
is transitive the compound governs a direct object in addition to the
indirect. The dative is variously translated with these verbs: when
It ia translated by jrom,, it is sometimes called the dative of separation.
RJJIjE: The dative ia required with many compounds of ad, ante, COOj,
de, in, inter, ob, post, prae, prd, sub, super; and with some compounds
of ab, circum, and ex.
Examples: cum omnibus praestarent (I, 2, 5), since they excelled aU;
finitimis bellum inferre (I, 2, 12), to make war upon their neighbors; mfl-
nltiSn! Labienum praeficit (I, 10, 7), he puts Labienus in command of
the works ■,scvi.t6 milit! detracts (II, 25, 13), having snatched a shield from
■a soldier.
I J. MULE: The dative Is used with compounds of satis and bene.
Example: sI Haeduls satisfaciant (I, 14, 19), if they should make re-
.Stitution to the Haedui.
a. The meaning of the compound does not always permit the dative.
Among the most important exceptions are the transitive verbs, aggre-
dior, attack; incendo, burn; interficio, kill; oppugno, assault; but there
are many others. Example: e6s aggressus (I, 12, 9), having attacked
(pi attacking) them.
b. Very often with these compounds the preposition is repeated, or
some other preposition is used, governing its proper case, instead of the
dative. So especially if place is designated, or if motion is expressed.
Example : illtim in equum intulit (VI, 30, 15), he put him on a horse.
c. The dative is retained with the passive. Example: miMtianl
Labienus praeficitur, Labienus is put in command of the worki.'
3S4 APPENDIX
117. Dative of Possessor.
BULEs The dative is used In fhe predicate mWh Sum (o denote the po$-
eeator.
It may be translated as a nominative with the verb have. Examples:
mihi est liber, / have a book (literally a book is to me); demonstrant sibi
nihil esse (I, ii, 12), they declared that they had nothing (lit. there was
nothing to them) ,
1 18. Dative of the Agent.
BULEi The dative is used toitb fhe passive periphrastic conjugation
CSB) to express the agent.
Compare the ablative of the agent (137), which is used with the
other forms of the passive. Example: non ezspectandum sibi stattiit
(Caes. I, II, 13), he decided that he mnst not wait (lit. that it must not he
waited by him).
a. The ablative of the agent (137) is often used with the passive peri-
phrastic, especially if the dative would be ambiguous. Example: ci-
vitati & te persu^dendum est, the state must be persuaded by you.
119. Dative of Purpose.
BULE: The dative may express purpose or tendencp,
m
This dative is especially common with sum. It is often found in
connection with another dative (i ndirect objec t. djtiye__of.re£erencfi,
dative of Ihg^QSsesSfil) • Examples : quern auxilio Caesari miserant (I,
18, 27), whom they had sent to aid Caesar, lit. whom they had sent for an
aid to Caesar; qui novissimis praesidiO erant (I, 25, 14), who wereguard-
ing the rear, lit. who were for a guard to the rear.
120. Dative of Reference.
BUX/E: The dative may name the person with reference to whom the
statement is made.
This dative does not depend on any one word (compare 113) but
loosely modifies the whole predicate. It often takes the place of a
genitive modifying a noun. Examples : cibSxia sibi quemque efferre
iubent (1, 5, 8), they order each one to carry food for himself; ses § C^gsari
ad pedis prOiScSrunt (I, 31, 4), they cast themselves at Caesar's feet.
APPENDIX 355
121. Ethical Dative. The ethical dative is a dative of reference with
so weak a meaning as to be unnecessary to the sense. It designates
the person to whom the thought is of interest, and usually shows some
emotion. Its use is confin.ed. to the.^persDiiaI, pronouns. Example:
Tongilium mihi edflzit (Cic. Cat. II, 4,), he took me out Tongilius, he took
out my Tongilius, or simply he took out Tongilius.
122. Dative with Adjectives.
MTUJE: Adjectives meaning friendly or unfriendly, like or tinHkCt useful
or useless, equal, fit, near, suitable, govern the dative.
Examples: plehi acceptus (1, 3, 14), acceptable (pleasing) to the people;
proximi sunt Germanis (I, 1, 9), they are nearest to the Germans; castrls
idoneum locum (VI, 10, 5), a place suitable for a camp.
a. With some of these adjectives a preposition with its proper case
is often used instead of a dative. Example: ad amicitiam idoneus,
suitable for friendship.
6. The adjectives propior and proximus and the adverbs propius and
proxime sometimes govern the accusative, like the preposition prope.
Example: proximi Rhenum (I, 54, 3), nearest the Rhine.
c. For similis and dissimilis see 106, b.
ACCUSATIVE
123. Subject of Infinitive.
BVLEi The accusative is used as the subject of the Infinitive,
Example: certior factus est Helvetios tradQzisse (I, 12, 5), he was
informed that the Helvetii had led across.
124. Direct Object.
KXTIiEt The accusative is used with transitive verbs to express Ote direct
object.
The direct object may be either (o) the person or thing directly
affected by the action of the verb, as puermn laudat, he praises the boy;
or (6) the thing produced by the action of the verb, as coniurationem
fecit, he made a conspiracy.
a. The direct object may be a substantive clause (228, 229, 262, 277).
&. The direct object of the active voice becomes the subject of the
passive. Examples: puer laudatur, the boy is praised; coniiiratid facta
est, a conspiracy was made.
356 APPENDIX
c. Many compounds of intransitive verbs with prepositions, especi-
ally ad, circum, in, per, praeter, sub, trans, have transitive meanings.
Example: Ire, to go, intransitive; but flfimen tr^nsire, to cross (go
across) the river.
d. Many verbs which are transitive in English are intransitive in
Latin; see especially 115.
THEBE CLASSES OP VERBS GOVERNING TWO ACCUSATIVES (I2S-I27).
125. Two Objects. A few verbs take two objects, one of the person,
one of the thing.
a, RULE! Verbs of asking, demanding, and teaching, (also cSlo, /
conceal) Tutve a direct object of the thing, and may have another of the person^
But with verbs of asking and demanding the person is usually ex-
pressed by the ablative with ab. Examples : Haeduos frumentum fla-
gitare (I, 16, 1), he kept asking the Haedui for the grain; eadem ab aliis
quaerit (I, 18, 5), he asked the same question of others.
&. RULE: Moneo, I warn, advise, and a few other verbs may take
an accusative of the person and the neuter accusative of a pronoun or adjective
of the thing*
The pronoun is an inner accusative (128, o). Examples: eos hoc
moned (Cic. Cat. II, 20), / give them this advice ; s i quid ille se velit (1. 34,
6), if he wanted anything of him.
c. With the passive of these verbs the accusative of the person be-
comes the subje ct, and the accusative of the thing js retained. Exafflr
gleu Haedui frumentum flagitabantur, the Haedui were asked for the
grain; (ii) hoc monontur, they are given this advice.
126. Object and Predicate Accusative.
RULE: Verbs of making, choosing, calling, regarding, showing, and the
like, take a direct object and a predicate accusative, both referring to the
same person or thing.
The predicate accusative may be either a noun or an adjective.
Examples: quem regem cdnstituerat (IV, 21, 14), whom he had appointed
king ; Caesarem certidrem fecit, he informed Caesar (made Caesar more
certain).
APPENDIX 35/
o. With the passive of these verbs the direct obiect becomes the sub-
ject, and the predicate accusative becomes the predicate nominative
(95, a). Examples: qui rex constitutus erat, who had been appointed
king; Caesar certior factus est (I, 12, 5), Caesar was informed (made
more certain).
127. Two Objects with Compounds.
JtULE: TranaUive verbs compounded with trans may take one object de-
pending on the verb, anoiher depending on the preposition.
Example: tres partes fiiimen tradfixerunt (cf. I, 12, 6), they led three
parts across the river.
a. With the passive of these verbs the object of the verb becomes
the subject, the object of the preposition is retained. Example; tres
partes fliimen traductae sunt, three parts were led across the river.
128. Cognate Accusative.
MULE: An intransitive verb may take an accusative of a noun of kin-
dred meaning, usually modified by an adjective or genitive.
Examples: earn vitam vivere, to live that life; tridui viam prOcedere
(1, 38), io advance a three days' march.
a. A neuter accusative of a pronoun or adjective is often used in a
similar way. This is sometimes called an inner accusative. Exam-
ples: id lis persuasit (I, 2, 3), fee persuaded them of this (lit. he persuaded
this to them) ; multum posse, to have much power.
b. Adverbial Accusative. A few accusatives are used adverbially.
In some cases it is impossible to decide whether an accusative should
be classed here or under a. The most common adverbial accusatives
are multiim , much, plfls , more, plflrimu^, m,ost, plen^ggp, for the most
part, and iiihU^ not at all. Here belong also id teniporis. (Cic. Cat. I, 10),
at that time, and m aximam parte m (IV, i, 14), for the most part. Ex-
ample: multum sunt in venatione (IV, i, 15), they engage much in
hunting.
129. Accusative in Exclamations.
RULE: An accusative is sometimes used as an exdamation.
Example: O fortunatam rem pfiblicam (Cic. Cat. II, 7), Oh, fortv/--
nate stale! The nominative and vocative are less often used in the
same way.
358 APPENDIX
130. Accusative of Time and Space.
BVLE: TTie oceusaHve is used to express duration of time and extent 0/
space.
The noun must be one meaning time or distance, as, dies, day; pes,
foot. Compare 152 and 148. Examples: regnum multos annfis obti-
nuerat (1, 3, 10), %e had held the royal power many years; milia passuum
dttcenta quadraginta pateba^t (I, 2, 16), extended two hundred and forty
miles.
131. Place to Which.
HULEi Place to which Is regularly expressed hy the accusative uilfh ad
or in, hut names of towns and domus and rOs otnlt the preposition.
Compare 134, a, and igi. Examples: ad iudicium coegit (I, 4, 14),
he brought to the trial; in agrum Noriciun transierant (I, 5, 11), they
had crossed over into the Noreian territory; se Massiliam conferet (Cio.
-Cat. II, 14), he imU go to Marseilles; domum reditionis (I, 5, 6), of a re-
turn home.
a. Ad is, however, sometimes used in the sense of towards (not to), or
in the neighborhood of. Example: ad Genavam pervenit (I, 7,4), he
reached the neighborhood of Geneva.
132. VOCATIVE
The name of the person addressed is put in the vocative. Example ;
desilite, conunllitdnes (IV, 25, 11), jump down, comrades.
133. ABLATIVE
The language from which Latin developed had two more cases than
Latin has, — the instrumental and the locative. The originol ablative
meant separation (from), the instrumental meant association or instru-
ment (with or by), and the locative meant place where (in). The forms
of these three cases united in the Latin ablative; so that this one case
has meanings which belonged to three separate cases. This fact ac-
counts for the many and widely differing uses which the case has.
134. Ablative of Separation.
BULE: Separation Is usually expressed hy the iMtMve, lelfh or without
abf dS, or ex.
APPENDIX
359
With some verbs both constructions are used; the individual usage
of others must be noted. For the so-called dative of separation see
ll6, 1. Examples: suis finibus eos prohibent (I, i, 13), they repel them
from their own territory; quae hostemapugna prohiberent (IV, 34, 9),
which kept the enemy from battle; a Bibracte aberat (I, 23, 2), he was
distant from Bibracte,
a. Place from which : with verbs expressing motion : —
BUJJEs Place from wMch is expressed iy the aVUMve teitb ab, dSi or eS)
&«( names of towns and domus and rus onM the preposition.
Compare 131 and 151. Examples : ut de finibus suis exirent (I, z, 4),
to go out from their territory; qui ex provincia convenerant (I, 8, 2), who
had gathered from the province; Roma profflgerunt (Cic. Cat. I, 7), they
fled from Rome; domo exire (I, 6, 1), to go out from home.
Ab is, however, used with names of towns to express from the neigh-
borhood of.
6. BUIiE: With veris and adjectives of depriving, freeing, teing
tvifhout, and the like, the iiblative without a preposition is generally used.
Examples: magno me metfi liberabis (Cic. Cat. I, 10), you will free
me of great fear; proelid abstinebat (I, 22, 11), refused battle (literally
refrained from battle) .
135. Ablative of Source.
RUI/Ei The atlaUve, usually without a preposition, is used with the parti-
ciples natUS and ortUS, to express parentage or rank.
Examples: amplissimo genere natus (IY, 12, 13), born of the highest
rank; sororem ex matre (natam) (I, 18, 16), his sister on his mother's
aide.
136. Ablative of Material.
B TTLE: The material of which anything is made is expressed hy the abla-
tive with ex, less often de.
Example: naves factae ex robore (III, 13, 5), the ships were made of
oak.
137. Ablative of Agent.
RJTLEs The agent of the passive voice ia expressed hy the oUatie*
«Mth ab.
360 APPENDIX
The agent is the person who performs the act. Compare the abla-
tive of means (143), and the dative of agent (ii8). Example: ezerci-
tum ab Helvetils puJsum (I, 7, 13), that his army had been, routed by the
Helvetii.
138. Ablative of Cause.
XTTZiEt Catise is expressed hy the ablative, generally without a prepif
sUlon,
Examples: gratia et largitione (I, 9, 5), because of his popularity and
lavish giving : quod sua victoria glSriarentur (1, 14, 11), t?iat they boasted
{because) of their victory.
a. Cause is more frequently expressed by causa and the genitive
(99, a) ; by the accusative with obj per, or propter ; and by de or ex with
the ablative. Examples: propter angusti3.s (I, 9, 2), because of its nar-
rowness; qua d6 causa, (I, i, 11), and for this reason.
139. Ablative of Comparison.
BVIiE: With comparatives, "than" may he expressed hy the ahUMve,
Examples: Iflce sunt clariora tua consilia (Cic. Cat. I, 6), your
plans are clearer than day; non amplius quinis aut seiUs milibus passuum
(I, IS, 14), not more than five or six miles (compare 6).
This is not to be confused with the ablative of measure of difference
(148).
a. When quam is used for than, the two nouns compared are in the
same case. The abla tive is generally used only when^the first noun is
nominative or accusative, anHjvTb.enJ^e, sentence is negatived.
6. Plfls, minus, amplius, and longius are often used instead of plfis
quam, etc. Example : quae amplius octingentae uno erant visae tem-
pore (V, 8, 19), of which more than 800 had been in sight at one time.
140. Ablative of Accompaniment.
HUJjE: Accompaniment is expressed hy the ablative with CUm.
Example: ut cum omnibus c6piis exirent (I, 2, 4), to go out with all
their troops.
I n military phrases cumjssqmetimes omitted,
Example: .Caesar subsequeb&tur omnibus cOpils (II, 19, 1), Caesar
foUowed with all his troops.
APPENDIX 361
141. Descriptive Ablative.
JRULEs The aMaUve modified hy an adjective mop u38cribe a person or
fMng hy naming some quaUiy.
It may be used either attributively or predicatively. Compare the
descriptive genitive (loo). Examples: homines inimico animo (I, 7,
15), men of unfriendly disposition; nondum bono animo viderentur (I,
6, 11), thsy did not yet seem (to be) well disposed (of a good spirit).
142. Ablative of Manner.
HXfLiM: Manner is expressed hy the liblaHve, usually mifh either cum
or a modifying adjective, rareig^niiiB^Jboffi,^
Examples: pars cum cruciatfi necabatur (V, 45, 5), some were killed
with torture; magics itineribus (1. 10, 8), by forced marches,
a. Ablative of Accordance.
JRZfLM: In some covnmon phrases the ahlative nieans In accord-
ance tvith»
These are especially the following nouns, modified by either an ad-
jective or a genitive, — consuetudine, iflre, iussu (iniussu), lege, mdribus,
sententit, sponte, voluntate. Examples : iniussfl suo (1, 19, 4), without
his orders; mdribus sids (I, 4, 1), in accordance with their ctistoms; sua
voluntate (I, 20, 11), in accordance with his wish.
b. Ablative of Attendant Circumstance.
RULE: Sometimes the ahlative expresses situation or an attendant eif-
■, cumstance.
Usually it is impossible to distinguish clearly such an ablative from
the ordinary ablative of manner. Examples : imperio populi Romaic
(I, 18, 22), under the sovereignty of the Roman people; intervallo pedum
duorum iungebat (IV, 17, 9), he joined at a distance apoH of two feet.
143. Ablative of Means.
RJJJjEs The means or instrument hy vshich a thing is done is expressed
hy the ablative withowl a preposition.
Compare the ablative of the agent (137). Example: regnt cupiditft-
te inductus (I, 2, 2), influenced by the desire for royal power.
362 APPENDIX
o. Notice the ablative with the following words, — ^verbs and adjec-
tives of filling (except plenus, io6) ; fidS, c5nf id6, trust in ; nitor, rely up-
on ; lacesso (proeliS), provoke {to battle) ; assuefactus, assuStus, accustomed
to ; f r§tus, relying upon. Examples : natfira loci conf idebant (III, 9,12),
they trusted in the nature of the country i ntUlo officio assuefacQ (IV, i, 17),
accustomed to no obedience.
144. Ablative of the Way.
KTJIiEi The road or way ty which a person or thing goes ts expressed hg
^ie ablative of means ,
Examples: frumento quod fliimine Aran navibus subvexerat (I, i6,
6), the grain which he had brought up (by way of) the /Saone ; eddem itinere
contendit (1, 21, 8), he advanced by the same road.
145. Ablative with Special Deponent Verbs. The ablative is used
with iitor, use, fruor, enjoy, fungor, perform, fulfill, potior, get posses-
sion of, vescor, eat, and their compounds.
This is an ablative of means, but is to be translated by a direct ob-
ject. Examples: eSdem usi consilio (I, Si9)i adopting (having used)
the same plan, imperid potiri (1, 2, 6), to get possession of the government .
146. Ablative with opus est.
B ULE: The ablative of means is used with opus, est and flsUS est,
meaning there is need o/.
Example: Caesar! multis auxilUs opus est, Caesar needs many auxili-
aries.
a. But if the thing needed is expressed by a neuter pronoun or ad-
jective it may be used as the subject, with opus as predicate noim.
Example : si quid op us esset ( 1. 34, 5), if he needed anything.
6. Sometimes the ablative neuter of the perfect passive participle is
used with opus est. Example: si opus facto esset (I, 42, 19), if there
should be need of action.
147. Ablative of Price.
BUliE! With verbs of buying, selling, and the like, price is expressed
Itp the abUMve,
Compare the genitive of value, 105. Example: parv6 pretiA re-
dSmpta (I, 18, 9), bought up at a low price.
APPENDIX 363
148. Ablative of Degree of Difference.
KXTLE: The ablative is used teith comparaUves tmd aordu of strnXlar
meaning to express the degree of dilference.
Compare 139. Examples: niMlo minus (I, 5, 1), lit. less by nothing,
= nevertheless; paucis ante diebu&, (I. 18, 25), a few' days before (lit. be-
fore by a few days).
a. Eo . . . quo, in this construction, may be translated the . . the.
Example: eo gravius ferre qu5 minus merito accidissent (I, 14, 3), lit.
he endured them with more anger by that amount by which they had hap-
pened less deservedly, = he was the more angry the less deservedly they
had happened.
149. Ablative of Specification.
JBULE: The ablatU>e la used to express that In respect to ivhleh a state-
inent Is true.
Examples: lingua inter se differunt (I, i, 3), they differ in language;
maior natu ^ older (greater in birth) .
a. The ablative isjised_with^ignus, wmthyij and indignus, unwort^.
Example: ipsis indignum (V, 35, 11), unworthy of themselves.
150. Ablative Absolute.
"RTJJjMs a. noun and a participle In the ahlatlve may modify a
sentence as a subordinate clause would,
RULEi Two nouns, or a noun and an adjeellve, may stand In the
ablallve absolute tohen the English would connect them by the word
"being,"
The construction is called absolute because it does not depend syn-
tactically on anything in the sentence. It is used much more fre-
quently than the nominative absolute in English ; hence it should be
translated in some other way. It is always possible to translate by a
subordinate clause, but sometimes other translations are more conven-
ient. Notice the translations of the following examples: (translated
by active past participle) remotis equis proelium commisit (I, 25, 2),
having sent the horses away, he began the battle; (translated by preposi-
tional phrase) M MessalS. M. Pisone consulibus (I, 2, 2), in the con-
sulship of, etc. ; 60 deprecatdre (I, 9, 4), bjiJnsjas^iaiion; (translated by
subordinate clause) omnibus rebus compara^ diem (Ucunt (I, 6, 13),
364
APPENDIX
when eierything was ready they set a day ; SSquanIs myitis ire non pote-
rant (I, 9, 1), if the Sequani should refuse they could not go; monte occu-
pat5 nostros ezspect&bat (I, 22, 11), though he had occupied the mountain
he waited for our men; (translated by coordinate clause) locis supcridri-
bus occupatis .... conantur (1, 10, 12), they occupied advantageous posi-
tions and tried, etc.
151. Place in Which.
SULEs Place in which is regularly expressed by the ablative with in.
Compare 131 and 134, u. Example : in edrum finibus belliun gerunt
(I, I, 13), they fight in their territory.
a, RULE: Names of towns and small islands stand in the locative
{IS, b; 16, b) if they are singular noun8_ of , the first and second declen sions f
otherwise in the ablative without a preposition.
The locatives domi, at home, and ruri, in the country, are also in regu-
lar use. Examples: Samarobrivae (V, 24, 1), at Samarobriva; domi
largiter posse (I, 18, 13), he had great influence at home.
^ b, BULE: No preposition is regularly used with loco, loc^ parte,
' partibus when accompanied by an adjective or an equivalent genitive; or
with any noun modified by totus.
Examples: non nflUIs locis transitur (I, 6, 8), is crossed in several
places; vulgo tOtis castris (I, 39, 17), everywhere throughout the entire
camp.
c. Latin often uses some other construction where the English would
lead one to expect the construction of place in which. So ab and ex
are used to express position; and the ablative of means is often used in-
stead of the ablative with in if the construction is at all appropriate.
Examples: una ex parte (I, 2, 7), on one side; cotidianis proeliis conten-
dunt (1, 1, 12), they contend in (by means of) daily battles; meinori& tenS-
bat (I, 7, 12), he held in (by means of) memory.
J52. Ablative of Time.
BJJliB: Time at or within which is expressed by the ahUMve miHuntt a
preposition.
Compare the accusative of time (130). Examples: e5 tempore (I,
3, 14), at that time; id qwd ipsi diebus viginti aegerrime cdnfecerant (I,
13, 4), o thing which they had barely accomplished in(within) twenty days.
a. The ablative rarely denotes duration of time. Example: e&tOta
ixocte iSrunt (I, 26, 13), they marched during that whole night.
APPENDIX 365
CASES WITH PREPOSITIOHS
153. Ablative. The following prepositions govern the ablative: ab,
absque, coram, cum, de, ex, prae, pro, sine, tenus.
a. The forms ab and ex must be used before words beginning with a
vowel or h. It is always safe to use a and e before words beginning
with a consonant, though ab and ex are often found.
6. Cum is enclitic with the personal and reflexive pronouns, and usu-
ally with the relative and interrogative.
1 54. Accusative or Ablative. In and sub with the accusative imply
motion from outside into and under, respectively. Subter and super
sometimes govern the ablative.
1 55. Accusative. All other prepositions govern the accusative.
156. PREDICATE AND ATTRIBUTIVE ADJECTIVES
A predicate adjective is connected with its noun by some part of the
verb sum or a verb of similar meaning (see 9S, a) ; as, fiflmen est Utum,
the river is wide. An attributive adjective modifies its noun without
such a connecting verb ; as, flumen latum, the wide river.
157. AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES
BVIiEs AdjecMves (InehidiTtg partieiples and adjective pronount)
agree with their nouns in gender, numher, and case.
Examples : homo bonus, a good man) mulieri bonae, to a good woman;
belldrum magndrum,o/ great wars.
a. An adjective which belongs in sense to two or more nouns, —
1. If attributive, regularly agrees with the nearest noun. Exam-
ples : vir bonus et mulier, a good man and woman j bella et victoriae mag-
nae, great wars and victories.
2. If predicative, regularly agrees with all the nouns, and must,
therefore, be plural. If the nouns are of the same gender the adjective
usually takes that gender; otherwise it is neuter imless one or more of
the nouns denote things with life, when the adjective is usually mascu-
line rather than feminine, feminine rather than neuter. But the ad-
jective may be neuter under almost any circumstances. Examples:
homines et morSs sunt boni, the men and their characters are good; ho-
mines et arma sunt magni, the men and their arms are large; montes et
flflmina sunt magna, the mountains and rivers are large.
366 APPENDIX
158. ADJECTIVES USED SUBSTANTIVELY
Adjectives are rarely used as substantives in the singular, more com-
monly in the plural. The masculine is used in all cases in the sense of
man or men, and the feminine in the sense of woman or women. The
neuter is used in the sense of thing or things, and commonly only in the
nominative and accusative because they are the only cases in which
masculine and neuter forms can be distinguished. But the genitive
singular neuter is common as the partitive genitive (loi, a). Exam-
ples: mull}, many m,en; multorum, of many men; multae, many women;
multanim, of many women; multa , many things; multarum rerum, of
many things.
159. ADJECTIVES FOR ADVERBS
Some adjectives are commonly used where the English idiom sug-
gests the use of adverbs, chiefly when they modify the subject or object.
Examples: invltus venit, lit. he came unwilling, = he came unwillingly
or he was unwilling to come ; primus vSnit, lit. he the first came, = he came
first, or he was the first to come.
160. ADJECTIVES WITH PARTITIVE MEANING
Some adjectives mean only a part of an object. The most common
of these are, imus, infimus, the bottom of; medius, the middle of; sum-
mus^ the top of; p rimus, the first part of; eztremus, the last part of; re^i-
quus, the rest of. Examples: i n colle me dip (I, 24, 3), on the middle of
(halfway up) the slope ;s\imiaus mons (I, 22, 1), the top of the mountain;
prima nocte (1, 27, 12), in the first part of the night; multo die, late in the
day.
181. COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES
Comparatives and superlatives of both adjectives and adverbs are
usually to be translated by the corresponding English forms ; but the
comparative is sometimes to be translated by quite, rather, somewhat,
or too, the superlative by very. Examples : diflturniorem impflnitatem
(I, 14, 15), quite long immunity ; cnpidiMS insec&tit (I, 15, 5), following too
eagerly; monte Iflra altissimo (1, 2, 9), by the very high mountain Jura.
a. The superlative is often strengthened by quam, with or without
a form of possum. Examples: quam maximum numerum (I, 3, 3),
quam maximum potest numerum (I, 7i 4), as great a number as possible,
or the greatest possible number.
APPENDIX _ 367
162. PERSONAL PRONOUNS
A personal pronoun (51) is rarely used as the subject of a finite verb
except for emphasis or contrast. Example : ego maneo, tfl abis, / re-
main, you go.
a. The plural of the first person is more often used for the singular
than in English. The plural of the second person is not used for the
singular, as is done in English. Example: uti supra demonstrHvimus
(II, 1, 1), as I (lit. we) have said before.
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS
163. GBNERAZi KULE: Beflexive pronouns refer to the auhject tf
fhe clause or sentence in which they stand.
They correspond to myself, himself, etc., in such sentences as / praise
myself, he praises himself. This use of myself, etc., must not be con-
fused with the use in such sentences as I myself praise him, where my-
self emphasizes I and is in apposition with it. The latter use corre-
sponds to the Latin intensive pronoun (172). The reflexive of the
third person has two uses.
164. The Direct Reflexive.
BTTIiEl Sui and SUUS are used In every kind of sentence or clause
to refer to the subject of the clause in which they stand.
Example: etun video qui se laudat, / see the man who praises himself.
165. The Indirect Reflexive.
BUIiEs In a subordinate clause which expresses the thought of the
principal subject sul and SUUS are also used to refer to the principal
subject instead of the subject of the clause in which they stand.
This is especially important in indirect discourse (271) where the.
whole indirect discourse expresses the thought of the speaker, and con-
sequently every pronoun referring to the speaker is regularly some
form of sui or suus. Example: Caesar dicit me se laudavisse, Caesar
says that I praised him (Caesar).
166. The Reciprocal Expression. The reflexive pronouns are used
with inter to express the reciprocal idea, one another, each other. Ex-
amples : inter nos laudamus, we praise one another or each other; obsides
uS inter sese dent (1, 9, 10), that they give hostages to each other.
368
I
APPENDIX
POSSESSIVE PRONOUnS
167. The possessive pronouns (or adjectives) are rarely expressed
except for clearness or contrast. Bxample: Caesar ezercitum dflzit,
Caesar led (his) army.
a. Suus is the adjective of the reflexive pronoun sid, and is used in
the same way. See 164 and 165.
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS
168. Hie refers to something near the speaker, and is sometimes
called the demonstrative of the first person. Example: bic liber, this
book (near me).
169. Iste refers to something near the person spoken to, and is some-
times called the demonstrative of the second person. Example : iste
liber, that book (near you). When used of an opponent it often implies
contempt.
170. lUe refers to something more remote from the speaker or person
spoken to, and is often called the demonstrative of the third person.
Example : ille liber, that book (yonder) .
a. Ille and hie are often used in the sense of the former, the latter.
Hie is usually the latter, as referring to the nearer of two things men-
tioned ; but it may be the former if the former object is more important
and therefore nearer in thought.
171. Is is the weakest of the demonstratives and the one most used
as the personal pronoun of the third person, or to refer without empha-
sis to something just mentioned, or as the antecedent of a ^g^ftt ii^^p
a. When is is used substantively it is translated by a personal pro-
noun; when used as an adjective, by this or that; when used as the an-
tecedent of a relative it is translated in various ways, — t he m an, a man,
such a man, that, e tc.
THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN
172. Ipse emphasizes the noun with which it agrees. It is usually
translate!^ by self, and is not to be confused with the reflexive pro-
nouns. Examples : ipse Caesar eum laudat, Caesar himself praises himi
Ipse Caesar sS laudat, Caesar himself praises himself.
APPENDIX 369
a. Ipse is often used to strengthen a possessive pronoun. It then
stands in the genitive to agree with the genitive implied in the possess-
ive. Examples : meus ips!us liber, my own book {the book of me myself) ;
Tester ipsdrum liber, your own hook {the book of you yourselves).
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN
173. BUIiM: A relative pronoun agrees wiih Us antecedent in gender
and number, but its case depends on its construction in its own dauae.
If it is used as subject the verb agrees in person with the antecedent.
If the relative has two or more antecedents it follows the same rules of
agreement as predicate adjectives (157, a, 2). The relative is never
omitted. Examples: Caesar, quern laudo, Caesar, whom I praise; ego,
qui eum laudo, I, who praise him ; Caesar et Cicero, qui me laudant, Cae-
sar and Cicero, who praise me.
a. Coordinate Relative. It is often necessary to translate a rela-
tive by a coordinating conjunction {and, but, etc.) and a personal or
demonstrative pronoun. Example: relinquebatur flna via, qua ire
non poterant (I, 9, 1), there was left only one way, and by it they could
not go. Latin is fond of letting a relative stand at the beginning of an
entirely new sentence, with its antecedent in the preceding sentence.
It is then usually best translated by a personal or demonstrative pro-
noun. Example: qui (I, is, 5), they.
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
174. RUIJE: Quis^ anyone^Jis the indefinite comtnonly used after sly
nisi, ne, and num.
Example: s5 quis laudat, if anyone praises.
175. BULE: AUcmJg, (aliqui) is the indefinite commonly used in afflrm-
ative sentences to mean some one, some, etc*
Example: aliquis dicat, some one may say,
176. Quispiam has almost exactly the same meaning as aliquis, but
is rare. Example: qmsfia-mdicut, some one may say.
177. BULE: Quisquam and Alius ore the indefinites eontmohly used
in negative sentences (except with Il8^, and in guesHons implying a negative,
to mean any, anyone, etc.
Examples: neque quemquam laudO, nor do I praise anyone; cat
quisquam ifldic&ret (I, 40, 6), why should anyone suppose?
370
APPENDIX
^ 178. NesciS quis (nescid qui), originally meaning / hnow not who, is
often used in a sense very much like that of aliquis, but with even more
indeflniteness. Example: ne scio quis laudat, some one or other praise*.
AGREEMENT OF VERB AHD SUBJECT
179. BUIiEs A finite verb agrees wUh Its subject In person and
number.
In the compound tenses the participle agrees with the subject in
gender. Examples: Caesar laudatus est, Caesar was praised; mulierSs
laudatae sunt, the women were praised,
a. But the verb sometimes agrees with the meaning of the subject
rather than its grammatical form. Thus a singular collective noun
sometimes has a plural verb, and a neuter noun a mascuUne participle
ia agreement. Examples: multitfldo venSrunt, o greai number came;
duo milia occisi stmt, two thousand were killed.
ISO. If there are two or more subjects, the verb is usually plural.
In the compound tenses of the passive the participle follows the rule
given for predicate adjectives (157, o, 2). If the subjects differ in per-
son the first person is preferred to the second and the second to the
third. Examples : homo et mulier occisi sunt, the man and the woman
were killed; ego et tvi venimus, you and I came.
a. The verb may agree with the nearest subject, especially if the
verb stands first or after the first subject. It regularly does so if the
subjects are connected by conjunctions meaning or or nor. Example:
Caesar venit et Labienus, Caesar and Labienus came; neque Caesar ne-
que Labienus venit, neither Caesar nor Labienus came; filia atque iinus
e filiis captus est (I, 26, 11), his daughter and one of Ms sons were taken.
b. If the two or more subjects are thought of as forming a single
whole, the verb is singular. Example: Matrona et Sequana dividit
(I, 1,5), the Marne and Seine separate (they make one boundary line).
, THE VOICES
181. The voices have the same meanings and uses as in English.
An intransitive verb can not be used in the passive except imperson-
ally. Examples : laudat, he praises; laudatur, he is praised; el creditur
(us, d) lit. it is believed to him = he is believed.
APPENDIX ' 371
THE MODES
182. The Latin verb has three modes, — the indicative, the subjunc-
tive and the imperative. The name mode is applied to them because
they indicate the manner in which the action of the verb is spoken of;
for example, as a fact, as wished, as willed.
183. The Indicative speaks of the action as a fact, either stating a
fact or asking a question about a fact. Examples: laudat, he praises;
non laudat, he does not praise; laudatne? does he praise?
184. The Subjunctive has three classes of meanings, some of which
may be further subdivided.
a. The Subjunctive of Desire. Both in independent sentences and
in dependent clauses the subjunctive may express will (then called
volitive) or wish (then called optative). Examples: laudet, let him
praise or may he praise; impero ut laudet, / command that he praise,
i. e., / give the command "let him praise."
b. The Subjunctive of Contingent Futurity. Both in independent
sentences and in dependent clauses the subjunctive may express what
would take place under some condition, either expressed or implied,
or, very seldom, it may express what may possibly take place. The
latter use is the potential. Examples : laudet, he would praise (if there
should be reason) ; is est qui laudet, he is a man who would praise.
c. The Subjunctive of Fact. Only in dependent clauses the sub-
junctive may express certainty and be translated Uke the indicative.
Example: laudatur cum laudet, he is praised because he praises.
Compare laudatur quod laudat, he is praised because he praises.
185. The Imperative is used only in independent sentences. It ex-
presses a command. Example: laudfi, praise (thou); desilite (IV, 25,
11), jump down.
OTHER VERBAL FORMS
186. The Infinitive is not, strictly speaking, a mode, but a verbal
noun. It is, however, used as a mode in certain kinds of dependent
clauses. Example: dicit Caesarem laudari, he says that Caesar it
praised.
372 APPENDIX
187. Verbal Nouns and Adjectives. The gerund and the supine are
verbal nouns; the gerundive and the participles are verbal adjectives.
None of these can form clauses in Latin, though they are often best
translated into English by clauses.
THE NEGATIVES
188. There are two kinds of negatives in Latin.
a. HTJLMs Non, notf and neque, and nott nor, are used to negative
atatemenU and qtiesHona.
That is, they are used with the indicative, the subjunctive of con-
tingent futurity (184, 6), the subjunctive of fact (184, c), and the infin-
itive. Example^: ndn laudat, he does not praise; n6n laudet, he would
not praise; ndnne laudat? does he not praised
h. RUI/Et Ne, not, and nSve, and not, nor, are used to negative the
auh}unetU>e of desire (184, a).
But ne . . . quidem, not even, is used in statements. Examples: nC
laudet, let him not praise, or may he not praise': ne laudat quidem,^
does not even praise.
THE TENSES
189. The tense of a verb tells either one or both of two things: (1)
the time of the action, whether past, present, or future; and (2) the
stage of progress of the action at that time, whether already completed,
still going on, or about to take place. For example, the following
forms are all past, and yet express different things : laudavit, he praised
simply puts the action in the past; laudaverat, he had praised, means
that the action was already completed in the past time; laudabat, he
was praising, means that the action was going on in the past time ; and
laudatuTus erat, he was going to praise, means that in the past time the
action was on the point of taking place. Latin is much more accurate
in its use of tenses than English is.
THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE
190. The Present regularly puts the action in the present time and
corresponds to all the forms of the English present. Example : laudat,
he praises (simple), he is praising (progressive), he does praise (em-
phatic).
APPENDIX 373
o. The historical present speaks of a past fact as if it were present,
in order to put it vividly before the mind. It is much more common
in Latin than in English, and therefore should usually be translated
by a past. Example : oppida sun omnia incendunt (I, 5, 3), they burned
(fewm) all their towns.
h. With such expressions as iam difi, iam piidem, for a long time,
multos annos, jor many years, the Latin present is to be translated by
the EngUsh present perfect. Example: multos annds te moneo, /
have been warning you for many years. There are really two ideas, "I
have been in the past" and "I still am." English expresses one of
them; Latin, like French and German, expresses the other.
c. For the present with dum, etc., see 234, a.
191. The Imperfect puts the action in the past and represents it as
going on at that time. See 189. Example; laudabat, he was praising.
a. The imperfect is often used of repeat ed past action : as laudabat,
he used to praise, or he kepi praising. It is less often used of attempted
past action; as laud&bat, he tried to praise.
b. With the expressions mentioned in 190, 6, the imperfect is to be
translated by the English past perfect. Example: multos annos te
monebam, / had been warning you for many years.
192. The Future puts the action in the future time and corresponds
to the EngUsh future. See 199. Example: laudabO, / shaU or mil
praise, or be praising.
193. The Perfect has two uses.
I. The present (or definite) perfect corresponds to the English pres-
ent perfect with have. It represents tMfe action as completed at the
present time. Example: laudavi, I have praised.
a. This perfect is often nearly equivalent to a present. For exam-
ple, veni, / have come, is nearly equivalent to / am here. A few per-
fects are regularly translated by preserrts; especially novi, cogno^, /
know (literally / have found oiit), and consuevi, / am accustomed (liter-
ally / have become accustomed). Cf. the English, "I've got U," iai "I
have it."
374 APPENDIX
II. The historical (or indefinite) perfect simply puts the action in
the past, without telling anything about the stage of progress (189) at
that time. It corresponds to the English past tense. Example: lau-
d&vi, / praised.
1 94. The Pluperfect describes the action as already completed in the
past, or puts it at a time before another past point of time. See 189.
Example : laudaveram, I had praised.
a. The pluperfect of the verbs mentioned in 193, 1, a, are nearly
equivalent to imperfects. Examples: veneram, I had come, i. e., I was
there ; ndveram, / knew ; c Sqsuevera m, / was accustomed.
195. The Future Perfect represents the action as completed in fu-
ture time, or as to take place before some future point of time. See
199. Example: laudaveio, I shall 01 will have praised.
a. The future perfects of the verbs mentioned in 193, 1, a, are near-
ly equivalent to futures. Examples: v enerfv, / shall have come, i.e.,
I shall he there; ndvero, / shall know; cons uever o^Z shall he accustomed.
196. The Active Periphrastic (75) Tenses represent the action as
about to take place in a time future to the time of the tense of sum.
Examples: laudatiirus est, he is about to praise; laudatitrus erat, he was
about to praise; laudatiirus erit, he will he about to praise.
INDICATIVE TENSES IN NARRATION
197. In telling of past events the indicative tenses used are the his-
torical perfect (or the equivalent historical present), the imperfect, the
pluperfect, and occasionally the imperfect periphrastic. The perfect
is the narrating tense in which the successive main_events of the story
are told. The other tenses are the descriptive tenses in which the de-
tails which surround the main events are told. See 189.
For example, suppose one ■wished to begin a story with the following
points. "The Helvetii lived in a small country ; they planned to leave ;
Caesar went to Gaul." Told in that way all the verbs would be per-
fects; but the story is badly told. One would certainly pick out some
chief event or events and group the others about them; and whatever
events he so picked out would be expressed by the perfect, while the
rest would be imperfect and pluperfect. He might begin in this way,
"The Helvetii, who lived , planned But Caesar
went " Then planned and went are perfects, each being
APPENDIX 375
thought of as a, separate step in the story; but Ki>ed is thought of as
subordinate detail, telling something that was going on at the time of
the main event, planned, and must be imperfect in Latin, though
English uses the simple past tense. Or he might prefer to begin in
this way, "The Helvetii, who lived , had planned
But Caesar went." Then went is thought of as the first main event,
and is the only perfect; lived is still imperfect; but had planned is
thought of as a subordinate detail, giving something which had hap-
pened before the went and which led up to it, and is, therefore, a
pluperfect.
198. The chief events, thus expressed by perfects, are usually made
the principal, or independent clauses; and the subordinate details,
thus expressed in imperfects and pluperfects, are usually made the
subordinate, or dependent clauses. Therefore the following principle
is a good one to follow unless there appears a clear reason for violat-
ing it:
HTJTiM: In a narrative of past events the independent clauses generally
use the perfect, the dependent clauses generally use the imperfect and plu»
perfect,
a. But there are dependent indicative clauses in which this princi-
ple does not hold. The following are the most important.
1. After postquam, ubi, etc. (see 237), the perfect or historical pres-
ent is regularly used. See also 235, a, and 236, a.
2. After dum, while (see 234, a) the present is regularly used.
THE FUTURE AND FUTURE PERFECT
1 99. Latin is very accurate in the use of the future and future per-
fect, while English is very inaccurate. In many subordinate clauses
English uses the present for the future or the future perfect, while Lat-
in uses the tenses required by the meanings. For an example see 256.
THE TENSES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE
200. The tenses of the subjunctive have two sets of meanings.
a. When the subjunctive has the same meaning as the indicative
(184, c), the tenses of the subjunctive mean the same as the corre-
^>onding indicative tenses.
201.
tenses.
376 APPENDIX
b. When the subjunctive has one of its other meanings (184, a, b),
the time denoted by the tenses is future to that denoted by the corre-
sponding indicative tenses. Examples: laudet, let him praise, is a
command to praise in the future ; imper&vit ut laudaret, he commanded
that he praise, is a past command, to be carried into effect after the
time of commanding.
The following table shows the meanings of the subjunctive
Present = present or future
Imperfect = imperfect or future to a past
Perfect = perfect or future perfect
Pluperfect = pluperfect or future perfect to a past
o. Some tenses have developed special meanings in certain con-
structions. See 221,226, 254.
b. Any tense of the subjunctive may thus refer to the future. But
where the meaning would be doubtful and it is necessary to express the
future clearly, the periphrastic tenses are used. So rogd quid facias
regularly means / ask what you are doing, and would not be understood
to mean I ask what you will do. Therefore the latter meaning must be
expressed by rogS quid f actfirus sis.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE TENSES IN DEPENDENCE
202. When a subjunctive clause depends on some other clause, a
little knowledge of the real meaning of the English will enable one to
use the right tense, just as in the indicative. When the tenses mean
the same as those of the indicative they will be used in the same way
(197, 198). When they have the future set of meanings, it will be
found that a present or perfect is usually required after a tense of pres-
ent or future meaning, and the imperfect and pluperfect after one of
past meaning. For example : / come, or / shall come, that I may praise,
laudem ; / came that I might praise, laudSrem. In the subjunctive the
usage is more regular than in the indicative, so that the convenient but
not very accurate rule, called the rule of sequence of tenses, can be fol-
lowed.
BUJJEi In dependent subjunctive dauaes principal tenses foUov)
principal, and historical follou) historical.
APPENDIX
377
203. Principal tenses are those which have to do with the present
and future, historical are those wliieh have to do with the past. The
following table of examples shows which are the principal and which
the historical tenses of both indicative and subjunctive.
Principal Tenses
INDICATIVE
SUBJUNCTIVE
Present
Future
Present perfect
rog6,
I ask
rogabS,
/ shall ask
Present
Perfect
quid f aciat,
what he is doing
quid f ecerit,
what he has done (or
did}
/ have asked
Future perfect
rogaverS,
/ shall have asked
Historical Tenses'
Imperfect
Historical perf.
rogabam,
/ was asking
log&n,
I asked
Imperfect
Pluperfect
quid faceret,
what he was doing
quid f Scisset,
what he had done
Pluperfect
rog&veram,
/ had asked
a. Notice that the perfect subjunctive, even when it means past
time, is called a principal tense.
204. Exceptions to Rule of Sequence. Two special points must be
mentioned, not hard to understand if one remembers that this nile
tells only how the natural meanings of the tenses make them depend
on each other.
a. An exception may occur whenever the meaning of the sentence
makes it natural. Still, Latin is not fond of these exceptions, and if
exceptional tenses must be used it is better to use an indicative con-
struction instead of a subjunctive, when there is a choice. For exam-
ple, if the sentence, hemarched. aroutid because the mountains are high,
istoJbg£utintoLatin, cumsint would be an exception to sequence and
it is better to use the indicative^construcGbn quod sunt.
The most common exceptions are in result clauses, where a perfect
subjunctive sometimes follows a perfect indicative. Example:tem-
poris tanta fuit exiguitas, ut tempus defuerit (II, 21, 9), so short was the
time that there was no opportunity.
378 APPENDIX
6. A subjunctive following an historical present may be either
principal or historical, for it may either keep up the liveliness of the
present or behave as if the perfect had been used. Examples : diem
dicunt qua die conveniant (1, 6, 14), they appoint a day on which they are
to assemble; omne frumentum combfirunt ut paratiores ad pericula sub-
eunda essent (I, 5, 5), they burned all the grain that they might be more
ready to undergo danger.
TENSES OF INFINITIVES AND PARTICIPLES
20S. B ULEi The time denoted hy infinitives and participles is relative to
the tenses of the verhs on which they depend.
That is, a present infinitive or participle expresses action as going on
at the time of the main verb, whether that is present, future, or past; a
future expresses action as filture to the time of the main verb ; and a
perfect expresses action as completed at the time of the main verb.
The following table gives examples of the infinitive. The tense mean-
ings of the participles are the same.
(Uco eum laudare laudaturum esse laudavisse
Ut. him to be praising to be about to praise to have praised
I say that he is praising will praise has praised, or
praised
dicam eum,
/ shall say that he is praising will praise has praised, or
praised
dizi eum,
/ said thai he was praising would praise had praised
I- ^- -i- 7-
a. With such perfects as debui , l icuit , o.portui t, potui, Latin cor-
rectly uses the present infinitive, though English illogically says ought
to have, etc. Example : laudare potu! lit. / was able to praise, = I could
have praised.
b. Some verbs lack the supine stem and therefore have no future
active infinitive. The future passive infinitive which is given in the
paradigms is rarely used. In both cases the place of the future infini-
tive is taken by fore (futflrum esse) ut, it will {would) be that, with the
present or imperfect subjunctive. Examples : dicit fore ut timeat, lit.
he says that it will he that he fears, — he says that he will fear; dixit fore ut
laudaretur, lit. he said that it would be that he was praised, = he said
that he would be praised.
APPENDIX 379
STATEMENTS
206. The Indicative is used to state facts. Examples: Caesar venit,
Caesar came; Caesar non veniet, Caesar will not come.
207. The Subjunctive of Contingent Futurity (184, 6) is used to state
what would take place under some condition. The condition is usual-
ly, but not always, expressed. This kind of statement is the conclu-
sion of the conditional sentences in 254 and 257. For the peculiar use
of tenses see those paragraphs. In many grammars this use of the
subjunctive is called potential. Examples: Caesar veniat, Caesar
would come; Caesar non venisset, Caesar would not have come; velim^
/ should like,
208. The Potential Subjunctive (184, &) is sometimes used to state
what may or can happen. It is very rarely used except where a nega-
tive is expressed or implied and in the phrase aliquis di saJ. some one
may say. In_an inde pendent s entence the student should always jex-
press m,ay, might, can, jcould ^hj suet words as possum and licet. Ex-
ample': nem6 "dubitet, but usually nemo dubitare potest, no one ca»
doubt.
QUESTIONS
USE OF MODES
209. The indicative, the subjunctive of contingent futurity, and,
rarely, the potential subjunctive, are used in questions with precisely
the same meanings as in statements (206-208). Examples: quis veniet?
who will come? quis veniat? who would comef quis dubitet? who can doubt
(implying that no one can)?
210. A I^eliberative Question is one that asks for an expression of
some one's will. The answer, if any, is a command. This kind of
question is asked by the subjunctive. Example: quid faciam? what
shall I dof what am I to do?
a. Under deliberative questions are usually classed those subjunc-
tive questions which ask why one should do something or what one
should do. Example : ciir dubitem? why should I dovbtf
211. A rhetorical question is one which is used for rhetorical effect
and which expects no answer. Any of the above questions may be
either rhetorical or real. The rhetorical character of the question has
no effect ou the mode.
380
APPENDIX
INTRODUCTOKY WORDS
212. Questions ■which can not be answered by yes or na are intro-
duced in Latin, as in English, by an interrogative pronoun, adjective,
or adverb. Examples : quis venit? who came? qualis est? what sort cf
man is hef ubi est? where is he?
213. SiXJZiEi Queattons which can he answered hy yes or no are usual'
Jy, hut not always, introduced hy an interrogative particle.
In written English the interrogation point and usually the order of
words show that a sentence is a question. The Romans had no inter-
rogation point, and the order of words was free, so that an introduc-
tory particle was usually necessary.
a. IfUJJE! When the question ashs for information, without suggest
ing the answer, the enclitic -ne is aided to the first word.
The first word is regularly the verb, unless some other word is put
first for emphasis. Examples: scribitne epistulam? is he writing a let-
ter? epistulamne scrlbit? is it a letter that he is writing?
h. RULE: When the form of the question suggests the answer yes,
the interrogative particle is nonne.
Example: nonne epistulam scrlbit? is he not writing a letter?
c. SUZfE! When the form of the question suggests the answer no, the
interrogative particle is num.
Example : num epistulam scrlbit? he is not writing a letter, is het
DOUBLE QUESTIONS
214. Double questions ask which of two or more possibilities is true.
Utrum may stand at the beginning not to be translated, but as a mere
warning that a double question is to follow; or -ne may be added to the
first word ; or no introductory word may be used, as always in English.
The or is expressed by an; or not is anndiii Examples; utrum pugna-
vit an ffigit? pugnavitne an fugit? pugnavit an fflgit? did he-fight or run
away? pugnavit annon? did he fight or not?
.ANSWERS
215. Latin has no words answering exactly to yes and no. It often
replies by repeating the verb as a statement; or it may use ita, sani,
etc., for yes, ndn, minime, etc,, for no. Example : epistulamne scrlbit?
scrlbit, yes ; nOn scrlbit, no.
APPENDIX 381
COMMANDS AND PROHIBITIONS
216. These are expressions of will, for which the appropriate modes
are the subjunctive of desire (184, a) and the imperative (185). The
negative with the subjunctive is ng (188, b).
217. HVZEs An Exhortation is a command or proMMtion In the first
person plural of the present subjunctive*
Examples: laudemus, let us praise; ne eamus, let us not go.
2lo. "RTJIiE: A. Command in the second person is expressed by the
Imperative,
The future imperative is seldom used unless the verb used has no
present. Examples : venite, come {ye) ; mementg , remember.
2! 9. TfUZiE: A Frohibition (Negative Command) in the second person
is usually expressed hy noli, nolite, lie unwilling, and the present infinitive.
A prohibition is less often expressed by cave (with or without ne),
take care, and the present subjunctive ; or by ne and the perfect sub-
junctive- Examples: noli dubitare, do not doubt; less often cave (ne)
dubites, or ne dubitaveris.
220. It XJIjE: a Command or Frohibition in the third person is regu-
larly expressed by the third person of the present subJuncHvem
Examples: eat, let him go; ne veniant, let them not come.
WISHES
221. Wishes are regularly expressed by the subjunctive of desire
(184, a) and are usually introduced by utinam (not to be translated).
a. RUIjE: A teish for something in tJte future is expressed by ffte
present subjunctive, with or without utinam.
Example: (utinam) adsit, may he be here]
b. MVI/Et A wish for something at the present time is expressed by
the imperfect subjunctive with utinam.
c. BXTIiEt A wish for something in the past is expressed by the plu-
perfect subjurictive with Utinam^
Both of these express a wish, or rather a regret, for something unat-
tainable. Examples: utinava. a.Aesset, would that he were here] utinam
afCuisset, would that he had been here'
382 APPENDIX
COORDINATE CLAUSES
222. A coordinate clause is connected with another clause by means
of a coordinating conjunction. The coordinating conjunctions are such
as mean and, but, or, for, and the like. They are used exactly as in
lElnglish.
DEPENDENT CLAUSES
223. Dependent clauses are those which are attached to other claus-
es by a relative or interrogative pronoun or adverb, or by a subordinat-
ing conjunction. Subordinating conjunctions are such as mean if, be-
cause, although, when, after, before, in order that, so that, and the like.
Neither the relatives nor any of the con]unctions have in themselves
any effect on the mode of the verb in the dependent clause ; but that
clause may contain the indicative or the subjunctive with any of its
meanings (184, a-c).
Dependent clauses are classified according to their meaning and use
in the following groups: purpose clauses (225), result clauses (226),
substantive clauses of desire (substantive purpose) (22S), substantive
clauses of result or fact (229), relative clauses of characteristic (230),
determining relative clauses (231), parenthetical relative clauses (232),
temporal clauses (233-242), causal clauses (243-243), adversative (con-
cessive) clauses (246, 247), substantive quod clauses (248), conditional
clauses (249-259), clauses of proviso (260), clauses of comparison (261),
indirect questions (262-264), indirect discourse (265-273), attracted
, or a relative.
APPENDIX 383
The infinitive, common in English, is never jto be used. For the so-
called substantive clause of purpose, see 228. The connecting words,
are used as follows :
a. In affirmative clauses :
1. If the principal clause contains a noun which can conveniently
be used as an antecedent, a relative pronoun or adverb is commonly
used. Example : homines misit qui viderent, he sent men to see, lit,
who were to see.
2. If the purpose clause contains an adjective or adverb in the com-
parative degree, quo is used. Example : venit quo f acilius videret, he
came that he might see more easily, lit. by which the more easily he-
might see.
3. Otherwise, and most commonly, the conjunction ut is used.
Example : venit ut videret, he came to see, that he might see, or in order
to see; venit ut videat, he comes to see.
b. In negative clauses the conjunction ne is always used. Exam-
ple: hoc fecit ne quis (not ut nemo) videret, he did this that no one^
might see, or to keep anyone from seeing.
RESULT CLAUSES
226. RUJJEt Iteault ia expressed h]f tlte suhjuncUve wlOi Mt or Vlt aoa.
For the so-called relative clause of result see 230, a. For the sub-
stantive clause of result see 229. Examples: mons impendebat, ut
perpauci prohibere possent (I, 6, 4), a mountain overhung, so that a very
few could easily check; incredibili lenit&te, ita ut iiidicari non possit
(1, 12, 2), of extraordinary sluggishness, so that it can not be determined;
tarn f ortis est ut pugnet, he is so brave that he would fight, or as to fight,.
or that he fights.
SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF DESIRE (PURPOSE) AND OF RESULT
227. These clauses differ from clauses of purpose and result in that
they are used Uke nouns, either as the object of a transitive verb, or as
the subject of the passive, or in apposition with a noun or neuter pro-
noun.
They are also called complementary clauses, because they serve to
complement (complete) the meaning of such expressions as / command,.
I hinder, the result is.
384 APPENDIX V
There is the same difference between substantive clauses of desire
(purpose) and substantive clauses of result as between purpose clauses
and result clauses, and they are to be distinguished in the same way
(224).
SUBSTAHTIVE CLAUSES OF DESIRE (PURPOSE)
228. These clauses all consist of the subjunctive ofjdesire (184, a)
introduced by a conjunction. As the subjunctive of desire is divided
into the volitive (expressing will) and the optative (expressing wish),
some grammars divide these clauses into substantive volitiv e clauses and
suhsta rUive optative clauses . The older name, substantive purpose
clauses, is not good, because they do not really express purpose. For
example: impero ut eas, / command you to go, does not mean / com-
mand in order that you may go, but rather / give the command "go".
a. BUI/M: JMoat verba expressing any form ot desire, or of attempt to
curry out a desire, may take the subjuncHve with Ut or ne.
Such are verbs meaning accomplish (when the subject is a conscious
agent), command, permit, persuade, request, resolve, strive, urge, wish,
and the Uke.
, But after most of these verbs the infinitive may be used instead,
Ff'and it always is used after iubeo.. command, Conor , attempt, va^tixQ,
sino, permit. See 280, a. Ut is often oaatted, after verbs of asking,
commanding, and wishi n^^ esp eciany after void. The subjunctive,
usually witHout ut, is often useSwitlT oportet, it is right, and licet,
it is permitted; but see 276. Examples: civitaU persuasit ut ezirent
(I, 2, 3), he persuaded the citizens to leave; (^vitati persuasit nS esdrent,
he persuaded the citizens not to leave; oportet eat, he ought to go; ei licet
eat, he may go; obsides uti dent perficit (1, 9, 11), fie causes them to give
hostages.
b. RUI/Et Verba expressing for toke the subjunctive wlA ne mean'
tng that, or Ut meaning that not.
But ne n&n, that not, is often used instead of ut. Examples: timed
n6 veniat, / fear that he will come (originally timeo: ne veniat, / am
afraid : let him, or rnay he, not come) ; timed ut (or n6 n6n) veniat, / fear
that he will not come (originally timed: veniat, I am afraid: let him or
may he, come ; ut or ne ndn was then used as the opposite of ne).
c. BVIjE: Verbs meaning avi^, Mnger, preverO)) and refuse mag
take the aubjuncHve with ne, quin, or quominus.
APPENDIX 385
But the infini tixa max_feg,iised mstead-. Ne is used after an affirm-
ative principal clause, quin after a negative, quominus after either pos-
itive or negative. Examples : eum impedio ne, or quominus, veniat, /
hinder him from coming; eiun non impedio quin, or quominus, veniat, /
do not hinder him from coming; neque reciisaturos quominus esset (I,3i,
24), and that they would not refuse to be.
SUBSTANTIVE UT CLAUSES OF RESULT OR FACT
229. These clauses are all usually called substantive result clauses,
but most of them are better called ut clauses of fact^ since they do not
express result. They usually contain the subjunctive of fact (184, c)
and are to be translated by the indicative.
a. ItUIiM: Verbs meaning accomplish take the sub}utieUve with ut
or ut non when the subject is not a conscious agent.
Compare 228, a. Example: montes efficiunt ut n5n ezire possint,
the mountains make {that they can not) it impossible for them to leave.
ht SULEs Impersonal verbs meaning the result is, it happens, it
remains, there is added, and the like, may taike the subjunctive with Ut or
ut non.
The clause is the subject of the verb. But with some of these verbs
an indicative quod clause of fact may be used with the same meaning.
See 248. Example: his rebus fi§bat ut vagarentur(I, 2, II), the result
■was that they wandered,.
c. JtUIiEi Such pJtrases as m5s est, consuetiido est (it is the
custotn), ntay take the subJuncHve with Ut or ut non.
The clause is a predicate nominative. But a substantive clause of
desire (with ut or ne) may be used with such phrases, especially with
ills est, lex est. Example: mds est ut ex equls pugnent, it is their cus-
tom to fight on horseback,
d, RTTLE: Negatived verbs and phrases meaning doubt take the sub-
After an affirmative expression of doubting ah indirect question
with num, an^or si, is used, as whether is in English. Dgbito with- the
infinitive_maans_^esi although he, etc., ut, although,
are used with the subiuncti/ve.
Examples : (for cum see 239) quamvis senex sit, fortis est, however
old he may he, he is brave; ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent (Caes.
Ill, 9, 17), though everything should turn out contrary to their expecta-
tions. But the indicative is sometimes used with qui when the adver-
sative idea is clear.
SUBSTANTIVE QUOD CLAUSES
248. BXTZE: Suhstantive .. ctaiMfjL-iittth.JUinr was not fulfilled eniploj/s the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive.
The imperfect subjunctive is used to express present time, the plu-
perfect to express past time Examples : si fortis esset eum laudarem,
if he were brave I should praise, or be praising, him (implying but he is
not, and I do not) ; nisi pro patria pugnavisset eum non laudavissem, un-
less he had (if he had not) fought for his country I should not have praised
him (implying but he did, and I do; the contrary of the negative supposi-
tion) ; si pugnavisset eum laudarem, if he had fought I should praise, or
be praising, him (implying but he did not, arid I do not ;.notice the change
of tense).
o. When the conclusion of such conditions contains a ver b meaning
could or OM^M ^ nr fiiinhftYpT-RRs iQag as it would be hard, or iust. the^verb
of the conclusion is usually inJihaindicaJtixaiJhe imperfect for present
•ffine^the perfect or pluperfect for past time. The condition requires
the subjunctive, like any other condition contrary to fact.
This is because the conclusion is not usually really contrary to fact,
though the English idiom makes it seem so. When the conclusion is
really contrary to fact, the subjunctive is used. Examples : si fortis
esset pugnare poterat, if he were brave he could fight (he has the power in
any case ; hence the indicative) ; si fortis f uisset pugnare debuit or debu-
erat, if he had been brave he ought to have fought (the duty rested upon
him in any case; hence the indicative).
APPENDIX 395-
B. Future
255. There are two forms of future conditions, one expressing less
confidence in the fulfillment of the condition than the other. There
is no form to express nonfulfillment, since one can not be sure of the
nonfulfillment of a future condition.
256. More Vivid (Confident) Future, BUIiE: A future conditional
sentence whose translation contains shall or wiU employs the future or future
perfect indicative.
The English commonly uses the present with a future meaning in the
condition. // 1 see him I shall tell him, means if I shall see him I shall
tell him, and the Latin is precise in using the future. Moreover, if the
condition must b e fulfilled b sfore-the-jCflncluMpn ca-n take place, the
IjatinTiseB' the^uture perfect, while the English commonly uses the
present. It hi atfi'VSsfirst h e will tell him, means if he shall have ar -
rived first, and the Latin is precise m using the future perfect. Exam-
pies: SI pugnabit eum laudabo, if he fights or is fighting {shall fight or
shall he fighting) I shall praise him; qui pugnaverit laudabitur, whoever
fights or has fought (shall have fought) will be praised.
257. Iiess Vivid (Confident) Future. HULEi A future conditional
sentence whose translation contains should or would employs the present or
perfect suhjitnctlve
The difference between the present and perfect is the same as that
between the future and future perfect indicative in 256. Examples:
si pugnet vincat, if he should fight, or were to fight, he would conquer; qui
pugnet laudetur, whoever should fight, or should be fighting, would be
praised; si non pugnaverit eum non laud em, if he should not fight, or
should not have fought, I should not praise him.
MIXED CONDITIONS P*
258. In Latin, as in English, the condition and the conclusion are
usually of the same form. But sometimes, in both languages, one may
wish to use a condition of one form, a conclusion of another. Exam-
ple : si veniat hie adsumus, if he should come we are here.
CONDITION OMITTED OR IMPLIED
259. Instead of being expressed by a clause as in the examples givea
above, the condition may be implied in a phrase or even in a single-
396 APPENDIX
word. Sometimes it is omitted altogether, but is supplied in thought.
Examples : damnHtum poenam sequi oportebat (1, 4, 3), (if) condemned
it was necessary that punishment be inflicted on him ; dicat, he would say
(if he should be asked) ; velim, / should like. The last two are simply
the independent subjunctive of contingent futurity (307).
CLAUSES OF PROVISO
260. BULE: Dum, modo, and dummodo in the sense of If orOy,
provided that, are used with the subjunctive.
Notice that although these seem like conditions the construction is
not the same, for the subjunctive is always used, and the negative is
often ne. This is because the construction originally meant only let
(him come: I will, etc), and the mode is the subjunctive of desire (184,
a) . Examples : magno me met& liberabis dummodo miirus intersit (Cic.
Cat. I, 10), you will rid me of much fear if only there be (only let there be)
a wall between us; modo ne (or non) discedat eum videbo, if only he do
not leave I shall see him.
CLAUSES OF COMPARISON
261. STTIiE: The suMunMve is used wit h ac Si, quam Si, qUasi.
ut ^, tamquam, tamquam si, velut, velut si, as if, just as if.
The tenses follow the rule of sequence although the English translar
tion might lead one to expect always the imperfect and pluperfect
subjunctive. Examples: cunit quasi timeat, he runs as if he were
afraid; cucurrit quasi timSret, he ran as if he were afraid.
INDIRECT QUOTATION
A. INDIRECT QUESTIONS
262. GENE'S AZi BULEi The sutluneUve is employed in all In-
direct questions.
An indirect question is a substantive clause introduced by an inter-
rogative word. A direct question may be quoted in the exact words
in which it was asked, as he asked " where are you going?"; or it may be
quoted indirectly; that is, with such changes as make it a dependent
clause, as he asked where I (or he) was going. In the latter form it is an
indirect question.
263. nVIiE: Subjunctive questions (309, 910) retain the aubjuncHm
in the indirect form.
APPENDIX 397
The modal meaning is unchanged. Examples: (direct) quis veniat?
who would come? (indirect) rogo quis veniat, / ask who would come; (di-
rect) quid faciam? what am I to do? (indirect) rogavl quid facerem, /
asked what I was to do.
264. RUJJEs ^U Indicative questions change to the subjunctive in
the indlreet form.
a. When the direct question is introduced by an interrogative pro-
noun, adjective, or adverb (212), the same word serves to introduce
the indirect form. Examples : (direct) quis v§nit? who came? (indirect)
rogo quis venerit, I ask who came; (direct) ubi est? where is he? (indirect)
mihi dixit ubi esset, he told me where he was.
b. When the direct question can be answered by yes or no (213) the
indirect form is introduced by num or -ne, whether (no difference in
meaning). Si is also used in the sense of to see whether or whether,
Examples: (direct) venitne? is Aecomtnjrf (indirect) rogo num veniat, or
rogo veniatne, / ask whether he is coming; exspectavit si venirent, he
waited to see whether they would come.
c. Indirect double questions are introduced by the same particles as
direct double questions (214), but or not is expressed by necne, instead
of annon. Examples: rogavi utrum pugnavisset, an fugisset, / asked
vihether he had fought or run away; rogavl utrum pugnavisset necne , /
asked whether he had fought or not,
B. INDIRECT DISCOURSE
265. Direct discourse repeats the exact words of a remark or a
thought. Example: he said, "the soldiers are brave." Indirect dis-
course repeats a remark or thought with such changes in the words as
to make of it a dependent construction. Example: he said that the
soldiers were brave.
Indirect discourse may quote a long speech consisting of separate
sentences, and periods may be used between these sentences; but, none
the less, each sentence is to be thought of as depending on a verb of
saying or thinking, which may be either expressed or implied at the be-
ginning. When one speaks of a principal clause in indirect discourse
one means a clause that was principal in the direct form.
398
APPENDIX
Principal Clauses
266. DeelaraUve Sentences. RTTLEi Every prtnetpeH ekmse eontata-
ing a »tatement requires the infinitive with subject accusative in indirect
discourse (279),
But the subject is not always expressed. Example : miles est fortis,
the soldier is brave, becomes dixit militem esse fortem, he said that the
soldier was brave.
a. For the meanings of the infinitive tenses see 205. It follows
from the statements there made that thejpresent infinitive must Jie
. used for an original present indicaiJJta, the futuxeior the futuie indicfc_
tive, and the perfect for the imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect indica-
tive.
267. Imperative Sentences, BUX/M: Every sentence, containing a com-
mand or priOMbltlon requires the subjunctive in indirect discourse.
This is a use of the subjunctive of desire ; the negative is ne. Exam-
ples: ad Id. Apr. revertimii^, return about the thirteenth of April, be-
comes respondit: . . . .ad Id. Apr. reverterentur (I, 7, 19), he replied. . ..:
(that) they should return, etc.; is ita egit:. . . .ne. . . .despiceret (I, 13,
14), he should not despise (from an original noli despicere (219), do not
despise), '
268. Inixrroganve Sentences. I. JtTJZiE! An Indicative question
(H09), if real (911), changes to the subjunctive in Indirect discourse.
Example: respondit: . . . .quid sibi vellet (I, 44, 24), what did he want
(for an original quid tibi Vis, what do you wantf)f
II. XXTZE. Anindicatlvequestion(g09), if rhetorical (211), change*
fo the infinitive in Indirect discourse.
This is because a rhetorical question is equivalent to a declarative
sentence, which would require the infinitive (266) Example: re-
spondit:. . . .niun memoriam dSp5nere posse (I, 14, S), covid he forget
(for an original / can not forget [can /?])?
III. BVLE. A subjunctive question (209, 210), tehefher real or
rhetorical, retains the subjunctive In indirect discourse.
Example: incflsSvit:. .. .cfir quisquam iQdicaret (I, 40, 6), why
should anyone suppose (for an original ifidicet. See 210, a)f
APPENniX 399
269. Subordtnate Clauaco. MULE: Every subordinate indicative
or subjunctive clause ot the direct form requires the subjunctive in indirect
discourse.
Infinitives remain unchanged. Example: incusavit:. . . .ez quo
ifldicari posse quantum haberet in se boni constantia, propterea quod
. . . .superassent (I, 40, 17), from which it could be seen what an advan-
tage courage had, since they had conquered (for original iudicari, potest,
habeat, superavistis).
a. But a coordinate relative clause (173, a), being equivalent to a
clause connected by et, or some other coordinating conjunction, some-
times has the infinitive in indirect discourse. See example under 269:
since quo connects with the preceding sentence posse might have been,
a subjunctive.
Tenses of the Subjunctive
270. The tenses of the subjunctive regularly follow the rule of se-
quence, taking their time from the verb of saying or thinking.
a. Repraesentatio. But after a past verb of saying or thinking the
person who quotes very often drops the secondary sequence and uses
the tenses of the original speaker, for the sake of vividness. It is best
to use past tenses in translating. Example: respondit: . . . .cum ea ita
sint . . . .sese pacem esse facturum (I, 14, 16), he replied. . . .that al-
though these things were so he would make peace.
h. Afterj/^erfectmfinilijca the secondary, sequence must be used
evenjfjQifijnjSiiitivejdfipends on a primary verb^of sajdng or thinking;
for the' perfect infinitive is past, even though it depends on a present.
Example: dicit Caesarem laudatum esse quod fortis esset, he says that
Caesar was praised because he was brave.
c. In changing from the direct form to a subjunctive of the indirect
the following rule is helpful : keep the stem, of f.hi>. nrigin/jj. nrtd fnP"'" fhr
se quence. So for example a present or future indicative becomes pres-
ent subjunctive after dicit, imperfect after dixit, in either case retaining
the present stem; a perfect or future perfect indicative becomes perfect
subjunctive after dicit, pluperfect after dixit, in either case retaining
the perfect stem.
Other Changes
271. If a pronoun of the first person changes to one o f the third per-
son it muslrlseTJrBarae-fDTiirTrfgfii'oFsvuxs (rarely of ips^ej^ BeeTiSs'.
400 APPENDIX
All Other changes of person or pronouns are the same as in English.
Example: hunc mOitem laudo, / praise this soldier, may become died
me hunc mllitem laudSxe, / say that I praise this soldier, or dicit se ilium
militem laudare, he says that he praises that soldier. Adverbs will be
ch anged in the same way, now to th en,, here to there^j^tc. Vocativea
will become nominatives or disappear.
Conditions in Indirect Discourse
272. I. The condition, since it is the dependent clause, must have
its verb in the subjunctive. The tense follows the rule of seqiienne p.-g-
cept that the imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive of con fl''tjf}ng onn-
trary to fact never changf-, rvph after n. prjrrif^,fyj|PTiBg
II. The conclusion, since it is the principal clause, must have its
verb in the infinitive. Indicative tenses change to infinitive tenses
according to 266, o. The present and perfect subjunctive of less vivid
(confident) future conclusions become the future infinitive, in -iirus
esse. The imperfect- and pluperfect of conclusions contrary to fact
become an infinitive not elsewhere used, in -iinis fuisse.
Examples are needed for only the conditions contrary to fact, since
all others follow the regular rules of sequence and indirect discourse.
Si pugn&ret eum laudarem, if he were fighting I should praise him, be-
comes, after either dIcit or dixit, si pugnaret se eum laudaturum fuisse;
si pugnavisset eum laudavissem, if he had fought I should have praised
him, becomes, after either dIcit or dixit, si pugnavisset se eum laudatfi-
rum fuisse.
C. IMPLIED INDIRECT DISCOURSE
273. K ULE: The_a ub}un etlve map be used in ant/ suhordinale clause
to imply that it is a quotation*
This is the reason for the subjunctive in causal clauses with quod,
etc. (244) It is also especially common in clauses depending on pur-
pose clauses and substantive clauses of desire (purpose). Examples:
Caesar frumentum quod essent poUiciti fl&gitare (I, 16, 1), Caesar kep t
demanding the grain which ( as he said) they had promiaied- erat eiprae-
ceptum ne proelium committeret nisi ipsius cOpiae visae essent (I, 23,
8), he had been commanded not to give battle unless Caesar's forces should
be seen (Caesar had said nisi meae copiae visae erunt, unless my forces
ahail be seen).
APPENDIX 401
SUBJUNCTIVE BY ATTRACTION
274. BVLEi Sometimes a verb tttat would otheneiae stand in fhe in-
dieattve is put in the subjunctive onVy because it depends on another subjunc-
tive or on an infinitive.
Example: cum certissimae res accSderent, quod Helvetios tradfizis-
set (I, 19, 1), since the most clearly proven facts were added (namdy) thai
he had led the Helvetii.
THE INFINITIVE
For the tenses of the infinitive see 205.
A. WITHOUT SUBJECT ACCUSATIVE
COMPLEMENTARY INFINITIVE
275. BJJIiE: Many verbs which imply artofher action of Oie same sub-
ject take a present infiniUve to complete their meaning.
Such are verbs meaning be able , be accustomed , attemvt. begin , c sass^
dare , determin e, ojy^t, wJslk, and the like. But with some of these*verbs
a substantive clause of desire (purpose) is often used. See 228,0.
Examples: ire potest, he can go; Irepotuit, he could have gone, literally
he was able to go; ire debet, he ought to go; cdnstituSrunt compar&re (I
3,2), they determined to prepare.
a. As these verbs have no subject accusative, either expressed or
understood, a predicate noun or adjective must agree with the nomi-
native subject of the principal verb. Example : fortis esse conatur, he
tries to be brave.
INFINITIVE AS SUBJECT
276. The present infinitive (rarely the perfect) without an expressed
subject accusative may be used as the subject of the verbs mentioned
in 278. With licet, it is permitted, the dative is commonly used in-
stead of a subject accusative. Examples: ire oportet, one must go,
literally to go is right; ire oportuit, one ought to have gone (205, a),
literally to go was right; g &e Ucuit , he might have gone, literally to go
was permitted to him; ire necesse est, one must go.
a. Since a subject accusative is easily supplied in thought with
these infinitives, a predicate noun or adjective is regularly in the accu-
402
APPENDIX
sative. But with licet a predicate is commonly dative. Examples:
fertem esse oportet, one ought to he brave; viro licet esse forti (fortem), a
■man may he hrave, lit. it is permitted to a man to be brave.
B. WITH SUBJECT ACCUSATIVE
277. The infinitive with a subject accusative (123) forms .an infini-
tive clause (186).
HUFmiTIVE CLAUSE AS SUBJECT
278. BVIiE: The present infinitive (rarely the perfect) miPi subject
accusative may he used as the subject of such impersonal verbs as deceti libet,
oportet, placet) praestat, visum est, and of est with a predicate noun or
adjective.
But with some of these verbs the subjunctive is also used. See
228, a, and 229, c. As stated in 276, the subject accusative is not al-
ways expressed with these verbs, and with licet the dalive is much
more common. Examples: me ire oportet, / ought to go; Caesarem Ire
oportuit, Caesar ought to have gone (205, a) ; me ire necesse est, / must go.
IHFINITIVE CLAUSE AS OBJECT
270. BUXjEs The infinitive in aU its tenses, with subject aceiuattve*
is used as the object of verbs of knowing, learning, and telling*
This is indirect discourse. For examples see 205 and 266.
a. When these verbs are made passive either the personal construc-
tion or the impersonal is possible; but the personal is the more com-
mon in the uncompounded tenses. Examples: (personal) Caesar
vSnisse fertur, Caesar is said to have come; (impersonal) Caesarem v6-
nisse dictum est, it has been said that Caesar came.
280. Note the use of the accusative and infinitive with the following
verbs.
a. Regularly with iubed, order, vet5, forbid, patior, sino, permit,
'which might be expected to take the substantive clause of desire (228,
a). Example: milites pugn^re iussit, he ordered the soldiers to fight.
b. With volo, nol6, maid, cupid, regularly when the subject of the
infinitive is not the same as that of "the principal verb, soraetimes when
it is the same (compare 275). Examples: vol6 eum ire, / wish him to
go; cupiO m6 esse clementem (Cio. Cat. I, 4), / desire to be mercifuL
APPENDIX 403
c. Regularly the accusative and future infinitive with verbs of hop-
iifig and promising. But posse may be used instead of a future infini-
tive, after verbs of hoping, because possum implies futurity. Exam-
ples * id sese efiectiiros sperabant (VII, 26, 4), lit. they hoped that they
could accomplish this, = they hoped to accomplish this; sese potiri posse
sperant (1, 3, 22),they hoped that they could get possession.
C. WITH SUBJECT NOMINATIVE
28 1 • Blutorieal Infinitive. UULE: The inflnUiv e is sometimes used
UOith a nominative subject, as an equivalent for an independent past indicative^
Example: cotidie Caesar frfimentum fl&gitaxe (1, 16, 1), Caesar daily
demanded the grain.
PARTICIPLES
282. Participles are verbal adjectives and are used either attribu-
tively or predicatively (157). Like other adjectives they may be used
substantively (138). They may govern cases just as the finite verb
does. For the meanings of their tenses see 205.
283. Participles are often used in Latin where English uses a coor-
dinate or a subordinate clause. Only the meaning of the sentence
shows what conjunction to use in translating. Examples : victus fii-
git may mean he was conquered and fled, when he had been conquered he
fled, or because he had been conquered he fled; victus fugiet may be trans-
lated by similar clauses, or by if he is conquered he will flee. , See also
the examples under 150.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE
284. The present active participle corresponds in meaning to the
English present participle, but is much less frequently used. There is
no present passive participle .
a. Therefore such forms as swing, usually, and such forms as being
seen, always, must be translated into Latin otherwise than by a
present participla
1. Present participles are often used in English where the action is
really completed before the action of the verb: Latin then uses the
perfect participle. For example, seeing this he fled, means having
seen, etc., and may be translated h6c vis6 (150) fflgit, lit. this having
404
APPENDIX
2. Present participles are very often used in English where Latin
uses dum with the present indicative (234, a,) or cum with the imper-
fect (or pluperfect) subjunctive (242, a). Examples: he was killed
(while) fighting, sometimes pugnans occisus est, usually either dum
pugnat occisus est, or cum pugnaret, occisus est; seeing this he fled, cum
hoc vidisset fiigit,
6. Remember that he is running is always currit, never est currSns.
28B. FUTtJRE PARTICIPLES
I. The future active participle is used by Caesar and Cicero only with
some form of sum, making either the active periphrastic conjugation
(75 and 196) or the future active infinitive. Example: praeter quod
secum portat&ri erant (I, 5, 5), Ut. except what they were about to take
with them, = except what they intended, etc.
II. The future passive participle has the same form as the gerundive
(288), but in usage is quite distinct. It has two uses.
a. The future passive participle is used with the verb sum to form
the passive periphrastic conjugation (76). This denotes duty or ne-
cessity; as laudandus est, he is to be praised, he must (ought, deserves to)
be praised. The English form is usually active: remember that the
Latin is passive. The agent is regularly dative (118). Intransitive
verbs must be used impersonally. Examples: Caesar est mihi lau-
dandus, Ut. Caesar must be praised by me, = I must praise Caesar; mihi
pugnandum fuit (impersonal), lit. it had to be fought by me, = I had to
fight.
b. The future passive participle is sometimes used, to denote pur-
pose, in agreement with the objects of verbs meaning tohave_^sL thing
done) or to undertake (to do a thing) ; especially C&ro, cause, have (Ut-
eraHy take care), d6, give over,suscipi6, undertake. Examples: pontem
faciendum c&rat (1, 13, 2), he had a bridge ma^; consulibus senStus rem
pfiblicam defendendam dedit, the senate entrusted the defense of the state
to the consuls,
PERFECT PARTICIPLE
286, Latin has a perfect passive participle, corresponding to such
English forms as seen or having been seen, but no perfect active partici-
ple (but see a), corresponding to such EngUsh forms as having seen.
The English perfect active participle with a direct object can usually
APPENDIX 405
be translated into Latin by putting the English object in the ablative
and using the passive participle in agreement with it (ablative abso-
lute, 150). Examples: ■vlsusfUgit, having been seen he fled; Caesareviso
fiigit, having seen Caesar he fled; literally, Caesar having been seen he
fled. See also 150.
•a. But the perfect passive form of deponent verbs usually (not al-
ways) has an active meaning, so that with these verbs the change de-
scribed in 286 is not to be made. Example : Caesarem cdnspicatus
fflgit, having seen Caesar he fled.
b. The perfect passive participle is sometimes used in agreement
with the object of habeo. The meaning is nearly the same as that of
the past active tenses of the simple verb; but the resulting fact is em-
phasized, rather than the past act. Example: magnas copias coactas
habet, he has great forces (which he has) collected, or he has collected great
forces ( and still has_t hfim'): while magnas copias coe^it, he (has) col-
lected great forces, leaves it uncertain whether he still has them.
c. Note the translation of such phrases as post urbem conditam,
after the founding of the city; literally, after the' city founded.
GERXJND
287. The gerund is an active verbal noun and corresponds to the
English verbal nouns in -ing. It governs the case that is governed by
the finite forms of the verb; but see 289, II. Examples: fuglendi cau-
sa (99, a), for the sake of fleeing; ad persuadendum ei (iiS)> /<"■ persuad-
ing him; urbem videndi causa, for the sake of seeing the city.
GERUNDIVE
288. The gerundive is a passive verbal adjective, and must agree
with its noun in gender, number, and case. For the same form used
as a future passive participle, see 285, II.
The gerundive construction is commonly used in place of the gerund
with a direct object. In this construction the English direct object
takes the Latin case which the gerund would have, and the gerundive
agrees with it. There is no exact English equivalent; the translation
is the same as for a gerund with a direct object. For example, in
the gerund construction urbem videndi causa, videndi is the genitive
modifying causa, and urbem is the direct object of videndi. In the
gerundive construction urbis videndae causa, urbis is the genitive mod-
406
APPENDIX
ifsring causfl and videndae agrees with urbis, literally for the sake of the
city to he seen. Both alike must be translated for the sake of seeing the
city.
CHOICE OF CONSTRUCTION
289. !• BULE} If tJie verb is intransUlve the gerund muit ie used.
The gerundive is passive, and intransitive verbs can be used in
the passive only impersonally. Example: ei credendi causS, for the
sake of believing him (115).
a. But the gerundive of iitor, fruor, fungor, potior, and vescor (145)
is used. Example: spSs potiundl oppidi (II, 7, 5), hope of taking the
town.
II. JtVIiEi 7/ the vert Is used Iranailivelii the gerundive construe-
tion ia more common, and must always he used after a preposition,
A direct object is sometimes used with a gerund in the genitive or
the ablative without a preposition. Examples: (always) ad effemi-
nandos animos (1, 1,8), to weakening the courage; (usually) urbis viden-
dae causa, for the sake of seeing the ct'ij/; sometimes urbem videndi causa.
for the sake of seeing the city.
USE OF CASES
290. Neither the gerund nor the gerundive is used as the subject or
direct object of verbs.
291. The Genitive ii used with nouns and adjectives. With causS
and gratia it forms a common expression of purpose. Examples: bel-
landl cupiditas, a desire of fighting; Caesaris (or Caesarem) videndi cupi-
dus, desirous of seeing Caesar; bellandi causa venit, he came to fight (for
the sake of fighting).
a. nthe substantive Js a peJSSaal qrjpflexiye pronoun,^ an irregular
construction is used,— meijaii^ui. aQstn»J«'. ye§tri.TOthIa.gSiaMve jn
-I (soimetimes called gerund, sometimes gerundive), regardless of gen-
der and number. Example : sui conservandi causa, for the sake of sav-
ing themselves The usual gerund would be s6 cdnservandl ; the gerun-
dive stii cdnservandorum.
292. The Dative is very rare.
293. The Accusative is used with a few prepositions, especially ad ex-
oressing purpose. Examples: parfltus ad proficiscendum, ready to set
APPENDIX 407
out] ad Caesarem videndum (gerundive, see 289, II), venit, he came
to see Caesar.
294. The Ablati veis used, with the pxepositions.ab, d6, ez, in, and.as 1
the abla^ve of means or cause... Examples : in quaeiendo reperiebat,
in questioning (them) he learned; lapidibus subministTandis (III, 25, 4),
by furnishing stones.
THE SUPINE
295. B UX/E: The Accusative of the supine Is uaed after verie of mo-
tion to express purpose.
It may govern a direct object. Examples: gratulatum venerunt
(I, 30, 2), they came to offer congratulations; legates mittunt rog&tum
auziliiun (1, 11, 4), they sent envoys to ask aid.
296. BTXLE: The Ailatlve of the supine is used as an ahlaUve of
specification (149).
It does not take a direct object. The supine of the verbs audiO,
cogn5scd, died, facio, video, is most commonly found; and with the ad-
jectives facilis, difficilis, credibilis, incredibilis, iiicundus, iidiicundus,
optimus, mirabilis, and the expressions fas est, nefas est, opus est. Ex-
ample : perfacile factu (1, 3, 16) lit. very easy as to the doing, = very easy
to do.
THE ROMAN CALENDAR
297. The Months. The Latin names of months are adjectives, not
nouns as are ours. In the times of Caesar and Cicero the names of the
months were lanuarius (-a, -um), Februariiis, Martius, Aprilis (-e),
Maius, IQnius, QuintOis, SextUis, September (-bris, -bre), October, No-
vember, and December. Later Quindlis was changed to Ifllius, in
honor of Julius Caesar, and Sex^s to Augustus, in honor of the emper-
or Augustus.
Before 46 B. C, that is till near the death of Caesar and Cicero,
March, May, July, and October had 31 days, February had 28, and
each of the others had 29. In 46 B. C. Caesar reformed the calendar
and gave the months their present number of days.
298. Calends, Nones, and Ides. The Romans counted the days back-
wards from three points in each month, the Calends, the Nones, and
the Ides, instead of forward from the first as we do; that is, tiiey called
408
APPENDIX
the days "the third before the Ides", "the fourth before the Calends,"
etc.
The Calends (Kalendae, — anim, /. pi.) were alwas^ the first of the
month. The Nones (Honae, -arum, /. pi.) were the seventh, the Ides
(Idfls, -uum, /. pi.) the fifteenth of March, May, July, and October. In
all other months they were the fifth and thirteenth.
299. Method of Reckoning. In reckoning dates they counted both
the first day and the last day; for example, while we should speak of
Monday as the second day before Wednesday, a Roman would have
counted Wednesday as one, Tuesday as two, and Monday as three,
and would thus have called Monday the third day before Wednesday.
In counting back from the Calends, remember that the Calends do
not belong to the month in which the required day is. Add one to the
number of days in the preceding month, then reckon backwards,
counting both ends as usual.
300. Method of Expressing Dates. An idiomatic formula is com*
monly used, which can neither be parsed nor translated literally; for
example a. d. IV. Id. Ian. = ante diem quartum Idus lanuarias. The
logical, but less usual form is die quarto ante Idus lanuarias, on the
fourth day before the Ides of January. For examples take the dates:
(LATIN-ENGLISH) (ENGLISH-LATIN)
Jan. 1 = Kal. Ian.
(13 + 1 - 4 - 10) Jan. 10 = a. d. iv. Id. Ian. (13 + 1 - 10 = 4).
(28 + 2-8 =22) Feb. 22 = a. d. viu. Kal. Mar. (28 + 2 - 22 = 8).
(7 +1 - 4 = 4) July 4 = a. d. iv, Hon. Ifll. (7 + 1-4 = 4).
VOCABULARY
VOCABULAEY
In tUs vocabulary the figures 1, 2, and 4, following verbs, mean that the prin-
cipal parts are formed like those of laudS, mone5, and audl5, respectively; or, if
the verb Is deponent, like those of bortoT, vereor, and partlor (App. 73).
To all words occurring in the first lour books of the text, numbers are affixed,
showing the book and chapter of first occurrence. If the word occurs first In chap-
ters 30-54 of Book I, the place of its second occurrence Is also given. Words unac-
companied by reference numbers do not occur in the first four books.
Words in Italics are purely explanatory, and are never intended as definitions
(or translation purposes.
After geographical names letters are given, enclosed in parentheses. They
correspond to letters on the margin of the general map, and thus serve as an index
to the position of the names on the map.
Pronunciation of Proper Names. It is generally agreed that the Snglish
pronunciation of proper names should be used in translation; but as no modern
grammar gives the rules for the English pronunciation, the greatest confusion
exists in practice. Therefore the pronunciation of all proper names is indicated in
parentheses. To indicate the sounds of vowels, diacritical marks are used with the
following values:
& = a in mat. e = e in m«. 5 = o in note.
a = a In mate. e := e in f«rn. 6 == o in or.
a = a in arm. i = 1 in is, d = u in up.
a = a in Cuba. i = 1 in ice. u = u in use.
S = e in m«t. fi = o In not. U = u in ntde.
y has the sounds of i, and Is used in Indicating pronunciation only as the con-
sonant (= y In youth), or to indicate an 1 sound so rapidly uttered that it is barely
distinguishable from the consonant y, as in Liuclus = lil'shyiis.
It must be understood, however, that unaccented syllables are so hastily pro-
nounced that their vowel sounds are usually somewhat Indistinct.
The main accent is indicated by a single mark ( ' ), the lighter, secondary
accent by a double mark ( " ).
In giving tribe names it Is best to use always the Latin forms of the names
(Nervii, Helvetii, etc.), rather than the anglicized forms (XerWans, Helvetians,
etc. ). Most of these anglicized forms have no warrant In good English usage, none
has much warrant. The few that are possible are given in the vocabulary, but
are not recommended for use. Modern geographical names may well be used, so
far as they are familiar.
VOCABULARY
A., abbr. for Aulus (aw'lfls), a Soman
praenomen. 1, 6.
a., abtir. for ante. I, 6.
a (before consonants), ab (before vowels
and some consonants), abs (before te,
and in some compounds), prep, with
abl.,_ originally denoting separation;
(1) of place, persona, time, etc., from,
away from, Irom the Tioinityot: (i) de-
noting position, in sOTne phrases, at.
In, on, on tlie side of; a tergd. In the
rear: (3) with expressions of measure,
away, off; ab millbus pasBUum duo-
bUB, two miles away: (4) vdth the
pass, voice often denoting the agent, as
the person from whom the action com.es,
by: (5) variously translated in other re-
lations, from, by, in respect to, after.
1,1.
abdd, -dere, -dldi, -dltum, tr. [do.
put], put away, remove, withdraw,
hide, conceal. I, 12.
abdQco, -ducere, -duzl, -ductum, tr.
[dUco, lead], lead away, draw or carry
off, withdraw. 1,11.
abeo, -Ire, -ii, -Itum, intr. [eo, go.
App. 84), go away, depart.
abicio, -icere, -led, -iectiun, tr.
[iacio, throw. App. 7], throw away
or down; hurl. IV, 16.
ables, -ietls, /., flr tree.
ablungo, -Inngere, -lanxi, -iunctum,
tr. [lungo, join], disjoin, detach.
abB, see a.
abscido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, tr.
[caedo, cut], cut or lop oft, tear oft or
away. Ill, 14.
absens, -entlB, adj. [pres. part, of ab-
sum, be absent], absent, at a distance.
I, 32; III, 17.
abslmilis, -e, adj. [Blmllis, .like], un-
like. Ill, 14.
absisto, -sistere, -stltl, , intr.
[alsto, stand], keep away from.
abBtlneo, -tlnere, -tlnui, -tentum,
intr. [teneS, hold], keep aloof from,
refrain; spare. I, 22.
abstrabS, -trahere, -traxi, -tractum,
tr. [trabo, draw], to drag away, carry
away by force. Ill, 2.
absum, abesse, aful, intr. [sum, be.
App. 78], be away from, be absent or
distant, be wanting or free from. 1, 1.
abundo, l, tnfr. [unda, ware], overflow;
abound,
ac, see atque.
accedo, -cedere, -cesal, -ceBBum, intr.
[ad+cedo, go], approach, draw near
to, arrive at, come to; to be added;
accedebat, it was added. I, 19.
accelerS, l, intr. [ad+celero, hasten],
hasten.
acceptuB, -a, -um, adj. [pf. part, of
accipio, accept], acceptable, beloved
by (with dative). I, 3.
accido, -cidere, -cidi, , intr. [ad-f-
cad6, fall], fall to or upon; befall,
happen, fall to the lot of, occur; ac-
cldit, It happens. 1, 14.
accld5, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, tr.
[ad+caedo, cut], cut into.
acclplo, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, tr.
[ad+caplo, take], take or receive to
one's self, accept; experience, suffer;
learn, hear, take. 1, 14.
acclivlB, -e, adj. [ad+clivuB, a slope],
sloping upward, rising, ascending.
II, 29.
acclivitaB, -tatis,/. [accllvis, ascend-
ing], ascent, slope. II, 18.
Acco, -onlB, m., Acco (&k'o),a chief of
the isenones.
accommodatuB, -a, -um, adj. [pf. part.
of accommod5, adapt], fit, adapted,
appropriate. Ill, 13.
accommodo, l, tr., adjust or adapt to
one's self, fit or put on. II, 21.
accurate, adv., carefully.
ACCURRO
ADMINISTRO
accuTTo, -cuirere, -currl or -cucurri,
-rursum, intr. [ad+curro, run], run
or basten to. I, 22,
acciisS, 1, tr. [ad+causa, cause, case],
britig a caee or charge against; blame,
censure, accuse. 1, 16,
acerbe, adv. [aoerbUB, harsh], harshly,
with pain.
acerbltas, -tatls, f. [acerbus, harsh],
harshness, rigor.
acerbus, -a, -um, ai3o-t harsh, biting,
severe.
aceirlme, aee acrlter.
acervus, -1, m.,aheap, mass. 11,32.
acles, -el {old gen., acle),/., sharp point
or edge of a weapon; sharp or keen
sight, glance; a line (as forming an
edge), battle line; prima, the van;
media, the centre; novlBBima, the
rear. I, 22.
acqulro, -quirere, -quisivi, -auiai-
tum, tr. [ad+Quaero, seek], seek or
gain In addition, win, acquire.
acrlter, adv. [aoer, sharp], sharply,
keenly, fiercely, vigorously. Comp.
acrlus;mp. acerrlme (App.40). 1, 26.
actuariuB, -a, -um, adj. [ago, move,
drivel, fitted with oars,
actus, see ago.
acutUB, -a, -um, adj. Ipf. part, of
acuo, sharpen], sharpened, pointed.
ad, prep, with ace, originally denoting
motion toward: (1) denoting motion, to,
toward, against, to the vicinity of;
(2) denoting position, at, by, near;
(3) denoting purpose, with gerund and
gerundive, to, lor; (4) with numerals,
up to, about; (B) of time, up to, until;
at, on; (6) voiriously translated in other
relations, at, after, for, to, according
to, in the eyes of, among. 1, 1.
adactus, see adlgo.
adaequo, l, tr. [aequS, make equal],
make level with or equal to, equal;
keej) up with. I, 48; II, 32.
adamo, 1, tr. [amo, love], love strongly,
covet. I, 31.
adds, -dere, -dldl, -dltum, tr. [d6,
put], place on; add.
addacQ, -ducere, -dazi, -ductum, tr.
[dUcS, lead], lead or draw to, bring to ;
Induce, influence. 1, 3.
ademptUB, see adlmo.
ade5, adv. [e5, thither], to such an eX'
tent, so much, so very, so; in fact.
adeo, -ire, -11, -Itum, tr. and intr. [e6,
go. App. 84], go to, approach, visit;
assail, attack. II, 7.
adeptuB, see adlpiscor.
adequlto, l, intr. [equitS, ride; equus,
horse], ride up. I, 46.
adhaereo, -haerere, -haesi, -hae-
sum, intr. [haereo, stick], cling or
stick to.
adhlbeo, 2, tr. [habeo, have], bring to,
bring in, summon; employ, use.
I, 20.
adhortor, 1, tr. [hortor, encourage],
encourage, incite.
adhuc, adv. [hue, hither], hitherto, as
yet. 111,22.
adiaced, -lacere, -lacul, . intr.
[laced, lie], lie near or close to, ad-
join.
AdlatunnUB, -i, m., Adlatunnus (a/'di-
a-tiin'us), Ithe leader of the Satiates.
m, 22.
adlclo, -Icere, -ISci, -tectum, tr.
[Iacl5, throw. App. 7], throw to,
throw up, hurl; add. Ill, 1,
adlgo, -Igere, -egl, -actum, tr. [ago,
move], drive or bring by force, move;
thrust, plunge, hurl (.of weapons);
bind (by an oath). II, 21.
adlmo, -Imere, -emi, -emptum, tr.
[emo, take], take away, remove.
adlpiscor, -IpiscI, -eptus sum, tr.,
attain to, gain,
adltus, -us, m. [adeS, go to], approach,
means of approach, right of approach,
access. 1,43; 11, 15,
adiudicS, 1, tr. [ludlco, judge], adjudge,
assign.
adlungo, -lungere, -lanxl, -iunctum,
tr. [lungd, join], join to, attach, unite ;
add. 111,2.
adiator, -oris, m. [adluvS, aid], helper,
abettor, assistant.
adlUTO, -iuvare, -luvi, -latum, tr.
[luvo, aid], aid, help, assist; con-
tribute to, support. II, 17.
administer, -tri, m. [minister, serv-
ant], attendant; priest.
admlnlstrS, 1, tr. [minister, servant],
ADMIROR
AFFIGO
serve, attend, wait upon; manage,
guide. II, 20.
admiroT, 1, tr. [miror, wonder at],
wonder at, be surprised at, admire.
1,14.
admitto, -mlttere, -misi, -missum,
tr. [mltto, send], admit; commit; in-
cur; let go; give reins to (a /lorse).
1,22.
admodum, adv. [modus, measure], vp
to the measure; very much, very; with,
num., fully; vjith neg., at all. Ill,
13.
admoneo, 2, tr. [moneo, warn], warn.
adolescS, -olescere, -olevi, -ultum,
intr., grow up.
adOTior, -orlri, -ortus sum, tr.
[OTlor, arise], rise against, assail,
attack. 1, 13.
adsum, adesse, afful, intr. [sum, be.
App. 77], be near or present, be at hand,
appear. 1, 16.
adulescens, -entis, m. ipres. part, of
adolesco, grow up], youth, young
man. I, 47; III, 7.
adulescentla, -ae, /. [adulescens,
youth], youthfulness, youth. I, 20.
adulescentulus, -1, m. [dim. of adules-
cens, youth], a very young man. Ill,
21.
adventus, -as, m. [yenio, come], com-
ing, arrival, approach. I, 7.
adversarius, -rl, m. [adTersus, turned
against], antagonist, foe.
adversus, -a, um, 'adj. [pf. part, of
adverto, turn to], turned to or against;
opposite, fronting; adverse, unfavor-
able; unsuccessful; adverse fltimine,
up the river; In adversum 6s, full in
the face. 1, 18.
adversus, prep. w. ace. [adversus,
turned against], opposite to, against.
IV, 14.
advoco, 1, tr. [voco, call], call to, sum-
mon.
advol5, 1, intr. [TOlo, fly], fly to or
against, rush on or at.
aedlflclum, -ci, ». [aediflco, build],
building, house. I, 6.
aedl&co, 1. tr. [aedes, house + facl6,
make], build, construct. Ill, 9.
Mgei, -gra, -gram, adj., Ill, sick.
aegre, adv. [aeger, ill], hardly, with dif-
ficulty, scarcely, Comp., aegilus; . [ante, betore-fea, tbls],
formerly, before, previously, once;
always witlt a verb. 1, 17.
antecedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum,
tr. andintr. [cede, go], go before, pre-
cede, excel, surpass. Ill, 8.
antecursor, -oris, m. [curro, run], fore-
runner; pL, vanguard.
anteferd, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, tr.
[fero, bear. App. 81], bear or carry be-
fore; prefer.
antemna, -ae, /., sail-yard, ni, 14.
antepono, -ponere, -posul, -positum,
tr. [pono, place], place before; prefer.
IV, 22.
anteverto, -vertere, -verti, -versum,
tr. [verto, turn], put before, prefer.
antlqultUB, adv. [antlguus, ancient],
from early or ancient times; long ago,
anciently. II, 4.
antlquus, -a, -um, adj. [ante, before],
former, old, ancient. 1,18,
Aptlstlns. -ti. m. , Gains Antistius Regi-
nusCga'yBs ftu-tis' ti-tis re-ji'nus), one
of Caesar'» lieutenants.
AntonlUB, -ni, m. , Marcus Antonius
(mar'kiis au-to'ni-ils), one of Caesar's
lieiutenants, afterward triumvir.
Ap., abbr. for Applus (ap'i-us), a Bo-
man praenomen.
aperlo, -perire, -perui, -pertum, tr.,
open, expose.
aperte, adv. [apertus, open], openly,
manifestly.
apertus, -a, -um, adj. [pf. part, ofape-
rlo], open, exposed; ab latere aperto,
on the unprotected flank. 1, 25.
Apollo, -inls, m., Apollo (^-pdl'o),
apparo, 1, tr. [ad+paro, prepare], pre-
pare, make ready.
append, 1, tr., accost, address, call by
name, name, call. 1, 1.
append, -pellere, -pull. -pulBum, tr.
[ad+pello, drive], bring to land; bring
together. Ill, 12.
appeto, -peteie, -petivl (-petll),
-itum, tr. and intr. [ad-f-peto, seek],
seek for, aim at; encroach upon; ap-
proach, be near. 1, 40.
applied, 1, tr. [ad+plico, fold], apply;
se applicare, lean.
apporto, 1, tr. [ad+porto, carry], bring.
approbS, 1, tr. [ad+prob5, approve],
favor, approve.
approplnquo, l, intr. (ad+propin-
quuB, near], come near or close, ap-
proach, n, 10.
appulsus, see appello.
April., abbr. for Aprllis, -e, adj., of
April, April. 1,6.
aptUB,-a,-um,ld of the
JShurOTiei,
Atuatuei. -Snun, m. (At), the Atuatucl
?af/u-ftt'u-si). n,4.
auctoT, -oris, m. [augeo, Increase], one
who produces, creates, or originates;
promoter. Instigator, adviser, author;
auctor esse, advise. Ill, 17.
auctorltas, -tatls, /. [auctor, produ-
cer]. Influence, character, authority,
reputation. 1, 3.
auctu8, -a, -um, on.,oharioteer. IV, 83.
anils, -la,/., ear.
Auruncuie iuB, -i, m., Lucius Aurun-
cuieius unta (In'shyiis aw-rO ng"ku-
le'ytis c6t'a), oni tij VSisar'i llffUUh^
araC iT.'ir.
AUBCi, -orum, m. (Ed), the Auscl (aW-
"si). Ill, 27.
"auBUB, see audeo.
aut, conj., used where the difference is im-
portant or exclusive, or; aut . . . aut,
either ... or. 1, 1.
autem, conj.,init (a weak adversative);
however, on the other hand; now;
moreover. I, 2.
aut'umuuB, -I, m., autumn,
auxi, see augeo.
auxlUarls, -e adj. [auxlllum, aid],
auxiliary; m. pi. at noun, auxiliary
troops, ni, 26.
auxilior, 1, intr. [auxlllum, aid], give
aid, help, assist, render assistance.
IV, 29.
auxlllum, -11, n. [augeo, increase],
help, assistance, aid; pi., auxiliary
troops; reinforcements. 1, 11,
AyarlcenBlB , -e, adj., ofAvaricum.
ATaricumT" -I, "■ (Ce), Avarlcum
(a-var'i-kflm) , the stronghold of the Bi-
turiges, now Bourges.
avaritla, -ae, /. [ararua, greedy],
greed, covetousness. I, 40,
avehS, -Tehere, -vexi, -vectum, tr.
[yebo, carry], carry away, take away.
arerto, -vertere, -verti, -rersum, tr.
[Terto.tum], turn away.from or away,
turn aside; turn back, repulse; pf.
part, as adj., with back turned. 1, 16.
aviB, -iB,/.,bird. IV, 10.
avuB, -1, m., grandfather. 1, 12.
Axona, - ae, m. (Bf), the Azona (Sk'so-
n^) , a river, now the Alsne. II, 6.
B.
BlicinlB . -la, /. (Ahi), Bacenls (ba-se'-
nis), the forest Bacenls, between the
Cherusci and the Suebi.
Baculua. -i, m., Fublius Sextius Bacu-
lus (ptib'li-us seksfti-iia bSk'u-lils).
n,26.
Ballarla , -e, adj., Balearic (b81"e-a'-
rSk), (l.e., coming from the islands Ma-
jorca and Minorca). II, 7.
balteua, -i, m. , sword belt.
BALVENTIUS
11
BRUTUS
BaXventiua, -tl, m., Titus Balventlus
(ti^tus DACven'shyiisj, one of Caesar's
centurions,
barbaius, -a, -um, aiS., foreign (to
Greeks and Somans), uucivUized, bar-
barous; pi. as noun, savages, barba-
rians. I, 31; II, 36.
Ba elluB, -1, m., Lucius Minucius Basi-
lUs (iu'shyus mi-nii'sliyus bSs^i-lus j,
one of Caesar's Heuienanls. ■
Bat avl, -orum, m. (AI), the Batavl
■'-|bS,-la'vi). IV, 10.
Belg ae, -arum, m. ( ABdetg) , tbe Belgae
flWlTe), or Belgians. 1, 1.
Belgiu m, -gi, n. (ABdefg), Belgium
' (Dei'jyilm), the country of the Belgae.
belUcoBus, -a, -um, adj. [bellum, war],
of or full of war, warlike. 1, 10.
belllcua, -a, -um, adj. [bellum, war], of
or in war, military.
bello, 1, intr. [bellum, war], make or
carry on war, wage war. I, 2.
BellOTacI, -orum, m. (Bde), the Bel-
rovaoi (DS-18v'a-si). 11,4.
bellum, -i, n., war. 1, 1.
bene, adv. [bonus, good], well, rightly,
successfully. Comp., Melius; sup.,
optime. 1, 45; ill, 18.
beneflclum, -cI, n. [bene, well+faclo,
do], well-doing, benefit, favor, kind-
ness. I, 9.
benevolentla, -ae, /. [bene,weU-)-vol5,
wish], good-will, kindness.
Blbracte ,-la,«. (Cef),Bibraote(bi-brak'-
te), th,e chief town of the Saedui. 1,23.
^brax. -Otis, /. (Be), Blbrax (bi'-
brSJts), a town of the Semi. II, 6.
Blbroci. -orum, m. (Ac), the Bibrocl
(Mb'rS-si).
biduum, -i, n. [bis, twlce-^dies, day],
space or period of two days, two days.
1,23.
blennium, -nl, n. [bis, twlce-|-annuB,
year), two years. I, 3.
Blgerriones, -um, m. (Ecd), the Bigerri-
"ones (bi-j&"i-6'nez or bi"j 6-rl-o'n ez).
in, 27. ■
binl, -ae, -a, distrib. num. adj. [bis,
twice], two each, two apiece, by twos.
ni, 15.
blpedalls, -e,a abbr.forpraenomenQiLlvLB Ig&'yUs).
I, 40; III, 6.
C, sign for centum, a hundred.
CabuTUB, -1, m.. Gains Valerius Cabur-
ua (ga7yus va-le'ri-iis ka-bu'rtts), a
Oaul who possessed Boman citizenship;
father of C. Valerius Prodllus and O.
Valerius Vomnotaurus. 1, 47,
cacumen, -Inis, /t., top.
cadaver, -erls, n. [cado, falll, a fallen
or dead body, corpse. II, 27.
cado, cadere, cecldl, casum, intr., fall;
fall in, battle, be slain, die. 1, 15.
Cadurcus, -a, -um, adj. (DO), Cadurcan;
pi. as noun, the Cadurcl (ka-der'si),
caedes, -Is, /. [caedo, cut], a cutting;
{of persons) slaugbter, massacre, mur-
der.
caedo, caedere, cecidi, caesum, tr.,
out, kill, slay. Ill, 29.
caelestla, -e, adj. [caelum, heaven],
lieavenly ; pi. as noun, tbe gods.
Caemani, -orum, m. (At), the Caemani
(se-ma'-ni). II, 4.
caerimoula, -ae,/., a sacred rite.
fiai jyntji. -orum, m. (Ag), the Caerosl
(se-ro'si). 11,4.
caeruleus, -a, -um, adj., dark blue.
Caesar, -arls, )n.,(l), Gaius Julius Cae-
sar (ga/yiSs ju'li-Cisse'zar), conqueror
of Gaul and author of the Commentaries.
I, 7. (2), Lucius Julius Caesar (lu'-
shyus jQ'lI-iis se'zar), a kinsman and
lieutenant of the former.
caespes, -itls, m., a sod, turf. Ill, 26.
caesus, see caedd,
calamltas, -tatis, /., misfortune, dis-
aster, defeat. 1, 12,
Oaletj , -orum {or -es, -um), m. (Bd),
'the Caleti (kai'e-ti). II, 4.
calUdus, -a, -um, adj., shrewd. Ill, 18.
calo, -onis, m., a soldier's servant,
camp porter or follower. II, 24.
campester, -trls, -tre, adj: [campus,
a plain], of a plain, flat, level; loca,
level country.
campus, -I, m., plain, open space or
country. Ill, 26.
CajBUlflgenUBj -I, «>., Camulogenus
(kam"u-16j'e-niis), a chief of the Au-
lerei.
CanlniUB , -ni, m. , Gains Caninius Bebil-
us (ga/yds ka-nin'i-fls r6b'i-liis), one
of Caesar's lieutenants,
cano, canere. ceclnl, cantum, intr.,
sing; sound.
Cantabri. -5rum, m. (Eab), the Canta-
bri (kan'ta-bri). Ill, 26.
Cantlum , -ti, n. (Ad), Cantium (kfin'-
"sEyumJ", or Kent.
capUlUB, -i, m., the hair.
capi5, capere, cepi, captum, tr., take,
capture, seize, catch; take in, beguile.
Induce; take up (arms); choose, select
(a place) ; form, adopt (a plan) ; reach,
arrive at (a place) ; make (a beginning) ;
collem capere, take position on a
hill; fugam capere, take to flight.
1,1.
capra, -ae,/., goat.
captivus, -i, m. [capio, take], captive,
prisoner. I, 22.
captUB, -us, m. [capio, take], compre-
hension, ideas. IV, 3.
captus, see capiS.
caput, capitis, n., the head (of men and
am/mals); person, individual; mouth
{of a river); capitis poena, capital
punishment. I, 29.
Oarcaflo , -onis, /. (Ee), Carcase (kar'-
ka-so). 111,20.
cared, 2, intr.. be without, be free from;
miss, want.
carina, -ae,/., keel. HI, 13.
CarnuteS| -um, m. (BCde), the Carnu-
tes caBtra, caB-
trorum, fortified camp, camp; caB-
tra facere or ponere, ipitch camp;
castra movere, break up camp. I,
12.
casuB, -fis, m. [cad5, fall], what befalls;
accident, chance; misfortune, fate;
crisis; caau, by cliance. 1,12.
Catama,ntaloediB.. -Is, m., Cataman-
taloedis' (kat"a-m5n"ta-le' dls). I, 3.
catena, -ae, /■• chain; fetter. I, 47;
III, 13.
Caturlg ea, -um, m. (Dg), the Caturiges
TEavm-rirjez). 1,10.
OatuvolcuB, -i, m., Catuvolcus (ka,t"-
il-vdl'ktis), a chief of the Bburones.
causa, -ae, /., cause, reason, grounds,
motive; situation, condition; a.(^legal)
case, cause; causam dicere, to plead
a case; causa, following a gen., tor
the sake of, for the purpose of, for.
1,1.
caute, adti. [cautUB, from caveo, be
cautious], cautiously.
cautea, -la,/., reef. Ill, 13.
C ayarlllua, -i, m., Cavarillus (kav"a-
rii'us), a jtfaeduan noble.
Cavarinua, -i, m., Cavarinus (kSV'a-
fi'niis), a king of the Senones.
caveo, cavere, cavl, cautum, intr., be
cautious, be on one's guard; obsidl-
bus caTire, exchange hostages as se-
curity. 1, 14.
CaTUlonnm. -i, n. (Cf), CaviUonum
Tk&^'i-lo'num).
Cebenna^ -ae, /. (De), the Cebenna
(se-bSn'a), or the Cevennes mountains.
cede, cedere, ceaai, cessum, intr., go;
go away; give way, yield,.retreat. 11,
19.
oeler, -erls, -ere, acl}., swift, quick;
preclpltsM. IV, 38.
celeritaa, -tatia, /. [celer, swift],
swiftness, quickness, speed. I, 48; II,
12.
celerlter, adv. [celer, swift], quickly,
rapidly, speedily. Comp., celerius;
sup., celerrlme (App. 40). I, is.
celo, 1, tr., keep covered or hidden, se-
crete, conceal; in pass., escape obser*
vation, be unnoticed. II, 32.
Celtae, -arum, m., the Celtae ( sSl'te) ,
-Sga^rthe Celts. 1, 1. "'
Celtll lus, -i, m., Celtillus (sgl-til'fls),
"an Arvernian chief, father of Verdnget-
arise.
CenabenBla , -e, adj. [Cenabum], of
"Cenabum; pi. as noun, the people of
Cenabum.
Ce nabum , -1, n. (Cd), Cenabum (s€n'a-
"Bun;i), rabw Orleans.
Cenlmagnl, -orum, m. (Ad), the Cenl-
magni (s6n"i-mag' ui).
Cenomanl, see Aulerci.
censed, cenaere, cenaui, cenaum, tr.,
think, decide {aec. and inf.); propose,
advise, vote (ut and subj.); propose,
vote for (ace). I, 3B.
censua, -iia, m., enumeration. I, 29.
centum, (C), indecl, card, num., a hun-
dred. I, 2.
centurio, -onla, m. [centum, a hun-
dred], centurion, th^ commander of the
century, the sixtieth part of a legion. I,
39; II, 17.
cepi, see capio,
cerno, cernere, crevl, cretum, tr., sep-
arate; see, perceive.
certamen, -inla, n. [certo, strive],
strife, struggle, contest, combat. Ill,
14.
certe, adv. [certua, certain], certainly;
at least, at all events. IV, 25.
certuB, -a, -um, adj. [for cretua, pf.
part, of cerno], decided ; certain, sure,
fixed; certlorem facere, to inform
(ace. and inf.); order (ut or ne and
«!<{>;.); certiorflerl, beinformed. 1, 7.
cervus, -J, m., stag.
ceterl. -ae, -a, adj., the rest of, the re-
mainder; as Twun, the rest, remaining,
others. I, 32; II, 3.
Oeutronea , -um, m., theCeutrones (su'-
S6-nez), (1), (Dg), I, 10. (2), (Af).
CHERU8CI
14
CLAMOR
Oh eruaci, -orum, m. (AM), theCheruscl
TEB-riis'i), a Cferman tribe.
cib&riuB, -a, -urn, ad;;, [clbus, food],
pertaining to food; ». pi. as noun, pro-
visions; molita clb&ria, meal, flour.
1.6.
clbus, -i, m., food. IV, 1.
Cicero, -5nts, m., Qalntns_JPulllus
"T^fiSp (kwln»ttis tflW^s" sis' e?6)7
brother of the famous orator, one of
Caesuras legates.
ClmberluB, -rr, m., Clmberius (slm-be'-
'rT^TTsT.
Cimbll, -OTUm, m., tbe Clmbri (sim'-
"BHITl, S3; U, 4.
Clngetorlz, -Igls, m., Clngetorix (sln-
Jil'o-riks), (1) a chief of the Treveri;
(Z) a British king.
eiagb, clngere, cinzl, clnctum, tr.,
encircle, surround, Invest, encompass;
man (o wall). I, 38.
Clppus, -i, m., palisade, stockade,
clrclnua, -i, m. [circus, circle], a pair
of compasses. 1,38.
clrclter, adv. [circus, circle], about,
near. 1, 15.
ctrcuitus, -us, m. [clrcumeo, go
around], a going around; a wind-
ing path; circumference, circuit. I,
21.
'Ciicum, prep, with ace. [circus, a circle],
arovind, about, near. 1, 10.
clrcumcido, -cldere, -cldl, -clsum,
tr. [caed5, cut], out around or off, cut ;
Isolate.
circumcliidd, -cliidere, -clilBl, -clu-
sum, tr. [claudo, shut], encircle.
clrcumdo, -dare, -dedi,; -datum, tr.
[do, put], put around, encompass,
surround. I, 38; IV, 32.
clTcumdtico, -ducere, -daxl, -duc-
tum, tr. [diic5, lead], lead or draw
around. I, 38; III, 26.
Clrcumeo, -Ire, -li, -itum, tr. [eo, go.
App. 84], go or march around, trav-
erse, visit. III. 26.
clTcumfundo, -fundeTe,-fQdI,-fusum,
tr. [fund5, pour], surround; pass.,
gather round.
clTcumlclo, -Icere, -iecl, -lectum, tr.
[laclo, throw. App. 7], throw, set or
place around. II, 6.
clTcummlttC, -mlttere, -misl, -mis-
sum, tr. [mitts, send], send around.
ctrcummunlS, 4, tr. [mlUil6, fortify],
wall around; fortify, protect, n, 30.
drcumplector, -plecti, -plexus sum,
tr. [plecto, fold], enfold, enclose.
clroumslsto, -sistere, -stlti, , tr.
[slsto, stand], stand, flock or rally
around, surround, hem in, 1, 48; UI,
16.
clTcumsplclo, -splcere, -spezl,-spec-
tum, tr. [specio, look], look (around)
for or at, consider, examine.
circumvallo, 1, tr. [vallum, rampart],
surround with a rami)art, beleaguer.
Invest.
clrcumvebo, -vebere, -vezi, -vec-
tum, tr. [yeho, carry], carry around;
pass. , ride around.
circumvenlo, -venire, -venl, -ven-
tum, tr. [venio, come], come or get
around, surround, cut off, beset; be-
tray, defraud. 1,26.
els, prep, with ace. , on this side of. n, S.
Cls alpinu s, -a, -um, adj. [Alpes], Cis-
afpIES, lying on the south side of the
Alps.
ClBrhenanuB, -a, -um, adi. [£Iienus],
on this (t/iewestern) side of the Rhine.
Clta, -ae, m.. Gains Fuflus Cita (ga/yfis
fii'fi-us si'ta), a Boman knight.
citatus, -a, -um, adj. [pf. part, o/clto,
put in motion] , swift. IV , 10.
clterlor, -lus, comp. adj. (App. 43),
nearer, hither; QalUa Clterlor ( =
Claalplna), Cisalpine Gaul, on the
nearer (Italian) side of the A}ps. 1, 10.
clto, adv., quickly, speedily. Comp.,
cltlus; -sup., citlssime. IV, 33.
citra, prep, with ace, on this side of. I,
12.
cltro, adv., hither; ultro citroque,
back and forth. I, 42.
civls, -IB, m.,f., citizen.
ciTltas, -tatls, /. [civlB, citizen], citi-
zenship; the citizens (as forming a
1, 33;IU, 24.
cognatid, -dnla, /. [co+(e)natu9,
born], blood relationship; lamily,
clan.
cogndscd, -ndscere, -ndvi, -nitum, tr.
[CO -t- (g)ndscd, learn], learn, ascer-
tain; study, investigate; pf., I have
learned, I know (App. 193, 1, a). 1, 19.
cogd, cdgere, coegl, coactum, tr. [co
+agd, lead], lead or bring together,
collect, draw together, assemble; force,
compel, constrain. 1, 4.
cohors, -tla,/., cohort. I, 40; II, B.
cohortatld, -onis, /. [cohortor, en-
courage], encouragement, cheering.
II, 25.
coIiortOT, 1, tr. [co-f-liortor, encour-
age], encourage greatly, cheer, ani-
mate. I, 26.
coUatus, see conferd.
collaudd, 1, tr. [con+laudd, praise],
praise highly.
coIUgd, 1, tr. [con-l-ligd, bind], bind or
fasten together. I, 25.
coUigd, -ligere, -legl, -lectum, tr.
[con+lego, gather] , gather together,
collect; acquire; se colllgere, collect
one's self, rally. HI, 6.
COlllS, -Is, m., hill. I, 22.
coUocd, 1, tr. [con-l-locd, place], place,
set, station; arrange; nuptum CQl-
locare, to give in marriage. 1, 18.
coUOQUlum, -qui, n. [colloquoi, talk
together], talking together; confer-
ence, parley, interview. I, 34.
colloqaor, -loqul, -lociituB sum, intr.
[con-<-loquOT, speak], speak with,
converse, confer, have a conference.
1,19,
cold, colere, colui, cultum, tr., culti-
vate, dwell in; honor, worship. IV,
1.
coldnla, -ae,/., colony, settlement.
color, -oris, m., color.
com-, see con-.
comburd, -urere, -ussi, -ustum, tr.
[com(b)-f-uro, burn], bum up. I, 5.
comes, -itls, m.,f., companion.
comitium, -tl, n. [com+ed, go], place
of assembly or meeting; pi., an elec-
tion.
comitor, l, tr. [comes, companion], ac-
company, follow.
COMMEATUS
16
CONCIDO
Bommeatua, -as, m. [conuneS, go back
and forth], trip, voyage; j supplies,
provisions. I, 34; II, B.
commemord, 1, tr. [memoro, call to
mind], remind one ot; state, mention.
I, 14.
commendo, 1, tr. [maudo, entmst], en-
trust; surrender. IV, 27.
commeo, l, intr. [meo, go], go back and
forth; with ad, resort to, visit. 1, 1.
commllito, -onls, m. [miles, soldier],
tellow soldier, comrade. IV, 25.
commlnus, adv. [manus, band], hand
to hand, in close contest. I, 62.
commlBsiira, -ae,/. [committo, join],
uniting, joint, juncture.
committs, -mitteie, -miai, -missum,
tr. [mittd, send], join, splice; com-
mit (a crime), do; allow, permit; en-
trust; proellum committere, join or
begin battle. 1, 13.
pnniTjfliiB^ -mi, m., Ck>mmlus (kSm'l-
lis), a chief of the Atrebates. IV, 21.
commode, adv. [commodus, conve
nlent], conveniently; readily, easily,
fitly; satis commode, to much ad
vantage, very easily. I, 26.
commodum, -i, n. [commodus, con-
venient], convenience. Interest, advan-
tage. I, 36; UI, 22.
commodus, -a, -um, adj. [modus,
measure], in full measure,' convenient,
suitable, satisfactory. I, 42.
commonefaclo, -facere, -feci, -fac
tum, tr. [moneo, remlnd-j-facio,
make], remind forcibly. 1, 19.
commoror, l, intr. [motor, tarry]
wait, stop.
commoved, -movere, -mSvl, -motum,
tr. [moveo, move], move or excite
thoroughly, rouse, agitate, alarm. I,
13.
communlco, 1, tr, [nnmrnfinla, com
mon], make common, communicate,
Impart, share. IV, 13,
communlo, 4, tr. [m^nio, fortify], for-
tify strongly, intrench. I, 8.
commiiniB, -e, adj., common, general
res commtinlB, the common interest.
1,30; II, 4.
commat&tlo, -onlB, /. [commftto,
change], a changing, change. 1,14.
commuto, l, tr. [muto, change], ch:>-nge
or alter completely, change, exchange.
1,23.
compaTo, 1, tr. [paro, prepare], pnv
pare, get ready; acquire, gain, secure
prepare for. I, 3.
comparo, 1, tr. [par, equal], place in
comparison, compare. I, 31,
compell5, -pellere, -pull, -pnlBum,
tr. [pello, drive], drive together,
assemble, collect; force, compel.
II, 23.
compendium, -di, ».,igain, profit.
comperi5, -perire, -perl, -pertum, tr.
[pariS, procure], find out with cer-
tainty, discover, ascertain. I, 22.
complector, -plecti, -plexus sum, tr.
[plectd, fold], embrace, clasp, enclose.
1,20.
compleo, -plere, '-plevi, -pletum, tr.
[obsolete, pleo, fill], fill up or com.
pletely; complete; cover. I, 24.
complezus, see complector.
complurea, -a, adj. [plus, more], sev-
eral, many; a great many. I, 8.
comports, 1, tr. [porto, carry], carry
together, collect, bring. 1, 16.
comprebendd, -prehendere, -pre-
hendl, -prehensum, tr. [prehendo,
(=prendo), seize], grasp or lay hold
of, seize, catch, arrest; take, catch
(flre). ni,14.
comprobo, l, tr. [probo, approve], ap-
prove, sanction, justify.
compiilsus, see compello.
con-, com-, co- [the forms taken by
cum in composition], together; com-
pletely; or Tnere emphasis.
conatum, -I, n. [c6nor, try], attempt,
undertaking. I, 3-
conatUB, -UB, m. [conor, try], attempt,
undertaking. I, 8,
conatua, see conor.
concedd, -cedere, -ceaai, -ceasum, tr.
and intr. [cedo, go], go away, depart,
withdraw; grant, yield; allow, per-
mit. I, 7.
concessus, -us, m. [concedS, permit],
concession, permission.
concIdS, -cidere, -cldi, -claum, tr.
[caed5, cut], cut down, slay, kill; cut
OS. 1, 12.
CONCIDO
17
CONICIO
concldo, -cidere, -oidi, — , intr.
[cado. tall] , fall down, f aU. lU, 14.
concillo, 1, tr. [concilium, assembly],
bring together; gain or win over, se-
cvire; reconcile, conciliate, I, 3,
concilium, -li, n., gathering, assembly,
comicil. I, 18.
conclBUS, see concido.
conclto, 1, tr. [clt5, put in motion],
stir up, rouse. Instigate, incite.
conclamo, 1, imtr. [clam5, cry out],
shout or cry out, call aloud. 1,47;
III, 18.
concludo, -cludere, -cluai, -clusum,
tr. [claudo, close], shut up; conclii-
gum mare, an Inland sea. Ill, 9.
Oonconne t.neless, lack confidence; deape-
ratua, at part., from trantitive mean-
ing, despaired of; at aj3j., desperate.
1,18.
deaplcio, -aplcere, -Bpexl, -spectum,
tr. [speclo, look], look down; look
down upon, scorn, despise. 1, 13.
deapolio, 1, tr. [spoUo, strip], deprive.
II, 31.
deatlnS, 1, tr., fasten, secure; catch
firmly; appoint, choose. Ill, 14.
destlti, tee deslatS.
destltuo, -atltuere, -stltul, -stltu-
tum, tr. [statuo, set up], set or place
aside, forsake, desert. I, 16.
destringo, -atrlngere, -atrlnz!,
-Btrlctum, tr. [atrlngo, bind tight],
unbind, unsheathe, draw (gladium).
I, 26.
deaum, deeaae, defui, , intr. [sum,
be. App. 66], be wanting, be absent
from, fail. I, 40; II, 21.
deauper, adv. [auper, above], from
above. I, 62.
deterlor, -iua, comp. adj. (App. 43),
worse, less. I, 36.
deterreo, a, tr. [terreo, frighten],
frighten away or ofl, hinder, deter,
prevent. I, 17.
deteator, l, tr., execrate, curse.
detlneS, -tinere, -tlnul, -tentum, tr.
[tene5, hold], hold ofl or back; hin-
der, detain. Ill, 12.
detraho, -trahere, -trazi, -tractum,
tr. [traho, draw], draw ofl or away,
withdraw, takeoff, remove. I, 42; II,
21.
detrecto, 1, tr., refuse, avoid.
detrimentoauB, -a, -um, adj., [detri-
mentum, harm], hurtful, harm-
ful.
detrlmentum, -i, n. [de+tero, rub or
wear out], harm, loss, injury; dis-
aster, defeat. 1, 44.
detuli, tee deferd.
deturbd, l, tr. [turbo, disturb], drive
ofl, dislodge.
deQrS, -flTere, -uasi, -uBtum, tr. [tuo,
burn], burn up, destroy.
DECS
25
DIMITTO
deilB, -I (nom. pi., dll; dot. pi,, dis), m.,
god, deity. 1, 12.
deustuB, see deuTo.
deveho, -veliere, -vexi, -yectum, tr.
[yeli5, carry], carry away, bring.
devenl5, -venire, -Teni, -ventum,
irUr. ^Tenlo, come], come down, go,
come. II, 21.
devezus, -a, -urn, adj. [develio, carry
away or down], sloping; neut. pi. as
noun, slopes, hill-sides.
devinco, -vincere, -vicl, -vlctum, tr.
[Vlnco, conquer], conquer completely,
subdue,
devoco, 1, tr. [voco, call], call off or
away; bring. ,
devoveo, -vovere, -vovi, -votum, tr.
[voveo, vow], TOW away, consecrate,
devote; devotus, pf. part, as noun,
a sworn follower. Ill, 22.
deztei, -tra, -trum, ad)., on tbe right,
right. I, 62; II, 23.
deztra, -ae,/. [dexter, right; so. ma-
nUB], the right hand. I, 20.
di-, see dis-.
Dlabllntes, -urn, m. (Be), the Diablin-
tes (di"a-blin'tez). ni, 9.
dicio, -oniB, /., dominion, authority,
rule, sway. I, 31; II, 34.
dlco, 1, tr. [dico, say], proclaim; give
over, surrender.
died, dicere, dizl, dictum, tr., say,
tell, speak, express, mention; name,
appoint; causam dicere, plead a
case; iuB dicere, administer justice.
1,1.
dlctlo, -ouis,/. [died, say], speaking,
pleading. I, 4.
dictum, -i, n. [pf. part, of dico, say],
saying, remark; command; dlcto
audienB, obedient. I, 39.
didiico, -ducere, -duzl, -ductum, tr.
[dlico, lead], lead or draw apart; sep-
arate, divide. Ill, 23.
lies, -ei, m. and/., day; time; in dlea,
from day to day; diem ez die, day
after day. 1, 4.
lit-, see dlS.
llfferd, diffeire, dlBtuli, dilatum,
tr. and intr. [fero, carry. App. 81],
scatter, spread; put oH, defer; be dif-
ferent, differ. 1, 1,
dlfBclIlB, -e, adj. [faclUa, easy], not
easy, hard, troublesome, dlfdcult. I,
6.
dlfflcultas, -tatls, /. [difflclllB, diffi-
cult], difficulty, trouble, embarass-
ment. n, 20.
difflculter, adv., with difSculty. Comp.,
difflclUus.
dlfildo, -fldere, -Hbub sum, intr. [fido,
trust. App. 74], distrust; lack confi-
dence, despair.
dlfEluS, -fluere, -fliizi, , intr. [fluo,
flow], flow in diflereut directions, di-
vide. IV, 10.
diffundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fuBum, tr.
(fundo, pour], pour or spread out.
digitus, -I, til., finger; as measure of
length, a flnger's breadth, the leth part
of a Raman foot; digitus pollez, the
thumb. Ill, 13.
dignitas, -tatls, /. [dignuB, worthy],
worthiness, dignity, merit, rank, I,
43; III, 16.
dignuB, -a, -um, adj., worthy, deserv-
ing,
dil, see deus.
diiiidlco, 1, tr. [iadlco, judge], decide.
dllectuB, see dillgo.
dilectus, -Us, m. CdiUgo, choose],
choice; levy.
dlllgeuter, adv. [dUlgens, careful],
carefully; with exactness, pains or
care. II, 5.
dlUgentia, -ae, /. [diligens, careful],
carefulness, heedfulness, painstaking,
care. I, 40; III, 20.
diligo, -ligere, -lezi, -lectum, tr.
[lego, choose], single or choose out,
esteem highly, love.
dimetioi, -metlTl, -mensuB sum tr.
[metier, measure], measure out or ofl.
II, 19.
dimicatlo, -onls, /. [dimlco, fight],
fight, contest.
dimlco, 1, intr. [mlco, brandish], fight,
struggle, contend. II, 21.
dimidiuB, -a, -um, adj. [medlua, mid-
dle], divided in the middle, halt; neut.
as noun, a half,
dimitto, -mittere, -misi, -mlssum
tr. [mitto, send], send in different di-
rections, send away or oO, dismiss;
DIR
26
DIVICIACUS
break up; let go, let slip, let pass, give
up, lose. 1, 18.
dlT-, see dlB-.
dirimd, -Imere, -emt, -emptum, tr.
[emo, take], take apart, Interrupt,
break off. 1, 46.
dlTlplo, -rlpere, -ripui, -reptum, tr.
[rapio, seize], rend or tear asunder;
plunder, pillage. II, 17.
Dis, Ditls, m., Dls (ais), Pluto (plu'to),
~ zne god of the lower world.
dls, see deUB.
dlB- (di-, dlf-, d3x-),insep. prefix, apart,
as\inder, in different directions; nega-
tive, =Eng. un-, not.
dlscedo, -cedere, -cbbbI, -cessum,
intr. [ced5, go], go away, depart, re-
tire; leave (especially with ab orez).
1,14.
diaceptator, -oris, m., judge, umpire.
dlBcerno, -cernere, -crevi, -cretum,
tr. [cerno, separate], separate, keep
apart.
dlscesBUB, -us, m. [dlscedo, depart],
departure, withdrawal, absence. II, 14.
dlscipllna, -ae,/. [disco, learn], learn-
ing; discipline; instruction; system.
1,40; IV, 1.
dlsclQdo, -cliidere, -clusl, -clusum,
tr. [Clauds, sbut], shut off, hold or
keep apart, separate. IV, 17.
disco, discere, didlcl, , tr. andintr.,
learn, be taught. 1, 13.
dlscrlmen, -minis, »., danger, critical
condition.
dlscutio, -cutere, -cussi, -cussum,
tr., clear away.
dlBicl5, -Icere, -leci, -lectum, tr. [la-
Clo, throw. App. 7\, scatter, rout,
disperse. I, 25.
dispar, -parls, adj. [par, equal], ime-
qual, ill-matched.
dlsparo, 1, tr. [paid, prepare], sepa-
rate.
dlspergo, -spergere, -spersi, -sper-
sum, tr. [spargo, scatter], scatter,
disperse. I, 40; III, 28.
dispond, -ponere, -posul, -posltum,
tr. [pond, place], place apart or about;
distribute, arrange, station. I, 8.
dlsputatio, -5nlB, /. [dlsputd, discuss],
argument, discussion.
disputo, 1, iintr. [pnto, reckon], discuss,
debate about.
dlssenslo, -oniB, /. [disseKtiS, think
differently], disagreement, dissension.
diasentlo, -sentire, -sensl, -sensum,
Intr. [sentlo, feel], differ, disagree.
dlsserS, -serere, -sevi, -situm, tr.
[sero, sow], sow or set at intervals.
dlBSlmulo, 1, tr. [BlmulS, make like],
disguise, conceal. IV, 6.
dlSBlpo, 1, tr., spread on all sides, scat-
ter, disperse, n, 24.
dlssuadeo, -suadere, -suasl, -sua-
sum, intr. [suadeo, advise], advise
against.
dlBtineo, -tlnere, -tlnui, -tentuin, tr,
[teneo, hold], bold or keep apart; di'
vide, isolate. II, 6.
dlsto, -stare, , . intr. [sto,
stand] , stand apart ; be apart, removed
or separated. IV, 17.
dlstrabS, -tTahere, -traxi, -tractmn,
tr. [trahS, drag], pull asunder, re
move.
dlstrlbuo, -tribuere, -trlbuJ, -tribfl-
turn, tr. [tribuo, assign], assign, di-
vide, distribute. Ill, 10.
dlstuli, see differo.
dItlBsimuB, sup. of dlyes.
CLi\i,adv., for a long time, long; quain
diu, as long as; comp., dlutlus, long-
er, too long, any longer; sup., diii-
tlssime, for the longest time. I,
14.
dlurnuB, -a, -um, adj. [dies, day], of
the day, by day, daily. I, 38.
dlutlnus, -a, -um, adj. [dlu, long], of
long duration, long.
dlutumltas, -tatis, /. [dluturnus,
long], long duration. 1, 40; in, 4.
dluturnus, -a, -um, adj. Ldia, long],
long. I, 14.
dl versus, -a, -um, adj. [pf- port, of di-
verts, turn in different directions],
diverse, different; separate, remote.
II, 22.
dives, dlvitls, wealthy, rich. Sup., dl-
tlSBlmus. I, 2.
DIvlclacuB, -1, m. , Divlciaous ( div"i-shi-
' a'fciis), iT), a chief of the "Vaedm,
fHendlj/ to the Romans. I, S. (8) o
chief of the Suessiones. II, 4.
DIVICO
27
DUX
Djylcg , -onls, m., Dlvlco (diT'i-ko), an
"Helvetian chieftain. 1, 13.
diTldS, divldere, dlTisi, divisum, tr.,
divide, separate; diviBUS.p/. part, as
adj., divided. 1, 1.
diTinus, -a, -um, adj. [divuB, divine],
of the gods, divine, sacred. II, 31.
do, dale, dedi, datum (App. 85), tr.,
give, bestovr, present, grant, furnish;
offer; yield, give up; in fugamdare,
put to flight; dare manus, yield;
dare negotium, with dat., employ, en-
gage, direct. {Some compounds of do
are derived from an obsolete verb, do,
put.) I, 3.
doceo, docere, docui, doctum, tr.,
show, teach, Instruct; inform. 1,43;
11,5.
documentum, -i, ». [doceo, teach], ex-
ample; warning.
dole5, S, inlr., feel pain, be distressed or
annoyed, grieve. I, 14,
dolor, -oris, m. [doleo, grieve], grief,
distress, pain {physical or mental), veX'
ation, annoyance. I, 2.
dolus, -1, m., craft, trick, treachery.
1,13.
domestlcus, -a, -um, «<&'. [domus,
house], belonging to the home, domes-
tic; In or of one's own land. II, 10,
domicillum, -11, ». [domus, house], res
idence, dwelling, home, domicile. I,
30; II, 29.
Uomlnor, 1, intr. [domlnus, master]
be master, rule. II, 31.
domlnus, -1, m., master.
Pomltius, -ti, m., Luci us pomlU ng.
Ahenobarbjis (lu'shyus do-mish'yfls
a-hta"o-bar' bu s), consul 54 B.C.
P omnotaurus, see Valerius.
domus, -us (App. 29, d), /., house;
home; native country. 1,5.
dono, 1, tr. [donum, gift], give, pre-
sent; endow with. I, 47.
donum, -i, n. [do, give], present, gift.
dorsum, -I, n., back; ridge.
dOB, dotls,/. [do, give], a marriage por-
tion, dowry.
DruideB, -um, m., the Druids, an ancient
"-priestly caste in Oaut and Britain.
P ubis, -is, m. (Cfg), the (river) Dubis
(du' Dis), now the Doubs. I, 38.
dubitatiS, -onis, /. [dubito, doubt],
doubt, uncertainty ; hesitation. 1, 14.
dubito, 1, intr. [dublus, doubtful], be
uncertain, doubt; hesitate, delay. I,
17.
dubius, -a, -um, ao^. uncertain, doubt-
ful. 1,3.
duoenti, -ae, -a, (CO), card. num. adj.
Lduo, two+centum, hundred], two
hundred. I, 2.
duco, ducere, duxl, ductum, tr., lead,
conduct, guide, draw; bring, fetch;
trace, construct, extend ; deem, con-
sider, judge; protract, defer. I, 3.
ductus, -us, m. [duco, lead], leading,
command.
dum, cOTkj., while, as long as; tUl, until.
1,7.
T^iiTnTinriT -Tgla. m... Dunmorlx (dfim'-
~no-fiEs), a Haeduan chieftain, brother
of Mviciacus. I, 3.
duo, duae, duo, (App. 49), card. num.
adj., two. I, 6.
duodecim, card. num. adj. [duo, two-f
decem, ten], twelve. I, 5,
duodeclmus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj.
[duodecim, twelve], twelfth. II, 23.
duodeni, -ae,-a, distrib. num. adj. [duo-
decim, twelve], twelve each, twelve
at a time.
duodeviginti, card. num. adj. [duo, two
+de, from+Tiginti, twenty], eight-
een. I, 23.
duplex, -pliciB, adj. [duo, two+plic5,
fold], twofold, double. II, 29.
duplico, 1, tr. [duplex, double], double,
increase. IV, 36.
duritia, -ae, /. [durus, hard], hard-
ness, hardship.
dtir5, 1, tr. [durus, hard], make hardy,
harden.
Diirocortorum, -I, n. rBf), Durocorto-
rmn (dii"ro cor' to-rum), the capital of
the Memi. now Rheims.
durus, -a, -um, adj., hard, rough, diffi-
cult, dangerous; severe, inclement.
1,48.
Durus, -i, m., Quintus Laberlua Durus
(kwln'tus la-be'ri-is du'rfis), a tri-
bune. *■*"
dux, ducis, m. [duco, lead], leader,
guide, commander. I, 21.
28
EMINEO
E
e (only before coneonatits) ez (beforevow-
els and some consonants), prep, wit/i
abl., originally denoting motion out of;
(1) o/ptacc, out of, from, away from;
denoting position, in some phrases, on;
una ez parte, on one side; (2) of
time, from, after, since; ez itinere.
Immediately after tlie marcli; (3) va-
riously translated in other relations,
from, out of, of, because of, in accord-
ance with; eregione, opposite. I, 2.
ea, adv. [=ea via] , by that way, there.
Eburones, -um, m. (Afg), the Eburones
(ety'u-ro'nez), II, 4.
EburoYicea. -um, m. (Bd) , the Aulercl
Eburovices (aw-ler'si 6b"u-r6-vi'sez).
Ill, 17.
edisc5, -discere, -didici, , tr. [dis-
co, learn], learn thoroughly, get by
heart.
edituB, -a, -um, adj. [pf. part, of edo,
give out, raise up], elevated, lofty. II,
8.
edo, -dere, -didl, -ditum, tr. [do,
givej, give out; inflict. 1,31.
edoceo, -docere, -docui, -doctum, tr.
[doceo, teach], teach thoroughly, in-
form in detail, explain. Ill, 18.
educo, -ducere, -duzl, -ductum, tr.
[diico, lead], lead out or forth; draw
(a sword). I, 10.
eSSmind, 1, tr. [ez+femina, woman],
make effeminate, enervate, enfeeble.
1,1.
effercld, -ferclre, , -fertum, tr.,
fin completely, stop up.
effero, efferre, eztuli, elatum, tr. [ez
H-fero, carry. App. 81], bring or carry
out, carry or take away; raise; spread
or publish abroad, make known ; elate,
puff up. I, 5.
efficlS, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, tr. [ex+
facio, make], make or do completely,
complete, accomplish, construct;
make, cause, bring about, render. I,
38; 11, 6.
effodlo, -fodere, -f5dl, -fossum, tr. [ez
+fodio, dig], dig out.
eifugio, -fugere, -fagi, , tr. and
intr. Lez-l-fuglo, flee], flee from or
away, escape. IV, 36.
eggna, -entla, adj. \pres. part, o/egeo,
want], in want, needy, destitute.
egeo, egere, egui, , intr. , need, want,
lack, be without or destitute.
egestaa, -tatia, f. [ege6, want], pov-
erty.
egl,K/'- o/ago.
ego, mei (App. 51), first pars. pron. I;
pl., noB, we, us, etc. I, 40; II, 9.
egomet, emphatic for ego, I myself, I
for my part.
egredloT, -gredl, -gressus aum, intr.
[gradlor, step] , step or go out, come
forth, depart; march out, make a sor-
tie; land (from a ship), disembark. I,
27.
egregle, adv. [egregius, excellent], ex-
cellently, admirably, remarkably. II,
29.
egreglua, -a, -um, adj. [e+grex, herd],
out of the common herd,' excellent,
superior, eminent, remarkable. I,
19.
egreasuB, see egredlor.
egressus, -us, m. [egredlor, step out],
a lauding, landing place.
elclo, -Icere, -led, -lectum, ^r. [laclo,
throw. App. 7], cast or drive out, ex-
pel; cast up; aeelcere, rush out, sal-
ly. IV, 7.
elUB modi, of such a sort or kind, such.
Ill, 3.
elabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, intr. [la-
bor, slip], slip away, escape.
elatus, see effero.
Elaver , -erls, n. (Ce), the river Elaver
(Sl'a-ver) , now the Allier.
electUB, see ellgo.
elephantua, -l,m., elephant.
Eleutetl. -orum. m. (Dd), the Eleutetl
(e-lii'te-ti).
ellcio, -ere, -ul, -Itum, ^n.draw or en-
tice out, lure forth.
eligo, -llgere, -legl, -leotum, tr. [le-
go, choose], choose or pick out, select;
eleotus, pf. part, as adj., picked {men,
etc.). 11,4.
E lusates, -um, m. (Ed), the Elusates
(il"u-sa'tez). 111,27.
Smlgro, 1, intr. [migro, migrate], de-
part, migrate. I, 31.
emlneo, -ere, -ui, , intr., project.
EMINU8
29
EXANIMO
emlnus, adv. [manus, hand], aloof, at a
distance, at long range.
emitto, -mlttere, -misi, -missum, tr.
[mltto, send] , let go, send out or forth,
release; hurl, discharge; drop. I, 25.
ein5, emere, eml, emptum, tr., take;
buy, purchase. 1, 16.
enascor, -nasci, -natus sum, intr.
[nascor, be bom], be bom from;
spring up. II, 17.
enim, conj., in fact, really; for; sed
enim, but in fact, however. 1, 14.
enuntiS, 1, tr. [nuntio, announce], re-
port, declare, disclose. I, 4.
eo, ire, li (ivi), Itum (App. 84), intr., go,
proceed, march, pass. I, 6.
eo, adv. \old dative of is], thither, there
(in sense of thither), to the place
(where, etc.), to them (it, him, etc.).
1,25.
eo, abl. of Is.
eddem, adv. \pld dative o/idem] , to the
same place, to the same point (result,
end, etc. ). 1,4.
ephipplatus, -a, -um, adj. [ephippi-
lim, saddle], using a saddle. IV, 2.
ephipplum, -pi, «., horse-cloth, riding-
pad, saddle. IV, 2.
eplstula, -ae,/., letter, epistle.
EDOredorix, - igls, m., Eporedorix (Sp"-
o-r^d'o-riKs), the name of two Baeduan
leaders.
epulae, -arum,/., feast, banquet.
eques, -Itis, m. [equus, horse], a
horseman, a rider; pL, cavalry. Then
(as originally serving on horseback), a
knight (07i« of the moneyed class at
Home, next in rank to the senate). Also,
a knight (of Gaul, of a corresponding
class). 1, 15.
equester.-tris, -tre, adj. [eques, horse-
man] , of or belonging to a horseman,
equestrian, of cavalry, cavalry. 1, 18.
equltatus, -ils, m. [equlto, ride;
equus, horse], cavalry, horsemen. I,
15.
equus, -i, m., horse. I, 22.
Eratosthenes , -is, m., Eratosthenes
(4r"a-t6s' the-nez), a Greek geographer,
born 216 ■B.C.
erectus, see erigo.
ereptus, see eripio.
erga, prep, with ace, towards.
erg5, adv., therefore, then.
erigo, -rigere, -rexi, -rectum, tr. [re-
go, direct], lift or raise ; erectus, pf.
part, as adj., standing upright, high,
III, 13.
eripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptum, tr.
[rapid, seize], wrest or take away, ex-
tort, deprive; rescue, relieve, save. I,
4.
erro, l, intr., wander; err, be mistaken.
erumpo, -rumpere, -riipi, -ruptum,
intr. [rumpo, break], break forth, sal-
ly. Ill, 5.
erupti6,-oniB,/.[erump6, break forth],
a breaking out, bursting forth, sortie,
sally. II, 33.
essedarius, -ri, m. [essedum, a war
chariot], a soldier fighting from a war
chariot, charioteer. IV, 24.
essedum, -i, »., a two-wheeled war chax-
iot of the Britons. IV, 32.
EsuYli. -drum, m. (Bod), the Esuvii
(e-sii'vi-i). II, 34.
et, conj., and; also, too, even; et . . . et,
both . . . and. 1, 1.
etiam, conj. and also, also, even, yet.
1,1.
etsi, conj. [et-)-si, if], even if, although.
I, 46; III, 24.
evad5, -vadere, -vasi, -vasum, intr.
[vado, go], escape. Ill, 19.
evello, -vellere, -velll, -Tulsum, tr.
[Tello, pluck], pluck out, pull out. I,
26.
erenio, -venire, -vini, -ventum, intr.
[venio, come], turn out, result. IV, 25.
eventus, -Us, m. [evenio, tiu'n out], out-
come, issue, result, consequence. II,
22.
evocd, 1, tr. [voco, call], call forth or
out, summon; evocatus, pf. part, as
noun, reenlisted veteran. Ill, 20.
evold, 1, intr. [volo, fly], fly or rush
forth, m, 28.
ex, see e.
exactus, see exigo.
exagitS, 1, tr. [agito, freq. of ag5,
drive], drive out or away; disturb,
harass. U, 29.
examine, 1, weigh.
ezanimd, l, tr. [anlma, breath], deprive
EXARDESCO
30
EXPLEO
of breath, render breathless, exhaust;
km. II, 23.
exardesco, -ardescere, -arsi, -ilrsuin,
itUr. [ardesco, incept. 0/ardeo, blaze],
take fire; be inflamed or enraged.
exaudio, 4, tr. [audio, hear], hear {from
a distance). II, 11.
excedo, -cedere, -cessi.-ceBsum, i«(r.
[ced5, go], go out or away, withdraw,
retire. II, 25.
excello, -cellere, , , inir., excel,
surpass.
excelsus, -a, -um, ac^. [excello, sur-
pass], Ugh.
excepts, 1, tr. Ifreg. o/excipio, catch],
take hold of, catch.
excido, -cldere, -cldi, -cisum, tr.
[caedo, cut], hew away or down.
ezclpi5, -cipere, -cepl, -ceptum, tr.
and intr. [caplo, take] ; tr., take up,
catch, receive; takeup(i»fa7'»s); meet,
withstand ; relieve (of soldiers in bat-
tle); intr., follow. I, 52; lU, 5.
ezcitS, 1, tr. [cito, rouse], call forth, ex-
cite, animate, arouse; erect, construct
[towers); kindle {fires). Ill, 10.
excludo, -cludere, -cliiBi, -clusum,
tr. [claudo, shut], shut out, cut oB;
hinder, prevent.
^xcogit5, 1, tr. [cogitS, think], think
out, contrive, devise, invent.
exciucio, 1, tr. [ciuclo, torture; crux,
cross], torture greatly, torment, rack.
excubltor, -oris, m. [excubo, keep
guard], watchman, sentinel.
excubd, -are, -m, -itum, intr. [cubo,
lie], lie outside; keep guard.
exculco, 1, tr., trample, tread down.
excuTsio, -onls,/. [excurro, run forth],
a running out or forth, sally, sortie.
II, 30.
excusatio, -onis, /. [exciiso, excuse],
excuse, apology.
excuse, 1, tr. [causa, reason], give rea-
son for; excuse. IV, 22.
exemplum, -i, n., example, precedent.
1,8.
exeo, -ire, -ii, -Itum, infr. [e6, go.
App. 84], go from or out, depart from,
leave. I, 2.
«xeTced, 2, tr., practice, train, exercise.
1,48.
exercitatio, -onls, /. [exercito, freq.
of ezerceO, exercise], exercise, train-
ing; practice, experience. I, 39; III,
19.
exercltatus, -a, -um, adj. [pf. part, of
exercito, train or practice well], well
trained, skilled, versed. I, 36; n,
20.
oxercitus, -as, m. [exerceS, train], a
trained or disciplined body of men, an
army. 1, 3.
exhaurlo, -baurlre, -bausl, -haus-
tum, tr. [haurid, draw], draw out;
empty.
exlgo, -igere, -egX, -actum, tr. [ago,
drive], finish, pass. Ill, 28.
exigue, adv. [exlguus, scanty], meager-
ly, scarcely.
exlgultas, -taiils, /. [exlguas, scant],
scantiness, meagerness, shortness,
want. II, 21.
exlguus, -a, -um, adj., scanty, short,
small, meager, limited. IV, 20.
exlmiuB, -a, -um, adj. [eximo, take
out], taken from the mass; hence choice,
eminent. II, 8.
existimatio, -onls, /. [existlmS, esti-
mate], Judgment, opinion. I, 20.
existlmo, 1, tr. [aestimo], estimate,
reckon, think, consider. I, 6.
exltus, -iis, m. [exeo, go out], a going
out, exit, passage; issue, result, end.
Ill, 8.
expedio, 4, tr. [pes, foot], set tree; ar-
range, prepare.
expedltio, -onls,/. [expedio, arrange],
campaign, enterprise, expedition.
expedltus,-a,-um, adj. [pf.part ofex.-
pedio, set free], unimpeded, free, un-
obstructed; without baggage; light
armed; as noun, a light armed soldier.
1,6.
expello, -pellere, -pull, -pulsum, tr.
[pello, drive], drive outer forth, ex-
pel. 11,4.
experlor, -perlri, -pertus sum, tr.,
prove, try, test, experience. I, 31; 1I>
16.
explS, l,tr., atone for, expiate; avenge.
expleo, -plere, -plevi, -pletum, tr.
[pled, fill], fill out or up; finish, cou-
plete.
EXPLORATOE
31
FACIO
ezploTator, -orls.m. [exploro, search
out], explorer, scout, spy. I, 12.
ezploratus, -a, -um, aij. ipf. part of
ezploro, searcb out], ascertained;
sure, certain, in, 18.
ezploro, 1, tr., search or find out, Inves-
tigate, spy out, reoonnolter. II, 4.
ezpono, -ponere, -posui, -posltum,
tr. [pono, place], put or set out; set
on shore, disembark; draw up; set
forth, explain. IV, 23.
ezporto, 1. tr. [porto, carry], carry out
or away. IV, 18.
ezposco, -poscere, -poposoi, , tr.
[posco, demand] , entreat, demand.
ezprimo, -prlmere, -pressi, -pres-
sum, tr. [premo, press], press out, ex-
tort, elicit; raise. 1,32.
ezpugnatio, -onis, /. [expugnS, take
by storm] , a taking by assault, storm-
ing.
ezpugno, 1, tr. [pugno, fight], take or
carry by storm, capture by assault;
OTei-power, sack. 1, 11.
ezquiro, -qulrere, -CLUisivi, -qulsl-
tum, tr, [Quaero, search], seek or
search out, inquire, investigate. 1, 41 ;
III, 3.
ezsequor, -sequt, -secutus sum, tr.
[sequOT, follow] , follow out, enforce.
1,4.
exsero, -ere, -ui, -turn, tr„ thrust or
put out; uncover.
ezslBto, -sistere, -stiti, ,intr. [sis-
to, stand], stand or come forth, ap-
pear, arise; ensue. Ill, 15.
exspecto, 1, tr. [specto, look at], look
out for, await, expect; wait to see; an-
ticipate, apprehend. I, 11.
exspolio, 1, tr. [spollo, strip], rob.
exstingno, -stinguere, -stinxi,
-Btinctum, tr., put out, quench; de-
stroy.
exsto, -stare, -stlti, , intr. [sto,
stand], stand out, extend above.
exstruo.-struere, -struxi, -striictum,
tr. [struo, build], build or pile up, rear,
construct, build. II, 30.
eXBul, -Bulla, m. and/., an exile.
exteilor, -Iub, ac0. [comp.jjf exterua.
App. 44], outer, exterior.
ezteireo, a, tr. [terreo, frighten],
frighten outright, strike with terror,
scare.
extimesco, -tlmescere, -timui, ,
tr. [tlmesoS, incept, of timeo, fear],
dread. Ill, 13.
extorqueo, -torquere, '-tor^i, -tbr-
tum, tr. [torqueo, twist], wrest or
force from, extort.
extra, adv. and prep, with occ.outof,
outside of, beyond, without. I, 10.
extraho, -trahere, -traxi, -tractum,
tr. [traho, draw], draw out; waste.
eztremus,-a,-um, adj.[sup. o/ exterua.
App. 44], outermost, utmost, farthest,
extreme; the farthest part of; extre-
mi (OS noun), the rear; ad extremum,
at last, at the end; as a last resort. I,
1.
extxiid5,-trudere, -trliai, -tiuaum, «r.
[triido, thrust], thrust or shut out.
Ill, 12.
extuli, see efferS.
exuo, -uere, -lii, -utum, tr., draw out
or oft, put or strip oft, divest, despoil.
Ill, 6.
exHro, -urere, -uaai, -ustum, tr. [uro,
burn], burn up. I, B.
faber, -bri, m., workman, mechanic;
carpenter.
^"''iVlRi -III. "»• (!'■ Gains Fablus (ga'-
yus fa'bi-us), one of Caesar's lieuten-
ants. (3) Lucius Fabius(lu'shyus fa/-
bl-us) , a centurion of the 8th legion. (3)
Quiutus^ Fabius Maxlmus (kwin'tus
fa'bi-iis mSk'sI-mus), victor over the
Gauls 121 B.C. I, 45.
facile, adv. [facUis, easy], easily, read-
ily. Comp., facillus; sup., facillime
(App. 41). I, 2.
facilia, -e, adj. [faolo, do], easy. I, 6.
facinua -noris, n. [faclo, do], deed;
misdeed, outrage, crime. I, 40; III, 9.
facio, facere, feci, factum, tr. and
intr.; tr., make, construct, form, do,
execute {commands, etc.) ; give {op-
portunity, etc.); vnthvA, bring about,
cause: intr., do, act. Pass., flo, fieri,
factua aum (App. 83), with passive of
above meanings, and, used impersowUly,
result, happen, come to pass. 1, 2.
FACTIO
32
FINIS
factlS, -onlB, /. [facts, make], party,
taction. I, 31.
feotam, -I, n. [pf. part, of ta,cl6, half
noun, half particlple],a,cx, exploit, deed.
Ill, 14.
factus, see faclo.
facultas, -tatlB,/. [old aclj.,ta.cn.\=ia.-
cills, easy], power; opportunity,
chance; resources, supply. I, 7.
&gus, -1, /., beech tree or timber.
fallo, fallere, fefelli, falsum, tr., de-
ceive, cheat, disappoint. II, 10.
falBus, -a, -um, adj. [pf.part. o/ fallo,
deceive], false.
falx, falcls, /., sickle, prunlng-hook;
hook (for pulling down walls). Ill, 14.
fama, -ae, /. [fari, to speak], common
talk, rumor, report; reputation, fame.
fames, -la, /., hunger, starvation. I,
28.
familia, -ae, />, household {including
slaves) ; retinue (including all depend-
ents) ; family. I, 4.
famlliaris, -e, adj. [famlUa, house-
hold], personal, private; as noun, inti-
mate friend; res, personal property,
estate. 1, 18.
famiUaritas, -tatls,/. [famlliaris, in-
timate], intimacy.
fas, »., indecl., right, divine right, will
of Heaven. I, 50.
fastlgate, adv. [fastlgatuB, sloping],
sloping. IV, 17.
fastigatus, -a, -um, adj., sloping. II, 8.
fastiglum, -gi, n„ the top of a gable;
elevation, height; declivity, descent,
slope.
fatvim, -I, n. [farl, to speak], fate, lot.
1,39.
faveo, favere, favi, fautum, tn«r., fa-
vor. 1, 18.
fax, facis,/., firebrand, torch.
fellcltaa, -tatls, /. [felix, happy], hap-
piness, success, good fortune. 1, 40.
fellclter, adv. [felix, happy], happily,
fortunately. IV, 26.
femlna, -ae,/., female, woman.
femur, -Inls, n., the thigh.
fera, -ae, /. if em. of ferus, wild], wild
animal.
feraz, -acls, adj. [fero, bear], product-
ive, fertile. II, 4.
fere, adv., almost, nearly, about, for the
most part. 1, 1.
fero, ferre, tuli, latum (App. 81), tr.
and intr.; tr., bear, carry, bring; en-
dure, suffer, support, withstand; re
ceive; tell, report; give, render {aid)
offer, propose («erms); gravlter or mo-
leste ferre, be annoyed or angry at
pass, (sometimes) rush: intr. almost=
verb to be. 1, 13.
ferramentiim, -i, n. [ferrum, iron], an
iron tool or Implement.
ferraria, -ae,/. [ferrum, iron], an iron
mine.
ferreus, -a, -um, adj. [ferrum, iron], of
iron. Iron. Ill, 13.
ferrum, -I, n.,iron, steel; anything/nade
o/iro7S, sword, spear-point. 1,26.
fertlUs, -e, adj. [fero, bear], frultfvU,
fertile, productive.
fertllltas, -tatls, /. [fertlUa, product-
ive], productiveness. II, 4.
ferus, -a, -um, ai^'., wild, savage, fierce.
I, Si; II, 4.
fervefacio, -facere, -feci, -factum,
tr. [ferveo, be red hot-f-fado, make],
heat, melt.
fervens, -entis, adj. Ipres. part, of fer-
veo, be red hot], heated, glowing,
hot.
fibula, -ae, /., clasp; brace, fastening.
IV, 17.
Actus, see fingS.
fldells, -e, a^. [fides, faith], faithful,
trustworthy, reliable. IV, 21.
fides, -el, /. [fido, confide], faith, confi-
dence; faithfulness, loyalty, trustwor-
thiness; allegiance, protection, de-
pendence; pledge, assurance; fidem
facere, convince or give a pledge; fi-
dem sequi, surrender. I, 3.
flducia, -ae, /. [fido, confide], confi-
dence, trust, reliance.
flgura,-ae,/. [fingo, form], form, shape,
figure. IV, 26.
filia, -ae,/., daughter. I, 3.
niiua, -11, m., son. I, 3.
fingo, fiugere, finzl, fictum, tr., form.
Imagine, devise. Invent. I, 39; IV, 6.
finio, i,tr. [finls, limit], limit, bound;
determine, measure. IV, 16.
finis, -is, m,., boundary, limit, border,
FINITIMUS
33
FRUX
end; pi., botmdaries; tetrltory, coun-
try. 1,1.
finltlmus, -a, -nm, adj. [finis, limit,
border], bordering on, adjoining,
neighboring; pi., as noun, neighbors.
1,2.
fio, fieri, factus sum, eee facio.
firmlter, adv. [flrmus, strong], firmly.
IV, 26.
firmltudd, -Inis, /. [flrmus, strong],
strength, firmness, solidity. Ill, 13 .
firms, 1, tr. [flrmus, strong], strength-
en, fortify.
firmuB, -a, -um, adj., strong, stable, rig-
orous, firm. I, 3,
flstuca, -ae,/.,pile-drlver. IV, 17.
Flaccvis , eee Valerius.
flagito, 1, tr., demand. 1, 16.
flamma, -ae,/., fire, blaze.
fleets, fleotere, flexl, flezum, tr., bend,
turn, direct. IV, 33.
fleS, flere, flevi, fletum, inlr., weep,
shed tears, lament. I, 20.
fletus, -us, m. [fleo, weep], weeping,
lamentation. I, 32.
flo, l,intr., blow.
florens, -entls, adj. [floreo, flower],
flourishing, prosperous, influential. I,
30; IV, 3.
flos, floris, m., blossom, flower.
fiuctus, -us, m. [fluS, flow], flood, bil-
low, wave. Ill, 13.
flumen, -Inls, n. [fluo, flow], river,
stream. 1, 1.
fluS, fluere, fl^zl, , intr., flow, run.
1,6.
fodiS, fodere, fSdl, fossum, tr., dig.
foedus, -erls, »., compact, treaty, alli-
ance.
forem = essem; see sum.
fore = futurus esse; see sum.
forls, adv., out of doors, without.
forma, -ae, /., form, shape, appear-
ance. Ill, Xi.
fors, fortis, /., chance; forte, abl. as
adv., by chance, perchance. 11, 21,
fortis, -e, aty., strong, valiant, .brave.
1,1.
fortiter, adv. [fortis, brave], bravely,
stoutly, courageously. II, 11.
fortitudo, -inls, /. [fortis, brave],
bravery, courage. I, 2.
fortulto, adv. [foTS, chance], by cbance-
fortuna, -ae, /. [fors, chance], fortune,
luck, chance, opportunity; lot, condi-
tion; good fortune, success; property,
estate. 1, 11.
fortunatus, -a, -um, a<^. [fortuna, for-
tune], prosperous, fortunate.
forum, -i, n., public square, market
place.
fossa, -ae, /. [pf. part. fern, of fodlo,
dig], trench, ditch. I, 8.
fovea, -ae, /. , pitfall.
ftangS, frangere, fregl, fractum, tr.,
break, wreck; crush, discourage. I,
31; IV, 29.
frater, -tris, m., brother. I, 3.
fraternuB, -a, -um, adj. [frater, broth-
er], brotherly, fraternal, of a brother.
1,20.
fraus, -dls,/., cheating, deception.
fremitus, -us, m., a confused noise, up-
roar, din. II, 24.
frequens, '-entls, adj., in great num-
bers, in crowds. IV, 11.
fretus, -a', -um, adj., relying upon, m,
21.
frigldus, -a, -um, adj., cold. IV, 1.
frigus, -oris, n. , cold weather, coli; pi.,
frigora, cold seasons. 1, 16.
fr6ua,frontis,/., forehead; front. 11,8.
fructuosus, -a, -um, adj. [fructus,
fruit], ftmltful, productive. I, 30.
frilotus, -iiB, m. [fruor, enjoy], fruit;
proflt, reward.
frumentarius. -a, -um, adj. [frumen-
tum, grain], of or pertaining to grain ;
of places, fruitful, productlveotgrain;
res framentaria, supply of grain,
provisions. 1, 10.
frum6n*5,tlS, -Snia,/. [frumentor, get
grainy, getting grain, foraging expe-
dition.
frumentor, l, intr. [frumentum, grain],
get grain, forage. IV, 9.
ftumentum, -i, n., grain; ^^, crops. I,
3.
fruor, frui, fructus sum, intr., enjoy,
in, 22.
frustra, adv., without effect. In vain, to
no purpose. Ill, 4.
frux, -gis, /. [fruor, enjoy], fruit; pi.,
crops, produce. I, 28.
FUFIUS
34
GLEBA
PflflUB, see Clta .
fuga, -ae, /., flight; In fugam conl-
cere or dare, put to sight. 1, 11.
fugio, fugere, fugl, fugltum, tr. and
intr. [fuga, flight], intr., flee, run
away, escape; ir., shim, avoid. 1,63;
n,ii.
fugltlTUB, -a, -urn, adj. [fugio, See],
Seeing; as noun, runaway slave. I,
23.
fugo, 1, tr. [fuga, flight], put to flight,
rout.
fiim5, 1, intr. [fumus, smoke], smoke.
fumus, -i, m., smoke. II, 7.
funda, -ae,/., sling. IV, 26.
funditor, -oris, m. [fUnda, sling],
sllnger. 11, 7.
fundO) fundere, fudl, fusum, tr., pour,
throw; rout, put to flight. 111,6,
funebrlB, -e, adj. [funus, funeral], of a
funeral; n. pt. as noun, funeral rites.
fungor, fungi, functus B\aa,intr.., per-
form, execute, discharge.
funis, -Is, m.,rope, cable. UI, 13.
fOnus, -eris, n., funeral.
furor, -oris, >»., rage, frenzy, madness.
1, 40; II, 3.
filrtum, -1, n., theft.
fuBills, -e, adj. [fundo, pour],. liquid,
molten.
futurus, see sum.
Gab all, -orum, m. (De), the Qabali
(gab'a-li).
GabinlUB, -ni,m.,AulusGabinins (aw'-
lOs ga-bln'i-fls), consul with Lucius
Piso, 58 B.C. 1, 6.
gaesum, -i, »., a heavy iron javelin (o/
the Oauls). HI, 4.
CtSjba^-ae, m., (1) Galba (g&l'ba), a
king of the Suessiones. II, 4. (2) Ser-
vlus Sulpicius Galba (ser'vius sul-
pish'yiisg&l'ba), one of Caesar^s leg-
ates, and said to have been one of his
assassins, m, 1.
galea, -ae, /., a leather helmet, n,
21.
Qalll fl.. -ae, /., GalUa (gai'i-a), better,
Gaul, including either (1) Belgium, Oel-
tica, and Aguitanla, or (3) only Cellica.
See map. 1, 1,
qalUcna , -a, -um, adj. (GalUa, Gaul],
pertaining to Gaul or the Gauls, Gal-
lic. 1,22,
gallina, -ae,/., hen.
Gallua. -a, -um, adj., of Gaul, Gallic;
~pl. as noun, the Gauls, inhabiting Cen-
tral Oaul, Ifbrthern Italy, etc. 1, 1.
Gallus , -i, m., Marcus Trebius G alius
imar'kus tre'bi fis gai'us), an officer
in Caesar's army. Ill, 7.
Gar umna,_- ae, m. (DEcd), the Garum-
na ( ga-rdm'na) , or Garonne, u river
form^^lheooundary between Aquitania
and Celtic Gaul. 1, 1,
G arumni, -orum, m. (Ed), theGanminl
tfea-rfim'ni). in, 27.
Gatea. -um, m. (D£d), the Gates (ga/-
tez). m, 27.
gaude5, gaudexe, gavisus sum (App.
74) , intr. , rejoice. IV, 13.
Geldumnl , -orum, m. (Af), the Geidnm-
nl (je'a-dflm'ni or 3e-aum'nM.
Genava, -ae, /. (Cg),Genava (jSn'a-va),
'a hti/ of the Allobroges, now Geneva.
1,6.
gener, -eri, m., son-in-law.
generatlm, adv. [genus, tribe], by
tribes. I, 51.
gens, gentls, /., race; clan, tribe, peo-
ple. n,28.
genus, -erlB, n., descent, origin, race,
class, tribe, famUy; kind, nature. I,
48; ni, 14.
GergOTla, -ae, /. (De), Gergovla (jer-
go'vl-a), the chief town of the Arver-
nl.
German !, -orum, m., the Germanl
(jer-ma'ni), better Germans. 1, 1.
Germanla. -ae, /., Germania (jer-ma'-
nl-a) , better, Germany, the country east
of the Shine. IV, 4.
Germanicus, -a, -um, adj. [Ger-
manus, German], of or pertaining to
the Germans, German. IV, 16.
gero, gerere, gessi, gestum, tr., bear,
carry, wield; (of war) carry on, per-
form, wage, conduct; pass., be done,
go on, occur. 1, 1.
gladlus, -di, m., sword. I, 26.
gl&ns, glaudls, /., acorn; ball, slugo/
lead.
glSba, -ae,/., clod of earth; lump.
GLORIA
35
HIC
gloria, -ae, /., glory, renown, honor,
fame, reputation. 1,2,
glorlor, 1, intr. [gloria, glory], glory,
glory In, boast of. 1, 14.
Oo ^nnltlQ, -onlB, m., Gobannltlo
"^b"a-nish'yo), an Arvemian chief.
Gorgoblna. -ae, /. (Ce), Gorgobina
"(gor-gt>D'i-na), a city of tJie Boil after
they had settled in the territory of the
Haedui.
Graecus, -a, -um, adS'., of or belonging
to the Greeks, Greek, Grecian; pi. as
noun, the Greeks. 1, 29.
Gralocell , -oium, m. (Dg),the Gralo-
cell (gra-y6s'e-li). 1, 10.
grandls, -e, o*"., great, large, bulky.
I, 43.
gratia, -ae,/. [gratUB, pleasing], favor,
good will, gratitude, esteem, influence,
popularity; gratias agere, thank;
gratlam habere, to feel grateful;
gratlam referre, to return a favor;
banc gratlam referre, to return a
favor in this way; gratlam inlre, to
gain favor; gratia following a gen.,
for the purpose of, In order to. I,
9.
gratulatio, -dnls, /. [gratulor, ex-
press joy], expression of joy, congrat-
ulation, rejoicing. I, E3,
gratulor, 1, intr. [gratua, pleasing],
express joy, congratulate, thank. I,
80.
gratus, -a, -um, ., Indutlomarus
(iu-du"shyo-ma'rfls), a chief of the
Treveri,
Ineo, -ire, -11, -Itum, tr. [eo, go. App.
84], go into; enter upon, begin; inlre
consilium, form; inlre rationem,
make an estimate, decide; inlre gra-
tlam, gain; Inire numerum, enu-
merate, n, 2.
inarmls, -e, adj. [In-farma, arms],
without arms or weapons, unarmed.
1, 40; n, 27.
iners, -ertlB, adj. [ln-+arB, skill], with-
out skill; unmanly, cowardly. IV,
2.
In^mia, -ae, /. [in-4-fama, renown],
dishonor, ill repute.
infans, -antis, adj. [in-f-fans, speak-
ing], not speaking; astwwa, infant.
Infectus, -a, -um. adj. [ln-+factuB,
done; facio, do], not done, unaccom-
plished, unfinished.
inferior, -iuB, camp. o/inferuB.
Infers, inferre, Intull, iUatum, tr.
[fero, bear], bear into, import, inflict,
cause, produce; cast into; in equum
Inferre, mount on a horse; causa
lUata, making an excuse; signa In-
ferre, advance the standards, attack.
1.2.
InferuB, -a, -um, adj., low, below;
comp., inferior, lower; Inferior; ab
inferiore parte, below, down stream;
mp., infimuB or Imus, lowest, last;
with collis, the base of; ad Infimum,
ab Infimo, at the bottom. 1, 1.
Infestus, -a, -um, adj., hostile; in-
festls slgnlB, with standards In bat-
tle array.
inflclo, -flcere, -feci, -fectum, (r. [fa-
cio, make], stain.
infidells, -e, adj. [ln-+&dells, faithful],
faithless, untrustworthy.
Inflgo, -figere, -fizl, -fixum [figd,
fix], tr., fasten in.
Infimus, aup. of Inferus.
Inf InltuB, -a, -um, adj. [la— f-flnltua,
ended; flnlo, limit], endless, bound-
less, vast, countless.
Infirmltas, -tatis, /. [Infirmus, not
strong], weakness; fickleness, incon-
stancy. IV, 5.
Infirmus, -a, -um, adj. [in-+flrmus,
strong], not strong, weak, feeble. Ill,
24.
Inflects, -flectere, -flezi, -flezum, tr.
[fleets, bend], bend down; with reflex.,
become bent. I, 25.
Influo, -fluere, -fluzl, —, intr. [fluo, '
flow], flow Into, empty into. I, 8.
InfodiS, -fodere, -fodl, -fossum, tr.
[fodiS, dig], dig or &;:'J,'Q into.
Infra, adv. [Inferas, below], below;
prep, with ace, below, smaller than.
IV, 36.
INGENS
40
INSTITUO
Ingeng, -entls, adj., enormous, huge,
vast, large. I, 39; IV, 10,
Ingratus, -a, -um, ad}. [ln-+gratus,
pleasing], displeasing, disagreeable.
IngredlOT, •gredl, -gressus sum, intr.
[gradior, go], go or come into, enter.
n, 4.
Inicl5, -Icere, -led, -tectum, Cr.[laclo,
burl. App. 7], throw Into or upon;
put or place on; inspire, infuse. I,
46; IV, 17.
Inlmlcltia, -ae, /. [inlmicus, un-
frlendlyj, enmity.
Inlmicus, -a, -um, adj. [in-+amicus,
friendly], unfriendly, hostile; as noun,
an enemy {personal), rival, to be dis-
tinguished from hostis, a public ene-
my. I, 7.
Iniquitas, -tatls, /. [inlquus, unequal],
inequality, unfairness; disadvantage.
IT, 22.
Inlquus, -a, -um, adj. [ln-+aequus,
even, just], uneven; unjust, unrfair;
unfavorable, disadvantageous. I, 44;
n, 10.
Inltlum, -ti, «• ClneS, go into], begin-
ning, commencement, origin; edge,
of a country, borders. 1 , 1.
Iniungo, -lungere, -ilinzl, -iiinctum,
tr. [lungo, join], join to; impose.
InluTia, -ae,/. [ln-+lus, right], wrong.
Injustice; outrage. Injury, harm, vio-
lence. I. 7.
Inlussu, abl. o/lnlusaus, -iis, m. [lubeo,
order] , vrtthout command or order. I,
19.
Inaascor, -nasci, -natus sum, intr.
[nascor, be born], be born in, be en-
gendered; Innatus, pf. part, as adj.,
inborn, natural.
innitOT, -niti, -nixus sum, intr. [ni-
tor, rest on] , lean upon. 11,27.
luuocens, -entig, acy. [In— l-nocens,
InjurlousJ, not injurious ; innocent.
^Innocentla, -ae. /. [innocens, inno-
cent], Integrliy. I, 40.
Inopla, -ae, /. [inops, needy], need,
want rioverty, lack; want of provis-
ions, banker. •" ?7.
Inoplnans, -anus, ac0. [ln-+opInins,
expecting], not expecting, not suspect-
ing, unawares, off one's guard. 1, 12,
Inquam, -Is,. -It, def. verb, tr., used only
with direct quotations- and follovnng
one or more words of t!te quotation, say.
IV, 26.
insclens, -entls, adj. [In— |-sclenB,
knowing], not knowing, unaware, Ig-
norant. 1, 19.
Insclentla, -ae,/. [insclens, ignorant],
ignorance. Ill, 9.
insclus, -a, -um, adj. [sclo, know], not
knowing, ignorant, not awaf e. IV, 4.
insequoT,-Eequi, -seciltuB sum, tr. and
intr. [sequor, follow], follow up or
after, follow close upon, pursue. I,
16.
InserS, -serere, -serul, -sertum, tr.,
insert, thrust in. Ill, 14.
insidlae, -arum, /. pi. [sedeo, sit], a
sitting or lying in wait; ambush, am-
buscade; treachery; artifice, crafty
device. 1, 13.
insldior, 1, intr. [Insidlae, ambush],
lie in ambush. .
inslgnls, -e, adj. [signo, mark], marked,
remarkable; n. as noun, mark, sign;
ornament, trapping. 1, 12.
Insllio, -sllire, -sUul, -sultum, tr.
[sails, leap], leap upon. I, D2.
InsimulS, 1, tr., charge, blame, accuse.
inslnuo, 1, tr. [sinuo, vrfnd], wind Into;
make one's way into, penetrate. IV,
S3.
Inslsto, -slstere, -stltl, , tr. and
intr. [slsto, s'tand], stand upon; stand
firm, take a stand; press on, pursue;
with ratlonem, adopt, use. II, 27.
insolenter, adv. [insclens, unwonted],
unusually; arrogantly, insolently.
1,14.
Inspects, 1, . [intrS, wlthln-f versus,
pf. part, o/verto, turn], within, on
the inside. II, IS.
introrumpo, -rumpere, -riipi, -rup-
tum, tr. [intro, wlthln-|-rump6,
break], break In or through.
Intueor , 2, tr. [tueor, look] , look at. I,
32.
intus, adv., within, on the inside.
inusitatus, -a, -um, adj. [in— l-astta-
tus, usual], unusual, uncommon,
strange, startling. II, 31.
Iniitilia, -e, adj. [in-+fltUlB, useful],
useless, worthless; disadvantageous.
II, 16.
InveniS, -venire, -venI, -ventum, tr.
[TeniS, come], come upon. And, meet
with; find out, learn. I, 63; II, 16.
Inventor, -oris, m. [invenid, And], in-
ventor, author.
Inveterasco, -veterascere, -veteravi,
-veteratum, intr., grow old; become
established, n, 1.
InvictuB, -a, -um, adj. [in-+vlctus,
conquered], unconquerable, invinci-
ble. 1,36.
invideS, -videre, -vidi, -visum, intr.
[video, see], look askance at; envy.
II, 31.
invldia, -ae, /. [invldeo, envy], envy,
hatred.
Invlolatus, -a, -um, adj. [In— l-vlola-
tus, injured], uninjured; Inviolate,
sacred. Ill, 9.
Invito, 1, tr., invite, summon; allure,
persuade. I, 36; IV, 6.
invltus, -a, -um, adj., against one's
wish or will, unwilling, reluctant; Be
Invito, against his wilL I, 8.
lovis, see luppiter.
ipse. Ipsa, ipsum, gen. IpsiUB (App.
59) intensive pron., self (as opposed to
some one else; not to be confused with
the reflexive sS, self. App. 163) ; him-
self, herself, itself, themselves; he,
she, it, they; as adj., very; in gen.,
his, her, its, or their own. 1, 1.
Iracundia, -ae, /. [Iracundus, irrita-
ble]. Irritability, anger.
IRACUNDUS
43
lUXTA
iracundus, -a, -um, adj. [Jra, anger],
irritable. I, 31.
IrrldeS, -rldere, -rial, -risum, intr.
[in+rldeo, laugh], laugb, jeer. II,
30.
irridlcule, adv. tin-+ridleulus, witty],
without wit, unwittlly. I, 42.
irrumpo, -lumpere, -riipi, -ruptum,
tr. [in+rumpo, break], break into,
rush into; force a way into, storm.
IV, 14.
irruptiS, -5ii1b, /. [iirumpo, break
into], a breaking into, attack.
Is, ea. Id, geti. eiuB (App. 57), weak dem.
pron. referring to some person or object
named in the context, tliis, that, these,
those; he, she, it, they; the, a; is
locus quo, a, or the, place where; ea
quae, (the) things which; eo, with
comp., the; e5 maglB, all the more;
00 . . . quo, with comparatives, the
. . . the. 1, 1.
iste, -a, -ud, gen. Istius (App. 55), dem.
pron. used of something near the person
addressed, that, this.
ita, adv., so, thus, in this way; as fol-
lows; ut . . . ita, in proportion as
. . . In such proportion, as ... so;
non ita, not so very, not very; ita
. . . ut, just . . . as; so . . . that. I,
11.
Italia , -ae, /., Italy, sometimes {in
^VSSSUr) including Cisalpine Qaul, hut
usually including only the rest of the
peninsula, 1, 10.
Itaque, conj. [ita, so], and so, therefore,
accordingly. I, 9.
item, adv., in like manner, so, also, just
so. I, 3.
iter, itlneris, n. [eo, go], route, road;
journey, march; passage; facereiter,
march, travel; magnis Itlnerlbus, by
forced marches. I, 3.
iterum, €tdv„ again, a second time; se-
mel atque iterum, again and again.
1,31.
ItiUB, -ti, m. (Ad), Itius (Ssh'yus), a
harbor.
ituTUB, see eo.
iuba, -ae,/., mane. 1,48.
iubed, iubere, lussl, iussum, tr., or-
der, bid, command, enjoin. I, B.
iudiclum, -cl, n. [iiidex, judge]. Judi-
cial proceedings, trial ; opinion, judg-
ment; iudiclum facere, express an
opinion; iiidicio, by design, purposely.
1,4.
ludico, 1', tr. [ludex, a judge], pass judg-
ment on, judge, decide, determine;
think, consider. 1, 12.
lugum, -i, n. [iungd, join], yoke; ridge,
crest. I, 7,
liimentum, -i, jt. [lungo, join, yoke],
yoke or draft animal, beast of burden.
1,3.
iunctura, -ae,/. [iungo, join], joining.
IV, 17.
lungo, iungere, lunxl, ianctum, tr.,
join or unite together, attach, connect.
1,8.
lunlor, see iuvenis.
liinius. -ni, m., (l) Decimus Junius
■ Brutus, see Briitus; (2) Quintus Ju-
nius (kwln'ttis ju'ulfis), a Spaniard
in Caesar's service.
Jupiter, lovis (App. 27), m., Jupiter
n(jO/pi-ter), or Jove, god of the heavens,
the chief god of the Bomans.
lara, -ae, m. (Cg), the Jura (ju'ra)
mountains. I, 2.
iliro, 1, tr, and intr. [iQa, right], take
oath; swear. I, 31.
iiis, iurls, »., right, justice, law; rights;
power, authority. I, 4,
lus IQrandum, iurls lurandi, n. [iiii,
right-|-iiir6, swear], an oath. I, 3.
iuBSii, m., abl. of iussus, -us, [iubeo,
order], by command, by order.
iustitia, -ae, /. [iustus, just], justice,
fair dealing, uprightness. 1, 19.
iHstus, -a, -um, adj. [ius, right], in ac-
cordance with law or right, lawful,
valid, just, fair; proper, regular; with
funera, appropriate. I, 43; IV, 18.
iuveniB, -e, adj., young; comp., ianior,
in plur. as noun, men of military age.
iuventas, -utis, /. [iuvenis, young],
period of youth, from seventeen to
forty-five years; the youth, the young
men. m, 16. >
luvo, iuvare, iuvi, latum, tr., aid, as-
sist, help. I, 26.
luzta, adv. [lungo, join], next, near.
II, 26.
44
LEMANNUS
Kal., ahbr.for Kalendae, -arum,/., tbe
Calends, the first day of the Soman
month. I, 6.
L., abbr./or L&clus, Lucius (lu'sbyiis),
a Boman praenomen. 1,6.
L, sign for quinquaglnta, fifty.
LaberluB. -ri, m., Qulntus Laberlus
Durus (kwln' tfls la-be' ri-fisflu'riis), a
tribune.
IiablenuB. -i, m., Titus Atins Labienus
(t l'tas a'shySs la/'bi-e'nus). Caesar'i
most trusted lieutenant in the Gallic
War. In the Civil War he aided Pom-
pey and was slain at Munda^ 45 B.C.
1,10.
labor, labi, lapsus sum, intr., slip; go
wrong; hac spe lapsus, disappointed
in this hope.
labor, -oris, m., toil, effort, striving;
labor, hardship. I, 44; III, 6.
labors, l, intr. [labor, toll], toil, work
hard; be anxious, troubled, or per-
plexed; labor, suffer, be hard pressed.
I, 31; IV, 26.
labrum, -i, n., lip; edge.
lac, lactlB, n., milk. IV, 1.
lacesad, -ere, -ivi, -itum, tr., arouse,
harass, provoke, irritate, attack. I,
16.
lacrlma, -ae,/., tear. 1,20.
lacrlmo, l, intr. [laorlma, tear], weep.
lacus, -us, m., lake. I, 2.
laedS, laedere, Iaesl,laeBuin, tr., hurt,
damage; laedere fidem, to break
faith.
laetitia, -ae, /. [laetus, joyful], Joy,
rejoicing.
laetus, -a, -um, aiy., joyful. Ill,
18.
languide, adv. [languldus, faint], faint-
ly, sluggishly.
langulduB, -a, -um, ad}-, weak, faint,
sluggish. Ill, 6.
languor, -oris, m., weakness, falntness,
lassitude.
lapis, -Idls, m., stone. I, 46; II, 6.
laqueus, -I, m., noose, snare.
largior, 4, tr. [largus, lar^e], give
largely or freely; bribe. I, 18.
larglter, adv. [largus, large], largely,
freely, much; larglter poBse, to have
great Infinence. 1, 18,
largltlo, -onls,/. [largior, bribe], brib-
ery. I, 9.
lasBltilda, -Inls, /. [lassus, weary],
weariness, faintness, exhaustion, las-
situde. II, 23.
late, adv. [latus, wide], widely, exten-
sively; longc lateque, far and wide.
1,2.
latebra, -ae,/. [lateo, lie hidden], bid-
ing place.
lateo, -ere, -ui, , intr., escape no-
tice, lurk, lie concealed or hidden. II,
19.
Iatltad5, -InlB,/. [latus, wide], width,
extent, breadth. I, 2.
Latobrigi , -orum, m. (Bh), the Lato-
brigi (lat/'o-bri'ji), a Sallic tribe east
of the Shine. I, B. - ■
latrS, -5nlB, m., freebooter, bandit, rob-
ber. Ill, 17.
latroclnlum, -ni, n. [latrd, robber],
robbery, brigandage.
latus, -a, -um, a(ij. broad, wide, exten-
sive. I, 2.
latus, seeteio.
latUB, -erlB, »., side; vrlng or flank o/
an army. 1, 25.
laudo, 1, tr. [laus, praise], praise.
laus, laudls,/., praise, commendation;
renown, popularity, glory. I, 40; IV,
3.
lavo, lavare, lavi, lautum, tr., wash;
in pass., bathe. IV, 1.
lazo, I, tr., stretch out, extend, open.
II, 26.
legatlo, -onls, /. [lego, delegate], em-
bassy, legation; commission. 1,3.
legatus, -i, m. [lego, delegate], one with
delegated powers; ambassador, envoy,
legate; lieutenant, legatus. I, 7.
leglo, -SnlB,/. [lego, choose], a legion.
1,7.
leglonarlus, -a, -um, adj. (Iegl5, le-
gion], relating to a legion, legionary.
I, 42; II, 27.
Lsmsjonus, -I {with or wtVAoutlacus),
m. (Cg)i Lake Lemannus (le-mftn'tls),
better Lake Leman, or the Lake ot
Geneva. I, S.
LEMOVICES
45
LONGURIUS
LemovieeB. -um, m, (CDd), the Liemo-
vices (lSm"o-vi'sez).
lenis, -e, acU-, gentle, mUd, smootb.
IV, 28.
lenltas, -tatls, /. [lenls, smooth],
smoothness, gentleness. 1, 12.
lenlter, adv. [lenls, smooth], softly,
smoothly, gently, gradually. II, 8.
LepontU, -orum, m. (Ch), the LepontU
• fle -pSiyshyi) . IV, 10.
leptlB, -oris, m., hare.
Leuci. -5rum, m. (Btg), the Leucl
(lu'si). 1,40.
Levaci, ^rum, m. (Af), the Levaci
■ (le-va'si).
levis, -e, euij., light (in weight), slight;
light-minded, fickle,^ inconstant. II,
10.
levitas, -tatls, /. [levis, light], light-
ness; fickleness, restlessness. II, 1.
levo, 1, tr. [levls, light], lighten, ease,
relieve,
lex, legis, /., law, statute, enactment.
1,1.
~68k-s6'Ti-l). 111,9.
libenter, adv. [libens, willing], willing-
ly, gladly, with pleasure. I, 44; III,
18.
liber, -era, -erum, a<^., unrestrained,
free; undisputed. I, 44.
llberalltas, -tatls, /. [liber, free],
freedom in giving, «<<;.,■ generosity. 1,
18.
llberallter, adv. [liber, free], gracious-
ly, generously, kindly. II, 6.
llbere, adv. [liber, free], freely, without
restraint, boldly. 1, 18.
liberi, -orum, m. [liber, free], the free
membere of the household (a« opposed to
slaves) ; children. 1, 11,
libero, 1, tr. [liber, free], make or set
free, release, deliver. IV, 19.
libertas, -tatls, /. [liber, free], free-
dom, liberty. Independence. 1, 17.
llbrills, -e, adj. [libra, a pound], of a
pound weight; funda llbrills, a sling
for throwing heavy missiles.
llcens, see llceor.
llcentla, -ae,/. [licet, it is permitted],
lawlessness, presumption.
Uceor, 2, intr.,X)ii (at an auction). 1, 18.
licet, licere, licult and licltum est,
inlr., impert.. It is lawful, one has per-
mission, it is permitted, one may, one
is allowed; licet mlbi, I may; petere
ut Uceat, to ask permission. I, 7.
LlCTTj-erls, m. (Cce), the river Liger,
"Wjer), better the Loire. Ill, 9.
llgnatia, -onis,/- [lignum, wood], the
procuring of wood.
llgnator, -oris, m. [lignum, wood], one
sent to get wood, wood-forager.
lillum, -li, n., lily; a kind of pitfall,
named from its resemblance to a lily.
linea, -ae,/. [linum, flax] ,linen thread ;
line.
Llngones, -um, m. (Bf), the Llngones
(iing'go-nez). I, 26.
lingua, -ae,/., tongue; language. 1,1.
Ilngula, -ae, /. [lingua, tongue], a lit-
tle tongue; a tongue of land. Ill,
12.
llnter, -trls, /., skUt, rowboat, canoe.
I, 12.
linum, -i, »., flax; linen, canvas. Ill,
IS.
lis, litis,/., strife; lawsuit; damages.
Llscus, -1, m., liiscus (lls'kiis), a chief
magistrate of the Haedui. 1, 16.
Lltavlccus, - 1, m. Litaviocus (llt/'a-
vlk'Os), a Haeduan nobleman.
Ilttera, -ae, /., a letter of the alphabet,
a written siga, mark, or character; in
pi., letters of the alphabet; letter, epis-
tle. I, 26.
litus, -oris, n., seashore, beach, shore.
IV, 23.
locus, -i, m.(pl. loca, -5rum, n.), place,
position, locality, situation; topic,
subject; condition, state; rank, fami-
ly; opportunity; obsidum loco, as
hostages. I, 2.
locutus, see loquoT.
longe, adv. [longus, long], far, faraway,
distant; longe late(iue, far and wide.
1,1.
longlnquus, -a, -um, adj. [longus,
long], far off, distant, remote; long,
long continued. I, 47j IV, 27.
longltudS, -Inls, /. [longus, long],
length, extent; long duration. 1, 2.
longurlus, -ri, tn. [longus, long], »
long pole. Ill, 14.
LONGUS
46
MANIPULU8
longUB, -a, -um, adj., long, distant; of
long duration; tedious. I, 40; II,
21.
loquor, loaul, locutus sum, inir.,
speak, talk, converse. I, 20.
lorica, -ae, /., coat ot mall; parapet,
breastwork.
Iiiieanlus, -ni, m. Qulntus Lucanlus
(kwm'tos lu-ka/ni-fis) a cerUurion.
jt Lucterlua. -ri, 7».,Iiuctenns (luk-te'rl-
us), ac/iief of the CaSiwrd.
Lugotorii, -iglB,m., Lugotorlx (lu-g6t'- ■
6-i'iks) , a British chief.
luna, -ae,/., the moon. I, 60; IV, 29.
mtet la. -ae, /. (Be), Lutetia (lu-te'-
Stya)', tAe capital of the Parisii, now
Paris.
liiz, lucls, /., light, daylight; prima
luce, at daybreak. I, 22.
luzurla, -ae, /., luxury, high living.
II, 15.
n.
M., abbr. for Marcus (mar'kfis), a
Roman praenornen. 1, 2.
M , sign for mlUe , thousand.
macerla, -ae,/., wall.
macblnatiS, -5nis, /. [machlnor, con-
trive], a mechanical contrivance, ma-
chine, engine, derrick. II, 30.
maestUB, -a, -um, adtj. [maered, be
sad], dejected, sad.
Magatobrlga -ae. f. (Cf ), Magetobriga
'■^ (maj'e^tOb'rl-ga), a Oallie town where
Ariovistua defeated the OauU. I, 31,
maglB, adv., comp. [magnus, great],
more, rather. In a higher degree; mp.,
maxlme, especially, in the highest de-
gree; mostly, mainly. I, 3.
maglstratuB, -us, m. [maglster, mas-
ter], public office, magistracy; public
officer, magistrate. I, 4.
magnlflcus, -a, -um, adj. [magnus,
great -|-f acid, make], magnificent,
splendid.
magnitudo, -Inls,/. [magnus, great],
greatness, greatsize, size, extent; stat-
ure (coipOTum); vlolenceC venti) ; se-
verity (poenae) ; magnitude anlmi,
courage. I, 39; II. 12.
magnopere, adv. [magnus, great+
opus, woib], withgreat labor; especial-
ly, greatly, exceedingly, earnestly. I,
13.
magnus, -a, -um, adj., great (in lizt.
Quantity, or degree), large, abundant,
much; important, extensive; loud
(voice) ; high (tide) ; magni (gen. eing.
neat.), ot great importance; magnis
ItinerlbUB, by forced marches. Comp.,
maior; mp., maximus. I, 2.
maiestas, -tatls, /. [maior, greater],
greatness, honor, majesty.
maior, maius, adj. [comp. of magnus,
great], greater (in degree, size, time,
etc.); older, elder; as noun, malores
natu, elders, old men; maiorea, an-
cestors. I, 13.
malacia, -ae, /., a calm at sea. Ill, IS.
male, adv. [malua, bad], badly, ill, ad-
versely. Comp., pelus; aup., pessime.
1,40.
maleflcium, -cl, n. [malum, evll-f-
facio, do], evil doing, mischief, harm,
injury. I, 7.
malo, malle, malui, (App. 83), tr,
andintr. [maglB, more+volo, wish],
wish more or rather, prefer. Ill, 8.
maluB, -I, m., mast; pole, beam (up-
right). 111,14.
malua, -a, -um, adj., evil, bad. Injuri-
ous; comp., pelor, peius; n. as noun,
a worse thing; sup., pessimua. 1, 31,
mandatum, -I, n. [mando, command],
charge. Injunction, order, command;
message. 1,35; It; S.
mando, 1, tr. [manus, hand-]-d5, give],
give into one^s hands; entrust, commit;
enjoin, order, command. 1, 12.
Mandyb ii. -orum, m. (Ct), the Mandu-
bll(man-du'bii).
Mandubraclua , -ci, m., Mandubraclus
(mS,n"au-Dra' shyas), a British chief.
mane, adv. , in the morning, early. IV,
13.
maneo, manere, mans!, manaum,
intr. , remain, continue, abide, stay. I,
36; IV, 1.
manipularls, -e, actj. [manlpulus,
maniple], of a maniple; as noun, com-
mon soldier; suus manipularis, a
soldier ot his own company.
manipulua, -!, m. (manua, hand+pleo,
fill), a handful (eep. of hay, about a
MANLIUS
47
MENSURA
pole^ anciently used aa a atandardi, a
company {of two centuries, the third of
a cohort), maniple. II, 2B.
M ayllllS. -li. m., Lucius Manllus (lu'-
sliyiis mSn'U-ilsJ, proconsul in 78 B.C.
m, 20.
mgnauefaclo, -facere, -feci, -factum
{pass., mauBuefio), tr. [mansuetus,
tame+faclo, make], tame.
nansuetudd, -Inls, /. [mansuetus,
tame], gentleness, clemency, compas-
sion. II, 14.
mauus, -us,/., the hand; .In manlbus,
near at hand; manti, by hand, t>y art;
ferrea manus, a grappling -hook;
dare manus, yield; an armed force,
troop, hand, company. 1, 25.
Marcomanni . -orum, m. (BJ), theMar-
' c6mannl"i|mar''ko-miln'i). I, 51.
mare, -Is, n., sea; mare Oceanum, the
ocean. Ill, 7.
marltimus, -a, -um, adj. [mare, sea],
of the sea, sea; maritime, naval, on
the sea; ora, the sea shore. II, 34.
l HariuSi -ri, m., Gaius Marlus (ga'yus
' maTri-us), the conqueror of the Oimbri
and Teutoni. 1, 40.
Uars, -tls, m., Mar3(mS,rz), god of war;
war; aequo Marte, with equal ad-
vantage.
mas, marls, adj. , male ; a« noun, a male.
matara, -ae,/., Celtic ia,\e\in. I, 26.
mater, -trls,/., moth,er; matresfaml-
Uae, matrons. 1, 18.
materia, -ae, /., material; wood, tim-
ber, in, 29.
materlor, 1, intr. [materia, material,
wood], procure wood.
I|i^Ug£S, -onls, m. (Cf), Matlsco (ma-
tis' ko), a city of the Haedui, now Macon.
matrlmdnlum, -ni, n. [mater, mother] ,
marriage, wedlock, matrimony; In
matrimonlum dare, to give in mar-
riage; In matrimonlum ducere, to
marry (said of the man). I, S.
Matrona . -ae, m. (Bet), the river Matro-
ua (m&t'ro-na), now the Mame. 1, 1.
mature, adv. [maturus, ripe], early,
speedily, soon. I, 83; IV, 6.
Uftturesco, maturescere, mattirul,
— ^, intr. [maturus, ripe], become
dpe, ripen.
matnro, 1, tr. and intr. [mat&rus, rlpel,
ripen; quicken, accelerate; make
haste, hasten. I, 7.
maturus, -a, -um, adj., ripe; early. I,
16.
mazlme, see magls.
maxlmus, -a, -um, adj. [aup. of mag-
nus, great. App. 42], greatest, largest.
1,3.
MailmuB, -i, m., Quintns Fablus Maxl
mus (quln'tus la'bi-us mak'si-mus)
victor over the Oaula., 121 B.C. I, 45.
medeor, mederl, , intr,, remedy,
cure.
mediccrls, -ere, a»., Marcus Valerius Mes-
saia (mar'kus va-le'ri-ua m6-sa'la),
consul, 61 B.C. I, 2.
metlor, metiii, mensuc sum; tr., deal
or measiu'e out, distribute. 1, 16.
M etlosedum, -i, ». (Be), Metiosedum
"(me"shyo-se' dilm), a town of the Sen-
ones, now Melun.
MetlUB, -ti, m., Marcus Metius (max'-
' Kusme'shyiis}. I, 47.
meto, metere, messul, messum, tr.,
mow, reap. IV, 32.
metus, -us, m. [metud, fear], fear,
dread, anxiety, apprehension; metti
terrltare, terrify; lioc meta = metn
bnluB ret, from fear of this. IV,
4.
meuB, -a, -um, po««. adj. pron. [cf. ob-
lique caees of ego] , my, mine, my o wa.
IV, 2B.
miles, -itiB, m., soldier, private sol-
dier; infantry {opposed to equltes);
mllltea imperare, levy soldiers upon.
1,7.
milla, see mllle.
milltarlB, -e, ac^. [miles, soldier], of a
soldier, military, martial; res mlll-
taria, military matters, warfare, the
selence of warfare. 1, 31,
mlUtla, -ae, /. [miles, soldier], mili-
tary service, warfare.
mllle, indecl. num. ae^'., a thousand; pi.
as noun, milia, -ium, n., thousands,
(usually followed by part, gen.); miUa
passnum, thousands of paces, miles.
1,2.
Minerva, - ae,/., Minerva (nil-ner'v%),
" goddess 0/ wisdom and the arts.
mlnlme, adv. [minimus, least], least,
very little; by no means, not at alL
1,1.
minimus, -a, -um, sup. o/parruB.
minor, comp, of parvus.
Mlnuciua, -ol, m. Lucius IMlnuclus
"■ hsasuus (lil'shyils mi-nil'shyjls bSs'I-
ICis) , a commander of cavalry,
mlnuo, minuere, minul, mlnatum, tr.
and intr. [minus, less] , lessen, impair,
diminish; settle (contrSverslas) ;
mlnuente aestu, the tide ebbing.
1,20.
minus, adv. comp. [parvus, little], less;
not at all, too little; quo minus, see
(lu5mlnuB. 1, 2.
oiror, 1, tr. and intr., wonder or marvel
at; wonder, be astonished. 1,32.
mirus, -a, -um, adj [miror, wonder
at], strange, astonishing; mirum In
modum, surprisingly. I, 84.
miser, -era, -erum, adj., wretched,
miserable, pitiable.unfortunate; poor,
worthless. I, 3Ji; II, 28.
mlserlcordla, -ae, /. [mlsereo, pity-f-
cor, the heart], pity, mercy, compas-
sion. II, 28.
mlseror, l, tr. [miser, wretched), be-
wail, lament over, deplore. I, 39.
misl, see mltto.
misauB, -ua, f72. [mlttd, send], a sending,
dispatching; miSBu Caesaris, sent by
Caesar.
missus, see mltto.
mItlBslme, superl. adv. [mitls, mild],
very mildly or gently.
mltto, mlttere, misl, mlaaum, tr..
send, send off, dismiss, let go, dis-
patch; burl, discharge. I, 7.
moblllB, -e, a^. [moved, move],
changeable. IV, S.
mdbUltas, -tatls,/. [mSbills, movsr
ble], movableness, activity^ speed;
MOBILITER
49
MUNDUS
fickleness. Incon-
stancy. II, 1,
mobiliter, adv. [mobllla, moTable],
readily, easily. Ill, 10.
modeior, l, tr. [modus, limit], man-
age, govern, control, guide. IV, 33.
modeatia, -ae, /. [modus, limit],
moderation, self-control, sobriety of
bebavlor.
mode, adv. [modus, measure], with
Tneasure or limit; only, merely; even.
Just, at least, but; of time, just
now, recently; non mode , . . sed
etlam, not only, . . . but also. I,
16.
modus, -I, m., measure, quantity, size;
manner, method, style; elus modi,
of such a kind, such ; abl., modo, with
gen.. In the character of, like. I, 41;
II, 31.
moenla, -lum, n. pi., defensive walls,
city walls, ramparts, 'bulwarks, for-
tiScations, defenses. II, 6.
moles, -Is,/., mass; dike. Ill, 12.
moleste, adv., with annoyance; mo-
leste ferre, be annoyed. II, 1,
molimentum, -i, n. [molior, exert
one's self] , effort, difftculty. I, 34.
molltus, -a, -um, see molo.
mollis, 4, tr. [mollis, soft], soften,
make easy.
mollis, -e, adj., soft; smooth; weak.
ni,19.
mollitia, -ae, /. [mollis, soft], weak-
ness.
mollltles, -ei, /. [mollis, soft], weak-
ness.
mol5, -ere, -ui, -Itum, tr., grind. I, 5.
mdmentum, -i, >>■, weight, influence,
importance.
Mona, -ae,/., Mona (mo'na), an island
~ojr the coast of Britain, probably the
Isle of Man.
moneo, 2, tr., warn, advise, instruct,
order. I, 20.
mons, mentis, m., mountain; moun-
tain range; hill, height. 1,1.
mora, -ae, /. , delay. ll, IB.
morbus, -i, m., illness, sickness, dis-
ease.
Morlnl, -Srum, m. (Ae), the Morlni
" (miir'l-ni). U, 4.
morlor, mori, mortuus sum, tntr-
[mors, death] , die. I, 4.
MorltaseuB, - I, m., Morltasgus (mSr"-
i-ias'gus), a chief of the Senones.
moroT, 1, tr. and intr. [mora, a delay],
delay, hinder; tarry, linger. I, 26.
mors, -tls, /., death; slbl mortem
cSnsciscere, commit suicide. 1, 4,
mortuus, see morlor.
mds, mdrls, m., manner, custom, prac-
tice f pi., customs, habits; character.
1,4.
Mosa, -ae. m. (ABf), the river Mosa
■ imo'sa), now the Meuse or Maas.
IV, 9.
motus, -us, rn. [moved, 'move], move-
ment, motion; political movement,
uprising, disturbance. IV, 23.
moveo, movere, movl, motum, tr., set
in motion, move; affect, influence;
with castra, move camp from one
place to another, or break camp. 1, 15.
inulier, -erls,/., woman; wife. 1,29.
mulio, -onls, m. [miilus, mule], mule
driver, muleteer.
multitiido, -inis, /. [multus, much],
a great number, multitude; the mul-
titude, the common people, the popu-
lace. I, 2.
multo, 1, tr., fine, deprive one of some-
thing as afi7ie.
multo, adv. [abl. of multus, much],
by far, much.
multum, adv. [ace. of multus, much],
much, very, greatly, especially; comp.
plus, mere; plus posse, be more
able or powerful, have more influence;
sup. plurinum, most, very; pluri-
mum posse, be most powerful; be
very powerful or Influential. I, 3.
multus, -a, -um, adj., much, great; pi.
many; with abl. denotijig time when,
late; as noun, nxa,ny persons or things;
comp. plus, plUriS, more; as noun,
more; pi. more, several, many; eup.,
plurlmus, -a, -um, most; pi., very
many. I, 3.
miilus, -i, m., a mule.
Munatiua. -ti, m., Iiucius Munatlns
"Plancus (lii'shyfls mii-na'shyiis
plfing'ktis), a iieuierhwiSrof^Oaesc^.
mmnlllifr-ir ">•• universe, world.
MUNIMENTUM
50
NECESSITUDO
mfinlmentum, -i, n. [mfinlo, fortify],
defense, fortilftcatlon. II, 17.
munio, 4, tr., defend with a wall, for-
tify, defend, protect; miinltUB, pf.
part, as adj., fortified, defended, pro-
tected. I, 24.
manitlo, -onls, /. [munlo, fortify],
fortifying; fortification, rampart,
works, intrenchments. I, 8,
miinus, -erls, »., duty, service, task;
present. I, 43.
mQtalls, -e, adj. [miirus, wall], per-
taining to a wall, mural; morale pi-
lum, mural javelin, a heavy javelin to
be thrown from the top of a wall. Ill,
14.
mtirua, -1, m., a wall. 1, 8.
musculus, -I, m. [dim. o/mua, mouse],
sbed, mantlet.
mutllua, -a, -um, adj., mutilated,
broken.
N.
nactus, -a, -um, see nanclscor.
nam, conj., for. 1, 12.
Kamm eluB, -i, m., Nammelns (nS-me'-
yiisj. -1, 7.
M amneteB, -um, m. (Cc),tlie Namnetes
" {nam'ne-tez). _ III, 9.
namque, conj. [nam, for], for. I, 38;
III, 13.
nanclscor, nanclscl, nactus sum,
tr., get, obtain possession of; meet
vrith, find. I, 53; IV, 23.
KantuateB, -lum. m. (CDg), the Nan-
tuates (nan^'tu-a'tez). Ill, 1.
Harbo, -onlB, m. (Ee), Narbo (nar'bo),
now Narbonne. Ill, 20.
nascor, nascl, natus sum, intr., be
bom or produced; rise, spring up, be
reared ; be found. II, 18,
Waaua^ -ae. m. Nasua (nasb'u-a), a
leader of the Suebi. I, 37.
natalls, -e, adj. [nascor, be born],
pertaining to birth ; dies, birthday.
natlo, -onla,/. [nascor, be born], race,
tribe, people, nation. I, 53; II, 36.
nativus, -a, -um, adj. [nascor, bo
bom], native; natural.
natiira, -ae, /. [nascor be bom], na-
ture; natural disposition, character;
constitution. 1, 2.
natua, -&a, m. [nascor, be bom], blrtb;
malores natfi, greater by birth, elders.
II. 13.
natus, -a, -um, tee nascor.
nauta, -ae, m. [for navlta; navls,
ship], sailor. Ill, 9.
nautlcua, -a, -um, adj. [nauta, sailor],
pertaining to sailors; nautical, naval,
ni, 8.
navallB, -e, adj. [navls, ship], pertain-
ing to ships, naval. Ill, 19.
navlcula, -ae, /. [dim. of cavla, ship],
small boat, skiff. I, 63.
narlgatlS, -onla, /. [navlgo, sail],
sailing, navigation; voyage. Ill, 9.
navlglum, -gi, /(. [navlgo, sail], a sail-
ing vessel, ship, craft, ni, 14,
navlgo, 1, intr. [navls, ship], set sail,
sail, in, 8.
navla, -la,/., ship, boat; navls longa,
galley, ship of war; navls oneraria,
transport. I,'8.
navo, 1, .,011oTico(fi-16r'l-ko),
a kiHj^ if the Nitiobroget.
omltta, -mlttere, -mlai, -missum, tr.
[Ob-fmltto, send], let go or fall, drop;
give up, neglect, disregard. II, 17.
omnino, adv. [omnia, all], at all; what-
ever; altogether, entirely, wholly; in
all, only. 1, 6.
omnia, -e, act}., all, every, all the, every
kind of; the whole, as a whole; tn. pi.
at noun, all, every one; all the rest; ».
pi. at noun, all posseaslons or goods.
1,1.
onerarlua, -a, -urn, ai}. [onua, bur-
den], fitted for burdens; with navla,
transport, freight ship. IV, 22.
oneio, 1, tr. [onua, load], load.
onua, -OTia, »., load, burden; weight,
size. II, 30.
opera, -ae, /. [opus, work], work, ex-
ertion; service; pains, attention; dare
operam, give attention, take pains.
II, 26.
opinio, -onls, /. [opinor, think], way
of thinking, opinion; impression; ex-
pectation; reputation; opinio tlmo-
ris. Impression of cowardice, n, 3.
opoTtet, -ere, -ult, , intr. impers..
It Is necessary, needful, becoming,
proper; when translated as personal
verb, must, ought. I, 4.
oppldanus, -a, -um, adj. [oppidum,
town], of or pertaining to a town; in
pi. as'noun, townspeople, inhabitants
of a town. II, 7.
oppidum, -i, n. fortified town, town,
stronghold. I, B.
opp5n5, -ponere, -posui, -poaltum,
tr. [0b-|-pon5, place], place against or
opposite, oppose; oppoaltua, p/. i>ar<.
as ad}., in front, opposite.
opportane, adv. [opportlinua, fit], cp-
portonely, seasonably. IV, 22.
opportQnltaa, -tatla,/. [opportilnUB,
fit], fitness; fit time, opportunity; ad-
vantage; mth loci, favorable situa-
tion or position; tntA temporlB, favor-
able opporttmity. m, 12.
opportiinua, -a, -um, adj., fit, oppor-
tune, lucky, suitable; favorable, ad-
vantageous. 1, 30; II, 8.
oppositua, see oppon5.
opprimo, -primeie, -preaai, -prea-
sum, tr. [ob-)-premo, press], press
down, oppress; overwhelm, overpow-
er, destroy; fall upon, surprise. 1,44;
III, 2.
oppugnatiS, -onis, /. [oppugno,
storm], a storming, besieging, siege,
assault, attack; plan or method of
storming. II, 6.
oppugn5, 1, tr. Lob-f-pugnS, fight], fight
against, attack, assault, storm, be-
siege. I, E.
ops, opia, /., help, aid; pi., wealth, re-
sources; authority,infiuence, strength.
1,20.
optatua, -a, -um, adj. [opto, wish],
wished for, desired, welcome.
optima, sup. o/bene.
optlmus, sup. of bonua,
opua, operls, n., work, labor; military
work or works, fortifications, defen-
ses; a work of engineering or architec-
ture; natQra et opere, by nature and
art; opera, crafts. I, 8.
opus, indecl. noun, n. [qf. opus, work,
deed], need, necessity; opus eat, it is
necessary, there is need, the thing
needed being expressed either by the
nom. or abl. (App. 116). I, 84;
11,8.
ora, -ae, /., border, margin; coast,
shore. Ill, 8.
6rati5, -onla, /. [otS, speak], a speak-
ORATOR
55
PARO
Ing, speech, language, words, address,
argument. 1, 3.
orator, -oris, m. [5rd, speak], speaker;
ambassador, envoy. IV, 27.
orbls, -is, m., orb, ring, circle; orbis
terrarum, the world. IV, 37.
Orcyni a, -ae, /. Orcynia (6r-sinl-a),
soMeas Hercynia.
ordo, -Inis, »»., row, tier, layer; rank,
line of soldiers; arrangement, order;
degree, rank; primi ordines, centu-
rions of the first rank. 1, 40; II, 11.
Oi^f je torlx . -igia, m.,Orgetorix(cr-jSt'-
5-riks), a chief of the Belvetii. 1, 2.
orior, oiiri, ortus sum, intr., arise,
begin, spring up, rise, start; be born,
descend; oriena Bol, the rising sun,
sunrise; the east. 1,1.
ornamentum, -i, n. [orno, adorn], or-
nament; mark of honor. I, iA.
orno, 1, tr., adorn; furnish, supply;
ornatus, pf. part, as adj., equipped,
furnished, fitted out. Ill, 14.
orS, 1, tr. [OS, mouth], speak; beseech,
entreat. I, 20.
ortus. -us, m. [orior, rise], rising.
OB, oris, n.t mouth; face, countenance.
OslBmij-orum, m. (Bb), the Oslsml
Xpsis'mi), a Oallic people in modern
Brittany. II, 34.
OBtendo, -tendere, -tendi, -tentum,
tr, [obs+tendo, stretch], stretch be-
fore; present, show, bring into view,
reveal; tell, declare; point out, men-
tion. I, 8.
ostentatlo, -onls, /. [ostento, show],
show, display; pretence; pride.
ostentd, l, tr. [freg. of bstendo, show],
show frequently; show, exhibit.
otlUm, -ti, n., leisure, inactivity, qtilet.
ovum, -I, «., egg. IV, 10.
P., abbr. for Fiiblius, a Soman praeno-
mea. 1, 21.
pabulatld, -onls,/. [pabulor, forage],
getting fodder, foraging. I, 16,
pabulator, -oris, m. [pabulor, forage],
forager,
pabulor, 1, intr. [pabulum, fodder],
forage.
pabulum, -I, ». [cf. pasc5, feed], fod-
der, provender. 1, 16.
paco, 1 , tr. [pax, peace], make peaceful,
subdue, pacify; pacatus, pf. part, as
adj., peaceful, quiet, subdued. I, 6.
pactum, -i, n. [paciscor, agree to],
agreement; manner.
Fadus, -i, m. (Dh), the Padus (pa/dQs),
"VltCW, the Po, t/ie largest river of north-
ern Italy.
paene, adv., nearly, almost. I, 11.
paenltet, paenltere, paenituit, ,
tr., impers., it causes regret; makes
one repent; when translated as pers.
verb, repent (App. 109). IV, 5.
paguB, -i, m., village; district, prov-
ince, canton. I, 12.
palam, adv., openly, publicly,
palma, -ae,/., palm of the hand.
paluB, -Hdls, /., marsh, morass, swamp.
I, 40; II, 9.
paluster, -trlB, -tre, adj. [pa ins,
swamp], swampy, marshy.
pando, paudere, pandl, passum, tr.,
spread or stretch out. extend ; passls
caplllis, with disheveled hair; passiB
manibus, with outstretched hands.
I. 61; II, 13.
par, parls, adj., equal, like, similar;
equal to, a match for; vyith words of
number and quantity, the same; par
atque, the same as. I, 28.
parce, adv. [parcUB, frugal], frugally,
sparingly.
pared, parcere, peperci, parsum,
intr. [parous, frugal], be frugal or
economical; spare, not injure.
parens, -entls, m., f. [pario, bring
forth], parent.
parento, \,intr. [parens, parent], make
t\aLera,\ oUeriassespecially for parents;
avenge,
pareo, z, intr. [c/. pario, bring forth],
appear; obey, yield to, be subject to.
1,27.
parl5, parere, peperi, partum, tr.,
bring forth ; gain, acquire, win.
Parisii. -orum, m. (Be), the Parlsll
^pa^zh'yi), a Gallic tribe about modem
Paris.
paro, 1, tr., prepare, get ready; procure,
acquire; prepare for, get ready for;
PARS
56
PELLO
par&tUS, Vf- port, aa 00(7., ready, pre-
pared; equipped. I, 6,
pais, partis,/., part, portion; party,
faction; direction, side, place; dis-
trict. 1,1.
partlm, adv. [ace. o/pars, part], partly.
In part; partlm . . . partlm, some
. . . others. II, 1.
l)artior, 4, tr. [pars, part], part, share,
divide, in, 10.
partus, eee parlo.
parum, adv. [pamis, little], little, too
little, not sufficiently. Ill, 18.
parvulus, -a, -um, adj. [dim. of par-
vus, little], small, inslgnlScant, slight;
parvula proella, skirmishes; par-
vuli, children. II, 30.
parvus, -a, -um, adj., little, small, in-
significant; comp., minor, minus, les-
ser, smaller; shorter; minus, aa »ou»,
less; tup., minimus, -a, -um, least,
very small. I, 8.
passim, adv., in all directions. IV,
11.
passus, -us, m. [pando, extend], a
pace, t?ie distajice from whereihe foot
leaves the ground to where the sarnefoot
ttrikes it again, ameasure of 4 feet, loi-i
inchea {five Roman feet); mille pas-
sus or pasBuum, a Jioman mile, ^5]
feet. I, 2.
passus, see pandS and patior.
patefacio, -facere, -feci, -factum, tr.
[pateo, he oi)en+faclo, make], make
or throw open, open. 11, 32.
pateflo, -fieri, -factus sum, pass, of
patefacio.
patens, -entis, adj. [pateo, be open],
open, unobstructed, accessible. I, 10.
pateo, -ere, -ul, - — , intr., lie or be
open, be passable; stretch out, extend.
1,2.
pater, -trls, m., father; in pJ., forefath-
ers, ancestors; pater familiae, father
or head of a family. I, 3.
patlenter, adv. [pattens; patior, en-
dure], patiently.
patientia, -ae,/. [patlens; patior, en-
dure], endurance, patience..
patior, pati, passus sum, tr. and intr.,
endure, withstand, suffer; permit, al-
low. 1,6.
patrlus, -a, -um, adj. [pater, father],
fatherly; ancestral, II, 16.
patronus, -i, m. [pater, father], pro-
tector, patron.
patruus, -1, m. [pater, father], a fath-
er's brother, uncle,
pauci, -ae, -a,,adj, {used rarely in sing.),
tew, as noun, lew persona or things. I,
IS.
paucitas, -tatis,/. [paucus, few], few-
ness, small number. Ill, 2.
paulatlm, adv. [paulus, little], little
by little, by degrees, gradually. 1,33;
11,8.
paulisper, adv. [paulus, little], for a
short time, for a little while, n, 7,
paulo, adv. [paulus, little], a little,
somewhat, slightly. I, 54; n, 20.
paululum, adv. [paulus, little], a rery
little. 11,8.
paulum, adv. [paulus, little], a little,
somewhat, slightly. I, SO; II, 26.
paulus, -a, -um, adj., little; paulun,
as noun, a little; post paulum, soou
after,
pax, pacis,/., peace; favor. 1,8.
pecco, 1, intr., sin; transgress, do wrong.
1,47.
pectus, -oris, »., the breast,
peciiula, -ae, /., property, wealth;
money,
pecus, -oris, n.,eattle, aherd; usually
small cattle, sheep; meat, flesh, m,
29.
pedalis, -e, adl. [pes, foot], of a foot in
thickness or diameter. Ill, 13.
pedes, peditis, m. [pes, foot], foot sol-
dier; pi., infantry, foot. I, 42; II,
24.
pedester, -tris, -tre, adj. [pes, foot],
on foot, pedestrian; pedestres copi-
ae, infantry. II, 17.
peditatus, -Us, m. [pedes, foot soldier],
foot soldiers, infantry. IV, 34.
PediuB. -di, m., Quintus Pedlus (kwin'
ttis pe'dl-tis), one of Caesar's lieatsn-
ants. II, 2.
peius, comp. of malus.
pellls, -Is,/., a hide, a skin (either on or
off the body of an animal); tent made
of hides. 11,33.
Sello. Dellere. pepull, pulsum, tr.,
PENDO
57
PEEMISCEO
beat, defeat, rout; drive oat, expeL I,
7.
pend5, pendeie, pependi, pensum, tr.,
weigh, weigh out; weigh out vioney,
pay, pay out; witk poenas, suffer. I,
36.
penltUB, adv., deeply; far within.
per, prep, with ace, through, through-
out; by means ot, through the agency
of, on account of, through the efforts
or influence of; per Be, of their own
accord, on their own responsibility;
tometimea with intensive force, in Itself,
themselves; in composition, through,
very, thoroughly, completely. I, 3.
perag5, -agere, -egi, -actum, (?'.[ ago,
lead], lead through; complete, finish.
perangUBtuB, -a, -urn, adj. [angus-
tus, narrow], very narrow.
perclplo, -clpere, -cepi, -ceptum, tr.
[caplo, take] , take completely , obtain ;
learn of, hear.
percontatio, -dnls, /., inquiring, inqui-
ry. I, 39.
percurro, -currere, -ourri, -cursum,
inlr. [cun5, run], run along or over.
IV, 33.
percutlo, -cutere, -cusal, -cussum,
tr., strike or thrust through, slay.
perdisco, -dlBcere, -dldici, — , tr.
[disco, learn], learn thoroughly, learn
by heart.
perdo, -dere, -didi, -dltum, tr. [do,
give], give over, ruin; perdltus, pf.
part, as adj., desperate, ruined. Ill, 17.
perdlicd, -dlicere, -duzi, -ductum, tr.
[diico, lead], lead through or along,
conduct, bring over, bring; construct,
extend ; influence, win over; draw out,
prolong. I, 8.
perendlnus, -a, -um, adj., after to-mor-
row.
pereo, -Ire, -1!, -itum, intr. [eo, go.
App. 84], be destroyed or killed, i>erish.
I, B3; IV, 15.
perequlto, l, intr. [equito, ride], ride
about, ride through or around. IV,
88.
perexlguuB, -a, •iim, adj. [ezlguus,
little), very little.
perfacllls, -e, adj. [faclllB, easy], very
easy. I, S.
perfectus, see perficio.
perfero, -ferre, -tull, -latum, (r. [ferS,
bear], bear or carry through, convey,
deliver; announce, report; submit to,
endure, suffer. 1, 17.
perflcio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, tr.
[faclo, make, do], make or do thor-
oughly or completely, complete, finish ;
construct, build; achieve, accomplish,
cause. I, 3.
perfidla, -ae, /. [perfldus, faithless],
treachery, perfidy; falsehood, dishon-
esty. IV, 13.
perfrlngd, -fringere, -fregi,-fractum,
tr. (ftango, break], break or burst
through. I, 26.
perfuga, -ae, m. [perfuglo, flee for ref-
uge], refugee, deserter. I, 28.
perfUglo, -fugere, -fUgl, -fugitum,
intr. [fugio, flee], flee for refuge, take
refuge; desert. I, 27.
perfuglum, -gi, n. [perfuglo, flee for
refuge], place of refuge, refuge. IV. 38.
pergo, pergere, perrexi, perrectum,
intr. lper+reg5, keep straight], go on,
proceed. Ill, 18.
periclltor, 1, tr. and intr. [periculum,
trial, danger], try, test; be In danger
or peril. II, 8.
perlculosus, -a, -um, adj. [pericu-
lum, danger], full of danger, danger-
ous, perilous. 1, 33.
periculum, -I, n., trial, test, attempt;
rislf, danger, peril. I, S.
peiitus, -a, -um adj. [tf. experlor,
try], tried, experienced, skilled ; famil-
iar vrith, acquainted with. I, 21,
perlatuB, see perfero.
perlego, -legere, -legi, -lectum, tr.
[lego, read] , read through, read.
perluo, -luere, -lui, -lutum, tr. [Vab,
wash], wash completely, bathe; pass,
as middle voice, bathe one's self.
permagnus, -a, -um, adj. [magnUB,
large] , very large, very great.
permaneo, -manere, -mansi, -man-
Bum, intr. [maneo, remainl, stay
through or to the end, stay, remain;
continue, persist. I, 32; III. 8.
permlsceo, -mlscire, -miscui, -mlz-
tum, tr. [mlsceo, mix],mlxtllorougb-
Iy, mingle.
PERMITTO
58
PETROSIDIUS
permittd, -mittere, -mliil, -mlssum,
tr. [mitts, send], glye up or over, sur-
render; entrust, commit; permit, al-
low. I, 30; II, 3.
permlztuB, see permlsceo.
peimoveS, -moyere, -mSvi, -mStum,
tr. [move5, move], more thoroughly,
arouse, Incite, excite; affect. Influence.
1,3.
permulceS, -mulcere, -mulsl, -mul-
suin, tr. [mulceo, soothe], soothe com-
pletely, appease. IV, 6.
pernicles, -ei, /. iqf. nex, death], ruin,
destruction. I, 20.
perpaucl, -ae, -a, adj. [pauci, few],
very few, but very few; m. pi, ae noun,
very few. I, 6.
peipendlculum.-i, n., plummet, plumb-
line. IV, 17.
perpetlor, -peti, -pessus sum, tr.
[patior, suffer], suffer, bear pa-
tiently.
perpetuo, adv. [perpetuus, continu-
ous], continuously, constantly; forev-
er. 1,31.
perpetuus, -a, -um, adj., continuous,
uninterrupted; permanent, lasting,
continual; whole, entire; n. as noun
m phrase In perpetuum, forever. I,
35; III, 2.
peiquiro, -auirere, -quisivl, -quisi-
tum, tr. [quaere, ask], ask about,
make careful inquiry.
perrumpo.-rumpere, -lupl, -ruptum,
tr. and intr. [rumpo, break], break
through, force one's way through,
force a passage. I, 8.
perscribo, -scribere, -scripsi, -scrip-
turn, tr. [scribd, write], write out, re-
port, describe.
persequor, -sequl, -secatus sum, tr.
[sequor, follow], follow through, con-
tinue in; pursue, follow up; avenge.
I, 13.
persevere, 1, intr., persist, irersevere.
I, IS.
persolvo, -solvere, -solvl, -soliitum,
dr. [solve, pay], pay In full; suffer
(punishment). 1, 12.
persplcld, -splcere.-spezi, -spectum,
tr. [specl5, look], look or see through,
View, examine. Inspect; perceive, real-
ize, learn, find out, ascertain. I, 40;
II, 11.
persto, -stare, -stiti, -st3,tum, intr.
[Bt5, stand], stand firm, persist.
persuaded, -suadere, -suasi, -sua-
sum, tr. and intr. [euadeo, advise], ad-
vise prevailingly,* convince, persuade,
prevail upon; inculcate; slbi per-
suader!, be convinced. I, 2.
perterreo, 2, tr. [terreo, frighten],
frighten thoroughly, terrify greatly.
1,18.
pertinacla, -ae, /. [pertineo, hold
through or fast], obstinacy, stubborn-
ness,' pertinacity. I, 42.
pertineo, -tlnere, -tlnui, — , intr.
[teneS, hold], hold or reach to, extend;
pertain, have reference to, concern;
tend, aim at; eddem pertlnere, tend
to the same purpose or result, amount
to the same thing. I, 1.
pertuli, see perfero.
perturbatio, -onls, /. [perturbo, dis-
turb], disturbance, disorder, contusion.
IV, 29.
perturbo, l, tr. [turbo, disturb], disturb
greatly, throw into confusion, embar-
rass, disturb; alarm, terrify. I, 39;
11, 11.
pervagor, I, intr. [vagor, wander),
wander about, scatter.
pervenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum,
intr. [venlo, come], come through;
come to, arrive at, reach; of property,
fall, revert. I, 7.
pes, pedis, m., the foot; a foot, ll.ei
inches in length,* pedibus, on foot;
pedem referre, retreat. I, 8.
pete, -ere, -ivl or -li, -Itum, tr.
and intr., seek, hunt for, aim at.
make for, attack, go to, direct one's
course to or toward; seek to obtain,
strive after; ask, request, beseech.
I, 19.
Petroeorl i. - drum, m. (Dcd), the Petro-
corll (pSt"roko'ri-i).
Petronius. -ni, m., Marcus Petronius
(mar' ktis pe-tro' nl-ils] , a centurion of
the Bth legion.
yg^ yffglrtliin -di, m., Lucius Petrcsidius
(IQ'shyjls p6t/'Td-sid'i-ils), a standard
ieartr.
PHALANX
59
POBEO
phalanx, -ngis, /., a compact body of
troops, phalanx. I, 24.
ElCtoaeB . -um, m. (Ccd), tbe Flctoues
nlptt'to-nez). ni, 11.
pietaB, -tatls, /. [plus, dutiful], devo-
tion, loyalty.
pilum, -i, n-, heavy javelin, pike.
1,26.
pUuB, -i, m., century of toldiers; pri-
mus pIlUB, first century of a legion;
primi plli centurl6, or primipilus,
the centurion of the first century,
chief centurion. Ill, 5.
pinna, -ae,/., feather; battlement, par-
apet.
Piinatae, -arum, m., the Pirustae (pl-
rus'te), a tribe of lUyricum.
plsclB, -is, m., fish. IV, 10.
Piao, -onla, m. (l), Marcus Puplus Plso
Calpurnlanus (mar' kus pu' pi-us pi' so
kai-per"ni-a'nds), consal Mth Meelala,
61 B.C. I, 2. (2), Lucius Calpumius
Plso (lu'shyus ka,l-per'ni-
I, 40; II, 30.
Pleumoill , -drum, m. (Af), the Pleo
moxii (plu-mOk' si-i) .
plumbum, -1, »., lead; plumbum al-
bum, tin.
pliirimum, see multum.
piarlmus, see multUB.
pliia, see multuB and multum.
pluteua, -I, m., parapet; a mantelet oi
screen of movable shields.
poculum, -1, n., cup.
■poena, -ae,/., punishment, penalty. I
4.
poUez, -IclB, m., the thumb, with ot
without Algiiyxa. Ill, 13.
poUiceor, 2, tr. and intr. [pro-Mlceor,
bid, otter], hold forth, ofier, promise,
pledge. I, 14.
polllcitatlo, -onlB,/. [polllceor,prom
i»e] , promise, ofler. Ill, 18.
pollicitua, see poUiceor.
Pompelua, -i, m (l),Gnaeus Pompelue
(ne'us pom-pe'yQs), better, Pompey,
triumvir with Caesar and Crassus in GC
B.C., defeated by Caesar at Pharsalia,
and murdered in Egypt by Ptolemy, 48
B.C. IV, 1, (2), Gnaeus Pompeius, an
interpreter of Quintus Titurius.
ponduB, -eris, n. [cf. pendo, weigh],
weight. 11,29.
pono, ponere, poaui, positum, tr..
place, put, place over; lay down, set
aside; station, post; regard, consider;
make, build; mt^caatra, pitch; pans.,
be situated; with in and abt., depend
on, in addition to above meanings. 1, 16.
pona, pontiB, m., bridge. I, 6.
popoaci, see posco.
populatiS, -5nia,/. [populor, ravage],
t-avaging, pillaging. 1, 16.
populor, 1, tr., devastate, ravage, lay
waste. I, 11.
populus, -i, m., the people, the mass,
the crowd, as opposed to individuals; a
people or nation. I, 3.
porrlgd, -rigeYe, -rexi, -rectum, tr.
(pro+rego, keep straight], extend;
porrectua, pf. part, as adj., extended,
in extent. II, 19.
porro, adv., farther on; furthermore,
then.
PORTA
60
PRAECIPUE
II, 24.
transport,
bring.
porta, -ae,/., gate.
porto, 1, tr., carry,
take. I, 6.
portSrlum, -ri, »., toll, tariff on imports
or exports. 1, 18.
portus, -as, m. [of.' porta, gate], har-
bor, haven, port. Ill, 8.
posed, poBcere, poposci, — , tr., ask,
demand, request, require. I, 27.
poBltus, see pond.
poBsesslS, -onls, /. [possldeo, possess],
possession, occupation; a possession,
property. I, 11,
possldeo, -sidere, -sedl, -sessum, tr.
[sedeo, sit] , occupy, bold, possess. I,
34; II, 4.
poBSldo, -Bidere, -sedl, -seBsum, tr.,
take possession ot, seize. IV, 7.
possum, posse, potui, — , (App. 80),
intr. [potls, able+BUm, be], be able,
can; to have power <»■ influence, have
strength, be strong; with quam and
sup., as possible, e.g., quam plurimas
possunt, as many as possible; mul-
tum poBse, plus posse and pliiri-
mum posse, see multum. I, 2.
jfOBt,adv.,andprep.'With,aea, (1) Asadv.,
later, afterwards. (2) As prep., be-
hind, after; posttergum or post se,
in the rear. I, S.
postea, adv. [post, after], after this, af-
terwards. I, 21.
posteaquam, adv. [postea, afterwards
-t-quam, than], after. I, 31; IV, 19.
posterus, -a, -um, adj. [post, after],
alter, following, next; in m. pi. as
noun, posterity; sup., postremus or
postumuB, last. 1, 16.
postpono, -ponere, -posul, -posltum,
tr. [post, att6r-)-p6n5, place], place af-
ter, postpone; dlsregaM.
poBtquam, conj. [post, afterwards -|-
quam, than], after, as soon as. I, 24.
postremo, adv. [postremus, last], final-
ly, at last.
postridie, adv. [posterus, loUowlng-]-
dles, day], on the day following, the
next day; postridie eiua dlei, on the
next or following day. I, 23.
postulatum, -i, n. [postulS, demand],
demand, claim, request. I, 40; IV,
11-
postulo, 1, tr., request, ask, demand;
require, necessitate. I, 31; II, i.,
potens, -entis, adj. ipres. part, o/pos-
aum, be able], powerful. Influential.
1,3.
potentatus, -us, m. [potens, powerful],
chief power, supremacy. I, 31.
potentla, -ae, /. [potens, ipowerful],
power, authority. Influence. I, 18.
potestas, -tatis, /. [potens, powerful],
ability, power, authority; control,
sway, rule; chance, opportunity, pos-
sibility; potestatem facere, grant
permission, give a chance. I, 16.
potior, 4, intr. [potls, powerful], be-
come master of, get control or posses-
sion of, obtain,. capture. I, 2.
potlus, adv. [comp. of potls, able],
rather. I, 45; II, 10.
potitus, see potior.
prae, prep, with abl., before. In front of;
on account of; in comparison with; in
composition, before, at the head of, in
front, very. II, 30.
praeacutus, -a, -um, adj. [pf. part, of
praeacuo, sharpen at the end], sharp
in front or at the end, sharpened,
pointed. II, 29.
praebea, 2, tr. [praeH-habeo, hold],
hold out, offer, furnish, present. II, 17.
praecaveo, -oavere, -cavl, -cautum,
intr. [caveS, guard against], guard
against before hand, take precautions.
1,38.
praecedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum,
tr. [cedd, go], go before; surpass, ex-
cel. 1, 1.
praeceps, -clpitls, adj. [caput, head],
headforemost, headlong; steep, pre-
cipitous. II, 24.
praeceptum, -1, ». [praeclpiS, in-
struct], instruction, injunction, com-
mand.
praeclplo, -oipete, -cSpI, -ceptum, tr.
[caplo, take], take or obtain before-
hand, anticipate; instruct, bid, order.
1,22.
praecipito, 1, tr. [praeceps, headlong],
throw or hurl headlong, precipitate.
IV, 16.
praeolpug, adv. [praeclpuus, especial],
especially, particularly, 1, 40.
PRAECIPUUS
61
PRAETEREO
praeclpuus, -a, -um, adj. , especial.
praeclud5, -cludere, -cluBi, -ciasum,
tr. [prae+claudo, shut], close or shut
In front, block up, close.
pTaec5, -dnlB, m., herald.
Fraeconlnus, see Valerius.
praecurro, -currere, -curri, -cur-
aum, intr. [curro, run], run before,
hasten on before, precede; outstrip,
surpass.
praeda, -ae, /., booty, plunder, spoil.
IV, 34.
praedico, l, tr. [dlc5, proclaim], pro-
claim publicly or before others; de-
clare, report, tell of. I, 39; IV, 34.
praedor, l, tr. [praeda, booty], make
booty, plunder, rob, despoil. II, 17.
praeducd, -ducere, -duzi, -ductum,
tr. [duco, lead], lead before, construct
before or in front.
praefectus, -I, m. [praeficio, place
over], overseer, prefect, commander,
oflacer, captain {usually of cavalry). I,
39; III, 7.
praefero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, tr.
[fero, bear, bring. App. 8i], place be-
fore, esteem above, prefer to with
quam; praeferre se allcul, surpass.
II, 27.
praeficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, f'-.
[f acl5, make] , make before ; place over,
put in command of, put at the head of,
place in charge of. 1, 10.
praef igo, -figere, -fixi, -fizum, tr.
[f Igo, fix], fix or set in front.
praefui, see praesum.
praemetud, -metuere, -metui, — ,
intr. [metuo, fear], fear beforehand, be
apprehensive.
praemltt5, -mlttore, -misl, -missum,
tr. [mitts, send], send before or in
advance. 1, 16,
praemlum, -ml, n., distinction, prize,
reward. I, 43; HI, 18.
praeoccup5, l, tr. toccupo, seize], seize
upon beforehand, preoccupy, take pos-
session of.
praeopto, l, tr. [opto, wish], wish be-
fore; prefer. I, 26.
praeparo, l, tr. [paro, prepare], pre-
pare beforehand, provide. Ill, 14.
praepono, -ponere, -posul, -poaitum,
tr. [pond, place], place before or over,
put in command of, put in charge of.
I, 64.
praerumpo, -rumpere, -rupi, -rup-
tum, tr. [rumpo, break], break off,
tear away; praeruptus, pf. part, as
adj., steep, precipitous, m, 14.
praeaaepio, -aaeplre, -saepal, -saep-
tum, tr. [aaeplo, hedge], hedge or
block up.
praeacrIb6,-scribere,-BcripBi,-scrip-
tum, tr. [aoribo, write], write before-
hand ; order, direct, prescribe, dictate
to. I, 36; II, 20.
praeacrlptum, -I, a. [praescribo, or-
der], order, dictation, command. I, 36.
praeaens, -entia, pres. part, of prae-
aum.
praeaentla, -ae, /. [praeaens; prae-
aum, be present], presence; the pres-
ent moment; in praeaentla, for the
present; then. 1, 15.
praesentld, -aentire, -sensi, -sen-
aum, tr. [aentld.teel] , feel beforehand,
foresee.
praesertim, adv., particularly, esiw-
cially. 1, 16.
praeaidlum, -di, n. [praeaideo, gu.ard],
guard, garrison; safeguard, protec-
tion; fortification, stronghold; help,
aid; safety. I, 8.
praeato, adv., at hand, ready; with
sum, meet.
praesto, -atare, -atiti, -statum, tr.
and intr. [sto, stand], stand or place
before ; show, exhibit, supply, furnish ;
be superior, excel, surpass; impers.,
praestat, it is better or more advisa-
ble. 1,2.
praeaum, -esse, -fui, intr. [sum, be.
App. 77], be before or over, be In com-
, mand of, rule over, be at the head of;
praesena, pres. part, as adj., present,
in person ; for the present. 1, 16.
praeter, prep, with ace. [prae, before],
before; beyond, past; contrary to; in
addition to, except, besides. 1, 11.
praeterea, adv. [praeter, beyond], be-
yond this, besides, furthermore. I,
34; III, 17.
praetered, -Ire, -ii, -Itum, tr. and intr.
[eo, go. App. 84], go beyond, pass by.
PRAETERMITTO
62
PRODEO
omit; praeterltus, vf. part, at adj.,
past; ». plu. as noun, the past. I,
20.
piaetermltto, -mlttere, -misi, -mle-
Bum, tr. [mltto, send], send by; let
pass, overlook. IV, 13.
praeterquam, adv., besides, except. I,
6.
praetor, -oris, m., praetor; commander.
1,21.
praetorlus, -a, -um, adj. [praetor,
commander], praetorian, belonging to
the general. I, 40.
praeuro, -urere, -nasi, -ustum, tr.
[uio, burn], bum in front or at the
end.
praeverto, -vertere, -verti, -yersum,
tr. [verto, turn], torestall, anticipate.
pravUB, -a, -lun, adj., perverse, wrong.
premo, -premere, -pressi, -presBum,
tr., press, press upon, press hard; op-
press, burden, annoy, harass. I, 62;
II, 24.
prendo, prendere, prendi, prensum,
tr., seize, grasp. I, 20.
pretium, -ti, n., price. 1, 18.
prez, preciB, /■ [in sing, only in dat. , ace.
and abl.) [precor, pray], prayer, en-
treaty; Imprecation. 1, 16.
pridie, adv. [dies, day], on the day be-
fore. I, 23.
prlmipIlUB, -i, m. [primuB, flrsH-pI-
lus, a century] , the centurion ot the
first century, chief centurion. 11,26.
primo, adv. [prlmuB, first], at first, in
the first place. I, 31; II, 8.
prlmum, adv. [primus, first] , first, at
first, in the first place, for the first
time ; cum prlmum, or ubi prlmum,
as soon as; quamprimum, assoonas
possible, very soon. I, 25.
pilmus, -a, -um, adj., eup. (App. 43),
first, foremost; first part of; pi. as
noun, the first, the front rank or ranks ;
leaders, chiefs; In prlmls, especially.
I, 10.
prlsceps, -ipls, adj. [primus, flrst-(-
capio, take], taking the first place;
chief, most prominent, first; as noun,
chief or principal person, leader, chief.
1,7.
prlncip&tuB, -as, m. [prlnceps, chief].
chief place or position; chief author-
ity, leadership. I, 3.
prior, priUB, acl)., comp. (App. 43), for-
mer, previous, prior, first; pi. asTioun,
those in front. II, 11.
prlstlnus, -a, -um, adj. [for prlustl-
nuB from prior, former], former,
original; previous, preceding. 1, 13.
prius, adv. [prior, former], before,
sooner, previously; prlUB quam, see
PTiusquam.
priusquam or prlus . , . quam, conj.,
sooner than, before; until. 1,19,
priTatim, adv. [prlvatus, private],
privately, individually, as private cit-
izens. 1, 17.
prIvatUB, -a, -um, adj., private, per-
sonal, individual; as nottn, person, in-
dividual. I, 6.
pro, prep, with abl. [cf. prae, before],
before, in front of; for, in behalf of;
on account of, in consideration of, in
return for; as, in the disguise of; in
place of, instead of; in proportion to,
according to; in compounds (written
pro, pro, and prod), for, before, for-
ward, forth. I, 2.
probo, 1, tr. [probus, good], consider
good, approve; prove, show, demon-
strate. I, 3.
prScedo, -cedere, -cessl, -cessum,
intr. [cedo, go], go forth or forward,
proceed, advance. I, 38; II, 20.
ProclIli^B. see Valerius.
proclino, 1, tr. [clino. Incline], bend
forward, incline; proclInatUB, Jif.
part, as adj., tottering, critical.
proconsul, -Is, m., a proconsul, one who
at the close of his consulship in Some
became governor of a province, in, 20.
procul, adv., afar off, from afar. In tbe
distance, at a distance, II, 80.
procumbo, -cumbere, -cubiu, -cubl-
tum, intr. [cubd, lie down], lean for-
wards, fall down, lie down; be beaten
down; incline. 11,27.
procarS, 1, tr. [cikrd, care], care tor, at-
tend to.
prdcurr5, -currere, -curr!, -cursum,
intr. [eurro, run], run or rush for-
ward, rush out, charge. I, 62.
pr6ded, -ire, -li, -Itum, intr. [pro-feO;
PRODESSE
63
PROPIUS
go. App. 81], go or come forth, go lor-
ward, advance. I, 48.
pr5des8e, »ee prdsum.
prodltlo, -ouis, /. [pr5d6, tietray], be-
trayal, treason.
proditor, -oris, m. [prodo, betray], be-
trayer, traitor.
prodo, -dere, -did!, -dltum, tr. [d5,
give], give lortli, reveal; betray, give
up; transmit, hand down; memorla
prSdltum, told in tradition, banded
down. 1, 13.
producS, -diicere, -dazi, -ductmn, tr.
[diico, lead], lead out or forth, bring
forth; prolong, protract; produce;
■until cdplas, arrange, draw up. 1, 48 ;
UI, 17.
pioellor, 1, irtir. [proeUum, battle],
join or engage in battle, flght. II, 23.
proelium.-li, n.^ battle, contest.engage-
ment; proelium committere, join or
begin battle, risk a flght, engage In
battle, flght. 1, 1.
profectlo, -onis, /. [proflcisoor, set
out], a setting out, start, departure.
1,3.
profectus, eee proficio.
profectuB, see proflciscor.
profero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, tr. [fo-
ro, bring. App. 81], bring forth or out,
produce.
proficio, -floere, -feci, -fectum, tr. and
intr. [faci5, make], make progress, ad-
vance; effect, accomplish, gain. Ill,
21.
proficlscor, proflciscl, profectus
sum, tn; quam Ob
rem, Wherefore; quern ad modum,
in what manner, how, as ; qu6, with
com^at^atives, the; qu5 . . . 00, the
. . . the. 1, 1.
quloquam, see quisquam.
quIcuU^rne, quaecumque, quodcum-
que, iiadef. (or generalising) rel. pron.,
whoever, whatever; whosoever, what-
QUID
66
QU0TIEN8
soever, any . . . whatever; everyone
who, everything that. I, 31; III, i.
n. [StS, stand], standing,
condition, status; position.
Stimulus, -1, m., goad; stake with
barbed iron point set in the ground as a
defence.
stIpendlarlUB, -a, -um, adj. [stlpen-
dlum, tribute], paying tribute, tribu-
tary; pi. as noun, tributaries. I, SO.
Stipendlum, -dl, «., tax, tribute. 1, 86.
Btlpes, -ItlS, m., log, trunk; stake.
stlrps, -pis, m., stem, stock; race.
StS, stare, ateti, statum, intr., stand;
abide by.
Btramentum, -i, n., covering; straw,
thatch; pack-saddle.
Btrepltus, -us, m. [strepS, make n.
noise], noise, rattle, uproar. II, 11.
studeS, -ere, -ui, , intr., be eager or
zealous; desire, strive after, devote
one's self to; pay attention to; accus-
tom one's self to. I, 9.
atudiSae, adv. [atudlosus, eager], eag-
erly, zealously.
studium, -dl, n. [studeS, be zealous],
zeal, eagerness, enthusiasm, desire;
good win, devotion; pursuit, occupa-
tion. 1,19.
stultltla, -ae, /. [stultus, foolish],
foolishness, folly.
sub, prep, with ace. and abl. (1) With aee.,
(a) with verbs of motion, under, be-
neath; up to: (b) of time, just at,
about, toward. (2) With abl., (a) of
■position, under, beneath; toward, near
to; at the foot or base of: (b) of time,
diurlng, within: in compounds, sub or
subs, under; up, away; from beneath;
secretly; In succession; slightly. I,
7.
Bubactus, see sublgS.
subdolUB, -a, -um, ao^. [dolus, deceit],
subtle, crafty.
subdues, -dficere, -d&zl, -duetum, tr.
[ducS, lead] , draw or lead up; lead or
draw off, withdraw; with naTSs, haul
up, beach. I, 22.
subductio, -Snis, /. [subdUcS, beach],
beaching.
aubeo, -Ire, -11, -Itum, tr. [eo, go.
App. 84]. come or go under, come up
to, come up; undergo, endure. I, 6.
subesse, see subsum.
subiclS, -icere, -led, -iectum, tr.
[lacio, hurl. App. 7], hurl or put under;
throw from beneath; place below;
subject to, expose to. I, 26.
aublgS, -igere, -egi, -actum, tr. [ago,
lead, drive] , subdue, reduce.
BUbltS, adv. [BUbitUB, sudden], sud-
denly, unexpectedly, .of a sudden, X,
39; II, 19.
SUBITUS
75
SUMMA
flublttts, -a, -lun, adj. [subeo, come
up, come by stealth], unexpected, sud-
den. Ill, 7.
Bublatua, see tollo.
aublevS, 1, tr. [levo, lift], lift from be-
neatb, lift or raise up, support; assist,
aid ; Ugbten, lessen. 1, 16.
Bubllca, -ae,/., pile, stake. IV, 17.
sublu5, -lucre, ■ — , -latum, wash,
flow around the base.
flubmlnlstro, l, tr. [mlnlstro, wait
upon], furnish, supply, give. I, 40;
III, 2S.
flubmltto, -mlttere, -mlsl, -missum,
tr. [mltto, send], send up, send, send
to the assistance of. II, 6.
flubmoved, -moTere, -mdvl, -motum,
tr. [moved, move] , move away, drive
away, dislodge. 1, 25.
subruo, -luere, -rui, -rntum, tr. [ruo,
fall] , cause to fall from beneath, over-
throw; dig under, undermine. 11,6.
subaequor, -sequi, -seciHtus sum, tr.
andintr. [seiiuor, follow], follow close-
ly, follow up or on, follow. II, 11.
flUbBldium,-di, n. [subsideo, sitnear or
in reserve], sitting in reserve; reserve
force, reserves; help, aid, assistance.
I, 62; II, 6.
subsldo, -Bldere, -sedi, -Beasum, intr.
[Bedeo, sit], sit down, remain.
subsisto, -Blstere, -atlti, — , intr.
[Bisto, stand] , halt, make a stand; be
strong enough, hold out. I, IS.
BubBum, -esae, -fui, intr. [sum, be.
App. 77], be under or below; be near
or close at hand. I, 2E.
aubtraho, -trabere, -tiaxi, -tractum,
tr. [trah5, draw], draw or carry off
from beneath; take away, withdraw.
1,44.
subvectlo, -5nlB, /. [aubveho, con-
vey], conveying; transportation.
Bubveho, -vebere, -vezi, -vectum,
tr. [Tebo, carry], bring or carry up;
convey. 1, 16.
Bubvenio, -Tenire, -venl, -rentum,
intr. [venlo, come], come or go to help,
aid, succor.
succedo, -cedere, -cessi, -eessum,
intr. [BUb-hcedo, go], go or come
under; come up to, come up, advance,
be next to; succeed, take the place of;
succeed, prosper. I, 24.
auccendS, -cendere, -cendi, -cenaum,
tr. [of, candeS, shine], set on fire
below, kindle, bum.
auccIdS, -cidere, -cidl, -clsum, tr.
[sub+caedo, cut], cut from beneath,
cut down, fell. IV, 19.
Buccumbd, -cumbere, -cubui, -eubl-
tum, intr. [cf. cubo, lie] , sink under;
yield.
suocurro, -currere, -curri, -cursum,
m. [Bub+curro, run],run tohelp,aid,
assist.
BUdla, -is,/., pile, stake.
Suebus, -a, -um, adj., of or pertaining
lU Llle Suebl, Sueban; pi. o» noun,
Suebi (Bbi), the Suebi (swe'bi), a pow-
erful people of central Qermany con-
sisting of several independent tribes,
the Tnodern Swablans. I, 37; IV, 1,
SueaaloneB . -um, m. (Be), the Suessi-
ones(swSs"i-o'nez). 11,3.
Bufflclo, -flcere, -feci, -fectum, intr.
[aub-l-facio, make], be sufficient.
Buffodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fossum, tr.
aub+fodio, dig], dig under; stab un-
derneath. IV, 12.
BUfTragium, -gl, n., vote, ballot.
SugambrL -orum, m. (Ag), the Su-
gambri (su-gSm'bri). IV, 16.
auggestuB, -Ha, m., platform, stage,
tribunal.
BUI, albi, se, or ses§, rejlex. pron. of 3d
person (App. 163, 164, 163], himself, her-
self, itself, themselves; he, she, they,
etc. ; inter ae, see Inter and App. 166.
1,1.
Sulla, -ae, m., Lucius Sulla (lu'shyiis
suVa), the dictator; leader of the nobil-
ity; etigaged in civU war with Marius,
leader of the popular party; lived from
138 B.C. to 78 B.C.' I, 21.
SulpieiUBj -ci, m., Publlus Sulpictoa
Kums(ptib'li-us sfll-plsh'yfls r^'fus),
one of Caesar's lieutenants. IV, 22.
Bum, eaae, fui, (App. 66), intr., be, exist,
live; stay, remain; serve for; mth
gen. in predicate, be the mark or sign
of; belong to; be the duty of; with
dat. of possessor, have. 1, 1.
summa, -ae,/- [aununus, highest], the
SUMMU8
76
TACEO
main thing or point, sum total, ag-
gregate, tbe whole; general manage-
ment, control, direction; summa Im-
peri, the chief command. I, 29.
siunmuB, -a, -um, adj. [sup. of super-
UB, high. App. 44], highest, very high ;
the highest part of, the top of; pre-
eminent, greatest, chief, supreme; alL
1,16.
Bumo, sumere, BOmpal, sumptum, tr.,
[BUb4emo, take], take away, take; as-
sume; with, Buppllclum, inflict; with
labor, spend. I, 7.
sumptuSBUB, -a, -um, acts. [Bumptus,
expense], expensive.
BumptUS, -&B, m. [Bumo, spend], ex-
pense. 1, 18.
B&mptUB, see slUno.
super, ctdv. and prep, with ace., above,
over, on.
Buperbe, adv., proudly, hanghtlly. 1,31.
superior, -lus, adj. [comp. of superuB,
high. App. 44], (1) of place, upper, high-
er, superior; (2) of time, previous, ear-
lier, former. 1, 10.
supers, 1, tr. and intr. [super, over], go
over; overmatch, be superior to, sur-
pass, conquer, master, overcome, pre-
vail; be leftover, remain; vita super-
are, survive. 1, 17.
Buperseded, -ere, -sedi, -sessum,
intr. [sedeo, sit], sit above, be above,
be superior to; refrain from. Ilr 8.
Bupersum, -esse, -fui, intr. [sum, be.
App. 77], be over or above; be left, re-
main, survive. I, 23.
Buperus, -a, -um, adj. [super, 'above],
over, above ;''(;omp., see superior; tup.,
see summus.
auppeto, -petere, -petiyi, -petitum,
intr. [BUb+peto, seek, obtain], be near
or at hand; be in store, be supplied,
hold out. I, 3.
Bupplementum, -I, »■ [suppleo, flll
up], a filling up; supplies, reinforce-
ments.
supplez, -IclB, m. and/., suppliant. II,
28.
BUPpUcatio, -5nlB, /. [supplez, sup-
pliant], public prayer to the gods in
thartksgivinQfor successes, hence thanks-
giving, n, 8S.
suppllelter, adm. [supplex, suppliant],
as suppliants, humb}y. I, 27.
Buppllclum, -ci, n. [sub+plicS, bend],
a bending over to receive punishment;
punishment, death. 1, 19.
supports, 1, tr. [sub+portS, carry],
carry or bring up from beneath;
bring, convey; supply, furnish. 1,39;
in, 8.
supra, adv.and prep.wUh aec.{\)asadv.,
before, previously; (2) as prep, with
ace, above; before. II, 1.
suBciplS, -elpere, -cepi, -ceptum, tr.
[BU(b)s+capl5, take], take or lift up;
imdertake, assume, take on one's self;
begin, engage in. I, 3.
Buspectua, -a, -um, adj. [susplciS,
suspect], suspected, distrusted.
suspicio, -onlB,/. [susplcor, suspect],
suspicion, distrust; cause for sus-
picion; Indication, appearance. 1,4.
susplcor,!, tr. [suspicio, suspect], sus-
pect, distrust; surmise. I, 44; IV,
6.
BustentS, 1, tr. and intr. {Jreq. of sus-
tlneS, hold up], hold up, sustais.,
maintain; hold out; endure, with-
stand. II, 6.
BustlneS, 2, tr. and intr. [su(b)B-|-teneo,
hold], hold up from below; hold up,
sustain; hold back, check, restrain;
hold out against, withstand, endure,
bear; hold out. I, 24.
BUBtUli, see tolls.
BUUS, -a, -um, reflex, pronominal adj.
referring to subject (App. 163, 164, 165,
167,a), [BUl, himself, herself, etc.], of
or belonging to himself, herself, etc.,
his own, their own ; his, hers,lts, theirs ;
sua, n. pi. as noun, one's property;
sui, m. pi. as noun, their men (friends
or countrymen). 1, 1.
T. abbr. for TltUB (ti'tiis), a Soman
praenomen. 1, 10.
tabernaculum, -I, n., tent, i, 39.
tabula, -ae, /., board; tablet; list. I.
29.
tabulatum, -i, n. [
TALEA
77
TENER
sUent, pass over In silence; tacltUB,
pf. part. aaacU., silent. 1, 17.
tfilea, -ae, /., rod, bar; piece ot wood,
stake,
talis, -e, iKfj., such, sucb^a; such a
great; so great a.
tam, aem., so, so very., 1, 14.
♦amen, adi>. (opposed to some expressed
or imbibed concession)^ yet, neverthe-
less, notwithstanding, still, however;
at least. I, 7.
Tamesls, -is, m. (Acd), the river Tame-
Bls ^t^'e-sis), better, the Thames.
tametsi, conj. [tamen, however+etsi,
even it], although, though, notwith-
standing. I, SO.
tandem, adn)., at last, at length, finally;
in interrog. clauses to add emphasis, as
quid tandem, what, pray! what then?
1,21)1.
tango,'; tangere, tetlgi, tactum, tr.,
touch, border on.
tantopere, adv. [tantus, so great-)-
opus, work], so greatly, so earnestly.
1,31.
tantulus, -a, -um, adj. [dim. o/tantua,
so great), so small or little, so dimin-
utive; trifling. II, 30.
tantum, adv. [tantus, so great], so
much, so, so tar; only, merely,
tantummodo, adv., only. Ill, 6.
tantundem, adv. [tantus, so great], so
much or so far.
tantus, -a. -um, adj. \cf. tarn, so], so
much, so great, so powerful, such;
quanto . . . tanto, with comparatives,
see quanto. 1, 16.
Tarbellij^-oruin, m. (Ec), the Tarbelli
(tarTOl'i). ni, 27.
tardS, adv. [tardus, slow], slowly;
comp. tardius, too slowly. IV, 23.
tardo, 1, tr. [tardus, slow], make slow,
delay; binder, check. 11,25.
tardus, -a, -um, adj., slow, sluggish.
II, 26.
Tarusatgs. -ium, m. (DEc), the Taru-
sates CtSr''u-sa'tez). Ill, 23.
Tasgqttua. -ti, m., Tasgetius (tSs-je'-
shyflBj, acMefofthe Carnuies.
taurit& ~li oi,., bull.
Taxlmaie^ttB. -i.'»..Taximagnlns(tSkff-
8i-m3g'1i-lfis), a king of Kent,
tazus, -1,/., yew-tree, yew.
Tectosagea, -um, m. (Ede), the Tectos
" ages. [tenuis, thin], thinly. Ill,
13.
ter, num. adv. [ef. ties, three], three
times. I, 63.
teres, -etis, rounded; tapering.
tergum, -i, n., the back; terga ver-
tere, to flee; post tergum or ab
tergo, In the rear. I, B3; III, 19.
terni, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj. [ter,
thrice], three each, three apiece. Ill,
16.
terra, -ae,/-, earth, land, soil, ground;
region, district; terrae (.pi.) and
\ orbls terrarum, the world. I, 32;
III, 15.
TerrasidlUB. - di. m., Titus Terrasidlus
(ti' ttis tSr"a-sid'I-)is), a military tribune
in Caesar's army. Ill, 7.
terrenus, -a, -um, adj. [terra, earth],
of earth. 1, 43.
terreo, 2, tr., frighten, terrify.
terrlto, l, tr. Ifreq. of terreo, frighten],
frighten, terrify, alarm.
terror, -oris, m. [terreS, frighten],
fright, alarm, panic, terror. II, 12.
tertlus, -a, -um, num. adj; [ter, thrice],
third. 1. 1.
testamentum, -I, n. [tester, be a wit-
ness], will. I, 39.
testimonium, -ni,>. [testor, be a wit-
ness], testimony, evidence, proof. I,
44.
testis, -is, m. and/., witness. 1, 14.
testud5,-lnis,/., tortoise; shed; ates-
tudo, o column of men, holding their
shields overlapped over their heads.
11,6.
Teutomatns. -I, m., Teutomatus (tu-
t6m'a-tfls), son of Ollovieo, king of the
Mtiobroges; later king himself.
Teul j onl. -drum or Teutones, -um, m.,
the Teutonl (tu'to-nl) or Teutones
(tQ'to-nez). I, 33; 11,4.
tezi. ?««tego.
tlgnum, -1, n., log, timber, beam, pile.
IV, 17.
Tlgjjiiluis, -a, -um, of or belonging to
the Tlgurlnl; pi. as noun, Tlgurlnl
(Cg), the Tlgurlnl (tlg"u-ri'ni). I,
12.
tlmeo, -ere, -ul, , tr. and intr., fear,
be afraid of, dread; with dat., be anx-
ious about, be anxious for, dread;
nlbll timere, have no fear. 1, 14.
timlde, adv. [tlmidus, fearful], fear-
fully, cowardly, timidly. Ill, 25.
tlmidus, -a, -um, adj. [timed, fear],
fearful, frightened, timid, cowardly,
afraid. I, 89.
timer, -5rls, m. [timed, fear], fear,
alarm, dread. I, 22.
Titfirius, -ri, m., see Sabinus.
ttlOTJrr tr. [cf. tollo, lift up], bear, en-
dure; hold, out; nourish, support;
with famem, appease, alleviate. I,
28.
tollo, tollere, sustuli, sublatum, tr.,
lilt, elevate ; take on board ; take away,
remove; do away with, destroy; can-
cel; sublatus, p/. port 08 act;., elated.
1,6.
Tolosa. -ae. /. (Ed), Tolosa (t5-lo'sa),
now Toulouse. Ill, 20.
Tolosates , -lum, m., the Tolosates (tBl"-
oS'tez), the people of Tolosa. 1, 10.
tormentum, -i, n. [toraueo, twist],
means of twisting ; an engine/or Ai/rJ-
ing missiles, e.g. catajmlta andballista;
windlass, hoist; device for torturing,
hence, torment, torture. II, 8.
torreo, torrere, toirul, toatum, tr.,
scorch, burn.
tot, indecl. adj., so many, m, 10.
totldem, indecl. adj. [tot, so many], just
as many, the same number. 1,48;
11,4.
totus, -a, -um, gen. totius (App. 32),
adj., the whole, the whole of; entire,
all ; with force of adv. , wholly, entirely.
1,2.
trabs, trabls, /., beam, timber, pile.
II, 29.
tractus, see traliS.
trado, -dere, -didt, -dltum, tr. [trans
-|-d5, give], give over, give up, sur-
render, deliver; Intrust, commit; hand
down, transmit; teach, communicate;
recommend. I, 27.
traduod, -dQcere, -duxl, -ductum, tr.
[trans-hdUcd, lead], lead across, leai!
TRAGULA
79
TRINOVANTES
over; take across, transport; transfer,
convey, pass on; win over. 1, 11,
tragula, -ae,/., a javelin or dart uted
by the Gaula. I, 26.
traho, tiabere, trazi, tractum, ir.,
drag, drag along. I, 63,
tialclo, -Icere, -leci, -lectum, tr.
[tranB + laclo, hurl. App. 7], hurl
across; pierce, transfix.
tralectUE, -iis.m. [traicio, hurl across],
a hurling across; crossing, passage.
rv, 21.
tian5, 1, intr. [trans+n5, swim], swim
across. I, B3.
tranqulllitas, -tatls, /., calmness,
stillness; a calm. 111,15.
trans, prep, with ace, across, beyond,
over; in compounds, trans or tra,
across, over, through. 1, 1.
Transalpinus, -a, -um, adj. [Alpes,
me Alps], across the Alps, Transal-
pine,
transcends, -scendere, -a c end I,
-scensum, tr. and intr. [soand5,
climb], climb over; board. 111,16.
tlanseo, -Ire, -11, -itum, tr. and intr.
[eo, go. App. 84], go across or over,
cross; march through, pass through;
move, migrate; of time, pass by. I,
6.
transfers, -ferre, -tull, -latum, tr-
[ferS, carry. App. 81], carry or bring
over, transfer.
transfIgS, -flgere, -fixi, -fixum, tr.
[flgo, fix], thrust or pierce through,
transfix. I, 26,
trangfodlS, -fodere, -fodi, -fosaum,
tr. [fodlo, dig), dig through; pierce
through, impale.
transgredior, -gredl, -gressua sum,
tr. [gradior, 'step], step over, cross.
II, 19.
transltus, -us, m. [tranaeo, go across],
crossing, passage.
translatus, see transfers,
transmarlnus, -a, -um, acy. [mare,
sea], across the sea, foreign.
tranamissus,-us, m. [transmlttS, send
across], sending across; passage.
transmltt5,-mittere,-mIsi,-mlsEum,
tr. [mltto, send], send across.
transports, l, tr. [ports, carry], carry
across or over, bring over, conifBy.
transport. I, 37; IV, 16, '
TransrhenanuB, -a, -um, adi., beyond
or across the Rhine; pi. as noun,
Transrhenanl. th e people across the
Shme. IV, 16.
transtrum, -i, n., cross-beam, thwart.
Ill, 13.
trS,nBversus, -a, -um, adj. [trans-
vertS, turn across], turned across,
cross. II, 8.
Treblus, -bi, m., Marcus Treblus Gallus
(mar'kfls tre'bl-us gal'as),a military
tribune in Cae far' s army. 111,7.
TrebSnlUB, -ni, m. (l) Gaius Trebonlus
(ga^yus tre-bS'ni-fis), one of Caesar's
lieutenants. (2) Gains Trebonlus, u
Soman knight.
trecenti, -ae, -a (CCC), card. num. adj.
[trea, three-)-centum, hundred], three
hundred. IV, 37.
trepidS, \,intr., hurry about In alarm;
pass., be disturbed or In confusion.
trea, trla, gen. trlum (III), card. num.
adj., three. 1, 1.
Trevlr, -eri, m., one of the Treverl; pi.
"Ifjllgrl (Bfgh), the Treverl It rgvf e-ri l.
I, 87; II, 24. "
Trlboei . -Srum, m. (Bgh), the Trlbocl
"(trlb'6-si). I, 61; IV, 10.
trlbunuB, -i, m. [trlbus, tribe], trib-
une, a magistrate elected by the people,
voting intribes, to defend the interests of
theplebs; tribunus militum or mill-
taris, a military tribune. 1, 39; II, 26,
tribuS, trlbuere, tribui, trlbiitum,
tr. [trlbus, a tribe or division], divide,
distribute; attribute, assign, allot, as-
cribe; grant, do for the sake of, ren-
der. 1, 13.
trlbiitum, -i, ». [tribuS, render, pay],
tribute, tax.
triduum, -i, n. [tres, three-(-diea, day],
three days. I, 26.
trlennium,-nl, n. [tres, three-|-annu8,
year], three years. IV, 4.
triginta (XXX), card. num. adj., indecl.
[tres, three], thirty. I, 26.
trini, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj., three
each ; three, triple. I, 53.
T r lnovantea, -um, m. (Ad), the Trin-
"'iivantea '(S&"o-van' tez).
TRIPERTITO
80
UNIVERSUS
trlpertlto, adv. [trea, three+partlor,
divide], in three parts or divisions.
triplex, -Icls, acfj. [tres, three+pUc9,
fold], three-fold, triple. I, 24.
tiiquetrus, -a, -urn, adj., triangular.
tristis, -e, a., there
is a disturbance.
tumultuose, adv. [tumultus, disorder],
with contusion or noise.
tumultus, -us, m. [tumeo, swell], up-
roar, confusion, disorder, tumult; uj)-
rislng, insurrection. 1, 40; II, 11.
tumulus, -I, m. [turned, swell], swell-
ing; mound, hill. 1, 43; II, 27.
turma, -ae, /., troop or squadron of
about thirty cavalrymen. IV, 33.
Turonl. -orum.m. (Cd), the Turonl (tu'-
ro-ni). n, 35.
tuipis, -e, 0(4?.,ugly,unseBmly; shame-
ful, disgraceful, dishonorable. I, 33;
IV, 2.
turplter, adv. [turpis, disgraceful],
disgracefully, cowardly, basely.
tuipltftdo, -Inla, /. [turpis, disgrace-
ful], disgrace. II, 27.
turris, -Is,/., tower. 11,12.
tato, adv. [tutus, safe], safely, secure-
ly. 111,13.
tfitUB, -a, -urn, adj. [tueor, protect],
protected, safe, secure. II, 6.
tttus, -a, -um, pes: pron. [ta, you],
your, yours.
n.
ubi, adv. (1) of place. In which place,
where; (8) of time, when, whenever;
as soon as; iibl prlmum, as soon as.
1,6.
Pbll. -arum, m- (ABgh), theUbii (u'M-
ijr I, B4; IV, 3.
ubique, adv. [ubl, where], anywhere,
everywhere, in, 16.
ulciscor, ulciscl, ultus sum, tr.,
avenge ; punish, take vengeance on. I,
12.
uUuB, -a, -um, gen,, tilllus (App. 32),
adj., a single, any; as noun, any one,
anybody. I, 7.
ulterior, -lus, adj., comp. [ultra, be-
yond. App. 43], farther, more remote,
ulterior. 1, 7.
ultlmus, -a, -um, adj., sup. (ultra, be-
yond. App. 43], farthest, most distant
or remote; as noun, those In the rear.
Ill, 27.
ultra, prep, mth ace, beyond, on the
farther side of. 1, 48.
Ultr5, adv., to or on the farther side,
beyond; of one's own accord, volun-
tarily, spontaneously, without prov-
ocation; besides, moreover; ultro
cltroiiue, back and forth. I, 42; III,
27.
ultus, see ulciscor.
ululatua, -us, m.,yen, shriek.
umeruB, -i, m., the shoulder.
umquam, adie., at any time, ever; neque
. . . umquam, and never, never. 1,41;
III, 28.
una, adv. [unus, one], (l) of place, to-
gether, along with, in one place. (2) of
time, together, along with, at the same
time, also. I, 5.
unde, adv., from which place, whence.
I, 28.
undeclm (ZI) , card. num. acl}., indecl.
[unus, one-fdecem, ten], eleven.
andeclmus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. [Qn-
declm, eleven], eleventh, n, 23.
undeviglnti, card. num. adj., indecl.
[anus, one+dS, from-f-rigintl, twen-
ty], nineteen. 1,8.
undlque, adv. [unde, whence], from all
parts; on all sides, everywhere. I, 2.
aniversuB, -a, -um, adj. [Unus, one-]-
UNUS
81
VALLUM
Tertd, turn], turned into one; all to-
gether, whole, universal, all as a mass.
II, 33.
finus, Qna, anum, gen. anlus (App.
32), card. num. a(^'.,one,the same one;
single, alone; the sole, the only; the
sole or only one. 1, 1.
iirbanuB, -a, -um, adj. tuibs, city], of
or in the city.
urbB, urbis,/., city; ««ji«ciaKy, the city.
Borne. I, 7.
urgeo, urgere, ursi, , tr., press,
press hard. II, 25.
UTUS, -1, m., wild ox.
TT g ^p ^^.pa . -um, tn., the Usipetes (u-slp'-
"■ster IV, 1.
uBitatus, -a, -um, at?;. Lusltor, use
often], ordinary, familiar.
usaue, adv. (1) of place, all the -v^ay
to, even to, as far as; (8) of time,
up to, till; leiih ad, until. 1,50; III,
16.
fLBUs, see utor.
UBUS, -us, m. [iitor, use], use, experi-
ence, practice, skill; service, advan-
tage; need, necessity; ubub est, there
Is need; iiBUi esse or ez iiBU esse, he
of advantage or service; iisii ven-
ire, come by necessity; happen. I, 30;
11,9.
nt and uti, adv. andeonj., (1) asinter-
rog. adv., how? (2) as rel. adv. and conj.,
as, in proportion as, just as ; insomuch
as; as if: (3) as cojy. (a) wiWjind., when,
after ; (b) with subj. , that, in order that,
to; that, so that, so as to; though, al-
though ; after words of fearing, that
not. I, 2.
uter, utra, utrum, gen. utrlus (App.
33), adj. (1) as interrog., which one or
which of two; (2) as rel., the cne who,
of two, whichever. 1, 12.
utei^ue, utraque, utrumque, adj.
[uter, which of two'\, each of two.
either of two; both. I, 34; 11, 8.
utI, see ut.
uti, see ator.
atlllB, -e, adj. [utor, use], useful, ser-
viceable. IV, 7.
atllitaB, -tatls, /. tatillB, useful], use-
fulness, advantage, service. IV, 19.
iitor, &tS, &BUB sum, intr., make use of.
employ, use, avail one's self of, exer-
cise; have, enjoy, experience, possess,
show; adopt, accept; \i.a\is,pf. part,
often translated with. I, 6.
utrimque, adv. [uterque, each of two],
on each side, on both sides. I, 50; IV,
17.
utrum, conj. [uter, which of two'\,
whether; utrum . . . an, whether . . .
or; utrum . . . necne, whether ... or
not. I, 40.
uxor, -oris,/., wife. 1, 18.
V, sign for quinque, five.
Vaoaljlg, -I, m. (At), the Vacalus (vSk'-
"^Tas) river, now the Waal. IV, 10.
Taco, 1, intr., be empty or unoccupied;
lie waste. I, 28.
vacuus, -a, -um, adj. [vaco, be empty],
empty, unoccupied; free from, desti-
tute of. II, 12.
vadum, -i, n., ford, shallow. I, 6.
vagina, -ae,/., sheath, scabbard,
vagor, 1, intr. [vagus, roaming], roam
about, rove, wander. I, 2.
valeo, 3, intr., be strong or vigorous,
have weight, tafluence or strength;
plurlmum valere, be very powerful.
1,17.
Troucillus (ga'yus va-le'ri-us tru-sil'-
iis), a Gallic interpreter and confiden-
tial friend of Caesar. 1, 19. (2) Gaius
Valerius Flaceus (see (1) fiak'fis),
Governor of Gaul 83 B.O. I, 47. (3)
Gaius Valerius Caburus (.see (1) ka-
bu'rus), a Oaulwho hadreceived Boman
cin., Vertloo (ver'ti-ko),
OTie of the Nei'vii.
verto, vertere, verti, versum, tr.,
turn, turn around; terga vertere,
flee. I, B3; III, 19.
VerucloetiU8,-ti,m.,Veruoloetius(v8r''-
U'kle'shyiis), an Selvetian envoy, sent
to Caesar. 1, 7.
verus, -a, -um, a(9.,true; n. as noun,
the truth; veri slmillB, likely, proba-
ble. 1, 18.
verutum, -i, «. , dart, javelin.
Vesontio, -onia, m. (Cf), Vesontlo (ve-
sOn'shyo), the chief town of the Sequani,
situated on the Douba, modern Besan-
;on. I, 38.
vesper, -eri, m., evening; sub vea-
perum, towards evening. 1,26.
Tester, -tra, -trum, pois. pron. [voa,
you], your, yours,
vestigium, -gi, n. tvestlgo, trace out],
trace, track, footprint; spot, place;
moment. Instant. IV, 2/
vestl5, 4, tr., clothe, cover.
Testis, -Is,/, [cf. vestio, clothe], cloth-
ing.
Testltus, -us, m. [vestio, clothe], cloth-
ing. IV, 1.
Teteranus, -a, -um, adj. [vetus, old] ,
old, veteran; pi. as noun, veterans.
1,24.
veto, -are, -ul, -Itum, tr., forbid. II,
20.
vetus, -erla, adj., old, ancient, former;
with milites, veteran. I, 13,
veziUum. -1, 71., banner. Bag, standard.
II, 20.
vezo, 1, tr. [intensive of veho, carry],
carry or drag hither and thither;
harass, plunder, waste, overrun. I,
14.
Tla, -a.e,f., way, road, route; journey,
march. I, 9.
Tlator, -oris, m. [via, road], traveler.
IV, B.
TicenX, -ae, -a, diitr. num. adj., [<^.
Tiginti, twenty], twenty each, twenty.
Ticeslmua, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. [<^.
Viginti, twenty], twentieth.
vicies, num. adv. [cf. viginti, twenty],
twenty times.
Ticinltas, -tatls, /. [vicinus, near],
neighborhood; pi., neighbors.
vicis, gen. {no nom.), change; only in
the adv. phrase in vlcem, alternately,
in turn. IV, 1.
victima, -ae, /., victim; a sacrificial
animal.
victor, -5ris, m. [vlnc5, conquer], con-
queror, victor; as adj., victorious. I,
31; II, 24.
Tlctoria, -ae, /. [victor, victor], vic-
tory. 1, 14.
vlctuB, see vinco.
Victua, -us,>n. [vivo, live], living, mode
of life; provisions, food. I, 31.
vicus, -1, m., hamlet, village. I, 6.
vide5, videre, vidi, visum, tr., see,
perceive, observe, examine, under-
stand; see to, take care; in pass., be
seen ; seem, appear ; seem proper, seem
best. 1, 6.
Vienna, -ae, /. (Df), Vienna (vi-Sn'a),
modem Vlenne.
Tigilia, -ae,/. [vigil, awake], wakeful-
ness, watching; a watch, one of the
four equal divisions of the night, used by
the Romans in reckoning time. 1, 12.
viginti (XX), card. num. ad)., indecl.,
twenty. 1, 13.
vimen, -inia, n., a pliant twig, switch,
osier. II, 33.
Tincio, ylnclre, vinzi, vinctum, tr.,
bind. I, 63.
vinco, vinoere, vioi, vlctum, tr.,
conquer, overcome, vanquish ; prevail ;
have one's way or desire. I, 25.
TinctttS, see vlncio.
vinculum, -I, n. [vinclo, bind], bond,
fetter, chain. I, 4.
vindico, 1, ariaon, 139: I, 15, 14; 22, 2;
41,11:11,3, 1;7, 10.
of degree of difference, 148 : 1, B, 1 ; 6,
6; 14, 3:11, 7,8; 20, 4; 30, 7.
with deponent verbs, 145: I, 2, 5; 5,
■»; 16, 5: 11, 3, 12; 7, 1; 14, 10.
descriptive, 141: 1, 6, 11; 7, 15; 18, 6:
II, 6, 10; is, 3; 18, 4.
with dlgnus and Indlgnus, 149, a.
duratiottof time, 152, a: I, 26, 13. /
of manner, 142: I, 7, 2; 10, 8; 25, 10:
II, 6, 2; 7, 81 11, 1.
of material, 136; III, 13, 6.
of means, 143 : 1, 1, 2; 2, 7; 8, 1 : II, 1,
2; 3, 7; 8, 3.
with opus est, 146: 1, 42, 19: II, 22, 6.
for partlSlTe genitive, 101, b: II, 6, 11.
of penalty, 108.
of placalram which, 134, a: I, S, S; 6,
1:10,10.
of plac»inwMe^, 151:1, 6, 8; 7, 5; 15,
5; 39, 17.
with prepositions, 153.
of separation, 134: 1, 1, 13; 2, 8; 8, 11 :
II, 6, 6; 9, 13; 11, 16.
of source, 135: II, 4, 3; 29, 10: IV, 12,
13.
with special verbs and adjectives, 143 ,
a: I, 13, 16; 63, 4: II, 27, 2: III, 9,
12;21, 1.
of specification, 149: 1, 1, 3; 2, 5; 5, 4:
II, 4, 13; 8, 6; 13, 6.
of time, 152: 1, 3, 14; 4, 3; 12, 13: II,
2, 10; 4, 18; 6, 3.
of the way, 144: 1, 6, 1; 9, 1; 16, 5: II,
19,21:111, 1,5: IV, 35, 7.
absum, 78.
Accent, 10-12: in gen. of nouns in -lus
and -lum, 16, c-.
Accusative:
with adjectives and adverbs, 122, 6: 1,
46, 2; 54, 3: III, 7, 7: IV. 9, 3.
adverbial, 128, 6: 1, 42, 19: II, 4, 2; 17,
13: IV, 1, 14.
cognate, 128: I, 38, 1.
with compound verbs, 127: I, 12, 5:
II, 5, 121 10, 2.
direct object, 124: 1, 1, 1; 2, IS; 5, 11 •
II, 1, 4; 2, 1 ; 7, 2.
duration of time, 130: 1, 3, 11: II, 29,
14.
in exclamations, 129.
extent of space, 130: 1, 2, 16; 8, 4: II,
6, 2; 11, 12; 16, 1.
inner, 125, 6; 128, a.
wit* passive verbs, 125, c; 127, a: II
4,3.
place to which, 131: 1, 5, 6; 7, 4; 23, 5:
O, 10, 12; 11, 3; 18. 2.
as subject of infinitive, 123: I, 1, 14;
2, 15; 7, 1: II, 1, 3; 2, 7; 6, 13.
85
86
INDEX
two accusatives, 125-127: 1, 16, 1; 16,
12; 34, 6; 38, 13: II, 2, 7; 3, 3.
Accusing, verbs of, constr., 108.
Acquitting, verbs of, constr., 1081
ac SI, with subjunctive, 261.
Active voice, 181.
Adjectives:
for adverb, 159.
agreement of, 157: I, 2, 1; 3, 0; 7, 7:
II, 1, 3; 3, 2; 10, 1.
attributive, defined, 156; agreement
of, 157, o, 1.
comparison, 39-45.
declension, 1st and 2nd, 31, 32 ; 3rd,
33-38.
meaning of comp. and sup., 161.
numeral, 47.
with partitive meaning, 160: 1, 22, 1;
24, 3; 27, 12: II, 7, 1; 15, 13; 18, 5.
predicate, 156: I, 2, 1; 7, 7: II, 1, 3;
3, 2, 10, 1.
as predicate ace, 126: II, 2, 7.
used substantively, 158.
Adverbs, formation and comparison, 46.
Adversative clause, 239; 246,247: I, 2,
5; 9, 2; 14, 16: II, 3, 2; 11, 3; 22, 4:
III, 9, 16: V, 4, 13.
Agent, see Dative and Ablative of.
agger, 33, 34.
allquls, 62; 175.
ampllus, 139, b: I, 38, 10; 41, 11.
ann5n, 214.
Answers, 215.
antequam, with ind., 236, a; with
subj., 236, b; as two words, 236, c.
Appositives, 95, 6: 1, 1, i; 3, 10; 6, 2: II,
2,3;3,ll;9,ll.
aqtilla, 26: Plate I, 6.
Aral, declension of, 25, a.
Armor and Arms of legionary soldiers,
24.
Army, 23-38.
Artillery, 35, 36.
Asking, verbs of, with double ace, 126,
a: I 16, 1; 18, 4; with substantive
purpose clause with ut omitted, 228,
a: I, 20, 13.
assuef actus and assuStus, with abl.,
143, a.
Attempted action, 191, a.
Attraction, 274: I. 19, 2; 48, 5: II, 11,
15; 27, 2: III, 4, 1; 22, S.
Attributive, adjectives, 156; agreement
of, 157, a, 1; genitive, 98-103.
B
balteus, 25.
Base, 14, a.
balllsta, 35: Plate II, 5.
Batavi, island of, IV, 10, 2.
Battle, 31, 32; line of, 32.
bonus, comparison of, 42.
bos, declension of, 27.
Caesar: early years, and choice of party,
11; overthrow of his party, 11; weak-
ness of opposite party, 12; revival of
his party, 12; development of his
powers, 12; his first military com-
mand, 13; his consulship, 13; his com-
mand in Gaul, 14; outbreak of civil
war, 14; weakness of the constitutional
government, 14; master of Rome, 15;
as statesman, 15; assassination, 16:
chronological table of his lite, 17.
Calendar, Roman, 297-300.
Calends, 298.
Camp: fortifications of, 29; gates, 30;
location and form, 28; plan, 29; val-
lum and fossa, 30.
Capture of towns: blockade, 33; sudden
assault, 33; formal siege, 33.
Cardinals, 32 ; 47-49.
Cases, function of, 92, 93. See also Abl..
Ace, Dat., Gen., and Loc.
cassis, 24.
Catapult, 36.
causa, position, 99, a; with gen. to ex-
press cause, 138, a; with gerund and
gerundive, to express purpose, 291.
Causal clauses, 239; 243-245; cum, 239:
I, 2, 5; 9, 2: II, 3, 3; 11, 2; 22, 4;
duod, 244: I, 1, 7; 2, 6; 7, 12: II, 1,
13; 8, 8; 15, 2; relative, 24S: II, 15, 13;
31, 4: IV, 23, 14.
Cavalry, 28; German, IV, 2, 12.
cave, 219.
centuilo, 26; Plate, II, 3.
Cimbri and Teutoni, invasion of Gaul, 21.
Civil War, 14, 15.
Characteristic, clause of, 230 : 1, 6, 1 ; 6,
4; 14, 6; 19, 6; 28, 7; 29, 4; 81, 26; 39,
12: II, 4, 7; 16, 9; 21, 6: IV, 34, 9; 38.
3.
INDEX
87
Clauses: coSrdinate. 222; coordinate
relative in ind. disc, 269, a: II, 17, 11 ;
subordinate, in ind. disc, 269 : 1, 3, 17 ;
6, 11: 10, 14: II, 1, 6; 3: 9; 10, 13; see
also. Adversative, Causal, Characteriz-
ing, Comparison, Conditions, Determin-
ing, Generalizing, Indirect questions.
Infinitive, Proviso, Purpose, Paren-
thetical, Result, Substantive, and
Temporal.
coepi, 86.
cognovi, use of tenses, 193, 1, a; 194, a;
195, a.
Commands: in 1st person pi., 217; in
2nd person, 218; in 3rd person, 220;
in indirect discourse, 267: 1, 7, 20; 13,
10. For negative commands see
Prohibitions.
Comparatives, declension, 34; occasional
meaning, 161.
Comparison, of adj., 39-45; of adverbs,
46; clauses of, 261: 1, 32, 11.
Complementary infinitive, 276.
Condemning, verbs of, 108."
Conditions, 249-259 :
connectives, 250.
undetermined present or past, 253:
I, 31, 44; 34, 6; 40, 24: III, 22, 5.
present or past contrary to fact, 254:
I, 34, S.
more vivid future, 256: I, 31, 7; 35,
12; 40, 9.
less vivid future, 257 : 1, 44, 25.
mixed, 258.
omitted or implied, 259.
in indirect discourse, 272: I, 34, 5.
c5nfido,with abl., 143, a: I, 53, 4: III,
9, 12.
Conjugation of verbs: four regular, 67-
70; four regular, how distinguished,
63; caplo, 71; sum, 66; irregular,
77-85 ; deponents, 73 ; semi-deponents,
74; defective, 86; periphrastic, 75, 76;
impersonal, 87.
consuevi, use of tenses, 193, I, a; 194,
a; 196, a.
Consonants, sounds of, 6; doubled, 6, a;
division of, into syllables, 8.
consulo, constr., 114, b.
Contracted verb forms, 72: 1, 12, 10; 18,
12: II, 3, 6; 14, 13; 17, 6.
Convicting, verbs of, constr., 108.
Coordinate relative clause, 173, a: I, 1,
11; 2, 13; 11, 13: II, 4, 7; 5, 3; 13, 4;
in indirect discourse, 269. a: II, 7, 11.
Council of war, 26: III, 3, 5.
cum, uses as conj., 238-242; ca\isal or
adversative, 239: I, 2, 5; 9, 2; 14, 16:
11, 3, 2; 11, 3; 22, 4; temporal, rules,
240; indie temporal, 241: III, 14, 15:
IV, 17, 10: V, 19, 7: VI, 12, 1; sub-
junctive temporal, 242 : I, 4, 8 ; 7, 1 ^
12, 13; 25,7:11, 1, 1; 2, 4; 6, 8.
cum primum, 237.
Dates, method of reckoning, 299; meth>
od of expressing, 300 : 1, 2, 2.
Dative:
with adjectives, 106, b; 122: I, 1, 9;
3, 14; 9,6: II, 2, 5; 3, 2; 9, 6.
of agent, 118: I, 11, 13; 31, 47; 35,.
6: II, 17, 21; 20, 1.
double, see Purpose,
with fldem habere, 115, a: I, 19, 15;
41, 11.
indirect object with compound verbs,
116: I, 2, 5; 5, 13; 10, 7; 42, 16: II,
6, 5; 9, 10; 14, 6.
indirect object with intr. verbs, 115 r
I, 2, 3; 3, 9: 9, 8: II, 1, 11; 10, 18;
16,5.
indirect object with tr. verbs, 114: I,
3, 15;4, 1;10, 1:11, 2, 5;4, 8; 10, 19.
with passive verbs, 114, c; 115, d', 116*.
II, c: I, 4, 1; 22, 8.
of possessor, 117: 1, 7, 9; 10, 1; 11, 12;
34, 5: II, 6, 0; 15, 9; 16, 9.
of purpose, 119: I, 18, 27; 25, 5; 33,.
2: II, 7, 3; 9, 13; 19,6.
of reference, 120: I, 3, 6; 5, 8; 20,
20; 31, 4: II, 11, 17; 26, 14; 31, 9.
Declensions, of nouns, how distinguished,
14; nouns, 15-30; adjectives, 31-38;
pronouns, 51-62; cardinals, 48,49.
Defective verbs, 86.
Deliberative questions, 210.
Demonstratives, declension, 54-58; uses,
168-171.
Deponent verbs, 73; with abl., see abl.
Desire, subjunctive of, 184, a; in com-
mands and prohibitions, 217; 220; ia
wishes, 221 ; in purpose clauses, 226 ; in
substantive clauses, 228.
INDEX
letermining clause, 231: III, i, 1; 22, 6:
IV, 29, 11.
eus, declension of, 16.
izter, comparison, 42.
,es, gender, 30, a: I, 4, 3.
.gnus with abl., 149, a.
iphthongs, sounds of, S.
irect discourse, 265.
Isslmllis, comparison of, 41; with gen.,
106, b; with dat., 122.
istributives, 47.
3, 85.
omus, declension and gender, 29, a;
29, <2.
onec, with ind., 234,6; 235, a; with
subj., 235, b.
ono, constr., 114, a.
mbting, expressions of , with subj., 229,
d.
Iruids, VI, 13, 7.
ubito, with subj., 229, d: II, 2, 8.
.utn: ind. temporal clauses, 234; 235, a:
I, 27, 7; 39, 1; 46, 1: III, 17, 1; subj.
temporal clauses, 235, b: IV, 13, 4; 23,
10; proviso clauses, 260.
lummodo, with subj., 260.
luo, 49.
E
Smotion, verbs of, with gen., 109: IV,
5,9.
Snclitics, effect on accent, 12; cum,
with pers. pron.. 51, c; cum, with re-
flex, pron. 52, a: I. 5, 5; cum, with
rel. pron., 60, 6: I, 1, 10; cum, with
interrog. pron., 61, 6: nam, with in-
terrog. pron.. 61, a.
inlm, 243.
i5, conj. of, 84.
!0 . . . CLlio, 148, a: I, 14, 3.
itenlm, 243.
itBi, with ind., 246.
Exhortation 217: VII, 77, 19.
F
"earing, expressions of, 228, 6: 1, 19, 11;
27, 9;39, 24:11, 1,7; 26, 5.
lerd, 81.
Ido, with abl., 143, a.
filling, verbs and adj. of, with abl.,
143, a.
15, 83.
Fleet, 36, 37.
fore ut, for future inf., 205, b: I, 42, 8.
Forgetting, verbs of, with gen., 107:1,
14, 7.
fretus, with abl., 143, a: III, 21, 1.
fruor, with abl., 145; use of gerundive,
289, 1, u.
tungor, with abl., 145; use of gerundive,
289, 1, a.
Future tense, 192; use, 199.
Future perfect tense, 195; equivalent
to future, 195, a; use, 190.
G
galea, 24.
Gallic campaigns, importance, 9; effect,
9, 10.
Gauls, first appearance in history, 20;
decline of their power, 20; invasion of
Cimbri and Teutoni, 21; their civili-
zation, 22.
Gaul factions, 22; geographical divi-
sions in Caesar's time, 21.
Gender, general rules, 13; exceptions,
15, o; 16, o; 29, a; 30, a; of 1st declen-
sion, 15, o; of 2nd declension, 16, a; of
3rd declension, 28; of 4th declension,
29, a; of 5th declension, 30, a.
Generalizing, relative, GO, a; cum
clauses, 241, 6; 242, ft: I, 25, 7: III,
14, 15; IV, 17, 10; V, 10, 7; relative
clauses, 250.
Genitive:
with adj. 106: I, 14, 4; 18, 8; 21, 9:
III, 21, 9.
appositional, 97, u.
with causa, and gratia, 99, a.
descriptive, 100; 104: 1, 5, 7; 8, 4; 25,
11: II, 5, 20; 10, %; 15, 12.
of material, 102: I, 24, 4.
objective, 98: I, 2, 2; 4, 3; 14, 8; 30,
3; II. 4, 7; 7, 4; 21, 4.
partitive, 101:1, 1, 5; 3, 3; 7, 5: II,
2, 4; 4, 19; 10, 5.
possessive, 99; 103: I, 1, 13; 2, 7; 10,
15:11, 1, 9; 2, 11; 7, 8: IV, 6, 4.
subjective. 98- I, 30, 3: II, 1, 3; 4, 5;
11, 15.
of value, 105 : 1, 20, 14.
with verbs, 107-111: I, 3, 22; 13, 11;
14, 7: II, 6, 5: IV, 5, 9.
Gerund, 287; 289-294: 1, 2, 3; 3, 2; 7, 18:
II, 7, 4; 9, 3; 10, 10.
INDEX
89
Gerundive, 285, 11; 288-294: I, 3, 6; 5,
7; 7, 16; 44, 9: II, 7, 5; 9, 13; 10,
8: III, 4, 12; 6, 4: IV, 13, 14.
eladlus, 24.
gratia, position, 99, a.
H
hie, declension, S4; uses, 168; 170, a.
hindering, verbs of, 228, c.
Historical, tenses, 203; present, 190, a:
I, 3, 7; 5, 2; 10, 1: II, S, 6; 6, 12; 12,
14; infinitive, 281: I, 16, 2: II, 30, 6:
III, 4, 3.
Hollow square (orbls), 32.
hoping, verbs of, 280, c.
Hostages, (obsides), I, 9, 10.
I
1, consonant and vowel, 5-7.
lacld, in composition, 7.
lam dlii, etc., with pres., 190, h; witti
impf., 191, b: I, 31, 10: III, 6, 1.
Idem, 58.
Ides, 298.
Idoneus, constr., 122, u..
llle, declension, 56; use, 170, u.
Imperative mood, 185; in commands,
218 ; in indirect discourse, 267 : 1, 7, 20;
13, 10; 26, 17.
Imperfect tense, of repeated action, 191,
a: I, 48, 14: III, 3, 10; with lam dlii
etc., 191, 6: 1, 31, 10: III, 5, 1.
Impero, constr., 115, b.
Impersonal verbs, 87; with substantive
clauses of result, 229, 5: 1, 2, 12: II, 11,
5; 17, 11; with infinitives, 278; gen.
with, 109: IV, 5, 9.
Implied indirect discourse, 273: 1, 16, 1;
16, 14; 22, 9; 23, 8: II, 2, 6.
Indefinite pronouns, declension, 62;
uses of, 174-178: I, 7, 19; 18, 21; 20,
2; II, 14, 13; 32, 5.
Indicative mode, 183; in statements,
206; in questions, 209; in relative
clauses, 231; 232; in causal clauses,
244; in adversative clauses, 246; in
temporal clauses, 234; 235, a; 236, a;
237; 241; in conditions, 253; 254, a;
256.
Indlgnus, constr. with, 149, u.
Indirect discourse:
discussion of, 265: I, 13, 7.
conditional sentences in, 272 : 1, 34, 5.
coordinate relative clauses in, 259, a:
II, 17, 11.
declarative sentences in, 266: 1, 1, 14;
2,5; 7,1: II, 1, 4; 2,8; 6, 13.
imperative senuuces in, 267; I, 7, 20;
13, 11; 26, 17.
interrogative sentences in, 268: I, 8,
13; 14, 8; 44, 24.
subordinate clauses in, 269 : 1,3, 17 ;
6, 11; 10, 4: II, 1, 6; 3, 9; 10, 13.
Indirect questions, 262-264: I, 8, 13;
12,3:15,4.
Infantry, 27.
Infinitive, 186; 275-281; tenses of, 205:
I, 31, 11; 31, 36; 35, 18; complemen-
tary, 275; historical, 281: 1, 16, 2: II,
30, 6: III, 4, 3; as subject, 276; clause,
186; 277-280; in indirect discourse,
266: I, 1, 14; 2, S; 7, 1: II, 1, 4; 2, 8:
6,13.
Intensive pronoun, (Ipse), declension,
59; use, 172.
Interest, with genitive, 110: II, 5, 5.
Interrogative pronoun, declension, 61;
uses 212; 264, a.
Interrogative particles, 213 ; 264, 6.
Ipse, declension, 59; use, 172.
Irregular verbs, conjugation, 66; 77-85.
Is, declension, 57; use, 171.
Iste, declension, 55 ; use, 169.
lupplter, declension, 27
J
Judicial action, verbs of, 108.
L
lacessd, constr., 143, a.
legatus, 25; Plate II, 2.
Legion, number of men in, 23; baggage
of, 27; officers of, 25, 26; organization
of, 23 ; standards and signals of, 26.
Legionary soldiers, clothing and arms,
24; baggage, 25. See also Plate I, 3.
Locative, of 1st declension, 15, b; of
second declension, 16, b, used to ex-
press place, 151, a: I, 18, 13; 20, 4;
28,6.
lorica, 24.
M
magls, comparison with, 46.
magnus, comparison, 42.
maid, 82.
malus, comparison, 42.
90
INDEX
March line of, 31; length of, 31.
mare, declension, 25, a.
mazline, comparison with, 46.
memlni, conjugation, 86; with gen.,
107.
inetu5, constr., 114, b.
mllle, mlUa, 48.
minus, constr., 139, 6: II, 7, 8.
misereor, constr., 109.
mlseret, constr., 109.
modo, with subj., 260.
Modes, 182-185. See also Indicative,
Subjunctive, and Imperative.
multus, comparison, 42.
miisculus, 34, 35.
Musical instruments, 27.
N
aam, 243; see also Enclitics.
■ne, 213, a; 264, b.
ae, 188, b; conj.: with purpose clause,
225, 6: I, 4, 7: II 5, 7; with substan-
tive purpose clause, 228: I, 19, 11;
27, 9: II, 1, 7; 26, 5; in commands and
prohibitions, 216-220.
ae . . . quldem, 188, b.
lecne, 264, c.
(Negatives, 188.
leque, 188, a.
lescio quls, 178.
leve, with subjunctive of desire, 188, b.
ilsl, 250.
liter, constr., 143, a: I, 13, 16.
loli, or nolite, to express prohibition,
219: I, 35, 7; 43. 24: VII, 77, 23.
1016, 82.
Nominative, as subject, 96; in predicate,
95, a: I, 1, 3; 2, 1.
ion, 188, a.
Nones, 298.
lonne, 213, b.
(ouns, 1st declension, 15; 2nd declen-
sion, 16; 3rd declension, 17-27; 4th
declension, 29; 5th declension, 30;
gender of, 13; 15, a; 16, a; 29, a; 30,
a; predicate, 95, a: I. 1, 3; appositive,
95, b: 1, 1. 4; 3, 10; 6, 2: II, 2, 3; 3, 11;
9,11.
lovi, translation of tenses 193, I, a;
194, a; 19S, a.
lum, 213, c; 264, b.
TumeralGk 47-60.
Object, direct, see accusative; indirect.
see dative.
obllvlscor, with gen., 107 : 1, 14. 7.
odl. 86.
onager. 36; Plate III, 4.
Optative subjunctive, 184, a. See also
wishes.
opus est, with abl., 146: I, 42. 19: II,
22,6.
Ordinal numerals, 47.
5s, declension, 27.
paenltet, with gen., 109: IV, 5, 9.
Parenthetical relative clauses, 232.
Participles, used attributively, 157;
used predicatively, 157; used sub-
stantively, 158; tenses of, 205; used
for clause 283: I, 4, 3; future active,
285, 1; future passive, 285. II: 1, 13, 2;
19, 3: III, 11, 10: IV, 22, 18: V, 1, 4;
23, 9; see also Periphrastic; perfect
passive 286: 1, 15, 3; 18, 9; 44, 38: II,
4, 9; present, 284; see also Ablative
absolute.
parvus, comparison, 42.
Passive voice, 181 ; intransitive verbs in,
115, d; dative retained with, 114, c:
115, d; 116, II, c: I, 4, 1; 22, S; constr.
of passive verbs of saying, 279, a.
Perfect tense, with force of pres., 193, 1,
a; historical, 193, II.
Periphrastic conj., 75, 76; active, 285,
I; passive, 285, II, a: I, 11, 13; 14, 7;
23, 4: II, 17, 21; 20, 1; 31, 8; with dat.
of agent, 118; with abl. of agent, 118i
a.
Personal pronouns, declension, 51 ; uses.
162; as partitive or objective geni-
tives, 51, b; with hItthiiji and dls-
simllls, 106, b.
persuaded, constr., 115: I, 2, 3; 3, 9:
II, 10, 18; 16, 5.
Phalanx, I, 24, 11.
pUum, 24.
plget, with gen., 109.
Place, from which, 134, a: I, 5, 8; 6, 1;
10, 10; in which, 151: 1, 6, 8; 7, 5; IS,
5; 39, 17: to which, 131: I, 6, 6; 7, 4,
23, 5: II, 10, 12; 11, 3; 18, 2.
plenus, with gen., 106, a.
INDEX
91
Pluperfect tense, 194; with force of im-
perfect, 194, a: III, 1, 6; in narration,
197, 198.
plus, declension, 34, a; constr., 139, 6.
Pompey, 14.
Possessive pronouns, declension, 53;
used for possessive gen., 99; position
with causa or gratia,, 99, a; with In-
terest, 110; omission of, 167.
possum, 80.
postquam, with ind., 237: I, 24, 1; 27,
5: II, 6, 12; as two words, 236, c.
Potential subjunctive, 184, b; 208; 209.
potior, with abl., 145: 1, 2, 5; with gen..
Ill: I, 3, 22; use of gerundive, 289,
I a: III 6, 4.
praefectus fabrum, 25.
praesertim, 245.
Predicate, accusative, 126: I, 16, 12
38, 13: II, 2, 7; 3, 3; adjectives, 156
157, a, 2; 275, o; 276, a: I, 2, 1; 7, 7
II, 1, 3; 3, 2; 10, 1; noun, 95, a; 126;
275, a; 276, a: I, 1, 3.
Prepositions, with abl., 153, o; with
ace, 155; with ace. or abl., 154; verbs
compounded with, 116, I; 124, c;
127.
Present tense 190; historical present,
190, o: I, 3, 7; 5, 2; 10, 1: II, 5, 5; 6,
12; 12, 14; with lam diii and lam
pridem, 190, 6; with dum, 234, a:
I, 27, 7;39, 1;46, 1:111, 17, 1.
Principal parts of verbs, 65.
Principal tenses, 203.
pnusQuam, with ind., 236, a; with
subj. 236, 6: II, 12, 1: III, 10, 9; 18,
15: IV, 14, 2: VII, 71, 1; as two words,
236, c: III, 26,8.
Prohibitions negative in, 216; expressed
by subj., 217; 220; expressed by noli
or nolite with int., 219: I, 35, 7; 43,
24: VII, 77, 23; in indirect discourse,
267: I 26, 17.
.'ronouns, 51-62; 162-178; in indirect
discourse, 271; see also Demonstra-
tive, Generalizing Indefinite, Inten-
sive, Interrogative, Personal, Posses-
sive, Reflexive, arid Relative.
Pronunciation, 1-12; of proper names,
I. 1, 1.
proplor, comparison of, 43, with ace,
122, 6.
proplus, with ace, 122, 6: I, 46, 2: IV,
9, 3.
prosum, 79.
Proviso clause 260.
provlncla, 9.
proxlmus, with ace, 122, h: I, 1, 9; 54i
3:111, 7,7.
proxlme, with ace, 122, b.
pudet, with gen., 109.
Purpose clauses, 225: 1, 3, 4; 4, 7; 6, 14:
II, 2, 3; 6, 7; 9, 4; 17, 15: V, 3, 18;
substantive, 228: I, 3, 4; 3, 12; 7, 11 ;
19, 11; 28, 9; 31, 24; 39, 24::i,2.e-
10, 19.
Q
Quaestor, 25.
(luam, with comparatives, 139, a: with
superlatives 161, a.
quam dlii, with ind., 231, b.
quam si, with subj., 261.
quamquam, with ind., 246.
quamvis, with subj., 247.
quando, in causal clause, 244.
Quantity, of syllables, 9; of vowels.
1-3.
quasi, with subj., 261.
Questions, introductory words, 212, 213 ;
modes in, 209; deliberative, 210: I,
40, 6: III, 14, 9; double, 214; indirect,
262-264.: I, 12, 3; 15, 4; 20, 17; 53, 20:
11, 4, 2; 8, 3; 11, 6» double indirect,
264, c: I, 40, 43; SO, 12: IV, 14, S;
rhetorical, 211.
qui, relative, 60; indefinite, 62; inter-
rogative, 61. See also Relative.
quia, in causal clause, 244.
quicumque, 60, ».
quidam, 62, &.
qulllbet, 62.
quin, in substantive clauses of purpose,
228, c: I 33, 15; 47, 6: II, 3, 14: IV,
7, 5; in substantive clauses of result,
229, d: I, 31, IS.
quls, indefinite, 62; interrogative, 61;
with si, nisi, ne, and num, 174: I,
7, 19; 18, 21; 20, 2: II, 14, 13; 32, 5.
qulsplam, 62; 176.
qulsquam, 62; with negatives, 177:
III, 22, 7: IV, 1, 20.
qulsque, 62.
qulsquls, 60, u.
92
INDEX
QUivis, 62.
Iiu5, in purpose clauses, 22S, a, 2: I, 8,
6:11, 17, IS: V, 3, 18.
quoad, with ind., 234, b; 235, a; with
subj.,23S, &.
quod, in causal clauses, 244: 1, 1, 7; 2, 6;
7, 12; 16, 14: II, 1, 13; S, 8; 15, 2; 30,
7; in substantive clauses, 248; 248,
a: 1, 14, S: 19, 2; 25, 6; 36, 14; 40, 36:
II, 10, 18; 17, 12; 20, 10.
auominus, with substantive clause of
desire, 228, c: I 31, 24: IV, 22, 16.
auoniam, in causal clause, 244.
R
Reciprocal expression, 166.
retert, constr., 110.
Reflexive pronouns, declension, 52 ; use,
163; to express reciprocal idea, 166;
direct reflexive, 164: I, 30, 6; 33, 14;
40, 11; indirect reflexive, 165: I, 30,
3; 33, 11; 40, 5.
Relative clauses, adversative, 247 : V. 4,
13; causal 245: IJ, 15, 13; 31, 4: IV,
23, 14; characteristic, 230: I, 6, 4; 14,
6; 19, 6; 28, 7; 29, 4; 31, 26; 39, 12:
II, 4, 7; 16, 9; 21, 6: IV, 34, 9; 38, 3;
conditions, 250; coordinate, 173, a:
1, 1, 11; 2, 13; 11, 13: II, 4, 7; 5, 3; 13,
4," coordinate in indirect discourse,
269, a: II, 7, 11; determining, 231 : III,
4, 1; 22, 5: IV, 29, 11; parenthetical,
232; of purpose 225, a, 1: I 6, 14: II,
2, 3; result, see Characterizing.
Relative pronouns, declension, 60 ; agree-
ment of, 173; see also Relative
clauses.
reminiscor, constr. 107:1,13,11.
Repeated action, 191, u.
repraesentatlo, 270, a: I, 14, 14; 31,
26; 40, 20: II, 14. 11.
Result clauses 226: 1 6. 4; 11, 6; IZ, 2:
II. 3, 13; 18, 6; 21, 12; sequence of
tenses in, 204, a: II, 21, 12; V, 16, 3;
substantive, 229: I, 2, 12; 10, 5; 13,
4; 31,51; 33, 15: 11,3,14; 4, 8; 17,
11.
Rhetorical question, 211.
S
Scorpio, 36.
scutum, 24.
Semi-deponent verbs, 74.
senex, declension, 27.
Sentences^ defined, 88; simple, 89;
complex 91; compound, 90.
Separation, see Dative and Ablative.
Sequence of tenses, 202, 203 : 1. 12, 2 ; 13,
7; 19, 1: II, 12, 14; 17, 2; exceptions
to, 204: II, 21, 12: V, 15, 3.
SI, in conditions, 250, see also Conditions ;
meaning to see whether, 264, b.
slgnum, 27.
simllis, with gen. 106, b; with dat., 122;
comparison of, 41.
slmul ac. with ind., 237.
sin, with conditions, 250.
Spain, Caesar's idea of location, V, 13,
5.
Subjunctive:
by attraction, 274: I, 19, 2; 48, 5: II,
11, 15; 27, 2:111, 4, 1; 22, 5.
of desire, 184, a; in commands and
prohibitions, 217; 220; in wishes,
221; in purpose clauses, 225; in
substantive clauses, 228.
of contingent futurity, 184, 6; in con-
clusion of conditional sentences,
207; 254; 257; 259; in questions,
209; in characterizing clauses, 230,
a, b.
of fact, 184, c; in result clauses,
226; in substantive clauses, 229;
in characterizing clauses, 230, a,
b.
See also ac, si, antequam, cum,
donee, dum, dummodo, modo,
n€, neve, prlusauam, quam si,
quamTis,4uasl,quin, quo, quoad,
quomlnus, tamquam, ut, and
ut si.
Subordinate clause^ see Clauses.
Substantive clauses, see Indirect ques-
tions. Infinitive clauses. Purpose,
quod, and Result.
Substantives, agreement of, 95.
Sulla, 11, 12.
sum, conjugation, 66; compounds of,
77-80.
Supine, ace, 296 :'l, 11, 4; 18, 17; 30, 2;
abl., 296: IV, 30, 6.
Euus and sul, declension, 62 ; reflexives,
163-168.
Syllables, 8; quantity of, 9.
INDEX
93
taedet, with gen., 109.
tametsl, with ind., 246.
tamauam, with subj., 261.
Temporal clauses, 233-242; see cum,
dum, postquam, priusauam,
quoad, ubl, ut.
Tenses, stems of, 64; of ind., 190-199; of
subj., 200, 201 ; of infinitive and parti-
ciple, 205; sequence of, 202-204; see
also Sequence of tenses, Present, Im-
perfect, Future, Perfect, Pluperfect,
and Future perfect.
testUdo, 33; Plate III, 3.
testtido ailetaTla, 35; Plate III, 2.
Cimbri and Teutoni, invasion of, 21.
Time, at which, 152: I, 3, 14; 4, 3; 12,
13: II, 2, 10; 4, 18; 6, 3; duration of,
130; 152, a: I, 3, 11; 26, 13: II, 29, 14;
see also Temporal clauses.
tres, declension, 49.
Tower, 33; Plate III. 1.
tnbunus, 26.
Triumvirate, 13; IV, 1, I.
tii, 51.
U
ubl, with ind., 237: 1, 16, 9: II, 6, 6; 10,
9.
uUus, 177.
unus, declension, 32.
ut, in purpose clause, 225, a, 1:1, 3, 4:
II, 9, 4; in result clause, 226: I, 6, 4;
11, 6; 12, 2: II, 3, 13; 18, 6; 21, 12; in
substantive clauses of purpose, 228, o,
6: I, 2, 4; 3, 12; 7, 11; 39, 24; in sub-
stantive clauses of result, 229, 6: I,
2, 12; 10, 5; 13, 4: II, 4, 8; 17, 11; in
adversative clause, 247: III, 9, 16;
omitted, 228, o: 1. 20, 13: III, 11, 2.
ut nou, in result clauses, 226 ; in sub-
stantive result clauses, 229,
ut 81, with subjunctive, 261.
utlnam, with subjunctive of desire, 221.
utor, with abl., 145: I, 5, 9; 16, 5: II,
3, 12; 7, 1; 11, 10; gerundive of, 289-
I, a.
utrum . . . an, 214.
vagina, 24.
velut, with subj., 261.
velut si, with subj., 261: I, 32, 11.
Verbs, 1st conj., 67; 2nd conj., 68; 3rd
conj., 69; 3rd conj., in -16, 71; 4th
conj., 70; irregular, 66; 77-85; de-
ponent, ,73; semi-deponent, 74; de-
fective, 86; impersonal, 87; act. peri-
phrastic, 75; pass, periphrastic, 76;
principal parts, 65 ; three stems of , 64 ;
agreement of, 179, 180 ; voices of, 181 ;
modes, 182-135 ; tenses, 189-205 ; con-
tracted forms, 72: I, 12, 10; 18, 12:
II, 3, 6; 14, 13; 17, 6; singular with
plural subject, 180, 6:1,1,5; intransi-
tive in passive voice, 115, Ti: I, 33,
18; 40, 7: III, 14, 2.
Verbal adjective, 187.
Verbal nouns, 187.
vescor with abl., 14S; gerundive of, 289,
I, o.
vinea, 35.
vis, declension, 27.
Vocative, 132.
Voices, 181; see Active and Passive.
Volitive subjunctive, 184, «.
volo, 82.
Vowels, sounds of, 4; quantity of, 1-3.
W
Wishes, subjunctive in, 221; introduced
by utlnam, 221.
Wall, Gallic, 32, 33,